Search filter

3611 results found

Product brochure

REVOLVING DOORS Revo.PRIME Contents | GEZE REVOLVING DOORS Contents Revolving door systems … General information (types of drive units, number of door leaves, passage capacity) … R E VO.P R IME Revo.PRIME 10 Revo.PRIME GG 12 Revo.PRIME BO 14 Revo.PRIME RC2 17 ACTIVATION DE V I CES A N D S E RV I CE TO O LS Activation 22 Protection 23 Operation 25 Service tools 26 IN STALLA ION D R AW I N G S 27 CAB LE PLA N 31 RE F E R E N C E P R O J ECTS 33 … 4 GEZE REVOLVING DOORS Revolving door systems FOCAL P OIN T OF T H E E N T R A N CE A R E A The most beautiful way to say welcome. GEZE revolving doors fulfil multiple purposes at entrances of public buildings. Safe, convenient and in an elegant design, they enable people to come in and go out without disruption. And anything that needs to stay outside remains outside, such as unpleasant weather or draughts. This increases the energy efficiency of the building. You can choose between a manual or automatic version, depending on how much visitor traffic your door needs to manage. We are happy to answer any questions you may have about revolving door systems. As a highlight, the GEZE Revo.PRIME revolving door impresses thanks to the minimal canopy height of just 75 mm with a barely visible drive unit. Thanks to narrowest profile systems, it also impresses with maximum design in the entrance area – for more free space, more transparency, and an open airy feeling. It thus fulfils – like all other variants – the most stringent demands, and gets planners, operators and building users excited. ADVA N TAGES AT A G L A N C E Prestigious entrance with sophisticated looks thanks to the minimal canopy height and narrow profile systems for greater transparency High-quality materials, state-of-the-art control technology and advanced drive technology guarantee high ease of access with low energy consumption for an open and airy feeling Greater insulation effect against draughts, the weather and noise Suitable for large numbers of visitors Greater creative freedom thanks to individual planning and production for each project Fast installation due to a high degree of prefabrication ex works Can be networked and integrated into the building automation via open standard (BACnet) Simple and effective parameter setting and maintenance with the GEZEconnects tool Approved in accordance with EN 16005 in all variants OUR R E VOLV IN G D O O R SYST E M S Revo.PRIME Sophisticated revolving door system for manual or automatic operation with the most stringent demands in terms of design and ease of access Revo.PRIME GG All-glass revolving door system for maximum transparency Revo.PRIME BO Revolving door system for use in escape and rescue routes with break-out leaves Revo.PRIME RC2 Burglar-resistant revolving door system with automatic night-time closer GEZE REVOLVING DOORS Revo.PRIME Revo.PRIME GG Manual operation ● ● ● With speed limiter (optional) ● ● ● With positioning device (optional) ● ● ● Fully automatic operation ● ● Suitability for escape and rescue routes Revo.PRIME BO ● Revo.PRIME RC2 ● ● Break-out function (BO) ● Inner diameter (min.) 1800 mm 1800 mm 1800 mm 2200 mm Inner diameter (max.) 3800 mm 3000 mm 3600 mm 3800 mm For 3-leaf door systems ● ● ● ● For 4-leaf door systems ● ● ● ● Clear passage height* 3500 mm 3000 mm 3000 mm 3000 mm Canopy height (min.) 75 mm 17 mm 200 mm 75 mm Side elements version 10 mm LSG, 22 mm panel infill, special glass on request 16 mm all-glass, special glass on request 10 mm LSG, 22 mm panel infill, special glass on request 10 mm LSG, special glass on request Powder-coated according to RAL ● ● ● ● Anodised aluminium E6 / EV1 ● ● ● ● Coated with grit 240 stainless steel ● ● ● Coated with polished stainless steel ● ● ● Special coating on request ● ● ● Surfaces Roof construction Tin roof ● Waterproof roof with waterspout ● ● ● Dust protection roof with wood covering ● Optical sheet metal covering ● Glass roof ● Lighting Flooring Air curtain system ● for variant with roof not possible with glass roof entrance mat entrance mat for variant with roof for variant with roof entrance matt entrance mat electric air curtain, hot electric air curtain, hot water air curtain pos- water air curtain possible, depends on the sible, depends on the ceiling construction ceiling construction electric air curtain, hot water air curtain possible, depends on the ceiling construction none Night-time closer layout inside, outside outside inside, outside inside Night-time closer type manual / automatic manual manual / automatic automatic Night-time closer design 10 mm LSG, 22 mm insulating glass, 22 mm panel infill, special glass on request 16 mm LSG 10 mm LSG, 22 mm insulating glass, 22 mm panel infill, special glass on request 10 mm LSG, special glass on reques manual, rod, electromechanical manual manual, rod, electromechanical manual, rod, electromechanical Door handles horizontal or vertical ● ● ● ● Floor ring ● ● ● ● Underfloor drive ● ● Locking mechanism Push pad Statements of approval ● = Yes I – = Not available I * = Higher on request ● ● ● ● EN 16005 EN 16005 EN 16005 EN 16005 … 6 GEZE REVOLVING DOORS | General information General information TYPES OF DRIVE UNITS, NUMBER OF DOOR LEAVES, PASSAGE CAPACITY, DIMENSIONS, PASSAGE WIDTHS, MINIMUM CANOPY HEIGHTS TYPES OF DRIVE UNITS Manual revolving door Manual revolving doors are used where there is limited access frequency, and can have a diameter of up to approx. 3000 mm. Larger diameters (up to max. 3800 mm) are possible, however ease of access is significantly reduced due to the increased exertion of force and the increased friction of the brush. Manually operated revolving doors are available in three- and fourleaf versions, each of which is available as an all-glass variant. The doors can be operated by slightly pushing them. Safety features are not necessary in accordance with EN 16005. Two modes of operation are available: ‘Locked’ and ‘Manual’. Option: Speed limiter The optional speed limiter counteracts a further increase in peripheral speed as soon as the top limiting speed has been reached. Option: Positioning device The optional positioning device with a motor gear unit in the ceiling or the floor returns the door to the initial position with a minimum of force after manual opening so that it is ready for the next visitor. The door is thus always in the end position and leaves a well-ordered optical impression. Fully automatic revolving door The fully automatic door with movement detectors is suited for high access frequency. Thus this revolving door offers maximum comfort and smooth and trouble-free passage. These door systems can be produced up to a maximum inner diameter of 3800 mm. The automatic revolving door is activated via inside and outside movement detectors. Upon activation, the door accelerates and rotates at an automatic speed. The speed is adjustable and the time delay can be freely adjusted for the modes of operation ‘summer’ (longer delay) and ‘winter' (no delay). As a further option, a push pad can be installed on the door inside and outside. When this push pad is activated, the revolving speed is reduced to allow wheelchair users or people with restricted mobility to pass through the revolving door without any problems. This reduced speed can also be adjusted. At the end of the time delay the revolving door reduces speed in all modes of operation and stops in the end position. The door leaves seal tightly against the side walls, thus leaving all environmental influences such as draughts, exhaust gases from vehicles, cold and noise outside the building. NU MB E R OF D OO R LE AV ES The decision for a three- or four-leaf revolving door The three-leaf revolving door has a slightly reduced passage capacity. However, it offers greater ease of access, since there is significantly more space between the door leaves. This higher comfort mainly accommodates people with restricted mobility who cannot adapt themselves easily to the revolving speed of the revolving door. This type of door is first choice for shopping centres. The passage width on the door opening is smaller than that of a four-leaf revolving door with the same diameter. The four-leaf revolving door is the classic version with the highest capacity, suited for two-way traffic and large streams of visitors. Due to the symmetric construction, the drum of the revolving door is closed by two leaves. This results in an improved protection against environmental influences and an improved vestibule effect. This type of door has a larger opening width and is optically very attractive due to its symmetrical form. General information | GEZE REVOLVING DOORS PAS SAGE CA PACI T Y 3-leaf 4-leaf Inner diameter (as an example) Capacity persons/ hour Persons/minute Capacity persons/ hour Persons/minute 2000 mm 1203 20 1604 26 2400 mm 1002 16 1336 22 2800 mm 1718 28 2291 38 3200 mm 2256 37 3008 50 3600 mm 2005 33 2673 44 3800 mm 2280 38 2880 48 All stated values refer to the maximum capacity in one direction and a peripheral speed of … m/s. … 1 AR +4 0) LHB DH NR 4651R GH =(LHB-40) NR =( =(N NR R+ 40) NRX2/3 75 AR NRX2/3 A LBB AD =(LBB-80) ID =(AD-80,NRx2) … 2 LB AD =(LBB-80) LBB LB AD =(LBB-80) LBB A = View variant, three-leaf | Floor plans variant three-leaf manual and four-leaf automatic variant I LBB = Clear passage width building (minimum distance to the side of the façade is 40 mm) | AD = External diameter | ID = Internal diameter | DH = Clear passage height | GH = Overall system height | LHB = Clear passage height building (minimum distance to the top is 40 mm) | NR = Nominal radius | LB = Passage width | … = Interior | … = Exterior … 8 GEZE REVOLVING DOORS | General information PASSAGE WIDTHS FO R M A N UA L R E VO LV I N G DO O RS Inner diameter (as an example) 3-leaf 4-leaf Glass in frame Glass in frame 2000 mm 945 mm 1370 mm 2400 mm 1145 mm 1652 mm 1934 mm 2800 mm 1345 mm 3200 mm 1545 mm 2216 mm 3600 mm 1745 mm 2498 mm 3800 mm 1844 mm 2645 mm PASSAGE WIDTHS FO R AU TO M AT I C R E VO LVI N G DO O RS 3-leaf 4-leaf Inner diameter (as an example) Glass in frame Glass in frame 2000 mm 895 mm 1325 mm 2400 mm 1097 mm 1609 mm 2800 mm 1297 mm 1893 mm 3200 mm 1497 mm 2177 mm 3600 mm 1697 mm 2461 mm 3800 mm 1795 mm 2604 mm B A D C … 1 … 1 … 2 … 2 A = Three-leaf with outside-running night-time closer | B = Three-leaf with inside-running night-time closer | C = Four-leaf with outside-running night-time closer | D = Four-leaf with inside-running night-time closer | … = Inside | … = Outside … R E VO LV ING DO O RS Revo.PRIME This door system plays the starring role when it comes to creative freedom and transparency in the entrance area of your building. A minimum canopy height of just 75 mm and a barely visible drive unit make this possible. And that’s not all: with a narrow profile system of just 60 mm, this revolving door really steals the show. Advanced drive technology ensures maximum ease of access and safety when passing through the door. And because our energy is precious, this system runs with low consumption and thus scores highly in terms of sustainability. 10 GEZE REVOLVING DOORS | Revo.PRIME Revo.PRIME Automatic revolving door system with low canopy height and narrow profile system for three- or four-leaf doors AR E AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Three- and four-leaf door systems Interior and exterior doors with high access frequency Prestigious building entrances with major light incidence Façades with narrow mullion-transom constructions Glass façades with maximum design appeal Inner diameters of 1800 to 3800 mm possible Suitable profile systems are fine-framed profile system with insulating and mono glass Revo.PRIME | GEZE REVOLVING DOORS P R OD U CT F E AT U R ES Very quiet-running, low-wear drive solution with a canopy height of just 75 mm Precise closing between door leaves and side walls High insulation effect against draughts, the weather and noise Adjustable automatic speed to suit the number of people passing through Door can be operated manually, e.g. for carrying out cleaning work Can be networked, and integrated into the building automation via open standard (BACnet) Independent error recognition and recording Freely configurable inputs and outputs for different functions Integrated rechargeable battery for emergency opening in the event of safety-relevant faults such as a power failure TEC HN ICAL DATA Revo.PRIME Manual operation ● With speed limiter (optional) ● With positioning device (optional) ● Fully automatic operation ● Inner diameter (min.) 1800 mm Inner diameter (max.) 3800 mm For 3-leaf door systems ● For 4-leaf door systems ● Clear passage height 3500 mm Canopy height (min.) 75 mm Side wall version 10 mm LSG, 22 mm panel infill, special glass on request Roof construction optical sheet metal covering, waterproof roof with waterspout Lighting for variant with roof Flooring Entrance mat, floor mat, according to customer preference Air curtain system Night-time closer layout Electric air curtain, hot water air curtain possible depending on the ceiling construction Inside, outside Night-time closer type manual, automatic Night-time closer design 10 mm LSG, 22 mm insulating glass, 22 mm panel infill, special glass on request Locking mechanism manual rod, electromechanical Door handles horizontal or vertical ● Floor ring ● Underfloor drive ● Push pad Statements of approval ● = Yes ● EN 16005 11 12 GEZE REVOLVING DOORS | Revo.PRIME GG Revo.PRIME GG Foto: GEZE GmbH Automatic revolving door system for the realisation of all-glass solutions ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Three- and four-leaf all-glass door systems Interior and exterior doors with high access frequency Prestigious building entrances with major light incidence Façades with narrow post-rail constructions Glass façades with maximum design appeal Inner diameters of 1800 to 3000 mm possible Revo.PRIME GG | GEZE REVOLVING DOORS P R OD U CT F E AT U R ES Very quiet-running, low-wear drive solution with at least 17 mm canopy height Drive and control technology are fully concealed in the floor Glass roof with reduced profiles for more transparency Reduced aluminium profiles with rounded edges create a modern look Side walls in curved laminated safety glass (LSG) Door leaves made of fine-framed toughened safety glass Two half shells made of heat strengthened soda lime silicate glass form the roof which is held by stainless steel single point fixing holders Precise closing between door leaves and side walls High insulation effect against draughts, the weather and noise Adjustable automatic speed to suit the number of people passing through Door can be operated manually, e.g. for carrying out cleaning work Can be networked, and integrated into the building automation via open standard (BACnet) Independent error recognition and recording Freely configurable inputs and outputs for different functions Integrated rechargeable battery for emergency opening in the event of safety-relevant faults such as a power failure TEC HN ICAL DATA Revo.PRIME GG Manual operation ● With speed limiter (optional) ● With positioning device (optional) ● Fully automatic operation ● Inner diameter (min.) 1800 mm Inner diameter (max.) 3000 mm For 3-leaf door systems ● For 4-leaf door systems ● Clear passage height* 3000 mm Canopy height (min.) 17 mm Side wall version Surfaces 16 mm GG, special glass on request Powder-coated according to RAL, anodised aluminium E6/EV1, covered with grit 240 stainless steel, covered with polished stainless steel, special coating on request Roof construction Glass roof Lighting not possible with glass roof Flooring Entrance mat, floor mat, according to customer preference Air curtain system none Night-time closer layout outside Night-time closer type manual Night-time closer design 10 mm LSG Locking mechanism manual Door handles horizontal or vertical ● Floor ring ● Underfloor drive ● Push pad ● Statements of approval ● = Yes I – = Not available I * = Higher on request EN 16005 13 14 GEZE REVOLVING DOORS | Revo.PRIME BO Revo.PRIME BO Foto: Lorenz Frey / GEZE GmbH Automatic revolving door system for escape and rescue routes with break-out function ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Three- and four-leaf door systems in escape and rescue routes Interior and exterior doors with maximum safety requirements Representative building entrances with large incidence of light Façades with slim mullion-transom constructions Glass façades with the highest design standards Inner diameter ranging from 1800 to 3600 mm possible Suitable profile systems are fine-framed profile systems with insulating and MONO glass Revo.PRIME BO | GEZE REVOLVING DOORS P R OD U CT F E AT U R ES BO function allows the leaves and side elements to swing open in the direction of escape Electrical locking mechanisms for "night mode" integrated Very quiet running, low-wear drive solution with a canopy height of only 75 mm Precise closing of the door leaves with the side walls Effective insulation effect against draughts, weather and noise Adjustable automatic speed setting, in line with the number of people passing through Manual operation of the door possible, e.g. to carry out cleaning work Can be networked, and integrated into the building automation via open standard (BACnet) Independent error recognition and recording Freely configurable inputs and outputs for different functions Integrated, rechargeable battery for emergency opening in case of safety-relevant faults, such as power failures TEC HN ICAL DATA Revo.PRIME BO Fully automatic operation ● Suitability for escape and rescue routes ● Break-out function (BO) ● Inner diameter (min.) 1800 mm Inner diameter (max.) 3600 mm For 3-leaf door systems ● For 4-leaf door systems ● Clear passage height* 3000 mm Canopy height (min.) 200 mm Side wall version Surfaces Roof construction 10 mm LSG, 22 mm panel infill, special glass on request Powder-coated according to RAL, anodised aluminium E6/EV1, covered with grit 240 stainless steel, covered with polished stainless steel, special coating on request Dust protection roof with wood covering, optical sheet metal covering, waterproof roof with waterspout Lighting ● Flooring Entrance mat Air curtain system Night-time closer layout Electric air curtain, hot water air curtain possible depending on the ceiling construction Outside: outside-running, outside: inside-running, inside: outside-running, inside: inside-running Night-time closer type manual, automatic Night-time closer design 10 mm LSG, 22 mm insulating glass, 22 mm panel infill, special glass on request Locking mechanism manual, rod, electromechanical Door handles horizontal or vertical ● Floor ring ● Push pad Satetements of approval ● = Yes I * = Higher on request ● EN 16005 15 16 GEZE REVOLVING DOORS | Revo.PRIME BO A B … 2 … 2 Revo.PRIME BO variants A = Three-leaf | B = For-leaf | … = Escape route width | … = Leaf opened ESCA PE R OU TE W I DT H 3-leaf 4-leaf Inner diameter Escape route width (FWB) Escape route width (FWB) 1800 mm 650 mm 660 mm 2000 mm 750 mm 760 mm 2200 mm 850 mm 860 mm 2400 mm 950 mm 960 mm 2600 mm 1050 mm* 1060 mm* 2800 mm 1150 mm* 1160 mm* 3000 mm 1250 mm* 1260 mm* 3200 mm 1350 mm* 1360 mm* 3400 mm 1450 mm* 1460 mm* 3600 mm 1550 mm* 1560 mm* * = Suitable for escape and rescue routes Breaking out of a leaf will result in immediate disconnection of the drive unit. Afterwards it is possible to move the leaves manually (even when broken out). Due to the manual breaking out function, the use of Revo.PRIME BO is limited to max. 220 N in areas with increased wind load. Depending on the diameter and the clear height, GEZE revolving doors can be used up to a wind speed of max. … Beaufort (Bft). This is equal to approx. 49 km/h. If the leaves are only used for ventilation and transport purposes, the break-out force can be increased, which will result in an increased break-out resistance in the case of wind pressure. If the leaves are only used for ventilation and transport purposes, the break-out force can be increased, which will result in an increased break-out safety in the case of wind pressure. To prevent people from entering the building through the break-out leaves, two leaves must be locked at the minimum. This can be done as follows: – two electromechanical locking mechanisms on the turnstile or – night-time closer sliding doors (automatic or manual) N o t e : The use of revolving doors in escape and rescue routes must be according to local safety regulations and planning laws. Revo.PRIME RC2 | GEZE REVOLVING DOORS Revo.PRIME RC2 BAU trade fair, GEZE trade fair stand, Munich, Germany (Foto: Lazaros Filoglou / GEZE GmbH) Automatic revolving door system with burglar resistance in accordance with resistance class … AR E AS OF A P P L I CAT I O N Three- and four-leaf door systems Interior and exterior doors with maximum safety requirements Representative building entrances with large incidence of light Façades with slim mullion-transom constructions Glass façades with the highest design standards Inner diameter ranging from 2500 to 3800 mm possible Suitable profile systems are fine-framed profile systems with insulating and MONO glass 17 18 GEZE REVOLVING DOORS | Revo.PRIME RC2 PR OD U CT FE AT U R ES Certified burglar resistance according to resistance class RC2 The RC2 function is only enabled in night mode Equipped with a rod locking and reinforced profile components Very quiet running, low-wear direct current drive solution with a canopy height of at least 200 mm Precise closing of the door leaves with the side walls Effective insulation effect against draughts, weather and noise Adjustable automatic speed setting, in line with the number of people passing through Can be networked, and integrated into the building automation via open standard (BACnet) Independent error recognition and recording Freely configurable inputs and outputs for different functions Integrated, rechargeable battery for emergency opening in case of safety-relevant faults, such as power failures T ECH N ICAL DATA Revo.PRIME RC2 Fully automatic operation ● Inner diameter (min.) 2200 mm Inner diameter (max.) 3800 mm For 3-leaf door systems ● For 4-leaf door systems ● Clear passage height* 3000 mm Canopy height (min.) Side wall version Surfaces Roof construction 75 mm 10 mm LSG, Special glass on request Powder coated according to RAL, anodised aluminium E6/EV1, special coating on request optical sheet covering, waterproof roof with waterspout Lighting ● Flooring Entrance mat Air curtain system Electric air curtain, hot water air curtain possible depending on the ceiling construction Night-time closer layout inside With speed limiter (optional) ● With positioning device (optional) Night-time closer type Night-time closer design Locking mechanism ● automatic 10 mm LSG manual, rod, electromechanical Door handles horizontal or vertical ● Floor ring ● Push pad Satetements of approval ● EN 16005 ● = Yes I * = Higher on request H i n w e i s : Die einbruchhemmende Funktion RC2 ist nur in der Betriebsart „Nacht“ gegeben. Vitra Haus, Weil am Rhein, Germany (photo: Oliver Look / GEZE GmbH) 21 R E VO LV IN G DO O RS Activation devices and service tools Sensors are the masterminds behind revolving doors, with a full focus on comfort and safety. Activation devices create accessibility and protect against accidents. Choose radar movement detectors or sensor switches for activation, sensor strips or active infrared detectors for protection, or programme switches to set the mode of operation of your automatic door. Our service tools make parameter setting simple. 22 GEZE REVOLVING DOORS | Activation devices and service tools Activation R A DAR MOVEMEN T DETECTORS Radar movement detectors register all objects that move within the radar field. All movements within the radiation range are recorded as a switching pulse which is forwarded as a door opening signal. The pre-programmed convenience setting of the GEZE radar movement detectors ensures fast commissioning. Automatic configuration is possible via the push buttons or a remote control. Reliable detection is achieved with a clearly defined radar field. Energy can be saved through the people movement direction detection. Unwanted door opening is avoided since cross-traffic can be faded out. GC 308 radar movement detector GC 302 radar movement detector S E NSO R S WI TC H Just a light touch of the push button is sufficient to open your automatic revolving door. Thanks to illuminated LEDs, these push buttons are also easy to see in poor lighting conditions. A visual signal indicates activation through the sensor switch. Capacitive contact sensors, another name for these push buttons, fulfil the highest requirements for hygiene. LED sensor switch 20 mm Activation devices and service tools | GEZE REVOLVING DOORS Protection SA FE TY D E V ICES A N D S E N SO R S Leading mullion safety sensor The leading mullion safety sensor is a presence detector that works on the basis of active infrared. It monitors the area in front of the mullion by means of an active infrared detector which is only activated as one of the leaves of the revolving door approaches the mullion. The detection area of the sensor can be set. Emergency-stop switch inside and outside The emergency stop switch inside and outside is mounted to the static side wall and triggers maximum braking in an emergency, which brings the revolving door to an immediately standstill. After it has been braked, the door can be rotated or operated in both directions. Keypad programme switch The different modes of operation of an automatic revolving door can be set using the keypad programme switch. The optional key switch can be used to block unauthorised operation of the keypad programme switch. Warning notice inside and outside Warning signs must be attached to all revolving doors to make parents aware of their duty to take care of their children. Push pad The push pad is attached on the inside and outside of the static side wall or nearby on the wall or façade. When the push pad is activated, the revolving speed of the revolving door is reduced to allow people with restricted mobility to pass. The speed and duration of activation can be set. Mullion safety Mullion safety is a rubber pressure sensitive protective equipment which is fitted to the main closing edge on the fixed side wall of the revolving door. This protective equipment triggers emergency braking of the door when contacted When emergency braking is triggered, the revolving door is slowed down until standstill, remains stopped for an adjustable period and then continues its movement in the set mode of operation and speed. Heel safety The heel safety is a rubber pressure sensitive protective equipment that is attached horizontally to the bottom of a revolving door leaf. It prevents an obstacle or a person being caught by the revolving door leaves. As soon as the protective equipment makes contact with an obstacle or a person, emergency braking is triggered and the revolving door stops immediately. When emergency braking is triggered, the revolving door is slowed down until standstill, remains stopped for an adjustable period and subsequently continues its movement in the set mode of operation and speed. 23 24 GEZE REVOLVING DOORS | Activation devices and service tools Vertical safety contact strip The safety contact strip is a rubber pressure sensitive protective equipment which is attached vertically to the outer edge of the side-hung leaf and prevents people being drawn in. As soon as a person or a part of the body gets in contact with the protective equipment, emergency braking is triggered and the revolving door is stopped immediately. When emergency braking is triggered, the revolving door is slowed down until standstill, remains stopped for an adjustable period and then continues its movement in the set mode of operation and speed. Mobile safeguarding device 'Mobile safeguarding devices' are optical sensors which are fixed to the top edge of the side-hung leaves. They work on an infrared basis and optically monitor the area in front of the rotating leaves of a revolving door. As soon as the sensor recognises an obstacle or a person, the revolving door is slowed down. If the obstacle remains within the detection area of the sensor, the revolving speed is reduced to such an extent that the rotating leaf of the door comes to a standstill in front of the obstacle. The sensitivity and detection area of the sensors can be set. OPER ATIN G E LE M E N TS Keypad programme switch with key switch (TPS-SCT) … = Movement detector inside | … = Movement detector outside | … = Leading mullion safety sensor | … = Emergency-stop switch inside and outside | … = Keypad programme switch | … = Key switch | … = Warning sign inside and outside | … = Push pad (optional) | … = Mullion safety | 10 = Heel protection strip | 11 = Vertical safety contact strip | 12 Emergency exit sign break-out (optional) | 13 = Mobile safeguarding device (optional) PROT ECTION S E N S O R ST R I P, ACT I V E I N F RARED DETECTO R, LASER SCAN N ER GC 339+ safety sensor FLATSCAN REV LZ GC 338 sensor strip Activation devices and service tools | GEZE REVOLVING DOORS Operation PR OGR A MME SW I TC H TO S E LECT T H E MO DE O F O PER ATI O N O F R EVO LVI N G DO O R S The following modes of operation can be set: OFF In the ‘OFF’ operating status, the motor gear unit is switched off and the door can be rotated freely by hand. This operating status is especially suitable for maintenance and cleaning of the door. All activation devices are switched off. Night mode In the ‘night mode’ operating status, a wide range of different locking options can be selected for the revolving door. – No locking – Manual locking of the door leaves using a bar lock – Locking using the electromechanical disc brake – Electromechanical locking of the door leaves – Locking with manual night-time closer – Locking with automatic night-time closer Exit only In the ‘exit only’ operating status, the door is activated by the internal movement detector only. It revolves a preset number of sectors at automatic speed and then stops in the end position. Automatic All the connected pulse generators are active in the ‘Automatic’ operating status. After activation, the door accelerates to a preset automatic speed, rotates the preset number of sectors and then changes over to a reduced speed. The slow revolving speed and time delay can be set. Pressing both arrow keys at the same time changes the system to "winter mode". In this case, there is no time delay and the revolving door moves immediately to the end position. As an option, a push pad can be connected. When this push button is activated, the revolving speed is reduced so that people with restricted mobility can pass through the door without any problems. The revolving speed and time delay can also be set. Manual The revolving door can be rotated freely in manual operation. If no further functions are set, the ‘Manual’ operating status is identical to the ‘OFF’ operating status. The following option can be set here: A positioning deviceautomatically brings the door to the end position at slow speed following manual opening. Safety functions can be deactivated. PR OTECTION O F T H E P R O G R A M M E S W ITCHES Keypad programme switches can be combined with a key switch. This ensures that only the key-holder can make changes to the mode of operation. Key switches that are protected against vandalism can be used when the door has to be opened from the outside by authorised persons only. Keypad programme switch (TPS) Keypad programme switch with key switch (TPS-SCT) Burglary-resistant key switch 25 26 GEZE REVOLVING DOORS | Activation devices and service tools Service tools SERV IC E TOOLS GEZEconnects Bluetooth is an internationally standardised short-distance radio signal with a range of up to ten metres. The GEZEconnects software makes wireless connection via Bluetooth possible between a computer and the automatic door systems from GEZE. All door system settings can be carried out via an intuitive graphic interface, stored, sent by e-mail and transferred to a word processing programme as a protocol. Diagnosis functions show the most important function parameters of the door system in real time, so that faults are recognised at a glance and can be eliminated. All the pre-settings can be taken over very easily for further door systems. The convenient documentation of commissioning, maintenance and diagnosis protocols as well as all statistical data can be downloaded at any time. Password protection to block operating parameters and servicing data guarantees security against unauthorised modifications. ST 220 service terminal Mobile, handy and straightforward – that is parameter setting for the automatic GEZE door systems using the ST 220 service terminal. Communication and data exchange between the service terminal and the door drive is via an integrated RS485 interface. The large illuminated display is easy to operate thanks to the plain text display. The service terminal is equipped with a readout function for servicing and diagnosis work. Power is supplied via the door system. Password protection to block operating parameters and servicing data guarantees security against unauthorised modifications. GEZEconnects myGEZE Bluetooth Modul ST 220 service terminal 27 Installation drawings Revo.PRIME TY PES OF FLO O R R I N G S … A … 1 30/30 … 30/30 … 60 mm … 100 mm … B … 4 … 6 … 5 A = Stainless steel floor ring with retaining plate | B = Floor ring with loose and fixed flange | … = Seal on site | … = Finished floor level | … = Floor structure (min.) | … = Retaining plate | … = Unfinished floor | … = Fixing to unfinished floor | … = Loose and fixed flange 28 GEZE REVOLVING DOORS | Installation drawings SIDE E LE ME N T STO P W I T H N I G H T-T I M E C LO SER R EVO.PR I M E … 4 … 2 … = Side wall inside I … = Side wall outside I … = Night-time closer on the outside I … = Side element stop I Release push button (optional) NIGHT-TIME C LOS E R R E VO. P R I M E D ETA IL IN S ID E-RU N N I N G N I G H T-T I M E C LO SER SI DE ELEM EN T STO P … 5 … 2 … 1 = Side wall inside I … = Side wall outside I … = Inside-running night-time closer I … = Side element stop I … = Façade connection Installation drawings | GEZE REVOLVING DOORS RE VO.P R IME CE I L I N G VA R I A N TS STA N DA R D C E I L I N G VA R I A N T … 2 … 3 … = Ceiling construction I … = Canopy profile I … = Swivelling axis I … = Side-hung leaf CE ILIN G VAR IA N T W I T H N I G H T-T I M E CLO SER (N V) … 2 … 3 … = Ceiling construction I … = Canopy profile with night-time closer on the outside I … = Swivelling axis I … = Side-hung leaf CE ILIN G VAR IA N T W I T H I N SI D E- R U N N I N G N I G HT-TI M E CLO SER (I N V) … 2 … 3 … = Ceiling construction I … = Canopy profile with inside-running night-time closer I … = Swivelling axis I … = Side-hung leaf Note: Allow 40 mm on each side and at the top for door assembly. 29 30 GEZE REVOLVING DOORS | Installation drawings U ND E R FLOOR D R I V E R E VO. P R I M E … 1 … = Control cabinets N o t e : Drive box dimensions: Revo.PRIME GG revolving door (with drive box) 871 × 614 × 180 mm (LxWxH) AIR C U RTAIN R E VO. P R I M E TOP OR PLAN VIEW OF AIR CURTAIN … 4 … V E RT I CA L SECTI O N O F AI R CURTAI N … 3 … 8 … 4 … 2 … = Inside | … = Outside | … = Axis | … = Outlet duct | … = Air curtain … 6 … 1 = Inside | … = Outside | … = Axis | … = Canopy height | … = Clear passage height | … = Brush | … = Side-hung leaf | … = Opening for air outlet | … = Extraction opening Cable plan | GEZE REVOLVING DOORS Cable plan drive ceiling installation For more detailed information about connection of the activation devices and sensors see the wiring diagram 201216 (English version) Power supply circuit 230V/50 Hz Power supply circuit 400V/50 Hz Power supply circuit 230V/50 Hz for hot water air curtain mains fuse 10 A, on site … for electric air curtain mains fuse 3x 40A, on site … for revolving door, mains fuse 10 A on site … Revolving doors … 3 … 3 … 3 … 3 Air curtain system Hot water connection … x 3/4" Air curtain Revolving door control LS NSI NSA PS ZU KIT KAT LS Light switch (on site) NSI Emergency stop switch inside1) NSA Emergency stop switch outside1) PS Programme switch ZU Timer KIR Activation device inside (KI) Radar KAR Activation device outside (KA) Radar KIT Activation device inside (KI) push button KAT Activation device outside (KA) push button 3) KB Activation device authorised (KB) LSG Switchgear for air curtain RTI Inside room thermostat 4) … 3 LSG RTI KB The cable must protrude at least … m out of the wall 2) Cables NYM-J … x … mm2 NYM-J … x … mm2 JE-Y(ST)Y … x … x … mm JE-Y(ST)Y 10 x … mm max. 20 mm Install emergency stop switches at all access points Several activation devices (KI) may be installed inside 3) Several activation devices (KA) may be installed outside 4) Several activation devices authorised (KB) may be installed 1) 2) Notes: – Wiring in accordance with VDE 0100 – Wiring, connection and commissioning must only be carried out by authorised electricians. – We will not assume any warranty or provide service if GEZE products are combined with third-party products. – Additional activation devices for the revolving door drive are installed within the profiles located outside or within the door drum. – The cables shown in this wiring diagram must be laid on site. – The wiring diagram is only a schematic representation. The exact cable guide must be determined on site. – Cable and water connections must be installed on site by a specialist company. 31 32 GEZE REVOLVING DOORS | Cable plan Cable plan underfloor installation Revolving door Revolving door drive Power supply circuit 1~ 230 V 50 Hz / 60 Hz, with GN/YE, 600 W Main switch optional Manual revolving door … 1 … Revolving door control unit Revo.PRIME Please enter “X” here in the desired fields! Keypad progra- Keypad Exterior Interior Emergency Emergency mme switch programme switch Push pad for Push pad for stopswitch stopswitch people with people with Exterior Interior disabilities Only in on-site position. Installation height 85-110 cm above the �nished floor level. Turnstile locking mechanism monitoring revolving door Operation mode setting via buidling management technology, potential free contact Contact authorised Key switch Optional Key switch Optional disabilities Installation height 85 cm above the finished floor level Project:: … Contract no.: … Door type: … Only with on-site position JE-Y (ST)Y … x … x … JE-Y (ST)Y 10 x … (max. 20 m) JE-Y (ST)Y … x … x … (max. 20m) … x 10 mm² GN/YE Cable dimensioning and protection to be determined on site. * Shielded cable Leave cable at least … m from the transfer point. Cable installation in accordance with VDE 0100. Cable installation, connection and commissioning may only be carried out by authorised technicians. We will provide no warranty or services if combined with third-party equipment. Only a diagram of the cables is shown. The exact cable routing must be determined on site. This drawing reflects the status of development on the drawing date, or at the last revision. Use of the drawing may not serve as the basis for any claims whatsoever, including claims for damages, asserted against GEZE GmbH. The drawing shall remain the property of GEZE and is provided to third parties only for use during the contractual term. GEZE shall retain all claims resulting from the drawing. This drawing may not be copied nor provided to third parties without the prior approval of GEZE. CREATED BY DATE TITLE REVISED ON PAGE … OF … FILE NAME REVOLVING DOOR WIRING SCHEMATIC UNDERFLOOR INSTALLATION Reference projects | GEZE REVOLVING DOORS Reference projects HQ Deloitte, Italien (Foto: GEZE ITALY) 33 34 GEZE REVOLVING DOORS SYSTEMS | Reference projects Foto: Lothar Wels / GEZE GmbH Reference projects | GEZE REVOLVING DOORS Foto: Lothar Wels / GEZE GmbH 35 We are GEZE. For liveable buildings GEZE stands for innovation, high quality and comprehensive support of building technologies. From the initial idea, planning and operational implementation with standard products to customised system solutions and individual service and maintenance plans. We offer an extensive product range of door, window and safety technology products and are a major driving force behind the digital networking of building automation. GEZE GmbH Reinhold-Vöster-Straße 21 – 29 71229 Leonberg Deutschland Telefon: +49 7152 203 … Telefax: +49 7152 203 310 E-Mail: info.de@geze.com www.geze.com 2026_04 ID-Nr. 132050 EN Subject to change without notice

Download (.PDF | 4 MB)

Product brochure

SWING DOOR Automatic door drives Contents | GEZE Automatic door drives … Contents Overview 04 Types of installation 05 AU TOMATIC S W I N G D O O R SYST E M S For fire and smoke protection doors (F) … With integrated closing sequence control (IS) … With integrated closing sequence control for double leaf fire and smoke protection doors (F-IS) 10 With integrated closing sequence control for double leaf doors, automatic doors and door closer function (IS/TS) 11 For smoke and heat extraction fresh air solutions as well as doors along escape and rescue routes (Invers) 12 For large and heavy as well as highly frequented doors (EN7) 13 For accessible toilets 14 SW IN G D OOR D R I V ES ECturn 18 ECturn Inside 30 Slimdrive EMD 36 Powerturn 50 AC C ES S OR IES Cover, mounting plate, link arm, roller guide rail 70 Operating automatic swing doors 71 Automatic activation 72 Manual activation 73 Protection 74 Service tools 80 RE F E R E N C ES 82 … GEZE Automatic door drives | Overview OVERV IE W ECturn Slimdrive EMD Powerturn 60×580×60 mm 70×650×121 mm 70×720×130 mm 125 kg 180 kg 230 kg* 600 kg PRODUCT FEATU RES Dimensions drive (H × W × D) Leaf weight (max.) Leaf width (min.) GLS / RS1 GST Leaf width (max.) GLS / RS1 GST Hinge clearance for double leaf doors Opening and closing speed adjustable 650 mm 1100 mm 800 mm 750 mm 1400 mm 1600 mm GLS / RS1 – 1700–2500 mm GST – 1500–2800 mm ● ● ● ● ● ●/● ●/● Electrical closing sequence control Exterior doors / interior doors ●/● Can be integrated in the door leaf or door frame ●** Single leaf / double leaf 850 mm 1600 – 3200 mm ●/– ●/● ●/● ●/–/● -/●/● -/●/● Automatic ● ● ● Push & Go adjustable ● ● ● Low-energy mode ● ● ● Guide rail / roller guide rail / link arm FUNCTIONS Smart swing Servo ● ● ● For fire and smoke protection doors (F) ●* ● With integrated smoke switch (F/R) ●* ● With integrated closing sequence control (IS) ●* ● With integrated closing sequence control for double leaf fire and smoke protection doors (F-IS) ●* ● VARIANTS With IS for double leaf doors, automatic doors and door closer function (IS/TS) For smoke and heat extraction fresh air supply and escape and rescue routes (Invers) ● ● For automation of large, heavy doors (EN7) ● ● = Yes | RS = Roller guide rail| GLS = Guide rail | GST = Link arm | … = GLS: ECturn / RS: Slimdrive and Powerturn | * = Slimdrive EMD-F | ** = ECturn Inside N o t e : The maximum possible leaf weight in relation to leaf width can be found in the chapter on areas of application (charts). Types of installation | GEZE Automatic door drives … TY P ES OF IN STA LL AT I O N FO R SW I N G DO O R SYSTEMS The following illustrations show the possible applications for swing doors and the drives which can be used to realise this application. N o t e s : A door stopper is always necessary. We recommend the type of installation opposite hinge side with link arm for exterior doors. Wind loads and underpressure or excess pressure must also be taken into account. I NSTA LLATI O N ON HING E SIDE Transom installation with guide rail / roller guide rail Door leaf installation with guide rail / roller guide rail Door leaf installation with link arm ECturn | Slimdrive EMD | Powerturn ECturn | Slimdrive EMD | Powerturn ECturn | Powerturn I NSTA LLATI O N ON THE OPPOSITE HING E SIDE Transom installation with link arm Transom installation with guide rail / roller guide rail Door leaf installation with guide rail / roller guide rail ECturn | Slimdrive EMD | Powerturn ECturn | Slimdrive EMD | Powerturn ECturn | Powerturn I NSTA LLATI O N IN THE DOOR LEAF / INSTA LL AT IO N IN T HE DO O R FRA M E ECturn Inside … 7 SW ING D O OR Automatic swing door systems They can no longer be ignored in our day-to-day lives: We encounter automatic swing doors at every turn, in shopping centres, office buildings, airports or houses. With swing door systems from GEZE, you’ll find a system solution for your building, with which single and double leaf swing doors and even fire protection doors can open and close automatically. In this way, you will not just be optimising your doors in terms of convenience and safety, but will also be saving additional energy. … GEZE Automatic door drives | Automatic swing door systems | Variant F Variant F With GC 338 sensor strip (photo: Jürgen Pollak / GEZE GmbH) Swing door systems for fire and smoke protection doors AR E AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Use in the Slimdrive EMD-F and Powerturn F product families Automatic opening and closing, as well as holding open of fire and smoke protection doors For right and left single-action doors PR OD UCT FE ATUR ES Secure closing of fire protection doors by triggering the hold-open system and closing via the mechanical energy storage device Mechanical and electrical latching action which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position Full comfort in normal operation The power supply circuit is interrupted by the circuit breaker board, the drive unit retains the door closer function Door closer with automatic opening according to DIN 18263 Part … are part of the hold-open systems and need official building approval Powerturn F/R and Slimdrive EMD-F/R with integrated smoke switch fulfil maximum design requirements Variant IS | Automatic swing door systems | GEZE Automatic door drives Variant IS Medicus Clinic in Wrocławiu, Poland (photo: Fotograﬁa Maciej Lulko / GEZE GmbH) Swing door systems with integrated closing sequence control AR E AS OF A P P L I CAT I O N Use in the Slimdrive EMD-F and Powerturn product families Reliable closing of the door through the closing sequence control For double leaf doors P R OD UCT F E ATUR ES Closing sequence control ensures that the passive leaf closes first on double leaf doors. In automatic mode, the electrical closing sequence control is always available Mechanical closing sequence control ensures secure closing of a double leaf system, even if there is a power failure … 10 GEZE Automatic door drives | Automatic swing door systems | Variant F-IS Variant F-IS Klinikum Düsseldorf, Germany (photo: Lothar Wels / GEZE GmbH) Swing door systems with integrated closing sequence control for double leaf fire and smoke protection doors ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Use in the Slimdrive EMD-F and Powerturn F product families Automatic opening and closing of double leaf fire protection doors For double leaf single-action doors PR OD UCT FE ATUR ES Mechanical and electrical latching action which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position The drive is switched to passive mode via the circuit breaker board and closes via the integrated mechanical energy storage device The integrated mechanical closing sequence control (tested according to EN 1158) ensures a secure closing of the double leaf fire protection door Powerturn F/R-IS and Slimdrive EMD-F/R-IS with integrated smoke switch fulfil maximum design requirements Variant IS/TS | Automatic swing door systems | GEZE Automatic door drives 11 Variant IS/TS ESO Supernova Planetarium & Visitor Centre, Garching, Germany (photo: Robert Sprang / GEZE GmbH) Swing door systems with integrated closing sequence control for double leaf doors with automatic active leaf and manual optional leaf AR E AS OF A P P L I CAT I O N Use in the Powerturn product family on standard and fire and smoke protection doors Preferred in installation situations where mainly the active leaf is opened Particularly suitable for asymmetrical door systems Opening and closing, as well as holding open of fire and smoke protection doors as Powerturn F-IS/TS variant For right and left single-action doors P R OD UCT F E ATUR ES Active leaf automation with swing door drive, passive leaf fitted with door closer Individual adjustment of the opening and closing speed Activation with the usual pulse generators Uniform drive design to meet the highest demands in terms of appearance Invisible smoke control unit through integration in the cover as Powerturn F/R-IS/TS variant 12 GEZE Automatic door drives | Automatic swing door systems | Variant Invers Variant Invers With GC 342 laser scanner, experimenta, Heilbronn, Germany (photo: Jürgen Pollak / GEZE GmbH) Swing door systems for smoke and heat extraction fresh air solutions as well as doors along escape and rescue routes AR E AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Use in the Slimdrive EMD-F product family Suitable for escape and rescue routes and for smoke and heat extraction fresh air opening systems For single leaf right and left single-action doors PR OD UCT FE ATUR ES Doors are opened by spring force and closed motor-driven If there is a power failure or fire alarm, the door is securely opened No emergency power supply needed Variant EN7 | Automatic swing door systems | GEZE Automatic door drives Variant EN7 With GC 338 sensor strips (photo: GEZE GmbH) Swing door systems for large and heavy as well as highly frequented doors AR E AS OF A P P L I CAT I O N Use in the Powerturn product family Automation of very large and heavy swing doors For right and left single-action doors P R OD UCT F E ATUR ES Drive variants with closing force EN7 are approved for fire protection doors in the F design Fire protection doors up to 600 kg leaf weight or 1600 mm leaf width can be realised Slim drive design to meet the highest demands in terms of appearance 13 14 GEZE Automatic door drives | Automatic automatic swing door systems | Accessible toilet Accessible toilet Accessible toilets must be designed in such a way that people with all sorts of different handicaps can use the facilities without needing help. GEZE swing door drives provide an indispensable service for this application, and guarantee a high level of convenience. FUNCTIONAL DESCR IPTION The non-contact proximity switch is installed at hand height and detects persons and objects at a distance of 10 to 60 cm (adjustable). Approaching the switch is sufficient to open the door. When the “internal switch” is triggered with the door closed, the system switches into the exit only mode of operation, meaning the outer switch on the door can no longer open. Both proximity switches switch from green to red and signal that the WC is occupied. The drive uses motor power to hold the door in the closed position. Triggering the "internal switch" again switches the mode of operation back to automatic. Both proximity switches switch from red to green. The door opens and the "external push button" is cleared again. An optional pull switch can be used to transmit a message to an alarm system. If the WC is occupied for longer than 30 minutes, a message is also transmitted to an alarm system or an optional audio alert. In the event of a power failure, the electric strike (fail-safe electric strike) releases and the user can leave the cubicle by pushing or pulling the door open. In emergencies, the door can be opened manually from the outside by means of a key, or by triggering the emergency shut-off switch. … 6 … 2 … 3 … = Swing door drive | … = Emergency shut-off switch (recommended installation height: 1600 mm) | … = Non-contact proximity switch (flush-mounted) | … = Non-contact proximity switch (surface-mounted) | … = Pull switch emergency call | … = Laser scanner Accessible toilet | Automatic swing door systems | GEZE Automatic door drives Slimdrive EMD-F swing door drive with GC 338 sensor strip, VGH Versicherungen Hanover (photo: Lothar Wels / GEZE GmbH) 15 16 17 SW ING D O OR Swing door drives Make life easier for yourself and others – with GEZE swing door drives. Depending on your needs, our selection of products will offer you the right solution. Our electromechanical swing door drives are suitable for doors of up to 600 kg with a high frequency of public traffic. An electromechanical drive, which functions extremely quietly and also visually fits perfectly into the conditions of the door with its compact dimensions, is ideal for front doors and internal application. 18 GEZE Automatic door drives | Swing door drives | ECturn ECturn Electromechanical swing door drive for barrier-free single leaf doors up to 125 kg ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Right and left single leaf single-action doors Single-action doors up to 1100 mm leaf width or 125 kg weight Entrance and interior doors with moderate access frequency Automation of frameless all-glass doors Door leaf installation and transom installation Barrier-free access PR OD UCT FE ATUR ES Opening and closing speed can be individually adjusted Electrical latching action which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position Low-energy function opens and closes the door with reduced speed, fulfilling the highest safety demands Obstacle detection detects an obstacle through contact and stops the opening or closing process Automatic reversing detects an obstacle and returns to the opening position Push & Go function triggers the automatic drive components following light manual pressure on the door leaf Drive can be used with guide rail or link arm Push to close function enables the opened door to be closed automatically by means of slight manual pressure Glass guide rail available for use on glass doors with a glass thickness of 8-10 mm Optional rechargeable battery provides maximum safety during a power failure Optional radio board for wireless activation by radio transmitter ECturn | Swing door drives | GEZE Automatic door drives 19 TEC HN ICA L DATA ECturn PRODUCT FEATURES Height 60 mm Width 580 mm Depth 60 mm Leaf weight (max.) single leaf 125 kg Leaf width (min.-max.) 650 – 1100 mm Reveal depth (max.)* 200 mm Door overlap (max.)* 50 mm Drive type Electromechanical Door opening angle (max.)* 110° DIN left ● DIN right ● Transom installation opposite hinge side with link arm ● Transom installation opposite hinge side with guide rail ● Transom installation opposite hinge side with guide rail on all-glass doors ● Transom installation hinge side with guide rail on all-glass doors ● Transom installation hinge side with guide rail ● Door leaf installation opposite hinge side with guide rail ● Door leaf installation hinge side with guide rail ● Door leaf installation hinge side with link arm ● Electrical latching action ● Disconnection from mains Main switch in the drive Activation delay (max.) 20 s Operating voltage 110 – 230 V Frequency of supply voltage 50 – 60 Hz Capacity rating 75 W Power supply for external consumers (24 V DC) 600 mA Temperature range** -15 - 50° C IP rating Modes of operation IP20 off, automatic, hold open, night Type of function Fully automatic Automatic function ● Low-energy function ● Function keys ● Obstacle detection ● Automatic reversing ● Push to close function ● Push & Go adjustable Operation Programme switch TPS, programme switch integrated into the drive, programme switch DPS Parameter setting Programme switch DPS, control unit Approvals EN 16005 ● = Yes | * = Depending on type of installation | ** = The drive is designed exclusively for use in dry rooms.   N o t e : The maximum possible leaf weight in relation to leaf width can be found in the chapter on areas of application (charts). 20 GEZE Automatic door drives | Swing door drives | ECturn AREAS OF APP LICAT I O N Note: Low-energy mode without protection should only be considered if the risk assessment for people in special need of protection has shown that the risk to these users is low. If there is a potential risk, then the hazardous area, such as the rotation range and the secondary closing edge, must be protected using additional safety measures. Y 140 120 100 … 80 … 60 40 20 … 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 X X = Door width (mm) | Y = Door weight (kg) | … = Area of application in low-energy mode | … = Area of application in automatic mode ECturn (photo: Studio BE / GEZE GmbH) ECturn | Swing door drives | GEZE Automatic door drives PR OD UCT S CA LE D R AW I N G 580 … 20,7 94,5 60 60 31 442 (512) 60 94 60 … max. 277 ECturn   N o t e : Illustration shows DIN left, DIN right is mirror-inverted. T RA N SO M I N STALLATION WITH G UIDE RA IL O N T HE HIN G E SIDE , SIN G LE LE A F Reveal depth (max.) 40 mm Door overlap (max.) 40 mm 60 60 16 42 20 (14) 10 15 67 23 74 16 … 36 ECturn with GC 338 INSTALLATION WITH MOUNTING PLATE (A) AND DIRECT INSTALLATION (B) B … 142 78 120 415 390,5 302 575 633 266 … ø16 ø16 A 390,5 … 131 78 … 120 428,5 428,5 … 2 A = Installation with mounting plate | B = Direct installation | … = Concealed line-feed for low-voltage connection and mains cable | … = Dimensional reference centre of hinge | … = Concealed line-feed for low-voltage connection 21 22 GEZE Automatic door drives | Swing door drives | ECturn T R AN SO M I N STA LL ATION WITH G UIDE RAIL O N T HE O PPO SIT E HIN G E SIDE , SIN G LE LE A F Reveal depth (max.) 30 mm 60 60 15 81 34 24 … 16 42 60 16 … 36 ECturn with GC 338 INSTALLATION WITH MOUNTING PLATE (A) AND DIRECT INSTALLATION (B) A B 575 415 390,5 302 ø16 … 633 390,5 266 131 78 … 142 78 … 70 498,5 … 70 498,5 ø16 ø16 … 3 A = Installation with mounting plate | B = Direct installation | … = Concealed line-feed for low-voltage connection | … = Concealed line-feed for low-voltage connection and mains cable | … = Dimensional reference centre of hinge ECturn | Swing door drives | GEZE Automatic door drives 23 T RA N SO M I N STALLATION WITH LINK ARM O N T HE O PPO SIT E HIN G E SIDE , SIN G LE LE A F Reveal depth (max.) 200 mm 60 60 15 83 26 … 16 42 60 16 … [90, 200] 36 ECturn with GC 338 INSTALLATION WITH MOUNTING PLATE (A) AND DIRECT INSTALLATION (B) A B 575 415 390,5 302 … 633 390,5 266 … 142 78 … 2 287 … ø16 ø16 42,5 131 78 42,5 287 … A = Installation with mounting plate | B = Direct installation | … = Concealed line-feed for low-voltage connection | … = Concealed line-feed for low-voltage connection and mains cable | … = Dimensional reference centre of hinge 24 GEZE Automatic door drives | Swing door drives | ECturn D O O R LEA F I N STA LLATION WITH G UIDE RAIL O N T HE HIN G E SIDE , SIN G LE LE A F Door overlap (max.) 50 mm 60 60 15 107 16 42 60 16 … 24 34 … 36 ECturn with GC 338 INSTALLATION WITH MOUNTING PLATE (A) AND DIRECT INSTALLATION (B) A B … 120 428,5 ø16 120 ø16 … 428,5 … 78 78 142 131 302 266 390,5 … 415 … 390,5 … 633 575 A = Installation with mounting plate | B = Direct installation | … = Dimensional reference centre of hinge | … = Concealed line-feed for low-voltage connection and mains cable | … = Concealed line-feed for low-voltage connection ECturn | Swing door drives | GEZE Automatic door drives 25 D O O R LEA F I N STALLATION WITH LINK ARM O N T HE HIN G E SIDE , SIN G LE LE A F Door overlap (max.) 200 mm [90, 200] 60 60 15 107 16 42 60 16 … 26 … 36 ECturn with GC 338 INSTALLATION WITH MOUNTING PLATE (A) AND DIRECT INSTALLATION (B) A B … 1 42,5 … 287 ø16 287 ø16 … 42,5 … 2 78 78 131 142 302 390,5 415 266 390,5 575 633 A = Installation with mounting plate | B = Direct installation | … = Dimensional reference centre of hinge | … = Concealed line-feed for low-voltage connection and mains cable | … = Concealed line-feed for low-voltage connection 26 GEZE Automatic door drives | Swing door drives | ECturn D O O R LEA F I N STA LLATION WITH G UIDE RAIL O N T HE O PPO SIT E HIN G E SIDE , SIN G LE LE A F Reveal depth (max.) 20 mm 60 60 16 15 121 16 42 74 23 (14) 20 10 … 36 ECturn with GC 338 INSTALLATION WITH MOUNTING PLATE (A) AND DIRECT INSTALLATION (B) B … 2 498,5 … 1 498,5 100 100 … 3 ø16 58 122 58 111 282 370,5 395 555 ø16 A 246 370,5 613 A = Installation with mounting plate | B = Direct installation | … = Concealed line-feed for low-voltage connection | … = Dimensional reference centre of hinge | … = Concealed line-feed for low-voltage connection and mains cable ECturn | Swing door drives | GEZE Automatic door drives 27 T RA N SO M I N STALLATION WITH G LASS G U IDE RA IL O N T HE HIN G E SIDE … 60 … 21 10 … 12 21 20* 16 72 44* 42 16 max. 35 8-10 50 * = Direct installation | … = Space needed for ECturn INSTALLATION WITH MOUNTING PLATE (A) AND DIRECT INSTALLATION (B) 575 415 … 302 B 633 … 266 ø 16 … 131 ø 16 78 … 12 14 30 28 78 142 A ø 16 ø 16 … 3 … 3 A = Installation with mounting plate | B = Direct installation | … = Concealed line-feed for low-voltage connection | … = Concealed line-feed for low-voltage connection and mains cable | … = Dimensional reference centre of hinge 28 GEZE Automatic door drives | Swing door drives | ECturn T R AN SO M I N STA LL ATION WITH G LASS G UIDE RA IL O N T HE O PPO SIT E HIN G E SIDE Drawing no. 70107-ep19 max.40 LT= min.15 … 1 21 45 … 8 10 9* … 16 42 61 44* 16 60 8- 10 50 * = Direct installation | … = Space needed for ECturn | LT = Reveal depth INSTALLATION WITH MOUNTING PLATE (A) AND DIRECT INSTALLATION (B) A B 633 415 … ø 16 … 266 302 142 … 131 78 … 30 78 ø 16 … 28 575 … 2 … 3 A = Installation with mounting plate | B = Direct installation | … = Concealed line-feed for low-voltage connection | … = Concealed line-feed for low-voltage connection and mains cable | … = Dimensional reference centre of hinge ECturn | Swing door drives | GEZE Automatic door drives 29 LEGEN D FO R THE CABLE PLANS CABLES ABBREVIATIONS … = NYM-J … × … mm2 HS Main switch … = J-Y(ST)Y … × … × … LG NOT Emergency stop switch … = J-Y(ST)Y … × … × … LG KB Mechanical contact … = J-Y(ST)Y … × … × … LG PS Programme switch … = LiYY … × … mm2 ST Emergency stop button … = LiYY … × … mm2 KI Contact sensor inside … = Scope of supply sensor strip or LiYY … x … mm2 KA Contact sensor outside … = Route empty pipe with pull-wire inner diameter 10 mm TOE Electric strike RM Bolt message Notes: - Cable plans can also be prepared for specific projects after receipt of order - Version of standard cable plans in accordance with GEZE specifications - Wiring in accordance with VDE 0100 - Allow the cable for the drive to project at least 1500 mm out of the wall … Door transmission cable (included in the scope of supply for sensor strip) | … Cable exit for drive unit see installation drawings for ECturn 70107-ep01 to -ep06 | … Cable included in the scope of supply for the sensor | … + … Connection box for power supply circuit and control cable combined on site. Power supply circuit and control cable must be wired in separate terminal spaces. | … Mains connection box W×H×D min. 65 × 65 × 57 | … Control cable box W×H×D min. 94 × 65 × 57 with PG-11 duct I II B+200 III 4) A … 1 … 1 … 3 … 3 … 5) KI B B ECturn KA … 8 HS NOT V V KB ST PS KI 3) B/2 B/2 max. 100 KA 3) I = Power supply circuit 230 V / 50 Hz | II = Safety fuse 10 A | III = Connection value 230 W … A | IV = And / Or | V = Option SINGLE LEAF I II A A 4) B … ECturn B 5) 2) … 8 GC 338 1) … TOE RM I = Transom installation concealed line-feed | II = Door leaf installation ECturn GC 338 … TOE RM 2) max. 300 IV 30 GEZE Automatic door drives | Swing door drives | ECturn Inside ECturn Inside Integrable electromechanical swing door drive for barrier-free single leaf doors up to 125 kg ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Right and left single leaf single-action doors Single-action doors up to 1100 mm leaf width or 125 kg weight Entrance and interior doors with moderate access frequency For door leaf thicknesses from 55 mm Integrated installation in door leaf or frame Barrier-free access PR OD UCT FE ATUR ES Drive is embedded in door leaf or frame and fulfils maximum design requirements Opening and closing speed can be individually adjusted Electrical latching action which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position Low-energy function opens the door with reduced speed, fulfilling the highest safety requirements Obstacle detection detects an obstacle through contact and stops the opening or closing process Automatic reversing detects an obstacle and returns to the opening position Push & Go function triggers the automatic drive components following light manual pressure on the door leaf Push to close function enables the opened door to be closed automatically by means of slight manual pressure Drive is used with guide rail Optional rechargeable battery provides maximum safety during a power failure Optional radio board for wireless activation by radio transmitter ECturn Inside | Swing door drives | GEZE Automatic door drives TEC HN ICA L DATA ECturn Inside PRODUCT FEATURES Height 61 mm Width 566 mm Depth 45 mm Leaf weight (max.) single leaf 125 kg Leaf width (min.-max.) Drive type 700 – 1100 mm Electromechanical Door opening angle (max.)* 110° DIN left ● DIN right ● Installation in the door leaf ● Installation in the door frame ● Electrical latching action ● Activation delay (max.) 20 s Supply voltage Operating voltage Power supply: 110 – 230 V Drive: … – 30 V DC Capacity rating 92 W Power supply for external consumers (24 V DC) 600 mA Temperature range IP rating Modes of operation Type of function -15 - 50° C IP20 off, automatic, hold open, night Fully automatic Automatic function ● Low-energy function ● Function keys ● Obstacle detection ● Automatic reversing ● Push to close function Push & Go adjustable Operation Programme switch integrated in the drive, programme switch TPS, programme switch DPS Parameter setting Approvals Control unit, programme switch DPS EN 16005 ● = Yes | * = Depending on type of installation   N o t e : The maximum possible leaf weight in relation to leaf width can be found in the chapter on areas of application (charts). 31 32 GEZE Automatic door drives | Swing door drives | ECturn Inside AREAS OF APP LICAT I O N Note: Low-energy mode without protection should only be considered if the risk assessment for people in special need of protection has shown that the risk to these users is low. If there is a potential risk, then the hazardous area, such as the rotation range and the secondary closing edge, must be protected using additional safety measures. Y 140 120 100 … 80 60 … 40 20 … 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 X X = Door width (mm) | Y = Door weight (kg) | … = Area of application in low-energy mode | 2= Area of application in automatic mode | Minimum door width for installation in metal door or frame 750 mm PRO D UCT S CALE D R AW I N G 457 … * 20 84 11 61 61 ( … ) (69) 11 12 77 77 306 566 45 ECturn Inside Representation of a wooden door leaf, mirror-inverted for door frames 491 473 20 … * 65 87 16 16 84 … 285 16 … ECturn Inside Representation of a metal door leaf, mirror-inverted for door frames 45 ECturn Inside | Swing door drives | GEZE Automatic door drives 33 OVERVIEW OF COMPONENTS … = Cover for motor gear unit | … = Back check | … = Guide rail and lever | … = Separate programme switch (optional) | … = Holder for rechargeable battery (optional) | … = Rechargeable battery (optional) | … = Control unit | … = Motor gear unit | … = Power supply cable, inside door … m | 10 = Electric installation material | 11 = Drip loop (optional) | 12 = Power supply cable (on site) | 13 = Power supply (flush-mounted installation) I NSTA LLATI O N IN THE WOODEN DOOR LEA F Drawing no. 70107-ep10 A 591* … * Z … * … * 458 … 13 … 38 * … Ø1 113 566 … * 27 R1 … ( … ) (832) R10 46 12 Z … 20 … R8 .5 113 B A = Frame cut-out | B = Door cut-out | … = Cut-out for programme switch (optional) | … = Cut-out for lever | * = Dimensions or positions may deviate depending on the door type. 34 GEZE Automatic door drives | Swing door drives | ECturn Inside I NSTALLATI O N I N THE WOODEN DOOR F RAME Drawing no. 70107-ep13 A B 566 5* … * R8 … * 61* R 10 … 564 * 46 7* 113 .5 20 … Z Z 20* 458 113 A = Cut-out for drive | B = Door cut-out | … = Cut-out for lever | * = Dimensions or positions may deviate depending on the door type. I N STA LLATI O N I N THE METAL DOOR LEAF Drawing no. 70107-ep12 A B … 22 … 75 * 20 ) … (6x … 282 Y 46 … 10 … R5 (75) 30 285 265 46 … 30 Y Ø 473 46 21 Z … R … * Ø … 455 115 … Z 20 (839) A = Door leaf cut-out | B = Door leaf cut-out | … = Cut-out for programme switch (optional) | * = Dimensions or positions may deviate depending on the door type. I N STA LLATI O N I N THE METAL DOOR F RAME Drawing no. 70107-ep14 A … 282 (839) … 115 … 20 20 … (75) … Z 46 46 21 46 R5 … 30 30 285 265 ) 2x .5( .5 Ø … R7 455 Y Y A = Frame cut-out | B = Door cut-out | * = Dimensions or positions can deviate depending on the door type. (75) (6x .5 Ø3 473 … * ) Z B ECturn Inside | Swing door drives | GEZE Automatic door drives LEGEN D FO R THE CABLE PLAN CABLES … = NNYM-J 3× … mm² 16 = Empty pipe Ø 10 mm with pull-wire; J-Y(ST)Y 4×0.6mm LG … = JJ-Y(ST) Y 2×2× … mm² 17 = Empty pipe Ø 12 mm with pull-wire; NYM-O 2×1.5mm2 10 = E mpty pipe Ø 10 mm with pull-wire; cable supplied by GEZE, max. … m 18 = C able supplied by GEZE, cable length max. … m 11 = C able information must be provided on-site i = Cable consolidation for control/activation devices (symbolic) 13 = J-Y(ST) Y 2×2× … mm²; optional empty pipe Ø 10 mm with pullwire RSK = Lock switch contact Notes: - This cable plan is a simplified symbolic illustration. Connections must be taken from the wiring diagram. Cable routing is included in the VDE guidelines. - Positioning of the activation and operating elements must be specified on site - Positions shown with dashed lines are positioned on the opposite side - In compliance with DIN 18650 / EN 16005 for automatic mode sensor strips on both sides STANDARD CABLE PLAN MAXIMUM EXTENT, UNILATERALLY PULLING, SINGLE LEAF, DIN RIGHT Front door, private residence, Stuttgart, Germany (photo: GEZE GmbH) 35 36 GEZE Automatic door drives | Swing door drives | Slimdrive EMD Slimdrive EMD Electromechanical swing door drive of only … cm height for single and double leaf doors weighing up to 230 kg ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Single and double leaf right and left single-action doors Single-action doors up to 1400 mm leaf width or 230 kg weight Interior and exterior doors with high access frequency Door leaf installation and transom installation PR OD UCT FE ATUR ES Opening and closing speed can be individually adjusted Electrical and mechanical latching action which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position Low-energy function opens and closes the door with reduced speed, fulfilling the highest safety demands Vestibule function controls the opening and closing of two consecutive doors (interlocking door system) Obstacle detection detects an obstacle through contact and stops the opening or closing process Automatic reversing detects an obstacle and returns to the opening position Push & Go function triggers the automatic drive components following light manual pressure on the door leaf Drive can be used with roller guide rail or link arm Freely configurable inputs and outputs for different functions Can be networked via CAN bus and integrated into building technology management systems Slimdrive EMD | Swing door drives | GEZE Automatic door drives 37 TEC HN ICA L DATA Slimdrive EMD Slimdrive EMD-F Slimdrive EMD-F-IS Slimdrive EMD Invers PRODUCT FEATURES Height 70 mm Width 650 mm Depth 121 mm Leaf weight (max.) single leaf 180 kg 230 kg Hinge clearance (min.-max.) double leaf 1500 – 2800 mm Leaf width (min.-max.) 750 – 1400 mm Reveal depth (max.)* 400 mm Door overlap (max.)* 50 mm Drive type Electromechanical Door opening angle (max.)* 130° Spring pre-load** - DIN left ● ● EN4 – EN6 ● ● DIN right ● ● ● ● Transom installation opposite hinge side with link arm ● ● ● ● Transom installation opposite hinge side with roller guide rail ● ● ● ● Transom installation hinge side with roller guide rail ● ● ● ● Door leaf installation hinge side with roller guide rail ● ● - ● Mechanical latching action - ● ● - Electrical latching action ● ● ● ● Electrical closing sequence control ● ● ● ● Mechanical closing sequence control - - ● - Disconnection from mains - Main switch in the drive Activation delay (max.) 20 s Operating voltage 230 V Frequency of supply voltage 50 Hz Capacity rating 230 W Power supply for external consumers (24 V DC) 1000 mA Temperature range*** -15 - 50° C IP rating IP20 Modes of operation Off, automatic, hold open, exit only, night Type of function Fully automatic Automatic function ● ● ● ● Low-energy function ● ● ● - Servo function - ● ● - Function keys ● ● ● ● Invers function (opening by spring force) - - - ● Vestibule function ● ● ● ● Obstacle detection ● ● ● ● Automatic reversing ● ● ● ● Push & Go adjustable Operation Programme switch integrated on the drive unit, MPS, TPS, DPS Parameter setting ST 220 service terminal, programme switch DPS, GEZEconnects (PC + Bluetooth) CAN interface Optional DIN 18650 EN 16005 DIN 18650 DIN 18263-4 EN 16005 DIN 18650 DIN 18263-4 Closing sequence controller tested acc. to EN 1158 EN 16005 DIN 18650 EN 16005 Suitable for fire protection doors - ● ● - Integrated smoke switch (R variant) - ● ● - Release and reset of the hold-open system - by push button by push button - Approvals ● = Yes | * = Depending on type of installation | ** = See torque overview table | *** = The drive is designed exclusively for use in dry rooms   N o t e : The maximum possible leaf weight in relation to leaf width can be found in the chapter on areas of application (charts). 38 GEZE Automatic door drives | Swing door drives | Slimdrive EMD OVERV IE W OF TO R Q U ES S L I M D R I V E E M D -F Type of installation Transom installation hinge side (min.-max.) Door leaf installation hinge side (min.-max.) Transom installation opposite hinge side (min.-max.) Coupling element Roller guide rail Roller guide rail Roller guide rail Link arm Spring pre-load closing force EN 1154 4–5 … 4–5 4–6 Closing torques 20 – 45 Nm 17 – 43 Nm 20 – 45 Nm 35 – 70 Nm Opening torques, automatic 122 – 97 Nm 125 – 96 Nm 115 – 90 Nm max. 150 Nm Opening torques, manual 45 – 66 Nm 50 – 73 Nm 42 – 65 Nm 61 – 88 Nm The doors must be fitted with suitable hinges for automatic operation. A door stopper is necessary. EMD, E M D -F, E M D I N V E R S Single leaf doors Leaf width (min.) Leaf width (max.) Transom installation hinge side with roller guide rail 850 mm 1250 mm / 1400 mm* Transom installation opposite hinge side with roller guide rail 850 mm 1250 mm / 1400 mm* Transom installation opposite hinge side with link arm 750 mm 1400 mm Door leaf installation hinge side with roller guide rail 850 mm 1250 mm / 1400 mm* * = Not suitable for fire protection doors! EMD, E M D -F, E M D - F- I S, E M D I N V E R S Hinge clearance (min.) Hinge clearance (max.) Leaf width (min.) Active leaf / passive leaf Leaf width (max.) Transom installation hinge side / opposite hinge side with roller guide rail 1700 mm 2500 / 2800 mm* 850 mm 1250 / 1400 mm* Transom installation opposite hinge side with link arm 1500 mm 2800 mm 750 mm 1400 mm Double leaf doors * = Not suitable for fire protection doors! Slimdrive EMD | Swing door drives | GEZE Automatic door drives ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Note: Low-energy mode without protection should only be considered if the risk assessment for people in special need of protection has shown that the risk to these users is low. If there is a potential risk, then the hazardous area, such as the rotation range and the secondary closing edge, must be protected using additional safety measures. SLIMDRIVE EMD Y 240 220 200 180 160 140 120 A 100 B C D 80 60 40 20 … 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 1050 1100 1150 1200 1250 1300 1350 1400 1450 X X = Door width (mm) | Y = Door weight (kg) | Dashed line: Area of application for installation with roller guide rail SH ORT EST P E R M I TT E D O P E N I N G T I M ES I N AR EAS A- D Diagram areah Opening time Closing time TRANSOM INSTA LLATION HINGE SIDE WITH ROLLER GUIDE RAIL A 3s … s B 4s … s C 5s D … s not permissible TRANSOM INSTA LLATION OPPOSITE HINGE SIDE WITH ROLLER GUIDE RAIL A 4s … s B … s … s C 5s … s D not permissible TRANSOM INSTA LLATION OPPOSITE HINGE SIDE WITH LINK ARM A 3s 4s B 3s … s C 4s … s D 5s … s DOOR LEAF INSTALLATION HINGE SIDE WITH ROLLER GUIDE RAIL A 4s … s B … s … s C … s … s D not permissible 39 40 GEZE Automatic door drives | Swing door drives | Slimdrive EMD SLIMDRIVE EMD-F A ND SLIMDRIVE EMD INVERS Y 240 220 200 180 160 140 A 120 B C D 100 80 60 40 20 … 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 1050 1100 1150 1200 1250 1300 1350 1400 1450 X X = Door width (mm) | Y = Door weight (kg) | Dashed line: area of application for installation with roller guide rail SHORT EST POS S I B LE O P E N I N G T I M ES I N AR EAS A- D (SET VA LU ES FOR ST … 20 A N D D P S ) Diagram area Opening time Closing time TRANSOM INSTALLATION HINGE SIDE WITH ROLLE R GUIDE RAIL A … s B 4s 5s C 4s … s D … s not permissible TRANSOM INSTALLATION OPPOSITE HINGE SIDE WITH ROLLER GUIDE RAIL A 5s … s B 6s 5s C … s D … s not permissible TRANSOM INSTALLATION OPPOSITE HINGE SIDE WITH LINK ARM A … s … s B 4s 5s C … s … s D 5s 6s DOOR LEAF INSTALLATION HINGE SIDE WITH ROLLER GUIDE RAIL A … s … s B 4s … s C … s D 6s not permissible   N o t e : We recommend the use of link arms for exterior doors. Load due to wind pressure as well as underpressure or excess pressure must also be taken into account. Dimensions marked by an asterisk (*) are valid for direct attachment. A door stopper is necessary. Slimdrive EMD | Swing door drives | GEZE Automatic door drives 41 PR OD UCT S CA LE D R AW I N G 650 … 113 72 121 30 710 Slimdrive EMD T RA N SO M I N STALLATION WITH ROLLER GU IDE RA IL O N T HE HIN G E SIDE , SIN G LE LE A F Drawing no. 70106-ep01 Door overlap (max.) 30 mm Door opening angle (max.) 105° 121 95 14 … 14 51,2* 14 … 2 70 50 20 10 43 38 * … 39 39 * = Direct installation | … = Space needed for EMD-F/EMD Invers | … = Space needed for roller guide rail | … = Space needed for sensor strips INSTALLATION WITH MOUNTING PLATE (A) AND DIRECT INSTALLATION (B) A 30 73 620 577 … 1 max. 20 max. 20 … 394 256 B 30 14 274 412 620 540 … max. 20 … 2 89 89 698 … 698 … A = Installation with mounting plate | B = Direct installation | … = Dimensional reference centre of hinge | … = Concealed line-feed for sensors, electric strike, programme switch and lock switch contact | … = Concealed line-feed 230 V / 50 Hz | … = Door leaf width 42 GEZE Automatic door drives | Swing door drives | Slimdrive EMD T R AN SO M I N STA LL ATION WITH ROLLER G UID E RA IL O N T HE O PPO SIT E HIN G E SIDE , SIN G LE LE A F Drawing no. 70106-ep02 Reveal depth (max.) -30 to +50 mm Door opening angle (max.) 105° … 75 90 14 … 3 39 29 43 70 38 * 14 51,2 * 14 121 … 39 39 * = Direct installation | … = Space needed for EMD-F/EMD Invers | … = Space needed for roller guide rail | … = Space needed for sensor strips INSTALLATION WITH MOUNTING PLATE (A) AND DIRECT INSTALLATION (B) A 577 … max. Ø 20 B 598 394 636 598 … 256 73 52 max. Ø 20 … 376 238 110 52 … 698 82 max. Ø 20 max. Ø 20 … 698 … 82 … A = Installation with mounting plate | B = Direct installation | … = Dimensional reference centre of hinge | … = Concealed line-feed for sensors, electric strike, programme switch and lock switch contact | … = Concealed line-feed 230 V / 50 Hz | … = Door leaf width Slimdrive EMD | Swing door drives | GEZE Automatic door drives 43 T RA N SO M I N STALLATION WITH LINK ARM O N T HE O PPO SIT E HIN G E SIDE , SIN G LE LE A F Drawing no. 70106-ep03 Reveal depth (max.) 0-100 mm, 100-200 mm, 200-300 mm, approved reveal depth on fire protection doors max. 250 mm Door opening angle (max.) 110° 121 75 14 … 95 75 47 34 48 43* 14 51,2* 14 … 3 … 39 39 * = Direct installation | … = Space needed for EMD-F/EMD Invers | … = Space needed for link arm | … = Space needed for sensor strips INSTALLATION WITH MOUNTING PLATE (A) AND DIRECT INSTALLATION (B) A 598 577 … B 394 max. Ø 20 636 … 256 … 73 52 376 238 110 52 max. Ø 20 … 3 44 417 … max. Ø 20 max. Ø 20 … 44 417 … A = Installation with mounting plate | B = Direct installation | … = Dimensional reference centre of hinge | … = Concealed line-feed for sensors, electric strike, programme switch and lock switch contact | … = Concealed line-feed 230 V / 50 Hz | … = Door leaf width 44 GEZE Automatic door drives | Swing door drives | Slimdrive EMD D O O R LEA F I N STA LLATION WITH ROLLER G UIDE RA IL O N T HE HIN G E SIDE , SIN G LE LE A F Drawing no. 70106-ep04 Door overlap (max.) 30 mm Door opening angle (max.) 115° 43 70 14 … 14 … * … 39 121 14 38 * 29 … 120 100 … 39 39 * = Direct installation | … = Space needed for EMD-F/EMD Invers | … = Space needed for roller guide rail | … = Space needed for sensor strips INSTALLATION WITH MOUNTING PLATE (A) AND DIRECT INSTALLATION (B) B A 69 69 286 424 607 Ø 20 … 2 82 Ø 20 103 82 Ø 20 … 748 748 628 … 3 … 140 268 406 666 628 Ø 20 … 4 A = Installation with mounting plate | B = Direct installation | … = Dimensional reference centre of hinge | … = Concealed line-feed for sensors, electric strike, programme switch and lock switch contact | … = Concealed line-feed 230 V / 50 Hz | … = Door leaf width Slimdrive EMD | Swing door drives | GEZE Automatic door drives 45 T RA N SO M I N STALLATION WITH ROLLER GU IDE RA IL O N T HE HIN G E SIDE , DO U B LE LE A F Drawing no. 70106-ep21 121 95 14 … 50 20 10 43 38* 14 51,2* 14 … 70 … 3 39 39 * = Direct installation | … = Space needed for EMD-F/EMD Invers | … = Space needed for roller guide rail | … = Space needed for sensor strips INSTALLATION WITH MOUNTING PLATE (A) AND DIRECT INSTALLATION (B) 73 30 577 620 721 A 721 620 577 394 Ø 20 … 256 73 30 Ø 20 … 256 394 698 89 … 1 89 … 1 … 14 274 30 412 662 620 B 662 620 540 Ø 20 … 540 412 274 30 14 Ø 20 … 698 89 … 698 698 … 4 … 89 … A = Installation with mounting plate | B = Direct installation | … = Dimensional reference centre of hinge | … = Concealed line-feed for sensors, electric strike, programme switch and lock switch contact | … = Concealed line-feed 230 V / 50 Hz | … = Door leaf width | … = Hinge clearance 46 GEZE Automatic door drives | Swing door drives | Slimdrive EMD T R AN SO M I N STA LL ATION WITH ROLLER G UID E RA IL O N T HE O PPO SIT E HIN G E SIDE , DO U B LE LE A F Drawing no. 70106-ep22 … 72 90 14 … 3 39 29 43 70 38* 14 51,2* 14 121 … 39 39 * = Direct installation | … = Space needed for EMD-F/EMD Invers | … = Space needed for roller guide rail | … = Space needed for sensor strips INSTALLATION WITH MOUNTING PLATE (A) AND DIRECT INSTALLATION (B) … 394 721 598 721 A 598 577 394 Ø 20 … 256 73 52 … Ø 20 73 52 256 577 … 82 698 698 82 … 4 … 110 52 238 662 636 598 662 636 598 B Ø 20 … 376 238 110 52 … Ø 20 … 376 … 82 698 698 … 82 … 5 A = Installation with mounting plate | B = Direct installation | … = Dimensional reference centre of hinge | … = Concealed line-feed for sensors, electric strike, programme switch and lock switch contact | … = Concealed line-feed 230 V / 50 Hz | … = Door leaf width | … = Hinge clearance Slimdrive EMD | Swing door drives | GEZE Automatic door drives 47 T RA N SO M I N STALLATION WITH LINK ARM O N T HE O PPO SIT E HIN G E SIDE , DO U B LE LE A F Drawing no. 70106-ep23 121 75 14 … 95 75 47 34 48 43* 14 51,2* 14 … 2 39 … 39 * = Direct installation | … = Space needed for EMD-F/EMD Invers | … = Space needed for link arm | … = Space needed for sensor strips INSTALLATION WITH MOUNTING PLATE (A) AND DIRECT INSTALLATION (B) … 256 Ø 20 721 598 577 394 … 256 73 52 … Ø 20 … 73 52 394 A 721 598 577 44 417 417 44 … 4 … 1 52 110 238 662 636 662 B Ø 20 636 598 376 … 238 110 52 … Ø 20 … 598 376 417 44 44 417 … A = Installation with mounting plate | B = Direct installation | … = Dimensional reference centre of hinge | … = Concealed line-feed for sensors, electric strike, programme switch and lock switch contact | … = Concealed line-feed 230 V / 50 Hz | … = Door leaf width | … = Hinge clearance 48 GEZE Automatic door drives | Swing door drives | Slimdrive EMD D O O R LEA F I N STA LLATION WITH ROLLER G UIDE RA IL O N T HE HIN G E SIDE , DO U B LE LE A F Drawing no. 70106-ep24 … 43 39 121 70 14 … 14 … * 14 29 38* … 120 100 … 39 39 * = Direct installation | … = Space needed for EMD-F/EMD Invers | … = Space needed for roller guide rail | … = Space needed for sensor strips INSTALLATION WITH MOUNTING PLATE (A) AND DIRECT INSTALLATION (B) … 103 82 286 424 628 607 A 748 748 … 628 607 Ø 20 69 424 286 103 82 … Ø 20 69 … 4 … 5 … 140 82 B 748 268 406 628 748 666 69 666 628 … Ø 20 406 268 140 82 … Ø 20 69 … 4 … 5 A = Installation with mounting plate | B = Direct installation | … = Dimensional reference centre of hinge | … = Concealed line-feed for sensors, electric strike, programme switch and lock switch contact | … = Concealed line-feed 230 V / 50 Hz | … = Door leaf width | … = Hinge clearance 49 Slimdrive EMD | Swing door drives | GEZE Automatic door drives LEGEN D FO R THE CABLE PLANS CABLES ABBREVIATIONS … = NYM-J … × … mm2 HS Main switch KA Contact sensor outside 2=J -Y(ST)Y … × … × … LG NOT Emergency shut off switch TOE Electric strike 3=J -Y(ST)Y … × … × … LG UT CLOSE DOOR manual trigger switch (only for F variant) RM Bolt message KB Mechanical contact RS Smoke switch (only with F variant) 6=L iYY … × … mm2 PS Programme switch RSZ 7=S cope of supply sensor strip or LiYY … × … mm2 Smoke switch control unit (only with F variant) ST Emergency stop button TS Door closer KI Contact sensor inside MK Magnetic contact 4=J -Y(ST)Y … × … × … LG 5=L iYY … × … mm2 8=R oute empty pipe with pull-wire inner diameter 10 mm Notes: - Cable plans can also be prepared for specific projects after receipt of order - Version of standard cable plans in accordance with GEZE specifications - Wiring in accordance with VDE 0100 - Allow the cable for the drive to project at least 1500 mm out of the wall … Door transmission cable (included in the scope of supply for sensor strip), cable guide through a hole in the door leaf is not permitted for fire protection doors. | … Cable exit for drive unit, see installation drawings for Slimdrive EMD/EMD-F 70106-ep01 to -ep04 | … Cable included in the scope of supply for the sensor 4) Install in the direct vicinity of the door | … Mains connection box W×H×D min. 65 × 65 × 57 with PG-11 duct, on site | … Low-voltage connection box W×H×D min. 94 × 65 × 57 with PG-11 duct, on site | 7) E.g. door transmission cable, 8-wire, mat. no. 066922 | … Branch box, on site I II B+200 III … 2 … 3 … EMD/EMD-F KA … 8 … 8 HS NOT V V UT 4) KB PS ST KI 3) B/2 B/2 max. 100 max. 300 … 1 6) KI B IV … 1 5) A B C D/D* KA 3) I = Power supply circuit 230 V / 50 Hz | II = Safety fuse 10 A | III = Connection value 230 W, … A single, double leaf with manual passive leaf; connection value 460 W, … A for double leaf | IV = And / Or | V = Option SINGLE LEAF II I A RS B RS … 3 A RSZ … RS B 8) RS … 3 RSZ 5) … C C D D 6) … 1 EMD/EMD-F 2) GC 338 1) … EMD/EMD-F 2) … 8 GC 338 … 8 … TOE RM TOE RM DOUBLE LEAF II I A RS B RS … 3 RSZ … 8) … B C C D* D … D A … EMD/EMD-F * … 2) TOE RM … 8 7) … 3 6) … 1 … 3 … GC 338 EMD/EMD-F 2) … 7 1) GC 338 … TOE RM TOE RM III IV I = Transom installation | II = Door leaf installation | III = Passive leaf | IV = Active leaf 5) … D TOE RM EMD/EMD-F 2) … III RSZ 5) … 1 2) … GC 338 RS … EMD/EMD-F GC 338 … RS IV 6) 50 GEZE Automatic door drives | Swing door drives | Powerturn Powerturn VIDEO Electromechanical swing door drive for single and double leaf doors up to 600 kg ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Single and double leaf right and left single-action doors Single-action doors up to 1600 mm leaf width or 600 kg weight Minimum door leaf width is 800 mm Interior and exterior doors with high access frequency Door leaf installation and transom installation PR OD UCT FE ATUR ES Smart swing function for easy manual door opening Closing force of EN4-7 with variable adjustment Opening and closing speed can be individually adjusted Mechanical latching action when operated without current, and electrical automatic unit latching action in regular operation, which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position Low-energy function opens and closes the door with reduced speed, fulfilling the highest safety demands Servo function for motorized support when manually opening the door Obstacle detection detects an obstacle through contact and stops the opening or closing process Automatic reversing detects an obstacle and returns to the opening position Push & Go function triggers the automatic drive components following light manual pressure on the door leaf Drive can be used with roller guide rail or link arm Optional radio board for wireless activation by radio transmitter Freely configurable inputs and outputs for different functions Can be networked via CAN bus and integrated into building technology management systems Hold-open function can be activated by manually pulling the door leaf closed Reset of the hold-open system by manually opening the door leaf to an opening angle of 80° or changing the mode of operation Powerturn | Swing door drives | GEZE Automatic door drives 51 TEC HN ICA L DATA P OW E RTUR N SI N G LE LEAF Powerturn Powerturn F Powerturn F/R PRODUCT FEATURES Height 70 mm Width 720 mm 920 mm Depth 130 mm Leaf weight (max.) single leaf 600 kg Leaf width (min.-max.)* Reveal depth (max.)* 800 – 1600 mm 857 mm - 1600 mm 560 mm Drive type 300 mm Electromechanical Door opening angle (max.)* 136° Spring pre-load** EN4 – EN7 DIN left ● ● ● DIN right ● ● ● Transom installation opposite hinge side with link arm ● ● ● Transom installation opposite hinge side with Roller guide rail ● ● ● Transom installation hinge side with roller guide rail ● ● ● Door leaf installation opposite hinge side with roller guide rail ● ● - Door leaf installation hinge side with roller guide rail ● ● - Door leaf installation hinge side with link arm ● ● - Mechanical latching action ● ● ● Electrical latching action ● ● ● Disconnection from mains Main switch in the drive Activation delay (max.) 10 s Operating voltage 230 V Frequency of supply voltage 50 Hz Capacity rating 200 W Power supply for external consumers (24 V DC) 1200 mA Temperature range**** -15 - 50° C IP rating IP30 Modes of operation Automatic, night mode, hold open, exit only, off Type of function Fully automatic Automatic function ● ● ● Low-energy function ● ● ● Smart swing function ● ● ● Function keys ● ● ● Vestibule function ● ● ● Obstacle detection ● ● ● Automatic reversing ● ● ● Push & Go adjustable Operation Programme switch integrated on the drive unit, MPS, DPS Parameter setting Approvals myGEZE Connects, ST 220 service terminal, DPS DIN 18650, EN 16005, DIN 18263-4 only for Powerturn F and Powerturn F/R Suitable for fire protection doors - ● ● Integrated smoke switch (R variant) - - ● Release and reset of the hold-open system - by push button, by moving the door leaf ● = yes | * = Depending on type of installation | ** = See torque overview table | *** = The drive is designed exclusively for use in dry rooms   N o t e : The maximum possible leaf weight in relation to leaf width can be found in the chapter on areas of application (charts). 52 GEZE Automatic door drives | Swing door drives | Powerturn TECHN ICA L DATA P OW E RTUR N D O U B LE LE AF IS F-IS F/R-IS IS/TS F-IS/TS F/R-IS/TS PRODUCT FEATU RES Height 70 mm Width depending on the hinge clearance Depth 130 mm Leaf weight (max.) single leaf 600 kg Hinge clearance (min.-max.) double leaf link arm 1600 – 3200 mm 1720 3200 mm Hinge clearance (min.-max.) double leaf roller guide rail 1600 – 2800 mm 1720 2800 mm Leaf width (min.-max.)* 800 – 1600 mm Reveal depth (max.)* 1270 – 3200 mm 1380 - 2800 1380– 1500 – 2800 mm (F/R 3000 mm variant) 8005– 1600 mm 470 – 1600 mm 300 mm Drive type 160 mm Electromechanical Door opening angle (max.)* 136° Spring pre-load** EN4 – EN7 EN1 – EN7 DIN left ● ● ● ● ● ● DIN right ● ● ● ● ● ● Transom installation opposite hinge side with link arm ● ● ● ● ● ● Transom installation opposite hinge side with roller guide rail ● ● ● - - - Transom installation hinge side with roller guide rail ● ● ● ● ● ● Door leaf installation opposite hinge side with roller guide rail - - - - - - Door leaf installation hinge side with roller guide rail - - - - - - Door leaf installation hinge side with link arm - - - - - - Mechanical latching action ● ● ● ● ● ● Electrical latching action ● ● ● ● ● ● Electrical closing sequence control ● ● ● - - - Mechanical closing sequence control*** ● ● ● ● ● ● Disconnection from mains Main switch in the drive Activation delay (max.) 10 s Operating voltage 230 V Frequency of supply voltage 50 Hz Capacity rating 200 W Power supply for external consumers (24 V DC) 1200 mA Temperature range**** -15 - 50° C IP rating IP30 Modes of operation Automatic, night mode, hold open, exit only, off Type of function Fully automatic Automatic function ● ● ● ● ● ● Low-energy function ● ● ● ● ● ● Smart swing function ● ● ● ● ● ● Function keys ● ● ● ● ● ● Vestibule function ● ● ● ● ● ● Obstacle detection ● ● ● ● ● ● Automatic reversing ● ● ● ● ● ● Push & Go adjustable Operation Programme switch integrated on the drive unit, MPS, DPS Parameter setting myGEZE Connects, ST 220 service terminal, DPS Approvals DIN 18650, EN 16005, DIN 18263-4 only for F-IS, F/R-IS, F-IS/TS and F/R-IS/TS, Closing sequence controller tested acc. to EN 1158 Suitable for fire protection doors - ● ● - ● ● Integrated smoke switch (R variant) - - ● - - ● ● = yes | * = Depending on type of installation | ** = See torque overview table | *** = Types of installation: Transom installation types with link arm/ roller guide rail | **** = The drive is designed exclusively for use in dry rooms | … = 857 mm on the active leaf   N o t e : The maximum possible leaf weight in relation to leaf width can be found in the chapter on areas of application (charts). Powerturn | Swing door drives | GEZE Automatic door drives 53 TEC HN ICA L DATA FO R U S E O F T H E I S/ TS VARI AN T POW E RTU R N I S / TS W I T H TS … 0 … 0 L D O O R CLO SER Element Active leaf Drive/door closer Powerturn Lever type Roller guide rail Min. – max. leaf width 800 – 1,600 mm Passive leaf System Powerturn F Powerturn F/R TS 5000 L Powerturn IS/TS Powerturn F-IS/TS Powerturn F/R-IS/TS 800 – 1,400 mm 580 – 1,400 mm 1,380 – 3,000 mm 1,380 – 2,800 mm 1,500 – 2,800 mm (F/R variant) Guide rail Min. – max. hinge clearance Reveal … mm EN closing force EN 4-6 EN 2-6 EN 3-6 POW E RTU R N I S / TS W I T H D O O R C LO SER TS 4000 Element Active leaf Drive/door closer Powerturn Powerturn F Powerturn F/R Passive leaf System TS 4000 EN 1-6 or EN 5-7 Powerturn IS/TS Lever type Link arm Link arm Min. – max. leaf width 800 – 1,600 mm 470 – 1600 mm Min. – max. hinge clearance 1,270 – 3,200 mm 1,500 – 3,200 (F/R variant) Reveal EN closing force Powerturn F-IS/TS Powerturn F/R-IS/TS … – 160 mm EN 6-7 EN 1-7* * Standard version with TS 4000 EN 1-6, on request via Customer Solutions there is the option for the use of TS 4000 EN 5-7 EN 3-7 54 GEZE AutOmAtIc DOOR DRIvES | Swing door drives | Powerturn AREAS OF APP LIcAt I O N POWERtuRN WItH OPENING tImES uP tO 90° DOOR OPENING ANGLE Y 600 500 400 300 3s 200 4s 5s 6s 100 … 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 X 1700 X = Door width (mm) | Y = Door weight (kg) OPEN IN G tImES P OW E Rt u R N The following minimum opening times must be complied with in order to comply with safety requirements in low-energy mode. All values in seconds. Leaf width (mm) Door weight (kg) 60 90 120 150 180 210 240 270 300 330 370 400 430 460 490 520 550 580 600 800 … 4 … 5 … 6 … 7 … 8 … 8 … 9 … 10 10 10 10 900 11 11 11 … 5 … 6 … 7 … 8 … 9 … 9 10 10 11 11 1000 … 5 … 7 … 8 … 9 … 10 10 10 11 11 12 12 1100 … 6 … 7 … 8 … 9 10 10 11 11 12 1200 … 6 … 8 … 8 10 10 11 11 12 1300 … 7 … 8 … 10 11 11 12 12 1400 … 7 … 9 10 11 11 12 1500 … 8 … 10 11 11 1600 … 8 … 10 11 12 Note: Low-energy mode without protection should only be considered if the risk assessment for people in special need of protection has shown that the risk to these users is low. If there is a potential risk, then the hazardous area, such as the rotation range and the secondary closing edge, must be protected using additional safety measures. Powerturn | Swing door drives | GEZE Automatic door drives 55 Illustration of the minimum opening times to be set depending on the door weight and door leaf width for a door opening from 0° to 80° or for a closing movement from 90° to 10° door opening angle. OV E RV IE W OF TO R Q U ES - P OW E RTUR N K-BS rail K-BGS rail T-BS rail T-BGS rail K-BGS link arm T-BS link arm Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max EN 1154 EN class … 6 … 6 … 6 … 6 … 7 … 7 Closing torques Nm (door) … 60 … 60 … 60 … 60 … 100 … 100 OPN_TORQ MAX automatic Nm (door) 135 121 143 127 180* 180* Opening torque manual (Off mode of operation) Nm (door) 10 … 11 10 19 21 * = Restricted according to DIN 18263-4 | K = Transom installation | T = Door leaf installation | BS = Hinge side | BGS = Opposite hinge side   N o t e : The doors must be fitted with suitable hinges for automatic operation. A door stopper is necessary. IN STA LLAT ION The Powerturn allows the following types of installation, each in DIN left and DIN right: Type of installation Dimension Powerturn Powerturn F Reveal depth LT [mm] 0–1005 (60–200)1, … 0–100 –Transom installation hinge side rail Door overlap Ü [mm] 0-30 Max. door opening angle TÖW [°] approx. 102–1332 Standard guide rail L = [mm] 687 Lever L = [mm] 330 Distance centre door hinge-drive axis [mm] 190 EN class 4-6 –Transom installation opposite hinge side rail Reveal depth + door leaf thickness [mm] Max. door opening angle TÖW [°] max. 100 approx. 1083 Standard guide rail L = [mm] 687 Lever L = [mm] 450 Distance centre door hinge-drive axis [mm] 190 EN class 4-6 56 GEZE Automatic door drives | Swing door drives | Powerturn Type of installation Dimension Powerturn Powerturn F –Door installation hinge side rail Reveal depth LT [mm] 0-50 Door overlap Ü [mm] 0-30 Max. door opening angle TÖW [°] approx. 1263 Standard guide rail L = [mm] 734 Lever L = [mm] 330 Distance centre door hinge-drive axis [mm] 220 EN class 4-6 –Door installation opposite hinge side rail Reveal depth LT [mm] … Max. door opening angle TÖW [°] approx. 104 Standard guide rail L = [mm] 734 Lever L = [mm] 450 Distance centre door hinge-drive axis [mm] 220 EN class 5-6 Max. door leaf thickness [mm] 100 Door installation hinge side link arm Reveal depth LT [mm] Door overlap Ü [mm] … 0-30 Distance centre door hinge-drive axis [mm] … 220 Max. door opening angle TÖW [°] approx. 115 EN class 6-7 Transom installation opposite hinge side link arm Standard reveal depth LT [mm] up to 510 up to 300 Reveal depths LT with link arm adapter for sensor link arm [mm] up to 560 up to 300 Max. door leaf thickness [mm] Max. door opening angle TÖW [°] 150 approx. 110–1352,3,4 Distance centre door hinge-drive axis [mm] 190 EN class 6-7 … = With lever (450 mm) | … = Calculation max. door opening angle, see diagrams below | … = Door opening angle through collision lever/drive with door/frame | … = Diagram of transom installation-opposite hinge side-link arm/reveal-max. door opening angle, see below | … = Diagram of transom installation-hinge siderail/reveal-max. door opening angle Powerturn | Swing door drives | GEZE Automatic door drives RE V E AL / M A X . D O O R O P E N I N G A N G LE TRANSOM INSTALLATION OPPOSITE HINGE SIDE LINK ARM Y 160 … 140 120 100 … 80 60 40 20 … 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 X X = Reveal depth (mm) | Y = Max. door opening angle (°) | … = Door opening angle | … = Door opening angle with sensor link arm TRANSOM INSTALLATION HINGE SIDE ROLLER GUIDE RAIL Y 140 … 2 130 * 120 * 110 * * 100 90 80 … 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 X * = Preload | X = Reveal depth (mm) | Y = Max. door opening angle (°) | … = Lever 330 mm | … = Lever 450 mm 57 58 GEZE Automatic door drives | Swing door drives | Powerturn T R AN SO M I N STA LL ATION WITH ROLLER G UID E RA IL O N T HE HIN G E SIDE , SIN G LE A N D DO U B LE LE A F Drawing no. 70109-ep01 X2 22 10 … 50 50 26 50 … 50 … 7* 10 X1 = 36 + AV 10 42 130 * = Important function dimension | AV = Spindle extension | … = Base top edge of door | … = Space needed for sensor strip FITTING DIMENSION MOUNTING PLATE A B … 4 A = DIN left | B = DIN right | … = Dimensional reference centre of hinge / top edge of door | … = Concealed line-feed possible in the hatched area, e.g. Ø 20 mm for network connection or low-voltage connection | … = Orientation arrow for clear positioning of the mounting plate | … = Distance centre door hinge-drive axis DOUBLE LEAF INSTALLATION WITH INTERMEDIATE COVER WITH DIVIDED OR CONTINUOUS COVER 107 … = Base plate … 107 Powerturn | Swing door drives | GEZE Automatic door drives 59 T RA N SO M I N STALLATION WITH ROLLER GU IDE RA IL O N T HE O PPO SIT E HIN G E SIDE , SIN G LE A N D D OU B LE LEA F Drawing no. 70109-ep02 Y1 = 16 + AV Y2 = 72 + AV 10 42 22 10 130 46 7* 30 … 2 … 50 50 50 50 30 * = Important function dimension | AV = Spindle extension | … = Base lower edge of lintel | … = Space needed for sensor strips FITTING DIMENSION MOUNTING PLATE A B … 4 A = DIN left | B = DIN right | … = Dimensional reference centre of hinge / door frame bottom edge | … = Concealed line-feed possible in the hatched area, e.g. Ø 20 mm for network connection or low-voltage connection | … = Orientation arrow for clear positioning of the mounting plate | … = Distance centre door hingedrive axis DOUBLE LEAF IN STALLATION WITH INTERMEDIATE COVER WITH DIVIDED OR CONTINUOUS COVER 107 … = Base plate … 107 60 GEZE Automatic door drives | Swing door drives | Powerturn D O O R LEA F I N STA LLATION WITH ROLLER G UIDE RA IL O N T HE HIN G E SIDE , SIN G LE A N D DO U B LE LE A F Drawing no. 70109-ep03 130 46 7* 30 X2 10 22 10 42 … 2 … 50 50 50 50 X1 = 16 + AV 30 * = Important function dimension | AV = Spindle extension| … = Base top edge of door | … = Space needed for sensor strips FITTING DIMENSION MOUNTING PLATE … A … B A = DIN left | B = DIN right | … = Dimensional reference centre of hinge / top edge of door | … = Orientation arrow for clear positioning of the mounting plate | … = Distance centre door hinge-drive axis Powerturn | Swing door drives | GEZE Automatic door drives 61 D O O R LEA F I N STALLATION WITH ROLLER G U IDE RA IL O N T HE O PPO SIT E HIN G E SIDE , SIN G LE A ND D O UBLE LEA F Drawing no. 70109-ep04 130 7* 10 Y1 = 36 + AV … 2 … 50 50 50 Y2 10 22 10 42 50 26 30 * = Important function dimension | AV = Spindle extension | … = Base lower edge of lintel | … = Space needed for sensor strips FITTING DIMENSION MOUNTING PLATE … 3 A B A = DIN left | B = DIN right | … = Dimensional reference centre of hinge / door frame bottom edge | … = Orientation arrow for clear positioning of the mounting plate | … = Distance centre door hinge-drive axis 62 GEZE Automatic door drives | Swing door drives | Powerturn D O O R LEA F I N STA LLATION WITH LINK ARM O N T HE HIN G E SIDE , SIN G LE A N D DO U B LE LE A F 43 7* X2=92+AV … 2 … 50 50 50 50 X1 = 16 + AV 42 10 22 10 30 Drawing no. 70109-ep06 * = Important function dimension | AV = Spindle extension | … = Base top edge of door | … = Space needed for sensor strips FITTING DIMENSION MOUNTING PLATE … 3 A B A = DIN left | B = DIN right | … = Dimensional reference centre of hinge | … = Orientation arrow for clear positioning of the mounting plate | … = Distance centre door hinge-drive axis Powerturn | Swing door drives | GEZE Automatic door drives 63 T RA N SO M I N STALLATION WITH LINK ARM O N T HE O PPO SIT E HIN G E SIDE , SIN G LE A N D DO U B LE LE A F Drawing no. 70109-ep05 LT … 8** 42 Y2 = 72 + AV AV = 30 … 2 50 50 50 50 43 30* Y1 = 16 + AV 10 22 10 130 * = With sensor adapter 35,5 mm | ** = Important function dimension | AV = Spindle extension | LT = Reveal depth| … = Basic lintel bottom edge | … = Space needed for sensor strips FITTING DIMENSION MOUNTING PLATE A B … 30* 30* … * = With sensor adapter … mm | A = DIN left | B = DIN right | … = Dimensional reference centre of hinge / top edge of door | … = Concealed line-feed possible in the hatched area, e.g. Ø 20 mm for network connection or low-voltage connection | … = Orientation arrow for clear positioning of the mounting plate … = Distance centre door hinge-drive axis DOUBLE LEAF IN STALLATION WITH INTERMEDIATE COVER WITH DIVIDED OR CONTINUOUS COVER 107 … = Base plate … 107 64 GEZE Automatic door drives | Swing door drives | Powerturn P OW ERTURN I S /TS: TRANSOM INSTALLATION W IT H RO LLE R G U IDE RA IL O N T HE HIN G E SIDE , DO U B LE LE A F Drawing no. 70109-ep21 … 2 130 … 19 67 26 10 36 36 92 (42) 10 22 10 70 70 92 (42) 10 22 10 130 15 31 36 … = Powerturn with roller guide rail and GC 338 sensor strip | … = Door closer TS 5000 L roller guide rail 38 … 422 497 745 776 590 600 410 420 310 300 120 130 25 36 (42) 57 (50) … FASTENING THE MOUNTING PLATE (POWERTURN) AND BASE PLATE (TS 5000 L) 30 190 … 190 … 107 K = B-1211 … 2 B K = Position of the intermediate base plate | B = Hinge clearance | … = Distance centre door hinge-drive axis | … = Dimensional reference centre of hinge SIZE OF ROLLER GUIDE RAIL (POWERTURN), GC 338 AND GUIDE RAIL (TS 5000 L) B-1180 720 190 … 3 330 460 333 675 38 30** … 190 … 120 30** … 2 B = Hinge clearance | ** = Recommended size for installation of the GC 335 and GC 338 sensor strip | … = Distance centre door hinge-drive axis | … = Dimensional reference centre of hinge | … = Lever length Powerturn | Swing door drives | GEZE Automatic door drives 65 P OWERTURN I S/TS: TRANSOM INSTALLAT IO N W IT H L IN K A RM O N T HE O PPO SIT E HIN G E SIDE , D OU B LE LEA F Drawing no. 70109-ep25 … 2 130 41 … (42) 10 22 10 72 … 70 72 15 83 46 30 (42) 10 22 10 130 36 … = Powerturn with link arm and GC 338 sensor strip | … = TS 4000 door closer with link arm 15 … 190 … K = B-1211 … 107 … 15 36 (42) 50 10 130 120 310 300 420 410 600 590 776 745 497 … 38 422 FASTENING THE MOUNTING PLATE (POWERTURN) AND BASE PLATE (TS 4000) 190 … B K = Position of the intermediate base plate | B = Hinge clearance | … = Distance centre door hinge-drive axis | … = Dimensional reference centre of hinge SIZE OF LINK ARM RAIL (POWERTURN), GC 338 AND LINK ARM (TS 4000) 460 190 222 720 B-1180 … 1 44 45 268 30** 30** … 190 … B = Hinge clearance | ** = Recommended size for installation of the GC 335 and GC 338 sensor strip | … = Distance centre door hinge-drive axis | … = Dimensional reference centre of hinge 66 GEZE Automatic door drives | Swing door drives | Powerturn LEG EN D FO R TH E CABLE PLANS CABLES ABBREVIATIONS … = NYM-J … × … mm2 HS Main switch … = J-Y(ST)Y … × … × … LG NOT Emergency stop switch … = J-Y(ST)Y … × … × … LG UT CLOSE DOOR manual trigger switch (only for F variant) … = LiYY … × … mm2 KB Mechanical contact … = LiYY … × … mm2 PS Programme switch … = Scope of supply sensor strip or LiYY … x … mm2 ST Emergency stop button … = Route empty pipe with pull-wire inner diameter 10 mm KI Contact sensor inside KA Contact sensor outside TOE Electric strike RM Bolt message RS Smoke switch (only with F variant) RSZ Smoke switch control unit (only with F variant) TS Door closers MK Magnetic contact … = J-Y(ST)Y … × … × … LG Notes: - Cable plans can also be prepared for specific projects after receipt of order - Version of standard cable plans in accordance with GEZE specifications - Wiring in accordance with VDE 0100 - Allow the cable for the drive to project at least 1500 mm out of the wall … Door transmission cable (included in the scope of supply for sensor strip), cable guide through a hole in the door leaf is not permitted for fire protection doors. | … Cable exit for drive unit, see installation drawings for Powerturn | … Cable included in sensor scope of supply | … Install close to door | … Mains connection box W×H×D min. 65 × 65 × 57 with PG-11 duct, on site | … Low-voltage connection box W×H×D min. 94 × 65 × 57 with PG-11 duct, on site | … e.g. Door transmission cable 8-wire, mat.no. 066922 | … Branch box, on site I II III B+200 A B C D/D* … 2 … 3 … 3 … Powerturn / Powerturn F KA … 8 HS NOT V V UT 4) KB PS ST KI 3) B/2 B/2 max. 100 max. 300 … 1 6) KI B IV … 1 5) KA 3) I = Power supply circuit 230 V / 50 Hz | II = Safety fuse 10 A | III = Connection value 200 W, … A single, double leaf with manual passive leaf; connection value 400 W, … A for double leaf | IV = And / Or | V = Option Powerturn | Swing door drives | GEZE Automatic door drives SINGLE LEAF II I A RS B RS … 3 A RSZ … RS B 8) RS … 3 RSZ 5) … C C D D Powerturn / Powerturn F 6) … 1 2) … 8 GC 338 Powerturn / Powerturn F 1) … 2) GC 338 … 8 … TOE RM TOE RM DOUBLE LEAF II I A RS B RS … 3 RSZ … 8) … B C C D* D … D A * … 8 2) Powerturn / Powerturn F Powerturn / Powerturn F TOE RM GC 338 … GC 338 … 8 7) RS RS … 3 6) … 8 … Powerturn / Powerturn F … 2) 1) Powerturn / Powerturn F … 7 GC 338 GC 338 … TOE RM TOE RM III IV I = Transom installation | II = Door leaf installation | III = Passive leaf | IV = Active leaf 5) … D 6) TOE RM … 1 2) … 1 … 6 III RSZ 5) IV 2) 67 68 69 SW ING D O OR Accessories Even safer, more convenient and more individual –be inspired by our range of accessories for your particular needs or the specific installation situation of your swing door system. From mounting plates and roller guide rails to a variety of switches and push buttons to many more service tools – we are happy to help you with questions and choosing products regarding your automatic swing door systems. 70 GEZE Automatic door drives | Accessories | Cover, mounting plate, link arm, roller guide rail Cover, mounting plate, link arm, roller guide rail C OV ER The cover is available in an anodised or coloured finish. In the case of double leaf versions, the cover can be ordered as a continuous variant or with intermediate cover. M O U N TI N G P LATE FOR DRIVES (OPTION) A mounting plate may be necessary, depending on the installation situation. A mounting plate is generally recommended to make installation easier. A respective mounting plate is available according to the cover version. L I N K A RMS are offered for different reveal depths. R O LLER GUI D E RAIL WITH LEVER Installation depends on the type of installation chosen. Cover Roller / guide rail with lever Mounting plate Link arm Operating automatic swing doors | Accessories | GEZE Automatic door drives 71 Operating automatic swing doors PR OGR A MM E S W I TCH ES FO R SE LECT I O N O F THE MO DE O F O PER ATI O N FO R AUTO MATI C SWING DOOR S GEZE offers programme switches for a wide range of individual demands. The switches are suitable for universal use – for surface-mounted or flush-mounted installation. The following switch types are available: D I SP LAY PRO G RAMM E SWITCH (DPS) K EYPA D P RO GRAMM E SWITCH (TPS) MECH A N I CA L PROG RAMM E SWITCH (MPS ) The following modes of operation can be set: "Hold open" The door moves to the OPEN position and remains open. Movement detector or opening push button are deactivated. “Night” The movement detectors are switched inactive, the door closes. The door can only be opened with a mechanical contact (KB) or manual release. Option: The door leaves are locked electrically to prevent forced opening. "Exit only" (one-direction operation from the inside to the outside) The door only opens and closes when someone goes out from the inside. The movement detector outside is switched inactive, the one inside is switched active. “Automatic” The door opens as soon as it is activated via the movement detector or keys, and closes after a certain time that can be individually adjusted. Safety sensors protect the leaves’ travel path. If there is someone in the door opening, the door will not close. "OFF" (depending on the model) Drive motor, locking mechanism, activation and safety sensors are switched off, the door leaves can be opened manually. Key switch The programme switch can be disabled using a key switch. P ROTECTI O N OF THE PROG RAMM E SWITC HES The mechanical programme switch (MPS) is also available in a lockable version. The display programme switch (DPS) and keypad programme switch (TPS) can be combined with a key switch. Alternatively, the DPS and TPS can also be secured using a code. Display programme switch (DPS)   N o t e : Keypad programme switch (TPS) Mechanical programme switch (MPS) More detailed information about the following accessories can be found in the catalogue: GEZE activation devices and sensors 72 GEZE Automatic door drives | Accessories | Automatic activation Automatic activation REL IAB LE ACTIVAT I O N W I T H G E Z E S E N SO R S R A DAR MOVEMEN T DETECTOR Radar movement detectors register all objects that move within the radar field. All movements within the radiation range are recorded as a switching pulse which is forwarded as a door opening signal. The pre-programmed convenience setting of the GEZE radar movement detectors ensures they can be put into operation quickly. Automatic configuration is possible via keys or a remote control. Reliable detection is achieved with a clearly defined radar field. Energy can be saved through detection of people’s direction of movement. Unwanted door opening is avoided since cross-traffic can be faded out. GC 308 radar movement detector GC 302 radar movement detector Manual activation | Accessories | GEZE Automatic door drives 73 Manual activation P US H BUTTO N S AND SWITCHES GEZE push buttons and switches for the wireless activation of doors – reliable, convenient and safe at the push of a button. CAPACI TI VE P USH BUTTON The design-oriented and sturdy LED sensor switch makes intuitive and straightforward operation possible. No great efforts are needed for activation – touching the button slightly is sufficient. Suitable for indoor and outdoor use, the LED sensor switch can be recognised easily in the dark thanks to the blue LED lighting. In addition, the sensor has Braille lettering on it. A visual signal signalises activation through the push button. The push button is waterproof, impact-resistant and protected against vandalism. This makes it very well suited for outdoor use or installation in the floor. N O N -CO N TACT PROXIMITY SWITCH With the GC 307+, interior doors without a haptic perception requirement can also be activated cleanly and comfortably. The sensor ensures bacteria-free access to toilets, for example, or germ-free conditions in hotel kitchens, swimming pools and doctors’ surgeries. The pulse generator is installed at hand height and precisely detects people and objects – independently of their direction of movement – both in the direct vicinity of only 10 cm, as well as 60 cm away. The different scanning ranges can be optimally adapted to existing environmental conditions and the interests of the user groups. The non-contact sensors offer a high level of operating comfort – people only need to approach them to trigger the automatic opening mechanism – and the advantage of absolute hygiene. The optimum system structure permits simple and time-saving installation in the flush-mounted box. The colour of the LEDs can be adjusted, and individual pictograms can also be applied to illustrate the area of application. WI R ELES S ACTIVATION GEZE radio transmitter are used for wireless activation of doors and windows as a multi-channel solution. For every additional channel, an additional electrical device or function can be switched at the push of a button. Thanks to the very small size of the wireless modules, radio transmitter can easily be integrated in the drive or in a flush-mounted box. They can also be clipped directly into the elbow switch and mounted without wires, e.g. on glass. Push button LED sensor switch GC 307+ non-contact proximity switch Wireless activation Plastic elbow switch Elbow switch stainless steel IP65 74 GEZE Automatic door drives | Accessories | Protection Protection T HE RI GH T CH O I CE OF PROTECT ION The GEZE product range of safety sensors offers the right solution for every door situation and every type of use. Because the choice of safety sensors is an important factor in enabling you to operate automatic doors providing barrier-free access conveniently, reliably and economically, and to adapt their functionality to users' needs in the best way possible. Sensor strips are the right choice for standard door situations with door widths up to 1200 mm and door heights up to 3500 mm. A more compact and universal design, particularly on doors with narrow frames, is achieved via the GC GR sensor roller guide rail or sensor and link arm adapter. From a visual perspective, we recommend the combination of a GC 338 sensor on the wide door leaf and a GC 335 on the narrow door leaf on asymmetrical double leaf door systems with passive leaf widths below 600 mm. If an automatic door with vertical push-bars, or a door width exceeding 1200 mm is planned, the GC 342 / GC 342+ laser scanners offer more cost-effective protection. Depending on the door configuration and door environment, it can mean a time saving of up 50% for the engineer with respect to installation and commissioning. If the appearance, or protecting the cabling between the sensor and drive is important, the drip loop can be concealed on all drive units and sensors. The cable from the sensor to the drive is guided between the door leaf and the door frame by a drip loop. SAF ETY WI DTH S OF SWING DOOR SENSORS: 300* 400 500 600 GC 335 GC 338 GC 342 / GC 342+ * = min./max. door width dependent on drive 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600* Protection | Accessories | GEZE Automatic door drives 75 GC … 42 / GC … 42 + L AS E R SCA N N E R S The compact and space-saving GC 342 and GC 342+ laser scanners are used for the protection of automatic swing doors in accordance with EN 16005 / DIN 18650. The sensors are mainly used with difficult floor conditions (e.g. entrance mats, metal rails, dark and light-absorbing floor coverings). The close-meshed detection field with a large detection area over the whole door width provides special protection at the primary and secondary closing edges. In addition, the sensors have a wall blanking feature which makes it possible to guarantee maximum safety even with doors that open against walls, radiators, windowsills, or similar. The sensors automatically teach themselves their environment. Protection of all GEZE swing door drives with door leaf widths of up to 1600 mm is achieved with only one sensor system. The installation on the upper edge of the door near the hinge is cleverly solved and therefore is quick and easy to achieve. The door leaf width to be protected is taught-in using hand movements. Settings, such as position of the master module on the hinge side/opposite hinge side, immunity, background monitoring and monitoring of the secondary closing edge can be conveniently adjusted using the DIP switch. In comparison to the GC 342, the GC 342+ laser scanner has four detection areas. The GC 342+ is primarily mounted on the opposite hinge side. The four detection areas make it possible to protect a large area when the door is open. The door only closes once the door swing range is clear to the frame. The innermost curtain runs vertically along the door leaf at 0°, and significantly increases protection of the secondary closing edge - mechanical finger protection can be eliminated. Finally, the GC 342+ has a separate output for non-contact and hygienic opening at hand or foot height, for instance. Two freely-definable virtual fields can be taught in at any height. GC 342 laser scanner GC 342+ laser scanner 76 GEZE Automatic door drives | Accessories | Protection GC … 38 S EN S O R STRIP The energy and space-saving GC 338 sensor strip has a very large safety range and offers enhanced protection on the primary and secondary closing edges. In addition, the sensor has a wall blanking feature which makes it possible to guarantee maximum safety even with doors that open against walls. Protection of all GEZE swing door drives with door leaf widths of up to 1500 mm is achieved with only one sensor system. GC 338 not only offers advantages for installation and commissioning – the complete door system is supplied via an interface. The sensor automatically adapts to its environment. This saves teach-in time and installation costs. The GC 338 sensor strip has the following features: Reliable function under all weather and floor conditions up to … m in accordance with DIN 18650 / EN 16005 One sensor system protects door leaf widths up to 1500 mm Wall blanking: The sensor can detect a wall and blank it out automatically Attractive roller guide rail can even be used with slim door profiles Current consumption in operating mode: 200 mA Quick and easy installation thanks to the SNAP IN mechanism. With its help, modules can be positioned and secured in the profile without tools GC 338 sensor strip Frontal detection field Wall protection I NSTA LLATI O N O N DOORS WITH VERTICAL PU LL HA N DLES A N D/O R DO O R W IDT HS >120 … MM The GC 342 laser scanner is generally recommended for protection in accordance with the standards DIN 18650/ EN 16005. GC 342 reduces installation and commissioning by up to 50% compared with sensor strips. Protection | Accessories | GEZE Automatic door drives 77 GC GR SEN SO R ROLLER G UIDE RAIL – THE IDE A L C O M B IN AT IO N O F SA FE T Y A N D DESIG N The GC GR sensor roller guide rail is available for the complete Slimdrive EMD drive series and all Powerturn drive variants. The sensor and the roller guide rail can be put together in such a way that they look like a single component. This means it can be mounted together with the safety components even on narrow door profiles. The result is an even more compact and more integrated design. The features at a glance: Suitable for single and double leaf swing doors Available for all Slimdrive EMD and Powerturn variants and roller guide rails Sensor and roller guide rail profile are available separately, facilitating retrofitting to existing systems A rain cover is available as an accessory GC GR sensor roller guide rail A DA P TER FO R SENSOR AND LINK ARM FOR SL IM DRIV E E M D A N D POW E RTURN – I N TEGR ATI O N OF LINK ARM AND SENSOR ST RIPS O N O N E LE V E L Exactly similar as in case of the GC GC sensor roller guide rail, the adapter for link arm and sensor enables an optimal installation on doors with narrow frames. Benefits: Better integration of link arm and sensor strip in the door design Simple installation, especially for narrow door frames Adapter for sensor and link arm for Slimdrive EMD and Powerturn swing door drives 78 GEZE Automatic door drives | Accessories | Protection E M D A N D GC GR ( G C 338) TRANSOM INSTALL AT IO N W IT H RO LLE R G U IDE RA IL O N T HE HIN G E SID E Drawing no. 70106-ep35 70 50 50 15 ( … ) 95 ( … ) EMD 68 40 E M D A N D GC GR ( GC 338) TRANSOM INSTALL AT IO N W IT H RO LLE R G U IDE RA IL O N T HE O PPO SIT E H I N G E SI D E 70 34 ( … ) 50 ( … ) EMD 75 Drawing no. 70106-ep35 40 68 Protection | Accessories | GEZE Automatic door drives GC GR ( GC … 3 8) 1200 MM WITH ROLLER G U IDE RA IL , SIN G LE LE A F Drawing no. 70106-ep35 A B 30 30 L1 /2 ( … ) ~50 ~50 A = Hinge side | B = Opposite hinge side | L = Length   N o t e : L1 17 15 L/2 ~50 15 L … 30 For double leaf doors, additionally mirror this view. 30 17 79 80 GEZE Automatic door drives | Accessories | Service tools Service tools GE ZE SERVI CE A PPS myGEZE Connects and GEZEconnects enable a wireless connection via Bluetooth between a computer and GEZE automatic door systems. All settings for the door system can be conveniently configured, saved, sent by email and transferred as a log file via an intuitive graphical user interface. Diagnosis functions show the most important function parameters of the door system in real time, so that faults are recognised at a glance and can be eliminated. All the pre-settings can be taken over very easily for further door systems. The convenient documentation of commissioning, maintenance and diagnosis protocols as well as all statistical data can easily be downloaded at any time. Password protection to block operating parameters and servicing data guarantees there will be no unauthorised modifications. ST … 20 SERVI CE TERMINAL Mobile, handy and straightforward – that is parameter setting for the automatic GEZE door systems using the ST 220 service terminal. Communication and data exchange between the service terminal and the drive unit is via an integrated RS485 interface. The large illuminated display is easy to operate thanks to the plain text display. The service terminal is equipped with a readout function for servicing and diagnosis work. Power is supplied via the door system. Password protection to freeze operating parameters and servicing data guarantees there will be no unauthorised modifications made. A service adapter for the ST 220 or a service adapter for the bluetooth interface which is available separately can be inserted into the side of the Powerturn drive models, thus permitted operating parameters and service data to be read out and parameters to be set without the drive cover having to be removed. Notes: - GEZE Service Apps are available for the drive series Slimdrive EMD and Powerturn. - Changes to parameters on GEZE drives may only be carried out by experts authorised by the manufacturer (GEZE) in accordance with DIN 18650/EN 16005 Service tools | Accessories | GEZE Automatic door drives GEZEconnects myGEZE Connects myGEZE Bluetooth module ST 220 service terminal Service adapter for ST 220 Service adapter Bluetooth interface 81 82 83 SW ING D O OR References Discover a selection of innovative buildings which we were able to equip with our automatic swing door systems. Customers all over the world have praised the diverse functions and elegant design: Be it a first-class hotel, a state-ofthe-art hospital, a representative retirement home, a renowned museum, an elegant administrative building or a heavily frequented station – the products and services by GEZE for automatic swing doors are the first choice. We provide convenient and reliable drive units. 84 GEZE Automatic door drives | References ECturn Inside swing door drive, private house (photo: Lazaros Filoglou / GEZE GmbH) ECturn swing door drive with LS990 elbow switch (photo: Studio BE / GEZE GmbH) References | GEZE Automatic door drives Powerturn swing door drive with GC 342 laser scanner and TZ 320 door control unit, experimenta Heilbronn, Germany (photo: Jürgen Pollak / GEZE GmbH) 85 86 GEZE Automatic door drives | References Powerturn swing door drive F/R with LS 990, Rathaus Leonberg, Germany (photo: Jürgen Pollak / GEZE GmbH) Powerturn swing door drive with GC 338 sensor strip, experimenta Heilbronn, Germany (photo: Jürgen Pollak / GEZE GmbH) References | GEZE Automatic door drives Slimdrive EMD-F swing door drive with TZ 320 emergency exit control unit, Olgahospital Stuttgart, Germany (photo: Jürgen Pollak/GEZE GmbH Slimdrive EMD F-IS swing door drive and GC 338 sensor strip, Klinikum Düsseldorf, Germany (photo: Lothar Wels/ GEZE GmbH) 87 We are GEZE. For liveable buildings GEZE stands for innovation, high quality and comprehensive support of building technologies. From the initial idea, planning and operational implementation with standard products to customised system solutions and individual service and maintenance plans. We offer an extensive product range of door, window and safety technology products and are a major driving force behind the digital networking of building automation. GEZE GmbH Reinhold-Vöster-Straße 21 – 29 71229 Leonberg Deutschland Telefon: +49 7152 203 … Telefax: +49 7152 203 310 E-Mail: info.de@geze.com www.geze.com 2025_10 ID No. 144785 EN · Subject to change without notice

Download (.PDF | 8 MB)

Product brochure

SLIDING DOOR Automatic sliding door … Automaticsliding door | Contents Contents Overview … STAN DAR D S LID IN G D O O R SYST E M S ECdrive T2 11 Slimdrive SL NT 24 Powerdrive PL 30 SL ID IN G D OOR SYST E M S S P EC I A L VA R I A N TS Slimdrive SLT 41 Slimdrive SL RC2 48 Slimdrive SL-BO 54 Slimdrive SL-T30 57 Slimdrive SLV 58 Slimdrive SL inclined 60 SPEC IA L F U N CTIO N S ES CA P E A N D R ESCU E RO UTES Redundant sliding doors for escape and rescue routes with locked exit only function (FR-LL) 64 Redundant sliding doors for escape and rescue routes in both directions (FR-DUO) 65 Redundant sliding doors for locked escape and rescue routes (FR-RWS) 66 Sliding doors for escape and rescue routes according to CO48 (France) 67 Contents | Automaticsliding door … SOLU TION S A N D F U N CT I O N S Accessible toilet 70 Vestibule systems 71 SLID IN G D OOR F I T T I N G S Fitting variants 74 AC C ES S OR IES Operation of automatic sliding doors 78 Automatic activation 79 Manual activation 80 Electronic protection 82 Mechanical protection 83 Locking mechanisms 84 Service tools 87 CA B LE PLA N 90 RE F E R E N C ES 94 … Automaticsliding door | Overview OV E RV IE W TA B LE FO R AUTO M AT I C S L I D IN G DO O R SYSTEMS ECdrive T2 Slimdrive SL NT Powerdrive PL 100 x 190 mm 70 x 190 mm 150 x 185 mm 200 x 185 mm Opening width 1-leaf 700 – 3000 mm4 700 – 3000 mm 700 – 3000 mm Opening width 2-leaf 900 – 3000 mm 900 – 3000 mm 800 – 3000 mm Leaf weight (max.) 1-leaf 120 / 140 kg3 125 kg 200 kg1 Leaf weight (max.) 2-leaf … x 120 / 140 kg3 … x 125 kg … x 180 kg1 … x 200 kg2 Opening / closing speed (max.) … / … m/s … / … m/s … / … m/s Redundant sliding doors for escape and rescue routes (FR) ● ● ● PRODUCT FEATU RES Dimensions (height x depth) SPECIAL FUNCTIONS ESCAPE AND RESCUE ROUTES FR with exit only locked (FR-LL) ● ● ● FR in both directions (FR-DUO) ● ● ● FR locked (FR-RWS) ● ● ● CO48 (France) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● FITTING VARIANTS ISO glass fine-framed MONO glass fine-framed ● GCprofile Therm, energy-efficient profile system fine-framed ● Toughened safety glass clamping fitting fine-framed ● ● All-glass system (GGS) ● Integrated all-glass system (IGG) ● ● = Yes | … = max. 160 kg for FR variant, max. 120 kg for fine-framed leaves and profile system GCprofile Therm | … = if applicable increased opening and holdopen times | … = 120 kg with single roller carriage (standard), 140 kg with double roller carriage (option) and GCprofile Therm | … = 700 - 1500 mm for GCprofile Therm profile system Overview | Automaticsliding door Trendpark Neckarsulm sliding door drive (photo: Martin Jakob / GEZE GmbH) Cologne Bonn Airport (photo: Martin Jakob / GEZE GmbH) … SLID ING D OO R Standard sliding door systems You want to save space, but not at the cost of a comfortable atmosphere. You want to offer barrier-free access to all users, but not at the cost of a lack of safety. We have the ideal solution ready for you with our automatic sliding doors. Be it for office buildings, airports, hotels or schools. And you can rest assured where safety is concerned: All GEZE automatic door systems and safety sensors meet the European EN 16005 standard. … Automaticsliding door | Standard sliding door systems | Standard sliding door systems Standard sliding door systems FOR C OM FORT AN D P E R F ECT I O N Sliding doors are space-saving, elegant and modern. Glass sliding doors are ideal when it comes to making good use of daylight and fulfilling optical criteria. GEZE automatic sliding doors can be used to realise various user scenarios in one building. PR OD UCT FE ATUR ES The variants in the Slimdrive drive series with an overall height of only … centimetres blend perfectly into any building’s architecture and offer a wide range of application possibilities The ECdrive T2 drives are economical and extremely reliable in their functionality The products from the Powerdrive series are real power packs and capable of moving heavy doors conveniently and safely AR E AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Public buildings and authorities Office buildings and car dealerships Shopping centres and shop fitting Airports and railway stations Health and care sector, e.g. hospitals, pharmacies Hotels and restaurants Banks and education institutes e.g. schools, universities Industrial buildings Vestibule systems STA N DA R D S DIN 18650 The industrial norm DIN 18650 was created to guarantee operators and users of automatic doors optimum safety. GEZE sliding door systems have been type-tested and certified in accordance with DIN 18650. EN 16005 The new European norm EN 16005 sets out the design requirements and testing methods used to ensure the safe use of automatic doors. This norm has created a Europe-wide safety standard for automatic doors. All automatic door systems and safety sensors from GEZE meet the EN 16005 standard and are available. Standard sliding door systems | Standard sliding door systems | Automaticsliding door … Augustinum, Stuttgart, Germany (photo: Dirk Wilhelmy) RE D U N DAN T S L I D I N G D O O R S FO R ESCAPE AN D RESCU E RO UT ES (FR ) To guarantee the safety of escape and rescue routes, the control unit is designed in a redundant way in connection with the complete system. This redundancy guarantees that in the event of a power failure or fault, the sliding door will automatically open safely in the “Automatic” and “Exit only” modes of operation. In “Night” mode of operation the locking mechanism prevents unauthorised opening of the door. There is no escape and rescue route function in this mode of operation. Kolbenschmidt Pierburg, Neckarsulm, Germany (photo: Nikolaus Grünwald) 10 Automaticsliding door | Standard sliding door systems | Standard sliding door systems D ESIGN P OS S IB IL I T I ES W I T H T H E S L I D I N G DO O R SYSTEM … 5 … 5 … 3 10 … 6 … 8 11 … = Sliding door drive | … = Moving leaf| … = Side screen | … = Combined detector| … = Active infrared detector | … = Programme switch with key switch | … = Plastic elbow switch | … = LED sensor switch glass | … = Non-contact proximity switch | 10 = Elbow switch | 11 = LED sensor foot switch ECdrive T2-FR automatic sliding door drive, Aldi Süd - branch in Mühldorf (photo: Robert Sprang / GEZE GmbH) 11 ECdrive T2 | Standard sliding door systems | Automaticsliding door ECdrive T2 VIDEO Automatic linear sliding door system for doors up to 140 kg leaf weight AR E AS OF A P P L I CAT I O N Single and double leaf sliding door systems Interior and exterior doors with high access frequency Complete solution for entrance areas with GCprofile Therm and fanlight If extra impermeability or energy efficiency are needed Opening widths from 700 to 3000 mm possible Door leaf weights up to 140 kg per leaf Suitable profile systems are fine-framed profile systems with ISO and MONO glass, GCprofile Therm, toughened safety glass clamping profile, on-site framed moving leaf doors and wooden leaves PR OD UCT F E ATUR ES Slim design with a cover height of just 100 mm for greater creative freedom With double roller carriage and GCprofile Therm up to 140 kg leaf weight Efficient installation thanks to pre-drilled tracks and oblong holes Continuous floor guide available for controlled diversion of rainwater Integrated cable guides make it easier to lay cables Can be networked, and integrated into the building automation via open standard (BACnet) Independent error recognition and recording Freely configurable inputs and outputs for different functions Integrated rechargeable battery for emergency opening and closing in the event of a power failure Self-cleaning roller carriage reduces maintenance effort and costs Various mechanical and electrical locks are optionally available Service interface for simple maintenance 12 Automaticsliding door | Standard sliding door systems | ECdrive T2 TECHN ICA L DATA ECdrive T2 ECdrive T2-FR For 1-leaf door systems ● ● For 2-leaf door systems ● ● Height 100 mm Depth 190 mm Leaf weight (max.) 1-leaf 120 kg* Leaf weight (max.) 1-leaf with GCprofile Therm 140 kg* Leaf weight (max.) 2-leaf 120 kg* Leaf weight (max.) 2-leaf with GCprofile Therm 140 kg* Opening width 1-leaf 700 to 3000 mm Opening width 1-leaf with GCprofile Therm 700 to 1500 mm Opening width 2-leaf 900 to 3000 mm Opening width 2-leaf with GCprofile Therm 900 to 3000 mm Temperature range -15 to 50 °C IP rating IP20 Disconnection from mains Main switch in the drive Opening speed (max.) … m/s Closing speed (max.) … m/s Hold-open time … to 60 s Adjustable opening and closing force (max.) 150 N Automatic adaptation to traffic flow ● ● Automatic reversal when an obstacle is detected ● ● Pharmacy opening ● ● Interlocking door system function ● - Vestibule function ● - Automatic opening in the event of a power failure adjustable standard Automatic closing in the event of a power failure adjustable not available Function in the event of a power failure adjustable for 30 min / 30 cycles open Automatic opening in the event of a fault not available standard DIN 18650 EN 16005 DIN EN ISO 13849: Performance Level D DIN 18650 EN 16005 DIN EN ISO 13849: Performance Level D AutSchR Approvals ● = yes | - = not available | * = 120 kg with single roller carriage (standard), 140 kg with double roller carriage (option) and GCprofile Therm D RIV E C OM P ON EN TS … 3 … 2 … = Transformer | … = Locking mechanism | … = Roller carriage | … = Control unit | … = Rechargeable battery | … = Motor … 6 ECdrive T2 | Standard sliding door systems | Automaticsliding door TEC HN ICA L DATA ECdrive T2 TRANSFORMER ECdrive T2-FR Ring core with protection and main switch Voltage 230 V Frequency 50 Hz Capacity rating 140 W LOCKING MECHANISM Toothed belt locking, electro-magnetic, bi-stable ROLLER CARRIAGE Door leaf adjustment vertical 10 mm Door leaf adjustment horizontal 15 mm Tiling protection standard Self-cleaning ● ● CONTROL UNIT DCU1-NT DCU1-2M-NT With fault memory ● ● With memory for statistical data ● ● Software update possible ● ● Bus interface optional ● ● Connection for fire alarm system ● ● Power supply for peripherals ● Programmable inputs ● … pc. Programmable outputs … pc. RECHARGEABLE BATTERY NiCd, 24 V, 700 mAh MOTOR Motor gear unit Torque Double motor gear unit 400 Ncm ● = yes FITTIN G VA R IA N TS ECdrive T2 Door fittings ISO glass fine-framed ● MONO glass fine-framed ● GCprofile Therm, energy-efficient profile system fine-framed ● Toughened safety glass clamping profile ● All-glass system (GGS) - Integrated all-glass system (IGG) - Wooden leaf (on-site) ● ● = yes | - = not available CA LCULAT ION O F T H E D R I V E LE N GT H A L I N MM* ECdrive T2 ECdrive T2-FR** Opening width (ÖW) Drive length Opening width (ÖW) Drive length 900 – 1000 ÖW + 1100 900 – 1070 ÖW + 1170 1000 – 3000 … x ÖW + 100 1070 – 3000 … x ÖW + 100 1-leaf left hand slide to open 700 – 3000 … x ÖW + 75 700 – 800 ÖW + 880 800 – 3000 … x ÖW + 75 1-leaf right hand slide to open 700 – 3000 700 – 800 ÖW + 880 800 – 3000 … x ÖW + 75 2-leaf … x ÖW + 75 * = Minimum installation length of the complete system with profile system ISO glass fine-framed | ** For FR variants (FR-RWS, FR-LL) request drawing no. 70518-0-001! 13 14 Automaticsliding door | Standard sliding door systems | ECdrive T2 Note: Opening widths of escape route sliding doors < 1000 mm are only permitted in exceptional cases. A continuous floor guide is recommended for external systems from an opening width of 2000 mm. The minimum opening widths depend on the requirements of building law. CALCULAT ION OF LE A F A N D G L AS S D I M E N SI O N S I N MM Leaf width ISO glass with aluminium secondary closing edge ISO glass with rubber secondary closing edge Toughened safety glass 1-leaf ÖW + 40 ÖW + 35 ÖW + 35 ÖW / … +35 ÖW / … +35 2-leaf ÖW / … + 40 Leaf height 1-leaf / 2-leaf FH = DH Glass width 1-leaf / 2-leaf FB – 41 FB – 36 FB – 26 Glass height FH – 90 FH – 90 FH – 85 Glass thickness ISO = 22, MONO = 10   N o t e : max. leaf ratio width to height 1:4 AL ÖW AL = Drive length | DH = Passage height | GB = Glass width | GH = Glass height | ÖW = Opening width GH DH GB 15 ECdrive T2 | Standard sliding door systems | Automaticsliding door WIT H IS O/ M ON O G L ASS F I TT I N G – W I THO UT SI DE SCR EEN Drawing no. 70518-ep01 / 70518-ep02 Wall installation, angled floor guide, ISO glass 190 31 11 31 11 76 100 76 100 31 11 22 30 30 FH DH FH 22 30 17 12 FH 30 DH 22 100 190 190 76 Wall installation, continuous floor guide, MONO glass 22 … 60 1-leaf, wall installation, ALU secondary closing edge, angled floor guide, left hand slide to open, MONO glass AL eff. (5) ÖW+12 40 FW = ÖW FB = ÖW+40 12 Vrs 2-leaf, wall installation, rubber secondary closing edge, angled floor guide / adjustable floor guide, with protective leaf, ISO and MONO glass ALeff. (5) (13) 35 (5) 35 25 ÖW+2 … FW= ÖW/2 FB = ÖW/2+35 FB = ÖW/2+35 FW = ÖW/2 DH = Passage height | FH = Left height | FW = Travel path | FB = Leaf width | ÖW = Opening width | Vrs = Drive extension right | ALeff. = Effective drive length DH Wall installation, angled floor guide, ISO glass 16 Automaticsliding door | Standard sliding door systems | ECdrive T2 WITH IS O/ M ON O G L AS S F I TT I N G - W I T H SI DE SCREEN – MO UN TI N G W I THI N R EVEAL Drawing no. 70518-ep10 Mounting within reveal (thin), adjustable floor guide, ISO glass … 22 11 31 60 100 147 190 36 STH 20 17 12 DH FH 30 Mounting within reveal, aluminium secondary closing edge, continuous floor guide, ISO and MONO glass LB AL eff. … STB … STB ÖW+2 40 40 TL = LB-32 … FB = ÖW/2+40 FW = ÖW/2 FB = ÖW/2+40 FW = ÖW/2 Mounting within reveal, rubber secondary closing edge, angled / adjustable floor guide, with protective leaf, ISO and MONO glass Bls … LB STB STB 58 35 ÖW+2 FB = ÖW/2+35 … AL eff. FB = ÖW/2+35 … 4 FW = ÖW/2 Brs 35 TL = LB-32 (5) … FW = ÖW/2 (5) LB = Cear installation width | STB = Side screen width | STH = Side screen height | FH = Leaf height | FB = Leaf width | FW = Travel path | ÖW = Opening width | DH = Passage height | TL = Lintel length | Bls = Fastening left | Brs = Fastening right | ALeff. = Effective drive length ECdrive T2 | Standard sliding door systems | Automaticsliding door 17 WIT H IS O/ M ON O G L ASS F I TT I N G – W I TH SI DE SCREEN – WALL MO UN TI N G Drawing no. 70518-ep14 Wall mounting, adjustable floor guide … 100 190 17 DH FH STH 36 2-leaf, wall mounting, rubber secondary closing edge, angled floor guide / adjustable floor guide, with protective leaf (5) Bls 25 LB ALeff. STB 35 Brs ÖW+2 35 STB 25 (5) TL = AL-22 … FW = ÖW/2 FB = ÖW/2+35 FB = ÖW/2+35 FW= ÖW/2 LB = Cear installation width | STB = Side screen width | STH = Side screen height | FH = Leaf height | FB = Leaf width | FW = Travel path | ÖW = Opening width | DH = Passage height | Bls = Fastening left | Brs = Fastening right | ALeff. = Effective drive length 18 Automaticsliding door | Standard sliding door systems | ECdrive T2 WITH TOU GHE N E D SA F E T Y G L ASS C L A M P IN G FI TTI N G – W I THO UT SI DE SCR EEN Drawing no. 70518-ep03 / 70518-ep04 Wall installation, adjustable floor guide 11 31 76 100 190 FH DH 17 1-leaf, wall installation, plastic secondary closing edge, adjustable angled floor guide, left hand slide to open AL eff. 35 25 (5) ÖW+6 FW = ÖW FB = ÖW+35 … Vrs 2-leaf, wall installation, rubber secondary closing edge, adjustable floor guide with protective leaf AL eff. ÖW+4 35 25 25 … 35 … 4 FW=ÖW/2 FB=ÖW/2+35 FB=ÖW/2+35 FW=ÖW/2 FW = Travel path | FB = Leaf width | ÖW = Opening width | Vrs = Drive extension right | DH = Passage height | FH = Leaf height | ALeff = Effective drive extension ECdrive T2 | Standard sliding door systems | Automaticsliding door 19 WIT H TOU GHE N E D SA F E T Y G L ASS C L A MPI N G FI TTI N G – W I TH SI DE SCREEN Drawing no. 70504-ep12 Mounting within reveal (thin), adjustable floor guide … 190 … 17 FH=DH DH … 60 31 100 147 30 2-leaf, mounting within reveal, angled floor guide, protective leaf LB ALeff. STB = LB-(ÖW+4)-10 … (5) … STB = LB-(ÖW+4)-10 … ÖW+4 58 58 (5) … TL=LB-32 … 35 FW=ÖW/2 35 FB=ÖW/2+35 FB=ÖW/2+35 FW=ÖW/2 2-leaf, mounting within reveal, adjustable floor guide LB STB = LB-(ÖW+4)-10 … Bls (5) STB = LB-(ÖW+4)-10 … ÖW+4 35 Brs (5) 35 … 5 TL=LB-32 … 5 … FW=ÖW/2 FB=ÖW/2+35 FB=ÖW/2+35 FW=ÖW/2 ALeff. LB = Cear installation width | STB = Side screen width | FH = Leaf height | FB = Leaf width | FW = Travel path | ÖW = Opening width | DH = Passage height | TL = Lintel length | Bls = Fastening left | Brs = Fastening right | ALeff. = Effective drive length 20 Automaticsliding door | Standard sliding door systems | ECdrive T2 WITH GC P R OF ILE T H E R M , E N E R GY- E F F I C I EN T PRO FI LE SYSTEM FI N E- FR AMED – WITHOUT S ID E S C R E E N Drawing no. 70518-ep100 / 70518-ep110 Wall installation, continuous floor guide Wall installation, angled floor guide 190 100 76 31 31 76 100 Ø9 Ø9 190 12 40 40 FH DH DH FH 12 1-leaf , wall installation ÖW 50 FW = ÖW FB 2-leaf , wall installation AL eff. ÖW 50 (5) FW = ÖW/2 FB 50 FB (5) FW = ÖW/2 FH = Leaf height | FB = Leaf width | FW = Travel path | ÖW = Opening width | DH = Passage height | ALeff. = Effective drive length ECdrive T2 | Standard sliding door systems | Automaticsliding door 21 WIT H GC P R OF I LE T H E R M , E N E R GY- E F F I CI EN T PRO FI LE SYSTEM FI N E- FRAMED – W IT H S ID E S C R E E N B E LOW L I N T E L Drawing no. 70518-ep103 Vertical section side screen 190 190 32 100 40 … STH DH FH DH ( DH ) 40 ( DH ) 10 31 76 60 76 60 100 Ø9 32 Vertical section moving leaf Drive length corresponding to or smaller than clear installation width STB Re ÖW STB Li 10 10 … 50 FW = ÖW/2 FB 50 FB FW= ÖW/2 LBW Drive length greater than clear installation width 10 LBW ÖW STB Li STB Re 10 … 50 50 FW= ÖW/2 FB FB FW= ÖW/2 LBW = Clear installation width | STB Li = Side screen width left | STB Re = Side screen width right | FW = Travel path | FB = Leaf width | ÖW = Opening width | DH = Passage height 22 Automaticsliding door | Standard sliding door systems | ECdrive T2 WITH IS O/ M ON O G L AS S F I TT I N G – W I T H S I DE SCREEN – PART IT ION WALL I N STA LL AT I O N Drawing no. 70518-ep101 Vertical section side screen, angled floor guide min.10 max.20 Vertical section moving leaf, continuous floor guide 190 190 min.10 max.20 32 STH DH 40 DH FH = DH+3 40 LBH LBH 15 60 100 100 145 145 32 2-leaf , horizontal section STB Li STB Re ÖW 10 10 52 … 50 50 FW= ÖW/2 FB FB FW = ÖW/2 LBW LBW = Clear installation width | LBH = Clear installation height | STH = Side screen height | STB Li = Side screen width left | STB Re = Side screen width right | FW = Travel path | FB = Leaf width | FH = Leaf height | ÖW = Opening width | DH = Passage height ECdrive T2 | Standard sliding door systems | Automaticsliding door WIT H GC P R OF I LE T H E R M E N E R GY- E F F I CI EN T PRO FI LE SYSTEM – WIT H S ID E S C R E E N A N D FA N L I G H T Drawing no. 70518-ep102 Vertical section side screen H OL H OL min.10 max.20 min.10 max.20 Vertical section moving leaf 190 190 32 DH DH 40 … 40 FH STH LBH LBH 10 15 100 100 145 145 32 Horizontal section HOL = High fanlight | LBW = Clear installation width | LBH = Clear installation height | STH = Side screen height | STB Li = side screen width left | STB Re = side screen width right | FW = Travel path | FB = Leaf width | FH = Leaf height | ÖW = Opening width | DH = Passage height 23 24 Automaticsliding door | | Standard Sliding door sliding systems door systems special variants | Slimdrive | Slimdrive SL NT SL NT Slimdrive SL NT Automatic linear sliding door system with low overall height and clear design line ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Single and double leaf sliding door systems Interior and exterior doors with high access frequency Façades with slim mullion-transom constructions Glass façades with maximum design demands Opening widths from 700 to 3000 mm possible Door leaf weights up to 125 kg per leaf Suitable profile systems are fine-framed profile systems with ISO and MONO glass, all-glass systems (GGS), integrated all-glass systems (IGG) and on-site framed moving leaf doors and wooden leaves PR OD UCT FE ATUR ES Very quiet-running, low-wear direct current drive with height of only … cm Can be networked, and integrated into the building automation via open standard (BACnet) Independent error recognition and recording Freely configurable inputs and outputs for different functions Integrated rechargeable battery for emergency opening in the event of safety-relevant faults such as a power failure Self-cleaning roller carriage reduces maintenance effort and costs Various mechanical and electrical locks are optionally available Slimdrive SL NT | Standard sliding door systems | Automaticsliding door 25 TEC HN ICA L DATA SL NT SL NT-FR For 1-leaf door systems ● ● For 2-leaf door systems ● ● Height 70 mm Depth 190 mm Leaf weight (max.) 1-leaf 125 kg Leaf weight (max.) 2-leaf 125 kg Opening width 1-leaf 700 – 3000 mm Opening width 2-leaf 900 – 3000 mm Temperature range -15 to 50 °C IP rating IP20 Disconnection from mains Main switch in the drive Opening speed (max.) … m/s Closing speed (max.) … m/s Hold-open time … to 60 s Adjustable opening and closing force (max.) 150 N Automatic adaptation to traffic flow ● ● Automatic reversal when an obstacle is detected ● ● Pharmacy opening ● ● Interlocking door system function ● - Vestibule function ● - adjustable standard adjustable not available adjustable for 30 min / 30 cycles open Automatic opening in the event of a power failure Automatic closing in the event of a power failure Function in the event of a power failure Automatic opening in the event of a fault Approvals not available standard DIN 18650, EN 16005, DIN EN ISO 13849: Performance Level D DIN 18650, EN 16005, DIN EN ISO 13849: Performance Level D, AutSchR ● = yes | - = not available D R IV E C OM PO N E N TS … 3 … 2 … = Transformer | … = Locking mechanism | … = Roller carriage | … = Control unit | … = Rechargeable battery | … = Motor … 6 26 Automaticsliding door | Standard sliding door systems | Slimdrive SL NT TECHN ICA L DATA SL NT TRANSFORMER SL NT-FR Ring core with protection and main switch Voltage 230 V Frequency 50 Hz Capacity rating LOCKING MECHANISM 140 W Toothed belt locking, electro-magnetic, bi-stable ROLLER CARRIAGE Door leaf adjustment vertical 10 mm Door leaf adjustment horizontal … mm Tiling protection Self-cleaning standard ● ● CONTROL UNIT DCU1-NT DCU1-2M-NT With fault memory ● ● With memory for statistical data ● ● Software update possible ● ● Bus interface optional ● ● Connection for fire alarm system ● ● Power supply for peripherals ● Programmable inputs Programmable outputs … pc. RECHARGEABLE BATTERY MOTOR Torque ● … pc. NiCd, 24 V, 700 mAh Motor gear unit Double motor gear unit 400 Ncm ● = yes FITTIN G VAR IA N TS Door fittings SL NT ISO glass fine-framed ● MONO glass fine-framed ● GCprofile Therm, energy-efficient profile system fine-framed - Toughened safety glass clamping profile - All-glass system (GGS) ● Integrated all-glass system (IGG) ● Wooden leaf (on-site) ● ● = yes | - = not available Slimdrive SL NT | Standard sliding door systems | Automaticsliding door 27 CA LCULAT ION O F T H E D R I V E LE N GT H A L I N MM* Slimdrive SL NT Opening width (ÖW) 2-leaf Slimdrive SL NT-FR** Drive length Opening width (ÖW) Drive length 900 – 1000 ÖW + 1100 900 – 1070 ÖW + 1170 1000 – 3000 … x ÖW + 100 1070 – 3000 … x ÖW + 100 1-leaf left hand slide to open 700 – 3000 … x ÖW + 60 700 – 800 ÖW + 860 1-leaf right hand slide to open 700 – 3000 … x ÖW + 60 800 – 3000 … x ÖW + 60 700 – 800 ÖW + 860 800 – 3000 … x ÖW + 60 When using Lock A, the drive length increases by 100 mm. | When using Lock M at 1-leaf doors, the drive length increases by 100 mm. For Lock M on 2-leaf doors, the drive only extends by 100 mm if an optional bolt message is installed | * Minimum installation length of the complete system with profile system ISO glass fine-framed | ** For FR variants (FR-RWS, FR-LL) request drawing! Note: Opening widths of escape route sliding doors < 1000 mm are only permitted in exceptional cases. A continuous floor guide is recommended for external systems from an opening width of 2000 mm. The minimum opening widths depend on the requirements of building law. CA LCULAT ION O F LE A F A N D G L ASS D I MEN SI O N S I N MM (I SO G LASS PR O FI LE SYSTEM) ISO glass Leaf width 1-leaf ÖW + 35 2-leaf ÖW / … + 35 Leaf height 1-leaf / 2-leaf FH = DH – … Glass width 1-leaf ÖW 2-leaf OW / … 1-leaf / 2-leaf FH – 90 Glass height Glass thickness   N o t e : 22 max. leaf ratio width to height 1:4 AL ÖW AL = Drive length | DH = Passage height | GB = Glass width | GH = Glass height | ÖW = Opening width GH DH GB 28 Automaticsliding door | Standard sliding door systems | Slimdrive SL NT WITH IS O/ M ON O G L AS S F I TT I N G – W I T H O UT SI DE SCREEN Drawing no. 70511-ep01 Floor guide: Continuous Floor guide: Adjustable for wall installation 193 30 60 DH 70 min. 15 Floor guide: For floor mounting … 30 51 60 1-leaf door system VRS 60 LD = ÖW+12 35 30 FW = ÖW FB = ÖW+35 40 12 2-leaf door system LD = ÖW+2 30 35 FB = ÖW/2+35 … LD = Clear passage | FW = Travel path | FB = Leaf width | ÖW = Opening width | VRS = Drive extension right | DH = Passage height Slimdrive SL NT | Standard sliding door systems | Automaticsliding door 29 WIT H IS O/ M ON O G L ASS F I TT I N G – W I TH SI DE SCREEN Drawing no. 70511-ep02 + 70511-ep04 Low girder section High girder section 48 190 44 DH DH 70 70 140 190 82   N o t e : 82 See installation drawing for area of application Installation: Self-supporting installation LB … LD = ÖW+2 STB = (LB-ÖW)/2-5 35 FW = ÖW/2 … STB = (LB-ÖW)/2-5 30 FB = ÖW/2+35 … Installation: Wall installation with longer drive and girder section between the walls LB … LD = ÖW+2 STB = (LB-ÖW)/2-5 … 30 35 FW = ÖW/2 STB = (LB-ÖW)/2-5 … FB = ÖW/2+35 Installation: Wall installation 25 STB = (LB-ÖW)/2-5 LB LD = ÖW+2 30 35 30 FW = ÖW/2 25 STB = (LB-ÖW)/2-5 FB = ÖW/2+35 … LB = Clear installation width | STB Side screen width | LD = Clear passage | FW = Travel path | FB = Leaf width | ÖW = Opening width | DH = Passage height 30 Automaticsliding door | Standard sliding door systems | Powerdrive PL Powerdrive PL Automatic linear sliding door system for large and heavy doors up to 200 kg leaf weight ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Single and double leaf sliding door systems Interior and exterior doors with high access frequency Opening widths from 700 to 3000 mm possible Door leaf weights up to 200 kg per leaf Suitable profile systems are fine-framed profile systems with ISO and MONO glass, toughened safety glass clamping profiles, on-site frames and wooden leaves Suitable for various profile systems PR OD UCT FE ATUR ES Very powerful drive for large heavy door leaves and wide opening widths Can be networked, and integrated into the building automation via open standard (BACnet) Independent error recognition and recording Adjustment options for all door motion parameters Freely configurable inputs and outputs for different functions Integrated rechargeable battery for emergency opening and closing in the event of a power failure Various mechanical and electrical locks are optionally available Powerdrive PL | Standard sliding door systems | Automaticsliding door TEC HN ICA L DATA PL PL-FR For 1-leaf door systems ● ● For 2-leaf door systems ● ● Height 150 / 200 mm Depth 185 mm Leaf weight (max.) 1-leaf 200 kg 160 kg Leaf weight (max.) 2-leaf 200 kg 160 kg Opening width 1-leaf 700 to 3000 mm Opening width 2-leaf 800 to 3000 mm Temperature range -15 to 50 °C IP rating IP20 Disconnection from mains Main switch in the drive Opening speed (max.) … m/s Closing speed (max.) … m/s Hold-open time … to 60 s Adjustable opening and closing force (max.) 150 N Automatic adaptation to traffic flow ● ● Automatic reversal when an obstacle is detected ● ● Pharmacy opening ● ● Interlocking door system function ● - Vestibule function Automatic opening in the event of a power failure Automatic closing in the event of a power failure ● - adjustable standard adjustable not available Function in the event of a power failure adjustable for 30 min / 30 cycles open Automatic opening in the event of a fault not available standard DIN 18650 EN 16005 DIN EN ISO 13849: Performance Level D DIN 18650 EN 16005 DIN EN ISO 13849: Performance Level D AutSchR Approvals ● = yes | - = not available D R IV E C OM P O N E N TS … 5 … 7 … 1 … 1 = Transformer | … = Locking mechanism | … = Roller carriage | … = Control unit | … = Rechargeable battery | … = Fan | … = Motor 31 32 Automaticsliding door | Standard sliding door systems | Powerdrive PL TECHN ICA L DATA PL TRANSFORMER PL-FR Ring core with protection and main switch Voltage 230 V Frequency 50 Hz Capacity rating LOCKING MECHANISM 200 W Toothed belt locking, electro-magnetic, bi-stable ROLLER CARRIAGE Door leaf adjustment vertical 12 mm Door leaf adjustment horizontal 40 mm Tiling protection standard Self-cleaning ● ● CONTROL UNIT DCU1-NT DCU1-2M-NT With fault memory ● ● With memory for statistical data ● ● Software update possible ● ● Bus interface optional ● ● Connection for fire alarm system ● ● Power supply for peripherals ● Programmable inputs Programmable outputs … pc. RECHARGEABLE BATTERY MOTOR Torque ● … pc. NiCd, 24 V, 700 mAh Motor gear unit Double motor gear unit 400 Ncm ● = yes FITTIN G VAR IA N TS Door fittings PL ISO glass fine-framed ● MONO glass fine-framed ● GCprofile Therm, energy-efficient profile system fine-framed - Toughened safety glass clamping profile ● All-glass system (GGS) - Integrated all-glass system (IGG) - Wooden leaf (on-site) ● ● = yes | - = not available Powerdrive PL | Standard sliding door systems | Automaticsliding door CA LCULAT ION O F T H E D R I V E LE N GT H A L I N MM* Powerdrive PL PL-FR** Opening width (ÖW) Drive length (AL) Opening width (ÖW) Drive length (AL) 2-leaf 800 – 3000 … x ÖW + 100 800 – 3000 … x ÖW + 100 1-leaf 700 – 3000 … x ÖW + 65 700 – 3000 … x ÖW + 65 * = Minimum installation length of the complete system with profile system ISO glass fine-framed | ** For FR variants (FR-RWS, FR-LL) request drawing! Note: Opening widths of escape route sliding doors < 1000 mm are only permitted in exceptional cases. A continuous floor guide is recommended for external systems from an opening width of 2000 mm. The minimum opening widths depend on the requirements of building law. CA LCULAT ION O F LE A F A N D G L ASS D I MEN SI O N S I N MM Leaf width Leaf height Glass width ISO glass with aluminium secondary closing edge ISO glass with rubber secondary closing edge Toughened safety glass 1-leaf ÖW + 40 ÖW + 35 ÖW + 35 2-leaf ÖW / … + 40 ÖW / … +35 ÖW / … +35 with cover 150 mm DH for cover 200 mm DH + 50 1-leaf ÖW ÖW ÖW + … 2-leaf ÖW / … ÖW / … ÖW / … + … Glass height FH – 90 FH – 90 FH – 85 Glass thickness 22 22 10, 12   N o t e : max. leaf ratio width to height 1:4 AL ÖW AL = Drive length | DH = Passage height | GB = Glass width | GH = Glass height | ÖW = Opening width GH DH GB 33 34 Automaticsliding door | Standard sliding door systems | Powerdrive PL WITH IS O/ M ON O G L AS S F I TT I N G – W I T H O UT SI DE SCREEN Drawing no. 70506-ep01 Floor guide: Continuous min. 15 Floor guide: Adjustable for wall installation 185 200 185 30 … 60 DH DH 150 min. 15 Floor guide: For floor mounting 30 68 60 1-leaf door system VRS 75 LD = ÖW+12 35 30 FW = ÖW FB = ÖW+35 50 12 2-leaf door system LD = ÖW+2 30 35 FB = ÖW/2+35 … 40 FB = ÖW/2+40 LD = Clear passage | FW = Travel path | FB = Leaf width | ÖW = Opening width | VRS = Drive extension right | DH = Passage height Powerdrive PL | Standard sliding door systems | Automaticsliding door 35 WIT H IS O/ M ON O G L ASS F I TT I N G – W I TH SI DE SCREEN Drawing no. 70506-ep02 min. 15 Door system with door leaf and side screens under drive Door system with door leaf and side screens under girder section 185 185 35 185 DH DH DH 150 200 200 min. 15 Door system with door leaf and side screens under drive 86   N o t e : 83 86 See installation drawing for area of application Installation: Self-supporting installation … LB LD = ÖW+2 STB = (LB-ÖW)/2-5 40 FW = ÖW/2 30 FB = ÖW/2+40 … STB = (LB-ÖW)/2-5 … Installation: Wall installation with longer drive and girder section between the walls … LB LD = ÖW+2 STB = (LB-ÖW)/2-5 40 FW = ÖW/2 STB = (LB-ÖW)/2-5 … 30 FB = ÖW/2+40 … Installation: Wall installation 25 STB = (LB-ÖW)/2-5 FW = ÖW/2 LB LD = ÖW+2 40 30 FB = ÖW/2+40 25 STB = (LB-ÖW)/2-5 … LB = Clear installation width | LD = Clear passage | FW = Travel path | FB = Leaf width | STB = Side screen width | DH = Passage height | ÖW = Opening width 36 Automaticsliding door | Standard sliding door systems | Powerdrive PL WITH TOU GHE N E D SA F E T Y G L ASS C L A M P IN G FI TTI N G – W I THO UT SI DE SCR EEN Drawing no. 70506-ep03 min. 15 Floor guide: Adjustable for wall installation 185 185 … 73 DH DH 200 150 min. 15 Floor guide: For floor mounting 18 62 1-leaf door system VRS 60 LD = ÖW+6 32 30 FW = ÖW FB = ÖW+32 40 … 2-leaf door system LD = ÖW+4 32 30 FB = ÖW/2+32 … LD = Clear passage | FW = Travel path | FB = Leaf width | ÖW = Opening width | VRS = Drive extension right | DH = Passage height Powerdrive PL | Standard sliding door systems | Automaticsliding door 37 WIT H TOU GHE N E D SA F E T Y G L ASS C L A MPI N G FI TTI N G – W I TH SI DE SCREEN Drawing no. 70506-ep04 Door system with door leaf and side screens under drive 185 35 185 200 DH 200 DH DH   N o t e : Door system with door leaf and side screens under girder section 185 150 min. 15 min. 15 Door system with door leaf and side screens under drive 55 See installation drawing for area of application 79 55 Installation: Self-supporting installation LB … STB = (LB-ÖW)/2-5 LD = ÖW+4 32 … STB = (LB-ÖW)/2-5 30 FW = ÖW/2 FB = ÖW/2+32 … Installation: Wall installation with longer drive and girder section between the walls LB STB = (LB-ÖW)/2-5 … LD = ÖW+4 32 FW = ÖW/2 STB = (LB-ÖW/2-5 … 30 FB = ÖW/2+32 … Installation: Wall installation with girder section 22 LB STB = (LB-ÖW)/2-5 32 FW = ÖW/2 22 LD = ÖW+4 STB = (LB-ÖW)/2-5 30 FB = ÖW/2+32 … LB = Clear installation width | STB Side screen width | LD = Clear passage | FW = Travel path | DH = Passage height | FB = Leaf width | ÖW = Opening width SLID ING D OO R Sliding door systems special variants We have a diverse range of special variants on offer for all structural conditions for which standard variant sliding door systems are not suitable. Do not hesitate to contact us if you need information: for example, for use in narrow glass façades or with special burglary resistance. We can find the right individual sliding door system for you among the many GEZE Slimdrive variants. 40 Automaticsliding door | | Sliding Slidingdoor doorsystems systemsspecial specialvariants variants | |Sliding Slidingdoor doorsystems systemsspecial specialvariants variants Sliding door systems special variants SOLUT ION S FOR S P EC I A L P U R P O SES The Slimdrive SL drive is available in numerous special variants. These are always used when the standard variant of the sliding door system is not suitable. Slimdrive SLT: Use in slim glass façades for 2- or 4-leaf doors. Slimdrive SL RC2: Sliding doors with burglar resistance in accordance with resistance class 2. Also optionally available as a variant for escape and rescue routes (SL RC2-FR). Slimdrive SL-BO: This variant is used in escape and rescue routes. In addition to the sliding function, the doors can be swung open using a turn-tilt fitting. Slimdrive SL-T30: For applications where both fire-retardant doors in accordance with DIN 4102 and smoke-proof doors in accordance with DIN 18095 are necessary. Slimdrive SLV: This variant can be used for corner sliding doors with angles between 90° and 270°. Slimdrive SL inclined: For the use of 2-leaf sliding doors in inclined glass façades with opening widths of up to 2500mm. Slimdrive SLT with IGG, Café Luitpold Munich, Germany (photo: Robert Sprang) Slimdrive SLT | Sliding door systems special variants | Automaticsliding door Slimdrive SLT Automatic telescopic sliding door system for use in extremely narrow glass façades AR E AS OF A P P L I CAT I O N Double and four leaf sliding door systems If space is limited with low clear opening width or little space next to the door opening Interior and exterior doors with high access frequency Opening widths from 1000 to 3600 mm possible Door leaf weights up to 80 kg per leaf Suitable profile systems are fine-framed profile systems with ISO Glass and integrated all-glass systems (IGG) P R OD UCT F E ATUR ES Two parallel tracks carry the door leaf and thus achieve large opening widths Very quiet-running, low-wear direct current drive with height of only … cm Can be networked, and integrated into the building automation via open standard (BACnet) Independent error recognition and recording Freely configurable inputs and outputs for different functions Integrated rechargeable battery for emergency opening and closing in the event of a power failure Various mechanical and electrical locks are optionally available 41 42 Automaticsliding door | Sliding door systems special variants | Slimdrive SLT TECHN ICA L DATA SLT SLT-FR For 1-leaf door systems - - For 2-leaf door systems ● ● For 4-leaf door systems ● ● Height 70 mm Depth 247 mm Leaf weight (max.) 2-leaf 80 kg Leaf weight (max.) 4-leaf 70 kg Opening width 2-leaf 1000 – 3000 mm Opening width 4-leaf 1600 – 3600 mm Temperature range -15 to 50 °C Disconnection from mains Main switch in the drive Opening speed (max.) … m/s Closing speed (max.) … m/s Hold-open time … to 60 s Adjustable opening and closing force (max.) 150 N Automatic adaptation to traffic flow ● ● Automatic reversal when an obstacle is detected ● ● Pharmacy opening ● ● Interlocking door system function ● - Vestibule function Automatic opening in the event of a power failure Automatic closing in the event of a power failure ● - adjustable standard adjustable not available Function in the event of a power failure adjustable for 30 min / 30 cycles open Automatic opening in the event of a fault not available standard DIN 18650 EN 16005 DIN EN ISO 13849: Performance Level D DIN 18650 EN 16005 DIN EN ISO 13849: Performance Level D AutSchR Approvals ● = yes | - = not available D RIV E C OM P ON EN TS … 1 … 1 = Transformer | … = Locking mechanism | … = Control unit | … = Rechargeable battery | … = Motor … 5 Slimdrive SLT | Sliding door systems special variants | Automaticsliding door TEC HN ICA L DATA SLT TRANSFORMER SLT-FR Ring core with protection and main switch Voltage 230 V Frequency 50 Hz Capacity rating LOCKING MECHANISM 140 W Toothed belt locking, electro-magnetic, bi-stable ROLLER CARRIAGE Door leaf adjustment vertical … mm Door leaf adjustment horizontal … mm Tiling protection Self-cleaning Optional - - CONTROL UNIT DCU1-NT DCU1-2M-NT With fault memory ● ● With memory for statistical data ● ● Software update possible ● ● Bus interface optional ● ● Connection for fire alarm system ● ● Power supply for peripherals ● Programmable inputs Programmable outputs … pc. RECHARGEABLE BATTERY MOTOR Torque ● … pc. NiCd, 24 V, 700 mAh Motor gear unit Double motor gear unit 400 Ncm ● = yes | - = not available FITTIN G VA R IA N TS Door fittings SLT ISO glass fine-framed ● MONO glass fine-framed - GCprofile Therm, energy-efficient profile system fine-framed - Toughened safety glass clamping profile - All-glass system (GGS) - Integrated all-glass system (IGG) ● Wooden leaf (on-site) - ● = yes | - = not available 43 44 Automaticsliding door | Sliding door systems special variants | Slimdrive SLT CALCULAT ION OF T H E D R I V E LE N GT H A L I N MM* Slimdrive SLT Opening width (ÖW) 4-leaf 2-leaf left hand slide to open 2-leaf right hand slide to open Slimdrive SLT-FR Drive length (AL) Opening width (ÖW) Drive length (AL) 1600 – 1999 ÖW + 1180 1600 – 1999 ÖW + 1180 2000 – 3600 … x ÖW + 150 2000 – 3600 … x ÖW + 150 1000 – 1360 ÖW + 770 1000 – 1560 ÖW + 870 1360 – 3000 … x ÖW + 90 1560 – 3000 … x ÖW + 90 1000 – 1460 ÖW + 780 1000 – 1660 ÖW + 880 1460 – 3000 … x ÖW + 50 1660 – 3000 … x ÖW + 50 * = Minimum overall length of the complete system with profile system ISO glass fine-framed Note: Opening widths of escape route sliding doors < 1000 mm are only permitted in exceptional cases. A continuous floor guide is generally recommended for outdoor systems. The minimum opening widths depend on the requirements of building law. CALCULAT ION OF LE A F A N D G L ASS D I M E N SI O N S I N MM depending on the opening width and passage height Internal leaf 2-leaf ÖW / … + 40 4-leaf ÖW / … + 40 Leaf height … or 4-leaf DH – 17 Glass width 2-leaf ÖW / … ÖW / … – 10 4-leaf ÖW / … ÖW / … – 10 … or 4-leaf FH – 90 FH – 90 22 22 Glass thickness   N o t e : max. leaf ratio width to height 1:4 or 1:5 in the case of 4-leaf systems, ÖW 1600 - 2000 mm DH AL ÖW AL = Drive length | DH = Passage height | GB = Glass width | GH = Glass height | ÖW = Opening width GB GH Glass height 70 Leaf width External leaf Slimdrive SLT | Sliding door systems special variants | Automaticsliding door WIT H IS O/ M ON O G L ASS F I TT I N G – W I TH SI DE SCREEN Drawing no. 70717-ep02 + 70717-ep04 Low girder section High girder section 48 250 44 DH DH 70 70 140 250 158 156 Installation: Self-supporting installation … LB LD = ÖW+2 STB = (LB-ÖW)/2-5 STB = (LB-ÖW)/2-5 40 … 40 FB = ÖW/4+40 FB = ÖW/4+40 40 30 FB = ÖW/4+40 … 40 FB = ÖW/4+40 Installation: Wall installation with longer drive and girder section between the walls … LB LD = ÖW+2 STB = (LB-ÖW)/2-5 STB = (LB-ÖW)/2-5 40 … 40 FB = ÖW/4+40 FB = ÖW/4+40 40 30 … FB = ÖW/4+40 40 FB = ÖW/4+40 Installation: Wall installation 25 LB LD = ÖW+2 STB = (LB-ÖW)/2-5 40 25 STB = (LB-ÖW)/2-5 40 FB = ÖW/4+40 FB = ÖW/4+40 40 30 FB = ÖW/4+40 … 40 FB = ÖW/4+40 LB = Clear installation width | STB = Side screen width | LD = Clear passage | FB = Leaf width | ÖW = Opening width | DH = Passage height   N o t e : See installation drawing for area of application 45 46 Automaticsliding door | Sliding door systems special variants | Slimdrive Sliding door SLTsystems special variants WITH IS O/ M ON O G L AS S F I TT I N G – W I T H O UT SI DE SCREEN Drawing no. 70487-ep01 min. 15 Floor guide: For floor mounting Floor guide: Adjustable for wall installation Floor guide: Continuous 30 23 30 30 … 60 DH 70 250 121 60 1-leaf door system 140 LD = ÖW+12 40 FB = ÖW/2+40 40 30 FB = ÖW/2+40 40 12 2-leaf door system LD = ÖW+2 40 40 FB = ÖW/4+40 FB = ÖW/4+40 40 30 … FB = ÖW/4+40 LD = Clear passage | FB = Leaf width | ÖW = Opening width | DH Passage height 40 FB = ÖW/4+40 60 Slimdrive SLT | Sliding door systems special variants | Automaticsliding door Slimdrive SLT-FR + IGG, Robert Bosch Hospital (photo: GEZE GmbH) 47 48 Automaticsliding door | Sliding door systems special variants | Slimdrive SL RC2 Slimdrive SL RC2 Automatic linear sliding door system with burglar resistance in accordance with resistance class RC2 ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Single and double leaf sliding door systems Interior and exterior doors with maximum security requirements Opening widths from 800 to 3000 mm possible Door leaf weight of up to 120 kg per leaf Suitable profile systems are fine-framed profile system with ISO and MONO glass according to resistance class RC2 PR OD UCT FE ATUR ES Certified burglar resistance according to resistance class RC2 Function RC2 is only available in "Night" mode of operation, in which the door is locked with rod locking Fitted with rod locking and reinforced profile components Very quiet-running, low-wear direct current drive with height of only … cm Can be networked, and integrated into the building automation via open standard (BACnet) Independent error recognition and recording Freely configurable inputs and outputs for different functions Integrated rechargeable battery for emergency opening in the event of safety-relevant faults such as a power failure Slimdrive SL RC2 | Sliding door systems special variants | Automaticsliding door Hycro Grand Centre, Zagreb, Croatia (photo: Robert Les) Sihlpost Switzerland (photo: Lorenz Frey / GEZE GmbH) 49 50 Automaticsliding door | Sliding door systems special variants | Slimdrive SL RC2 CALCULAT ION OF T H E D R I V E LE N GT H A L I N MM* Slimdrive SL RC2 Opening width (ÖW) 2-leaf Slimdrive SL-FR RC2** Drive length (AL) Opening width (ÖW) Drive length (AL) 900 – 1000 ÖW + 1100 900 – 1000 ÖW + 1100 1000 – 3000 … x ÖW + 100 1000 – 3000 … x ÖW + 100 1-leaf 800 – 3000 left hand slide to open … x ÖW + 120 800 – 870 ÖW + 990 870 – 3000 … x ÖW + 120 800 – 3000 … x ÖW + 120 800 – 820 ÖW + 940 820 – 3000 … x ÖW + 120 1-leaf right hand slide to open * = Minimum installation length of the complete system with profile system ISO glass fine-framed | ** For FR variants (FR-RWS, FR-LL) request drawing! Note: Opening widths of escape route sliding doors < 1000 mm are only permitted in exceptional cases. The minimum opening widths depend on the requirements of building law. CALCULAT ION OF LE A F A N D G L AS S D I M E N SI O N S I N MM (I SO G LASS PR O FI LE SYSTEM) ISO glass (in accordance with RC2) Leaf width 1-leaf ÖW + 40 2-leaf ÖW / … + 40 Leaf height 1-leaf / 2-leaf DH – 17 Glass width 1-leaf ÖW – 23 2-leaf ÖW / … – 23 Glass height 1-leaf / 2-leaf FH – 93 Glass thickness 1-leaf / 2-leaf max. 23   N o t e : max. leaf ratio width to height 1:4 AL GH DH GB ÖW AL = Drive length | DH = Passage height | GB = Glass width | GH = Glass height | ÖW = Opening width   N o t e : The burglar-resistant function RC2 is only enabled in the “NIGHT” mode of operation. In the "NIGHT" mode of operation, the door does not fulfil any escape route demands. It is therefore important to ensure that there is nobody in the building or that sufficient other escape route doors are available. Slimdrive SL RC2 | Sliding door systems special variants | Automaticsliding door 51 WIT H IS O/ M ON O G L ASS F I TT I N G – W I THO UT SI DE SCR EEN Drawing no. 70484-ep48/50/52/54   N o t e : Selected illustrations; for further installation situations, see installation drawing. Floor guide: selectively with reinforced supporting bracket Floor guide: continuous with reinforced supporting bracket 190 53 190 131 (10) 131 DH (10) (70) 66 (70) 66 30 23 30 42 FH = DH-17 20 H DH 20 FH = DH-17 … 3 70 70 53 1-leaf door system … ÖW+72 … 40 ÖW 72 42 53 … FB=ÖW+40 10 60 AL 2-leaf door system … LD = ÖW+2 … 42 53 40 53 42 40 … FB = ÖW/2+40 FB = ÖW/2+40 AL = Drive length | DH = Passage height | LD = Cear passage | FB = Leaf width | FH = Leaf height | ÖW = Opening width | H = Total height of sliding door system   N o t e : For fastening specifications, see drawing no. 70484-ep46/47 52 Automaticsliding door | Sliding door systems special variants | Slimdrive SL RC2 WITH IS O/ M ON O G L AS S F I TT I N G – W I T H S I DE SCREEN Drawing no. 70484-ep49/51/53/55 Selected illustrations; for further installation situations, see installation drawing. Floor guide: selectively with reinforced supporting bracket 230 53 52 230 53 52 20 22 (70) 30 72 137 (107) (10) 137 (70) (10) 72 (107) DH FH = DH-17 35 29 30 48 35 20 20 DH FH = DH-17 H H … 3 70 20 22 Floor guide: continuous with reinforced supporting bracket 70   N o t e : 1-leaf door system AL … ÖW+12 … 60 ÖW 40 48 120 35 STB=AL-ÖW-67 … FB=ÖW+40 10 Installation: Wall installation ÖW+2 40 40 … STB=(AL-ÖW)/2 … 48 59 59 48 35 … 35 STB=(AL-ÖW)/2 … FB = ÖW/2+40 FB = ÖW/2+40 AL AL = Drive length | FB = Leaf width | DH = Passage height | ÖW = Opening width | H = Total height of sliding door system | STB = Side screen width   N o t e : See installation drawing for area of application   N o t e : For fastening specifications, see drawing no. 70484-ep46/47 Slimdrive SL RC2 | Sliding door systems special variants | Automaticsliding door Sihlpost Switzerland (photo: Lorenz Frey / GEZE GmbH) 53 54 Automaticsliding door | Sliding door systems special variants | Slimdrive SL-BO Slimdrive SL-BO Automatic sliding door system for escape and rescue routes with break-out function ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Single and double leaf sliding door systems along escape and rescue routes Interior and exterior doors with maximum security requirements Façades with slim mullion-transom constructions Opening widths from 900 to 2500 mm possible Door leaf weights of up to 100 kg per leaf Suitable profile systems are fine-framed profile system with ISO and MONO glass PR OD UCT FE ATUR ES Function BO allows the leaf and side screens to swing open in the direction of escape Electrical locking mechanisms for "Night" mode of operation integrated Very quiet-running, low-wear direct current drive with height of only … cm Can be networked, and integrated into the building automation via open standard (BACnet) Independent error recognition and recording Freely configurable inputs and outputs for different functions Integrated rechargeable battery for emergency opening in the event of safety-relevant faults such as a power failure Self-cleaning roller carriage reduces maintenance effort and costs Various mechanical and electrical locks are optionally available Slimdrive SL-BO | Sliding door systems special variants | Automaticsliding door WIT H IS O/ M ON O G L ASS F I TT I N G Drawing no. 70485-ep51 Door system with door leaf and side screens 35 DH 60 70 min. 15 254 135 150 Installation: Self-supporting installation LB … 40 LD = ÖW+2 STB = ÖW/2+239 STB = ÖW/2+239 40 … 30 40 FB = ÖW/2+40 … Installation: Wall installation 25 LB 15 STB = ÖW/2+239 25 LD = ÖW+2 40 STB = ÖW/2+239 15 30 FB = ÖW/2+40 … LB = Clear installation width | STB Side screen width | LD = Clear passage | FB = Leaf width | ÖW = Opening width | DH = Passage height 55 56 Automaticsliding door | | Sliding Slidingdoor doorsystems systemsspecial specialvariants variants | |Slimdrive SlimdriveSL-BO SL-BO Auditorium centre Klinikum to the right of the Isar, Munich, Germany (photo: Robert Sprang) Slimdrive SL-BO automatic sliding door drive, installed at Madrid-Barajas airport (photo: Rafael Vargas / GEZE GmbH) Slimdrive SL-T30 | Sliding door systems special variants | Automaticsliding door Slimdrive SL-T30 Automatic sliding door drive for fire protection doors with resistance class T30 AR E AS OF A P P L I CAT I O N Single and double leaf sliding door systems Door leaf weight of up to 120 kg per leaf Opening widths from 900 to 2500 mm possible P R OD UCT F E ATUR ES Very quiet-running, low-wear direct current drive with height of only … cm Independent error recognition and recording Various mechanical and electrical locks are optionally available 57 58 Automaticsliding door | | Sliding Slidingdoor doorsystems systemsspecial specialvariants variants | |Slimdrive SlimdriveSLV SLV Slimdrive SLV Automatic sliding door system for use on angled façades or corners AR E AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Double leaf sliding door systems Use on angled façades or corners Interior and exterior doors with high access frequency Façades with slim mullion-transom constructions Glass façades with maximum design demands Opening widths from 900 to 2500 mm possible Door leaf weight of up to 120 kg per leaf Suitable profile systems are fine-framed profile system with ISO and MONO glass Suitable for various profile systems PR OD UCT FE ATUR ES Product is projected and manufactured building-specifically Very quiet-running, low-wear direct current drive with height of only … cm Angle in the drive rail 90° to 270° Can be networked, and integrated into the building automation via open standard (BACnet) Independent error recognition and recording Freely configurable inputs and outputs for different functions Integrated rechargeable battery for emergency opening and closing in the event of a power failure Self-cleaning roller carriage reduces maintenance effort and costs Various mechanical and electrical locks are optionally available Slimdrive SLV | Sliding door systems special variants | Automaticsliding door Slimdrive SLV automatic sliding door drive (corner sliding door), Hotel Parador National del Saler, Valencia (photo: Pau Esculies / GEZE GmbH) Häussler Global Office GmbH, Stuttgart, Germany (photo: Dirk Wilhelmy / GEZE GmbH) 59 60 Automaticsliding door | Sliding door systems special variants | Slimdrive SL inclined Slimdrive SL inclined Automatic linear sliding door system for use on inclined glass façades AR E AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Double leaf sliding door systems Use on inclined glass façades in mullion-transom constructions Interior and exterior doors with high access frequency Opening widths up to 2500 mm possible Door leaf weights depending on the angle of inclination, up to 100 kg per leaf Suitable profile systems are fine-framed profile system with ISO and MONO glass PR OD UCT FE ATUR ES Freely selectable angle of inclination up to … ° (larger possible upon request) Continuous floor guide Very quiet-running, low-wear direct current drive with height of only … cm Integrated infrared movement detector Can be networked, and integrated into the building automation via open standard (BACnet) Independent error recognition and recording Adjustment options for all door motion parameters Freely configurable inputs and outputs for different functions Integrated rechargeable battery for emergency opening in the event of safety-relevant faults such as a power failure Self-cleaning roller carriage reduces maintenance effort and costs Various mechanical and electrical locks are optionally available Slimdrive SL inclined | Sliding door systems special variants | Automaticsliding door Villa Soravia, Millstatt, Carinthia, Austria (photo: Helmut Kolaric) Villa Soravia, Millstatt, Carinthia, Austria (photo: Helmut Kolaric) 61 SLID ING D OO R Special functions escape and rescue routes Special measures must be met for worst case scenarios. You’re best equipped for any possible dangers with the redundant sliding doors by GEZE for escape and rescue routes. We have the right solution for all needs, depending on whether the escape route only leads in one direction, or – such as inside public buildings – in both directions. Thanks to intelligent controls and emergency opening equipment, our automatic sliding doors are always reliable, even in the event of a power failure. 64 Automaticsliding door | Special functions escape and rescue routes | FR-LL FR-LL Sparkasse, Ulm, Germany (photo: Nikolaus Grünwald) Redundant sliding doors for escape and rescue routes with locked exit only function (one way) ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Use in the Slimdrive, ECdrive and Powerdrive product families For areas where the exit only mode of operation is supposed to be used for a longer period In particular in banks, theatres and universities PR OD UCT FE ATUR ES Type-tested FR-LL variants Greater security against unauthorised opening of the door from outside Permanently redundantly monitored locking mechanism Also locked by the intelligent control unit for night mode locking mechanism FR-DUO | Special functions escape and rescue routes | Automaticsliding door FR-DUO Cafe Luitpold, Munich, Germany (photo: Robert Sprang) Redundant sliding doors for escape and rescue routes in both directions AR E AS OF A P P L I CAT I O N Use in the Slimdrive, ECdrive and Powerdrive product families For specific areas in public buildings, where escape must be possible in both directions In particular in office buildings, airports and stations P R OD UCT F E ATUR ES Type-tested automatic sliding door variants FR-DUO With bilaterally monitored movement detectors 65 66 Automaticsliding door | Special functions escape and rescue routes | FR-RWS FR-RWS Airport, Cologne-Bonn, Germany (photo: Martin Jakob) Redundant sliding doors for locked escape and rescue routes ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Use in the Slimdrive, ECdrive and Powerdrive product families In particular in airports, stations and senior and care homes PR OD UCT FE ATUR ES Setting by intelligent control unit and monitored locking mechanism possible Passage of the door then only possible upon request In the event of a power failure or other problems, the door reliably opens the escape route Additional locking mechanism with monitored duplicate processing system and redundant emergency opening button Sliding doors according to CO48 (France) | Special functions escape and rescue routes | Automaticsliding door Sliding doors according to CO48 (France) Grottes de Lascaux, France (photo: Jean-Luc Kokel) Sliding doors for escape and rescue routes according to CO48 AR E AS OF A P P L I CAT I O N Use in the Slimdrive, ECdrive and Powerdrive product families Special variants for use in France and other regions where this solution is recognised PR OD UCT F E ATUR ES Single opening of the door in the event of power failure via the installed rubber cable 67 SLID ING D OO R Solutions and functions Accessible toilets and vestibule systems – both function with automatic sliding door systems, but need special solutions. This means that accessible toilets must guarantee convenience and absolutely reliable operation and provide, for example, special emergency open push buttons. In contrast, for vestibule systems, you need radar movement detectors which detect directions. Whatever the use – we can offer you the right automatic sliding doors which meet your needs. 70 Automaticsliding door | Solutions and functions | Accessible toilet Accessible toilet Accessible toilets must be designed in such a way that people with all sorts of different handicaps can use the facilities without needing help. GEZE sliding door drives provide an indispensable service for this application, and guarantee a high level of convenience. FUNCTION AL D ES C R I P T I O N The non-contact proximity switch is installed at hand height and detects persons and objects at a distance of 10 to 60 cm (adjustable). Approaching the switch is sufficient to open the door. When the “internal push button” is triggered with the door closed, the system switches into the exit only mode of operation, meaning the outer push button on the door can no longer open. Both proximity switches switch from green to red and signal that the WC is occupied. The drive uses motor power to hold the door in the closed position. Triggering the "internal push button" again switches the mode of operation back to automatic. Both proximity switches switch from red to green. The door opens and the "external push button" is cleared again. An optional pull switch can be used to transmit a message to an alarm system. If the WC is occupied for longer than 30 minutes, a message is also transmitted to an alarm system or an optional audio alert. … 4 … 1 … 1 … = Non-contact proximity switch (internal and external) | … = emergency off switch (recommended installation height: 1600 mm) | … = active infrared light curtain | … = emergency call pull switch | … = sliding panel Vestibule systems | Solutions and functions | Automaticsliding door 71 Vestibule systems Vestibule systems are used to avoid draughts and reduce heat exchange. Preferably only one door should be opened. Direction-detecting radar movement detector only activate the door when people move towards it. This means the door closes more quickly behind people. A separate programme switch is compulsory for door systems in escape and rescue routes. Combination example … Combination example … Combination example … ~ 3500 mm ~ 3500 mm min. 200 mm Combination example … > 4000 mm ~ 1400 mm ~ 6000 mm min. 200 mm grey = Detection area ~ 1400 mm > 4000 mm ~ 1400 mm min. 200 mm ~ 1400 mm ~ 4500 mm ~ 4500 mm ~ 3500 mm min. 200 mm SLID ING D OO R Sliding door fittings Nothing works without door fittings … You need the right sliding door fittings for your automatic sliding doors to open and close perfectly. Plan according to your wishes and needs, depending on the appearance, function or special circumstances. The GEZE range of products meets a wide variety of needs where door fittings are concerned: including energy-efficient sliding door systems, all-glass systems, doors with a focus on hygiene or a variety of materials. 74 Automaticsliding door | Sliding door fittings | Fitting variants Fitting variants GEZ E S U PP LIES T H E FO LLOW I N G F I TT I N G VARI AN TS FO R SLI DI N G DO O R SYSTEMS: I S O G LASS FI N E-FRAMED Attractive door leaves with an extremely slim aluminium frame. They combine the advantages of the frame (e.g. seals) with an inconspicuous design. M O NO GLASS FI N E-F RAMED Same frame as with the ISO variant, but with one single glass pane made of 10 mm toughened safety glass or laminated safety glass. VSG = Verbund-Sicherheits-Glas (laminated safety glass) ESG = Einscheiben-Sicherheits-Glas (toughened safety glass) GC P RO FI LE TH ER M Thermally separated profile system in fine-framed design for a sophisticated appearance. For installation situations where special emphasis is placed on high energy efficiency, i.e. the lowest possible heat loss in winter or cold loss in summer. This profile system is also used when there are increased requirements for the tightness of the sliding door system. It is particularly suitable for exterior doors that are exposed to weather conditions and for interior doors that have to meet increased demands for sound insulation. TO U G H EN ED SA FETY G LASS CLAMPING PROFILE Profile system for 10 mm or 12 mm toughened safety glass. The glass pane is clamped in place near the top. Additional aluminium profiles at the sides and bottom ensure tightness, floor guide and compatibility with DIN 18650. A LL- G LAS S SYSTEM (G G S) All-glass design fittings for single point fixing offer maximum transparency. All the visible door fittings are made of solid stainless steel. I NT EG R ATED A LL-G LASS SYSTEM (IG G ) The profiles and the fitting system are integrated invisibly between the panes – without protruding or visible parts on the glass pane. F R A MED MOVI N G LEAF DOOR (ON-SITE) The drive can be combined with door leaves made of a wide range of different frame profile systems, also thermally separated. WO O D EN LEA F (O N-SITE) The drive can be combined with door leaves on-site made of a wide range of materials e.g. wood. H E R METI C LEA F Use in areas with increased hygiene requirements, see GEZE Hygienic Doors on our website. Fitting variants | Sliding door fittings | Automaticsliding door 75 Slimdrive SL RC2 Powerdrive PL Slimdrive SLT Slimdrive SL BO ISO glass fine-framed ● ● ● ● ● ● MONO glass fine-framed ● ● - ● - - ECdrive T2 Slimdrive SL NT FITTIN G VA R IA N TS GCprofile Therm, energy-efficient profile system fine-framed ● - - - - - Toughened safety glass clamping profile ● - - ● - - All-glass system (GGS) - ● - - - - Integrated all-glass system (IGG) - ● - - ● - Framed moving leaf door (on-site) ● ● - ● - - Wooden leaf (on-site) ● ● - ● - - Hermetic leaf - - - ● - - ● = yes | - = not available ISO glass fine-framed MONO glass fine-framed GCprofile Therm Toughened safety glass clamping profile All-glass system (GGS) Integrated all-glass system (IGG) Framed moving leaf door (on-site) Wooden leaf (on-site) Hermetic leaf SLID ING D OO R Accessories Naturally, you’ll need switches to operate your automatic sliding doors. Learn about the convenient programme switches in our extensive range of accessories, with which a variety of modes of operation can be set. You’ll also find everything you need for activation, whether automatic or manual. And last but not least, we present you with our various locking options. 78 Automaticsliding door | Accessories | Operation of automatic sliding doors Operation of automatic sliding doors PRO GR AMM E S W I TCH ES FO R SE LECT I N G THE MO DE O F O PER ATI O N FO R AUTO MATI C SL ID IN G D OOR S GEZE offers programme switches for a wide range of individual demands. The switches are suitable for universal use – for surface-mounted or flush-mounted installation. The following switch types are available: D I S P LAY PRO GR A MM E SWITCH (DPS) K E Y PA D PRO GR A MM E SWITCH (TPS) M EC HA N I CA L PROG RAMM E SWITCH (MPS) The following modes of operation can be set: "Hold open": The door moves to the OPEN position and remains open. Movement detector or opening push button are deactivated. “Night”: The movement detectors are switched inactive, the door closes. Option: The door leaves are locked electrically to prevent forced opening. “Exit only” (one-way): The door only opens and closes when someone goes out from the inside. The movement detector outside is switched inactive, the one inside is switched active. “Automatic”: The door opens as soon as it is activated via the movement detector or keys, and closes after a certain time that can be individually adjusted. Safety sensors protect the leaves’ travel path. If there is someone in the door opening, the door will not close. “Reduced opening width”: The door opens only part of the possible opening width (can be set). In emergency exits, the reduced opening width must be at least as large as the required escape route width. The reduced opening width may not be less than 30 % of the opening width. "OFF": Drive and sensors are switched off, the door leaves can be moved manually. P R OTECTI O N O F THE PROG RAMM E SWITC HES Automatic sliding doors in escape and rescue routes must be secured against operation by unauthorised persons. The mechanical programme switch (MPS) is also available in a lockable version. The display programme switch (DPS) and keypad programme switch (TPS) can be combined with a key switch. Alternatively, these programme switches can be secured using a code. Display programme switch (DPS) Keypad programme switch (TPS) Mechanical programme switch (MPS) Automatic activation | Accessories | Automaticsliding door 79 Automatic activation R E LIA B LE ACT I VAT I O N W I T H G E Z E S E NSO RS C OMBI N ED D ETECTORS Combined detectors are radar movement detectors using an infrared light curtain. Activation and protection are integrated in the sensor, reducing installation efforts. Individual attachment possibilities through wall, ceiling or integrated ceiling recess installation provide lots of design freedom. The use of a remote control guarantees quick and easy commissioning. The sensor is activated reliably on the basis of direction detection and cross-traffic suppression. Slow movements can be detected thanks to the “slow motion detection” feature. The protection area can be configured as required. Combined detectors for escape and rescue routes offer maximum safety thanks to the integrated self-monitoring function. R A DA R MOVEMENT DETECTOR Radar movement detectors register all objects that move within the radar field. All movements within the radiation range cause a time-delayed reflection which is forwarded as a door opening signal. The pre-programmed convenience setting of the GEZE radar movement detectors ensures they can be put into operation quickly. Automatic configuration is possible via keys or a remote control. Reliable detection is achieved with a clearly defined radar field. Energy can be saved through detection of people’s direction of movement. Unwanted door opening is avoided since cross-traffic can be faded out. GC 363+ combined detector GC 365 combined detector GC 308 radar movement detector 80 Automaticsliding door | Accessories | Manual activation Manual activation P U S H BUTTO N Push buttons for the wireless activation of doors – reliable, convenient and safe at the push of a button. CAPACI TI VE LED SENSOR SWITCH The design-oriented and sturdy LED sensor switch makes intuitive and straightforward operation possible. No great efforts are required for activation – touching the button slightly is sufficient. Suitable for indoor and outdoor use, the LED sensor switch can be recognised easily in the dark thanks to the blue LED lighting. In addition, the sensor has Braille lettering on it. An acoustic and visual signal signalises activation through the push button. The push button is waterproof, impact-resistant and protected against vandalism. This makes it very well suited for outdoor use or installation in the floor. N O N-CO N TACT P ROXIMITY SWITCH With the GC 307+ interior doors without a haptic perception requirement can also be activated cleanly and comfortably. The sensor ensures bacteria-free access to toilets, for example, or germ-free conditions in hotel kitchens, swimming pools and doctors’ surgeries. The pulse generator is installed at hand height and precisely detects people and objects – independently of their direction of movement – both in the direct vicinity of only 10 cm, as well as 60 cm away. The different scanning ranges can be optimally adapted to existing environmental conditions and the interests of the user groups. Non-contact sensors offer a high level of operating comfort – people only need to approach them to trigger the automatic opening mechanism – and the advantage of absolute hygiene. The optimum system structure permits simple and time-saving installation in the flush-mounted box. The colours of the LEDs can be set, and it is also possible to use individual pictograms to visualize the areas of application. WI R E LES S ACTI VATION Radio transmitter are used for wireless activation of doors and windows as a multi-channel solution. For every additional channel, an additional electrical device or function can be switched at the push of a button. Thanks to the very small size of the wireless modules, radio transmitter can easily be integrated in the drive or in a flush-mounted box. They can also be clipped directly into the elbow switch and mounted without wires, e.g. on glass. Push button LED sensor push switch GC 307+ non-contact proximity switch Manual activation | Accessories | Automaticsliding door Manual activation Wireless activation Plastic elbow switch Key switch + Display programme switch + Slimdrive SL-FR (photo: Dirk Wilhelmy / GEZE GmbH) Stainless steel elbow switch IP65 81 82 Automaticsliding door | Accessories | Electronic protection Electronic protection ACTI VE I N FR A RED DETECTOR GEZE light curtains are used to protect posts, main and secondary closing edges for both internal and external applications. The light curtains have an invisible and non-contact protective device. Precise detection is possible through a clearly defined field, the size of which can be adjusted. Individual applications allow the use of light curtains as safety sensors or opening impulse generators. GC 339+ active infrared detector GC 341 active infrared detector Mechanical protection | Accessories | Automaticsliding door 83 Mechanical protection P ROTECTI VE LEAF Protective leaves are used on escape and rescue routes if it is not possible to secure the secondary closing edges using light curtains. Automatic sliding doors on escape and rescue routes must be able to be opened at any time. SAFETY LEA F Safety leaves are used to protect the cavities behind automatic sliding doors in mullion-transom constructions. Protective leaf DH Protective leaf DH = passage height Safety leaf 84 Automaticsliding door | Accessories | Locking mechanisms Locking mechanisms LO C K M H O O K BO LT LOCK Lock M is a manual hook bolt lock for the Slimdrive SL NT and ECdrive T2 sliding door systems. This high-quality locking mechanism is invisibly built into the vertical profile of the door leaves, allowing the door to be locked and unlocked quickly and reliably. The door can be locked and unlocked from the inside or outside using a key in the lock which is installed at a convenient height. The lock possesses an euro profile cylinder with 3, … or … keys with the construction length 32 mm (16/16). If standard construction lengths such as 60 mm (30/30 Euro-profile double cylinder) or 40 mm (30/10 Euro-profile half cylinder) are used, danger areas emerge on the basis of the surviving cylinder, so that a restriction of the opening width is necessary. The Euro profile cylinder can survive without restrictions if no protective leaves are available on the inside. As an option, GEZE can provide an escutcheon plate for standard lock cylinders for installation on the drive side / inside. The extremely sturdy Lock M provides excellent protection against vandalism and unauthorised access. LO C K A H O O K BO LT LOCK Lock A is an motorised hook bolt lock for the Slimdrive SL NT and ECdrive T2 sliding door systems. This high-quality single or two-point locking mechanism allows the door to be locked and unlocked quickly and reliably. The locking motor is invisibly integrated into the vertical profile of the door leaves. The sliding door control unit makes parameter setting and control easy. The manual emergency unlocking facility allows the door to be opened from the inside at any time in the event of a power failure. Lock M hook bolt lock Lock M hook bolt lock installed Locking mechanisms | Accessories | Automaticsliding door Lock A hook bolt lock Lock A hook bolt lock installed GEZE Slimdrive SL NT-FR sliding door system, Grosspetertower Zürich (photo: Lorenz Frey / GEZE GmbH) 85 86 Automaticsliding door | Accessories | Locking mechanisms TO OTH ED BELT LOCKING This electromagnetic two-stages locking system ensures more safety, because it stays locked even without electric current. Manual emergency unlocking is possible at any time. Typical for this type of locking mechanism is permanent monitoring by the control unit. Up to two contacts for external applications (e.g. alarm systems) can be integrated as an option. Thanks to the free choice of positioning in the drive, the toothed belt locking is not only easy to install, it also makes special locking functions possible, e.g. locked pharmacy opening of the sliding doors. F LO OR LO CK The floor lock is used for the easy locking of door leaves with the fine-framed ISO profile system at floor level. Customary Euro profile cylinders can be used for the floor locks. This means the solution is suitable for optimum integration in closing systems. Operation is manual, with the key, either only from the inside or from both the inside and outside. R O D LO CK I N G Rod locking increases safety and protection against burglary. The multi-point locking – both upwards and in the ground – provides solid resistance against attempts to be levered open. The locking bar is integrated invisibly in the fine-framed ISO profile system. The system can be unlocked both electrically and mechanically. Rod locking can be used in the Slimdrive SL and Slimdrive SLT drives. Escape and rescue routes can also be protected by rod locking. Toothed belt locking Rod locking Floor lock Service tools | Accessories | Automaticsliding door 87 Service tools GEZ E SERVI CE APPS myGEZE Connects and GEZEconnects enable a wireless connection via Bluetooth between a computer and GEZE automatic door systems. All settings for the door system can be conveniently configured, saved, sent by email and transferred as a log file via an intuitive graphical user interface. Diagnosis functions show the most important function parameters of the door system in real time, so that faults are recognised at a glance and can be eliminated. All the pre-settings can be taken over very easily for further door systems. The convenient documentation of commissioning, maintenance and diagnosis protocols as well as all statistical data can easily be downloaded at any time. Password protection to block operating parameters and servicing data guarantees there will be no unauthorised modifications. ST 220 S ERVI CE TERMINAL Mobile, handy and straightforward – that is parameter setting for the automatic GEZE door systems using the ST 220 service terminal. Communication and data exchange between the service terminal and the drive unit is via an integrated RS485 interface. The large illuminated display is easy to operate thanks to the plain text display. The service terminal is equipped with a readout function for servicing and diagnosis work. Power is supplied via the door system. Password protection to freeze operating parameters and servicing data guarantees there will be no unauthorised modifications.   N o t e : Changes to parameters on GEZE drives may only be carried out by experts authorised by the manufacturer (GEZE) in accordance with DIN 18650/EN 16005 GEZEconnects ST 220 service terminal myGEZE Connects myGEZE Bluetooth module SLID ING D OO R Cable plan sliding door control units In order to show you the connection of the activation devices and sensors, we have created a cable plan for you. Scroll further to "References" if you want to see some innovative buildings in which GEZE sliding door systems are used. 90 Automaticsliding door | Accessories | Cable plan sliding door control units Cable plan sliding door control units For more detailed information about connection of the activation devices and sensors see the wiring diagram 160924 (English version). Power supply circuit 230 V/50 Hz 10 A safety fuse Line-feed on-site *3) *1) HS NOT DPS *2) PS KA KI KB BWA BWI Transformer SIO SIO *4) *4) LS SCT *5) Supply cable (on-site) SM Gong APO NÖ SIS HS Main switch (optional) NS Emergency stop switch (optional) DPS Display programme switch WF NV SCT Key switch *4) *4) PS Programme switch KA Activation device outside (push button) KI Activation device inside (push button) KB Activation device "authorized" BWI/BWA Movement detector (inside/outside) SIO Safety sensor “Open” SM Fault indicator Fault lamp or fault horn APO Pharmacy opening (only possible in combination with toothed belt locking) NÖ Emergency opening SIS Light curtain with movement detector KA or KI WF Interlocking door system, vestibule NV Emergency lock LS Photoelectric barrier *6) (on-site) Special element Wire cross-section: … = NYM-J … x … mm² | … = I-Y(ST)Y … x … x … mm | … = I-Y(ST)Y … x … x … mm | Y = GEZE scope of delivery   S a f e t y : Wiring according to VDE 0100 Wiring, connection and commissioning may only be carried out by authorised specialists. GEZE does not accept any warranty and service performances in combination with third-party products   N o t e s : … Cable feed through the side plate or through the track on the left. To protect the cables, avoid sharp edges or use edge protection. … Cable length max. 100 m … Signal wires min. … m and power supply circuits min. … m from the wall … Push button (KI) not permitted in escape and rescue routes … Optionally, connect to escape and rescue route control units, alternatives without key switch: Program access code to the DPS via ST 220 or myGEZE Connects … Photoelectric barriers, according to DIN 18650 / EN 16005 must not be used as the only protection in the closing area Cable plan sliding door control units | Accessories | Automaticsliding door Slimdrive SL NT-FR with IGG glass leaves (photo: Jürgen Pollak / GEZE GmbH) 91 SLID ING D OO R References Discover a selection of innovative buildings which we were able to equip with our automatic sliding door systems. Customers all over the world have praised the diverse functions and elegant design: Be it a first-class hotel, a state-of-the-art hospital, a representative retirement home, a renowned museum, an elegant administrative building or a heavily frequented station – the products and services by GEZE for automatic sliding doors are the first choice. We provide convenient and reliable drive units. 94 Automaticsliding door | References Powerdrive PL-FR, Grosspetertower Zurich, Switzerland, (photo: Lorenz Frey for GEZE GmbH) ECdrive T2 (photo: GEZE GmbH) References | Automaticsliding door ECdrive T2 (photo: GEZE GmbH) Slimdrive SL NT with vestibule, Augustinum, Stuttgart, Germany (photo: Dirk Wilhelmy) 95 We are GEZE. For liveable buildings GEZE stands for innovation, high quality and comprehensive support of building technologies. From the initial idea, planning and operational implementation with standard products to customised system solutions and individual service and maintenance plans. We offer an extensive product range of door, window and safety technology products and are a major driving force behind the digital networking of building automation. GEZE GmbH Reinhold-Vöster-Strasse 21 – 29 71229 Leonberg Germany Telephone: +49 7152 203 … Fax: +49 7152 203 310 Email: info.de@geze.com www.geze.com 2026_04 Id.No. 143639 EN · Subject to change without notice

Download (.PDF | 11 MB)

Product brochure

SWING DOOR Door closers with guide rail Door closers with guide rail … Contents Overview 04 Possible applications and combinations 06 FO R S IN GLE LEA F D O O R S TS 1500 G 10 TS 3000 V 16 TS 5000 ECline 24 TS 5000 30 TS 5000 SoftClose 39 TS 5000 E 49 TS 5000 R 57 FO R S IN GLE LEA F D O O R S W I TH F R EE S W I N G FUN CTI O N TS 5000 EFS 3-6 68 TS 5000 RFS 3-6 73 FO R D OU B LE LEA F D O O R S TS 5000 ISM ECline 80 TS 5000 ISM 88 TS 5000 E-ISM 97 TS 5000 R-ISM 107 FO R D OU B LE LEA F D O O R S W I TH F R EE S W I N G FUN CTI O N TS 5000 ISM / E-ISM / R-ISM 120 O PE N IN G R EST R I CT I O N T-stop guide rail 130 ACCES S OR IES RSZ … smoke switch control unit 138 FU RTHE R IN FO R M AT I O N Technology 142 Installation options 143 Product functions and information 144 General product information for door closers 145 Cover caps for GEZE door closers 146 … Door closers wi th guid e rail | Overview OVERV IE W TS 5000 ECline TS 5000 L ECline TS 5000 TS 5000 SoftClose TS 5000 L TS 5000 L SoftClose TS 5000 E TS 5000 L-E TS 5000 R TS 5000 L-R TS 5000 EFS 3-6 TS 5000 RFS 3-6 Approval for fire and smoke protection doors1 TS 3000 V TS 1500 G For single leaf doors ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Barrier-free in accordance with DIN 18040 up to leaf width (max.) in mm EN1 750 EN4 EN5 EN5 EN4 EN4 EN4 EN4 FSA2 FSA2 FSA2 FSA2 FSA 1100 1250 1250 1100 1100 1100 1100 FL2 FSA FL2 Closing force acc. to EN 1154 … 1-4 3-6 Door leaf width (max.) in mm 750 1100 1250 1250 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400 ● ● 3-5 3-5 2-6 2-6 2-6 3-6 2-6 2-6 2-6 2-6 3-6 POSSIBLE APPLICATIONS Door leaf installation, hinge side Transom installation, hinge side3 Opening angle (max.) hinge side5 180° Door leaf installation, opposite hinge side Transom installation, opposite hinge side3 ● ● 180° 180° ● ● ● ● ● 180° 180° 180° ● ● ● Closing force, adjustable ● ● Back check, adjustable ●6 ●7 ● ● ● ● ● 180° 180° ● ● 180° ● … 180° ● … ● ● ●4 ●4 180° 180° ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●7 ●7 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● FUNCTIONS Hydraulic latching action, adjustable ● Delayed closing, adjustable Closing speed, adjustable ●8 ● ● ● ● ● Latching action speed, adjustable ● Opening assistance integrated Opening assistance can be switched off Flexible opening restrictor Mechanical hold-open device9 Electric hold-open device ● ● ● ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ Electric hold-open device for free swing or hold-open magnet Smoke switch control unit integrated ● ● ● Mechanical closing sequence control, integrated ● = yes | ○ = optional … Valid for Germany. Regulations may differ for other countries and must therefore be determined from local provisions. In such cases, contact your local GEZE branch/representative. | … FSA = hold-open system; FSA FL = hold-open system with free swing | … For fire protection doors with corresponding proof of suitability | … Special model | … Opening angle (max.) opposite hinge side see chapter: General product functions and information | … Model TS 3000 V BC | … Back check in transom installation, opposite hinge side not effective | … Model TS 5000 S | … Can be retrofitted, not to fire and smoke protection doors … Overview | Door closers with guide rail TS 5000 L-E-ISM-VPK1 TS 5000 R-ISM1 TS 5000 L-R-ISM1 TS 5000 L-R-ISM-VP1 FSA4 FSA4 (FSA FL) FSA4 FSA4 FSA4 (FSA FL) FSA4 2-6 2-6 2-6 2-6 2-6 2-6 2-6 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400 TS 5000 E-ISM1 ● TS 5000 L-ISM-VPK1 ● TS 5000 L-ISM1 ● TS 5000 ISM1 ● TS 5000 L-ISM ECline1 ● TS 5000 ISM ECline1 TS 5000 L-E-ISM1 For double leaf doors ● ● ● ● ● ● Barrier-free in accordance with DIN 18040 up to leaf width (max.) in mm EN5 1250 EN5 1250 EN4/ 1100 EN5/ 12503 EN4/ 1100 EN5/ 12503 EN4 1100 Closing force acc. to EN 1154 3-5 3-5 2-6 2-6 Door leaf width (max.) in mm 1250 1250 1400 1400 Approval for fire and smoke protection doors2 POSSIBLE APPLICATIONS Door leaf installation, hinge side ● ● ● ● Transom installation, hinge side5) Opening angle (max.) hinge side6) 180° Door leaf installation, opposite hinge side … 180° ● … 6 ● ● 180° … 6 ● ● 180° … 6 ● ● Transom installation, opposite hinge side5) FUNCTIONS Closing force, adjustable ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Back check, adjustable ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Hydraulic latching action, adjustable ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○9 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Delayed closing, adjustable ●7 Closing speed, adjustable ● ● Opening assistance integrated ○8 ○8 Flexible opening restrictor ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ Mechanical hold-open device10) ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ Opening assistance can be switched off Electric hold-open device Electric hold-open device for free swing or hold-open magnet ○ ○ ○ Smoke switch control unit, integrated Mechanical closing sequence control, integrated ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● = yes | ○ = optional … System solution consisting of … TS 5000 (L) overhead door closers and appropriate ISM , E-ISM or R-ISM guide rail for installation on the hinge or opposite hinge side (BG version) | … Valid for Germany. Regulations may differ for other countries and must therefore be determined from local provisions. In such cases, contact your local GEZE branch/representative. | … Closing force up to EN4 /1100 mm with standard and up to EN5/1250 mm with ECline closer | … FSA = holdopen system; FSA FL = hold-open system with free swing | … For fire protection doors with corresponding proof of suitability | … Opening angle (max.) on opposite hinge side, see chapter: General product functions and information | … Model TS 5000 S | … Available for the active leaf | … Only available to a limited extent | 10 Can be retrofitted, not to fire and smoke protection doors … Door closers wi th guid e rail | Possible applications and combinations POSSIB LE A PP L ICATI O N S A N D C O M B I N AT IO N S FO R THE TS … 000 SYSTE M Leaf installation hinge side double leaf1 Leaf installation hinge side single leaf CLOSER SYSTEM TS 5000 ECline TS 5000 / TS 5000 SoftClose TS 5000 E TS 5000 R TS 5000 EFS 3-6 TS 5000 RFS 3-6 TS 5000 ISM ECline TS 5000 ISM TS 5000 E-ISM TS 5000 R-ISM Type of installation Barrier-free in accordance with DIN 18040 up to leaf width (max.) in mm EN5 1250 EN4 1100 FSA2 FSA2 FSA FL2 FSA FL2 EN5 1250 EN4 1100 FSA2 FSA (FL)2 Leaf width (max.) in mm 1250 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400 1250 1400 1400 1400 ● ● ●3 ●3 CLOSER BODY Complete package (closer + guide rail) ● TS 5000 ECline Closer body TS 5000 Closer body ●3 ●3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ○5 ○5 ○5 L4 L4 TS 5000 SoftClose Closer body TS 5000 S closer body with delayed closing TS 5000 E Hy closer body with electric hold-open function with lever for free swing GUIDE RAILS ECline guide rail Opening assistance ● BG6 Standard guide rail ● ● ● ● BG6 T-Stop guide rail Opening restrictor BG6 E guide rail Electric hold-open device ● BG6 R guide rail ● Smoke switch, power supply, electr. hold-open function BG6 ISM guide rail Integrated closing sequence control ● ● BG6 E-ISM guide rail Integrated closing sequence control, electric hold-open function on both leaves ● BG6 R-ISM guide rail ● Integrated closing sequen ce control, smoke switch, BG6 power supply, electr. hold-open function on both leaves ACCESSORIES RSZ … smoke switch control unit ● Manual trigger switch ● Mechanical hold-open unit8 ● ● ● ● ●7 ● ●7 ● ● ● ● ● = yes | ○ = optional … per leaf … closer body necessary | … FSA = hold-open system; FSA FL = hold-open system with free swing | … leaf width up to 1250 mm max. | … L = door closer on opposite hinge side | … various versions available, can be combined with free swing function | … BG = guide rail for opposite hinge side | … binding accessories | … not for fire protection doors Possible applications and combinations | Door closers with guide rail … POS S IB LE A PP L I CAT I O N S A N D C O M B I NAT I O N S FO R THE TS … 000 SYSTE M TS 5000 / TS 5000 SoftClose TS 5000 RFS KM 3-6 TS 5000 EFS KM 3-6 TS 5000 ECline 1250 1400 1400 1400 1250 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400 1250 1400 1400 1400 1250 1400 TS 5000 L Leaf width (max.) in mm TS 5000 L-ISM EN5 EN4 FSA2 FSA2 EN5 EN4 EN4 FSA2 FSA2 FSA2 EN5 EN4 FSA FSA EN5 EN4 1250 1100 1250 1100 1100 1250 1100 FL2 FL2 1250 1100 TS 5000 L-ISM ECline Barrier-free in accordance with DIN 18040 up to leaf width (max.) in mm TS 5000 L-R CLOSER SYSTEM TS 5000 L-E TS 5000 L ECline TS 5000 L-R-ISM TS 5000 L-E-ISM VPK TS 5000 L-E-ISM TS 5000 L-ISM VPK Leaf installation opposite hinge side double leaf1 TS 5000 L ECline Type of installation TS 5000 L / TS 5000 L SoftClose Leaf installation opposite hinge side single leaf Transom installation Transom installation opposite hinge side hinge side single leaf single leaf CLOSER BODY Complete package ● ● ● ● ● TS 5000 ECline Closer body L3 ● ●4 ●4 ● ● ● ●4 ●4 ● ● ● TS 5000 Closer body ● L3 ● ● ● TS 5000 SoftClose ● Closer body TS 5000 S Closer body with delayed closing ● TS 5000 E Hy Closer body with electric holdopen function with lever for free swingf GUIDE RAILS ECline guide rail Opening assistance ● Standard guide rail BG5 ● BG5 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● T-Stop guide rail Opening restrictor ● BG5 ● ● E guide rail Electric hold-open device BG5 ● R guide rail Smoke switch, power supply, electr. hold-open function BG5 ● ISM guide rail Integrated closing sequence control BG5 ● ● E-ISM guide rail Integrated closing sequence control, electric hold-open function on both leaves BG5 ● R-ISM guide rail Integrated closing sequen ce control, smoke switch, power supply, electr. hold-open function on both leaves BG5 ● ACCESSORIES RSZ … smoke switch control unit ● Manual trigger switch ● Mechanical hold-open unit7 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●6 ● ● ●6 ● = yes | ○ = optional … per leaf … closer body necessary | … FSA = hold-open system; FSA FL = hold-open system with free swing | … L = door closer on opposite hinge side | … up to max. 1250 mm leaf width | … BG = guide rail for opposite hinge side | … = binding accessories | … = not for fire protection doors … 9 SW ING D O OR For single leaf doors Overhead door closers with guide rails for single leaf singleaction doors are the ideal version if you want to close your door quietly, conveniently and, above all, safely. The simple and easy installation also makes subsequent commissioning child’s play. Be it closing force, back check, latching action, delayed closing or closing speed – you can control all functions easily and accessibly with various versions of our GEZE overhead door closers with guide rail. 10 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For single leaf doors | TS 1500 G TS 1500 G Overhead door closer with guide rail with a leaf width up to 750 mm AREAS OF A PP L I CATI O N Right and left single-action doors Single-action doors up to 750 mm leaf width Door leaf installation on hinge side and transom installation on opposite hinge side PR OD UCT FEATUR ES Fixed closing force of EN1 Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Hydraulic latching action which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position Closing speed can be individually adjusted All functions can be adjusted from the front (except closing force) TS 1500 G | For single leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail TECHN ICAL DATA FO R D O O R CLO S E R TS 1500 G door closer PRODUCT FEATURES Closing force acc. to EN 1154 … Leaf width recommended up to 750 mm Identical design for DIN-L and DIN-R ● Product tested in accordance with Door closer tested acc. to EN 1154 Length 177 mm Overall depth 39 mm Height 50 mm FUNCTIONS Closing force adjustable No Closing speed adjustable ● Latching action adjustable Yes, via valve Back check integrated No ● = yes | ○ = optional TECHN ICAL DATA FO R G U I D E R A I L Guide rail TS 1500 G Guide rail TS 1500 G/F PRODUCT FEATURES Length 390 mm Overall depth … mm Height … mm FUNCTIONS Opening restrictor integrated ○ ○ Hold-open unit integrated ○ Mechanical Hold-open unit can be switched on and off - ● Hold-open unit can be overridden - ● Hold-open angle 80 – 130° ● = yes | ○ = optional PR OD UCT S CALE D R AW I N G 30,5 25 390 370±0,2 50 93 177 39 TS 1500 G 11 12 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For single leaf doors | TS 1500 G D OO R LEA F IN STALLAT I O N / H I N G E S I D E TS … 5 00 G VIEW 92 Installation example D I R ECT I N STALLATION 370±0,2 370±0,2 28 38±0,2 Cross-section = direct installation 38±0,2 60±0,2 Fitting dimensions for left-hand door 39 14 38±0,2 14 176 39 14 39 28 60±0,2 176 Fitting dimensions for right-hand door I NSTALLATI O N WI TH MOUNTING PLATE 370±0,2 Cross-section = installation with mounting plate Fitting dimensions for left-hand door 28 33 58 16±0,2 33 16±0,2 130±0,2 ±0,2 120 370±0,2 58 16 33 58 28 130±0,2 Fitting dimensions for right-hand door 120 TS 1500 G | For single leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail 13 TRA N S OM IN STALLAT I O N /O P P O SI TE H I N G E SI DE TS … 5 00 G V I EW 92 Installation example D I RECT I N STALLATION 60±0,2 14 370±0,2 38±0,2 Cross-section = direct installation 14 176 39 14 38±0,2 176 39 38±0,2 39 60±0,2 Fitting dimensions for left-hand door 370±0,2 28 28 Fitting dimensions for right-hand door 16±0,2 I NSTALLAT I O N WITH MOUNTING PLATE 176 58 14 39 33 38 ±0,2 60±0,2 Cross-section = installation with mounting plate 370±0,2 Fitting dimensions for left-hand door Fitting dimensions for right-hand door 28 14 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For single leaf doors | TS 1500 G TS 15 … 0 G – OR D E R I N FO R M AT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 1500 G door closer Closing force EN … (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 101792 white RAL 9016 101794 black RAL 9005 119575 acc. to RAL1 101875 silver-coloured 101885 white RAL 9016 101887 acc. to RAL1 101888 silver-coloured 101889 white RAL 9016 101891 acc. to RAL1 101892 Mounting plate guide rail for TS 1500 G silver-coloured 072333 acc. to RAL1 072355 Mounting plate door closer for TS 1500 silver-coloured 029682 white RAL 9016 029685 acc. to RAL1 029686 silver-coloured 080147 white RAL 9016 080149 acc. to RAL1 080150 Guide rail TS 1500 G With lever Guide rail TS 1500 G/F With mechanical hold-open device and lever INSTALLATION MATERIAL ACCESSORIES Cover cap door closer For TS 1500, can only be used for door leaf installation Mechanical hold-open unit For standard / T-Stop / Boxer … mm guide rail, retention force adjustable, can be switched on and off, can be overridden Flexible opening restrictor for lightweight doors For riveted guide rail, standard guide rail BG & Boxer … mm guide rail … Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes in the price list 071924 069780 TS 1500 G | For single leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail 15 16 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For single leaf doors | TS 3000 V TS 3000 V Overhead door closer with guide rail for single leaf doors up to 1100 mm leaf width AREAS OF A PP L I CATI O N Fire and smoke protection doors Right and left single-action doors Single-action doors up to 1100 mm leaf width Door leaf and transom installation on the hinge and opposite hinge side PR OD UCT FEATUR ES Adjustable closing force of EN1-4 Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Hydraulic latching action which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position Closing speed can be individually adjusted All functions can be adjusted from the front (except closing force) SP EC IAL V E R SI O N S FTS 3000 V with mechanical hold-open device with variable adjustment between 80° and 130° (not permissible on fire and smoke protection doors) TS 3000 V BC with back check which can be adjusted from the front TS 3000 V | For single leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail 17 TECHN ICAL DATA FO R D O O R CLO S E R TS 3000 V door closer TS 3000 V BC door closer TS 3000 EN3 door closer PRODUCT FEATURES Closing force acc. to EN 1154 1–4 2–4 … Leaf width recommended up to 1100 mm 1100 mm 950 mm ● ● Identical design DIN left and DIN right ● Product tested in accordance with Door closer tested acc. to EN 1154 Suitability for fire protection doors ● ● ● Mounting plate with hole pattern in accordance with EN1154 Supplement ● ● ● Length 226 mm Overall depth 46 mm Height 60 mm FUNCTIONS Closing force adjustable Yes, with variable adjustment Yes, with variable adjustment No Closing speed adjustable ● ● ● No Yes, hydraulically adjustable Closing force adjustment position At the side At the side Safety valve to prevent wilful damage ● ● ● Thermo-constant valves ● ● ● Latching action adjustable Yes, via valve Back check integrated Delayed closing integrated No - ● = yes | ○ = optional TECHN ICAL DATA FO R G U I D E R A I L Guide rail TS 5000/ TS 3000 vertically adjustable Guide rail TS 5000/TS 3000 T-Stop guide rail TS 5000/TS 3000 Guide rail BG lintel installation TS 3/5000 L PRODUCT FEATURES Length … mm … mm … mm 550 mm Overall depth … mm … mm 33 mm … mm Height … mm … mm 30 mm … mm FUNCTIONS Opening restrictor integrated ○ ○ ● ○ Hold-open unit integrated ○ ○ ○ ○ Height correction possible ● - - - ● = yes | ○ = optional 135 160 20 226 TS 3000 V 60 44 38 30,5 47 100 448,5 428,5 20,5 PR OD UCT S CALE D R AW I N G 18 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For single leaf doors | TS 3000 V D OO R LEA F IN STALLAT I O N / H I N G E S I D E TS … 000 V VIEW 110 Installation example 15 135±0,2 130 38±1 44 ±0,1 15 33 120±1 44±0,1 44±0,1 428,5±0,2 38±1 428,5±0,2 38 ±1 120±1 15 D I R ECT I N STALLATION 130 135±0,2 160±0,2 Cross-section = direct installation 160±0,2 Fitting dimensions for left-hand door Fitting dimensions for right-hand door 65 ±1 I NSTALLATI O N WI TH MOUNTING PLATE Cross-section = installation with mounting plate 428,5±0,2 120±1 Fitting dimensions for left-hand door 160±0,2 65±1 160±0,2 42±0,5 142±1 16±0,2 16±0,2 … 42±0,5 65±1 42 ±0,5 16 ±0,2 428,5±0,2 33 120±1 142±1 Fitting dimensions for right-hand door TS 3000 V | For single leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail TRA N S OM IN STALLAT I O N / H I N G E S I D E TS … 000 V V I EW 44 Installation example D I RECT I N STALLATION 135 +0,2 38 ±1 38 ±1 10 135 ±0,2 120 428,5 +0,2 Fitting dimensions for left-hand door 428,5 +0,2 10 38 ±1 44 ±0,1 44 ±0,1 44 ±0,2 10 Cross-section = direct installation 160 +0,2 90 ±1 90 ±1 160 +0,2 120 Fitting dimensions for right-hand door 120 Cross-section = installation with mounting plate 428,5 160 ±0,2 78 +1 10 10 65 +1 16 ±0,2 65 ±1 16 ±0,2 78 +1 160 ±0,2 65 ±1 10 16 ±0,2 I NSTALLAT I O N WITH MOUNTING PLATE +0,2 Fitting dimensions for left-hand door 428,5 +0,2 120 Fitting dimensions for right-hand door 19 20 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For single leaf doors | TS 3000 V D OO R LEA F IN STALLAT I O N /O P P O SI TE H I N G E SI DE TS … 000 V VIEW 24 Installation example D I R ECT I N STALLATION Cross-section = direct installation +0,2 428,5 140 135 ±0,2 44 ±0,1 10 +0,2 38 +1 428,5 10 38 +1 44 ±0,1 44 ± … 38 10 140 135 ±0,2 70 +1 160 +0,2 160 +0,2 70 +1 Fitting dimensions for right-hand door Fitting dimensions for left-hand door I NSTALLATI O N WI TH MOUNTING PLATE 140 +0,2 428,5 16 +0,2 65 160 +0,2 +0,2 140 58 +1 10 10 58 +1 428,5 16+ 0,2 65 80 26± … 39±1 30 10 ± … 40 160 +0,2 52 Cross-section = installation with mounting plate Fitting dimensions for right-hand door Fitting dimensions for left-hand door TS 3000 V | For single leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail TRA N S OM IN STALLAT I O N /O P P O SI TE H I N G E SI DE TS … 000 V V I EW 110 Installation example D I RECT I N STALLATION 160 +0,2 44 –0,1 38 +1 15 428,5 +0,2 120 428,5 +0,2 120 Cross-section = direct installation 15 44 ±0,2 38 +1 15 44 –0,1 max. 20 38 ±1 160 +0,2 135 +0,2 130 +1 130 +1 135 +0,2 Fitting dimensions for right-hand door Fitting dimensions for left-hand door Cross-section = installation with mounting plate 120 16+0,2 16 +0,2 65 +1 65 +1 428,5 +0,2 Fitting dimensions for right-hand door 160 +0,2 142 +1 42 +0,5 160 +0,2 max.15 … 16 ±0,2 65 ±1 42 ±0,5 142 +1 42+0,5 I NSTALLAT I O N WITH MOUNTING PLATE 428,5 +0,2 120 Fitting dimensions for left-hand door 21 22 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For single leaf doors | TS 3000 V TS 30 … 0 V – OR D E R I N FO R M AT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 3000 V door closer closing force EN 1-4 (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 028348 white RAL 9016 028350 black RAL 9005 119583 acc. to RAL2 028351 silver-coloured 109326 white RAL 9016 109328 black RAL 9005 208128 acc. to RAL2 109329 silver-coloured 102247 white RAL 9016 102307 TS 3000 V BC door closer closing force EN 1-4, with back check (without guide rail and lever) TS 3000 EN3 door closer closing force EN3 (without guide rail and lever) acc. to RAL2 102308 Guide rail TS 5000/TS 3000 vertically adjustable Height compensation +/- … mm, with lever silver-coloured 115191 acc. to RAL2 115192 Guide rail BG TS 5000/TS 3000 vertically adjustable Height compensation +/- … mm, with lever, use with door closer on leaf installation opposite hinge side silver-coloured 115193 acc. to RAL2 115194 Guide rail TS 5000/TS 3000 Standard, With lever silver-coloured 068221 white RAL 9016 015695 black RAL 9005 076490 stainless steel optic1 014945 acc. to RAL2 000773 silver-coloured 025655 white RAL 9016 029404 black RAL 9005 198812 stainless steel optic1 028732 acc. to RAL2 025656 Guide rail BG lintel installation TS 3/5000 L Guide rail with lever,used with door closer on door leaf installation opposite hinge side silver-coloured 189148 acc. to RAL2 189149 T-Stop guide rail TS 5000/TS 3000 With integrated opening restrictor and lever silver-coloured 102363 white RAL 9016 108481 stainless steel optic1 102364 acc. to RAL2 102365 silver-coloured 102366 white RAL 9016 108482 stainless steel optic1 102367 acc. to RAL2 102368 silver-coloured 011230 white RAL 9016 011233 black RAL 9005 135237 acc. to RAL2 011234 silver-coloured 014835 white RAL 9016 014843 acc. to RAL2 014845 silver-coloured 124683 acc. to RAL2 124684 silver-coloured 001512 white RAL 9016 129252 acc. to RAL2 104515 Guide rail BG TS 5000/TS 3000 Standard With lever, use with door closer on leaf installation opposite hinge side T-Stop guide rail BG TS 5000/TS 3000 With integrated opening restrictor and lever, use with door closer on leaf installation opposite hinge side or with pivot bearing in leaf and transom installation opposite hinge side INSTALLATION MATERIAL Mounting plate door closer for TS 3000 With hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 Supplement … Glass clamping shoe door closer for TS 3000/TS 2000 NV Mounting plate guide rail BG for standard / ECline / T-Stop / EFS guide rail Mounting plate guide rail for standard / ECline / T-Stop / EFS guide rail TS 3000 V | For single leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail 23 TS 30 … 0 V – O R D E R I N FO R M AT I O N Designation Version ID no. Lintel casing bracket guide rail BG for standard guide rail silver-coloured 025657 white RAL 9016 030034 stainless steel optic1 028393 acc. to RAL2 025658 silver-coloured 115006 acc. to RAL2 115007 Lintel casing bracket guide rail BG for ECline and T-Stop guide rail Drilling template door closer for TS 5000/TS 4000/TS 3000/TS 2000 053134 ACCESSORIES Cover cap door closer For TS 3000/TS 2000, can only be used for door leaf installation Mechanical hold-open unit For standard / T-Stop / Boxer … mm guide rail, retention force adjustable, can be switched on and off, can be overridden Flexible opening restrictor for lightweight doors For riveted guide rail, standard guide rail BG & Boxer … mm guide rail … Only for dry rooms | … Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes in the price list TS 5000 R and TS 3000 V, Häussler Global Office GmbH, Stuttgart, Germany (Photo: Dirk Wilhelmy) silver-coloured 013487 white RAL 9016 014855 stainless steel 072769 brass 072770 acc. to RAL2 014856 071924 069780 24 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For single leaf doors | TS 5000 ECline TS 5000 ECline Overhead door closer with guide rail for barrier-free single leaf doors up to 1250 mm leaf width with opening assistance AREAS OF A PP L I CATI O N Fire and smoke protection doors Right and left single-action doors Single-action doors up to 1250 mm leaf width Door leaf installation on hinge side and transom installation on opposite hinge side Barrier-free access in accordance with DIN 18040 up to EN5 PR OD UCT FEATUR ES Adjustable closing force EN3-5 Barrier-free in accordance with DIN 18040 up to EN5 (1250 mm leaf width) Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Opening assistance for easy opening and comfortable passing through of the door Opening assistance can be switched off for doors with wind load or pressure differences Hydraulic latching action which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position Closing speed can be individually adjusted Integrated back check, slows down doors that are thrown open forcefully Visual closing force display for easy control of the setting All functions can be adjusted from the front and less installation time compared to standard systems SP EC IAL V E R SI O N S TS 5000 ECline with mechanical hold-open device with variable adjustment between 80° and 130° (not permissible on fire and smoke protection doors) TS 5000 S ECline door closer with delayed closing which can be adjusted from the front TS 5000 ECline | For single leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail 25 TECHN ICAL DATA FO R D O O R CLO S E R TS 5000 ECline door closer TS 5000 L ECline door closer PRODUCT FEATURES Closing force acc. to EN 1154 3–5 Leaf width recommended up to 1250 mm Identical design DIN left and DIN right ● Product tested in accordance with ● Door closer tested acc. to EN 1154, DIN 18040 up to EN5 (1250 mm leaf width) Suitability for fire protection doors ● ● Length 287 mm Overall depth 47 mm Height 60 mm FUNCTIONS Closing force adjustable Yes, with variable adjustment Closing speed adjustable ● Latching action adjustable ● Yes, via valve Back check integrated Yes, hydraulically adjustable Closing force adjustment position Front Visual closing force display ● ● Safety valve to prevent wilful damage ● ● Thermo-constant valves ● ● ● = yes | ○ = optional TECHN ICAL DATA FO R G U I D E R A I L ECline guide rail TS 5000 ECline guide rail TS 5000 BG Guide rail TS 5000/ T-Stop guide rail TS 5000/TS 3000 Guide rail TS 5000/ TS 3000 T-Stop guide rail BG TS 3000 vertically Guide rail BG adjustable TS 5000/TS 3000 TS 5000/TS 3000 Guide rail BG lintel installation TS 3/5000 L PRODUCT FEATURES Length … mm … mm … mm … mm 550 mm Overall depth 33 mm Height 30 mm … mm 33 mm … mm … mm … mm 30 mm … mm … mm - ○ ● ○ ○ FUNCTIONS Opening restrictor integrated No Optional ○ Height correction possible Hold-open unit integrated - Optional - - ● - Opening assistance can be switched off ● - - - - ● = yes | ○ = optional PR OD UCT S CALE D R AW I N G 452,5 428,5 20 47 135 160 287 TS 5000 ECline 60 44 110 38 30 33 26 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For single leaf doors | TS 5000 ECline TS 500 … ECL IN E DO O R LEA F I N STALLAT I O N /HI N G E SI DE 30 120 428,5 15 38 43 D I R ECT I N STALLATION 110 130 44 120 428,5 135 160 … 135 160 … 130 … = Fitting dimensions DIN left | … = DIN right Cross-section = direct installation 30 428,5 120 42 65 43 I NSTALLATI O N WI TH MOUNTING PLATE 110 428,5 160 16 142 … Cross-section = installation with mounting plate 120 160 … 142 … = Fitting dimensions DIN left | … = DIN right TS 500 … L ECL IN E D O O R LEA F I N STALLAT I O N /O PPO SI TE HI N G E SI DE X max. 15mm D I R ECT I N STALLATION G 140 150 428,5 38 10 30 G X ≤ 80 > 80 ≤ 90 44 90 110 428,5 135 160 … Cross-section = direct installation G … = Fitting dimensions DIN right | … = DIN left … 135 160 110 27 TS 5000 ECline | For single leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail X max. 15mm I NSTALLATI O N WITH MOUNTING PLATE G 140 150 428,5 10 30 G X ≤ 80 > 80 ≤ 90 65 90 428,5 122 G 16 160 … Cross-section = installation with mounting plate … 160 122 … = Fitting dimensions DIN right | … = DIN left TS … 0 … 0 ECL IN E T R A N SO M I N STALLAT I O N /O PPO SI TE HI N G E SI DE (BAC K CHEC K N OT EFFECTIVE) D I R ECT I N STALLATION 47 160 135 44 67 130 130 38 15 160 135 … 43 … 428,5 120 428,5 120 33 … = Fitting dimensions DIN right | … = DIN left Cross-section = direct installation I NSTALLATI O N WITH MOUNTING PLATE 47 142 160 67 16 … 142 65 42 160 … 428,5 43 120 33 Cross-section = installation with mounting plate … = Fitting dimensions DIN right | … = DIN left … 428,5 120 28 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For single leaf doors | TS 5000 ECline TS 500 … L ECL IN E T R A N SO M I N STALLAT I O N HI N G E SI DE D I R ECT I N STALLATION 47 160 135 44 130 80 160 135 428,5 120 120 38 428,5 … 2 30 10 130 33 … = Fitting dimensions DIN left | … = DIN right Cross-section = direct installation I NSTALLATI O N WI TH MOUNTING PLATE 47 … 160 80 16 142 65 160 120 428,5 … 120 … 30 10 142 428,5 33 Cross-section = installation with mounting plate … = Fitting dimensions DIN left | … = DIN right TS 500 … ECL IN E – O R D E R I N FO R M AT I O N Designation Version ID no. ECline guide rail TS 5000 BG For use with TS 5000 L ECline door closer for door leaf installation on the opposite hinge side, with integrated opening assistance for easy opening, with lever silver-coloured 143578 white RAL 9016 143579 stainless steel optic1 143580 acc. to RAL3 143582 silver-coloured 143572 white RAL 9016 143575 stainless steel optic1 143576 acc. to RAL3 143577 silver-coloured 143640 white RAL 9016 143641 stainless steel face plate 143642 acc. to RAL3 143643 silver-coloured 143648 white RAL 9016 143649 stainless steel face plate 143650 acc. to RAL3 143651 ECline guide rail TS 5000 For use with TS 5000 ECline door closer, with integrated opening assistance for easy opening, with lever TS 5000 ECline door closer Closing force EN - 5, with back check (without guide rail and lever) TS 5000 L ECline door closer Closing force EN 3-5, with back check (without guide rail and lever) TS 5000 ECline | For single leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail 29 TS … 0 … 0 ECL IN E – O R D E R I N FO R M AT I O N Designation Version ID no. Guide rail BG TS 5000/TS 3000 Standard With lever, use with door closer on leaf installation opposite hinge side silver-coloured 025655 white RAL 9016 029404 black RAL 9005 076490 stainless steel optic1 028732 acc. to RAL3 025656 Guide rail TS 5000/TS 3000 vertically adjustable Height compensation +/- … mm, with lever silver-coloured 115191 acc. to RAL3 115192 Guide rail TS 5000/TS 3000 Standard With lever silver-coloured 068221 white RAL 9016 015695 stainless steel optic1 014945 acc. to RAL3 000773 Guide rail BG lintel installation TS 3/5000 L Guide rail with lever, used with door closer on door leaf installation opposite hinge side silver-coloured 189148 acc. to RAL3 189149 T-Stop guide rail BG TS 5000/TS 3000 With integrated opening restrictor and lever, use with door closer on leaf installation opposite hinge side or with pivot bearing in leaf and transom installation opposite hinge side silver-coloured 102366 white RAL 9016 108482 stainless steel optic1 102367 acc. to RAL3 102368 silver-coloured 102363 white RAL 9016 108481 stainless steel optic1 102364 acc. to RAL3 102365 T-Stop guide rail TS 5000/TS 3000 With integrated opening restrictor and lever INSTALLATION MATERIAL Drilling template door closer For TS 5000/TS 4000/TS 3000/TS 2000 Glass clamping shoe door closer For TS 5000/TS 4000 053134 silver-coloured 057126 white RAL 9016 009491 acc. to RAL3 009494 silver-coloured 001512 white RAL 9016 129252 acc. to RAL3 104515 Mounting plate guide rail BG For standard / ECline / T-Stop / EFS guide rails silver-coloured 124683 acc. to RAL3 124684 Mounting plate door closer For TS 5000/TS 4000 with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 Supplement … silver-coloured 049185 white RAL 9016 068627 galvanised 057956 black RAL 9005 076508 stainless steel optic1 137725 acc. to RAL3 029176 Lintel casing bracket guide rail BG For ECline and T-Stop guide rail silver-coloured 115006 acc. to RAL3 115007 Lintel casing bracket transom installation BG For TS 5000/TS 4000 silver-coloured 049240 acc. to RAL3 104451 silver-coloured 067724 white RAL 9016 067726 stainless steel 072696 acc. to RAL3 000756 Mounting plate guide rail For standard / ECline / T-Stop / EFS guide rail ACCESSORIES Cover cap door closer For TS 5000/TS 5000 L/TS 4000, can only be used for door leaf installation Mechanical hold-open unit For ECline guide rail, retention force adjustable, can be switched on and off, can be overridden2 … Only for dry rooms | … Use on fire protection doors not permissible | … Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes in the price list. 148820 30 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For single leaf doors | TS 5000 TS 5000 Overhead door closer with guide rail for single leaf doors up to 1400 mm leaf width AREAS OF A PP L I CATI O N Fire and smoke protection doors Right and left single-action doors Single-action doors up to 1400 mm leaf width Door leaf installation on hinge side and transom installation on opposite hinge side PR OD UCT FEATUR ES Closing force adjustable of EN2-6 Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Hydraulic latching action which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position Closing speed can be individually adjusted Integrated back check, slows down doors that are thrown open forcefully Visual closing force display for easy control of the setting All functions can be adjusted from the front SP EC IAL V E R S I O N S TS 5000 with mechanical hold-open device, with variable adjustment between 80° and 130° (not permissible for use on fire and smoke protection doors) TS 5000 S door closer with delayed closing which can be adjusted from the front TS 5000 | For single leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail 31 TECHN ICAL DATA FO R D O O R CLO S E R TS 5000 door closer TS 5000 S door closer TS 5000 L door closer PRODUCT FEATURES Closing force acc. to EN 1154 2–6 Leaf width recommended up to 1400 mm Identical design DIN left and DIN right ● ● Product tested in accordance with ● Door closer tested acc. to EN 1154 Suitability for fire protection doors ● ● ● Mounting plate with hole pattern in accordance with EN1154 Supplement ● ● ● Length 287 mm Overall depth 47 mm Height 60 mm FUNCTIONS Closing force adjustable Yes, with variable adjustment Closing speed adjustable ● ● Latching action adjustable ● Yes, via valve Back check integrated Yes, hydraulically adjustable Delayed closing integrated - ● Closing force adjustment position - Front Visual closing force display ● ● ● Safety valve to prevent wilful damage ● ● ● Thermo-constant valves ● ● ● ● = yes | ○ = optional TECHN ICAL DATA FO R G U I D E R A I L Guide rail BG lintel installation TS 3/5000 L Guide rail TS 5000/TS 3000 vertically adjustable Guide rail TS 5000/TS 3000 T-Stop guide rail TS 5000/TS 3000 Length … mm … mm … mm 550 mm Overall depth … mm … mm 33 mm … mm Height … mm … mm 30 mm … mm ○ ○ ● ○ Hold-open unit integrated ○ ○ ○ ○ Height correction possible ● - - - PRODUCT FEATURES FUNCTIONS Opening restrictor integrated ● = yes | ○ = optional 47 135 160 20 287 TS 5000 60 44 38 30,5 100 448,5 428,5 20,5 PR OD UCT S CALE D R AW I N G 32 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For single leaf doors | TS 5000 D OO R LEA F IN STALLAT I O N / H I N G E S I D E TS … 000 VIEW 110 Installation example D I R ECT I N STALLATION 38 ±1 44 ±0,1 44 ± … 38 ±1 33 15 44 ±0,1 Cross-section = direct installation 120 ±1 135 ±0,2 ± … 130 ±0,2 15 428,5 428,5 ± … 15 38 ±1 120 ±1 135 160 ± … 130 160 ±0,2 Fitting dimensions for left-hand door Fitting dimensions for right-hand door I NSTALLATI O N WI TH MOUNTING PLATE 428,5 ±0,2 16 ±0,2 120 ±1 142 ±1 42 ±0,5 65 ±1 16 ±0,2 16 ±0,2 ±0,2 42 ±0,5 65 ±1 33 65 ±1 42 ±0,5 428,5 160 ±0,2 160 ±0,2 120 ±1 142 ±1 … Cross-section = installation with mounting plate Fitting dimensions for left-hand door Fitting dimensions for right-hand door TS 5000 | For single leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail I NSTALLATI O N ON SLIM F RAMES 120 428,5 428,5 ±0,2 16 ±0,2 42 ±0,5 52 ±1 52 ±1 160 ±0,2 160 ±0,2 142 ±1 52 ±1 142 ±1 42 ±0,5 65 … 13 120 ±0,2 16 ±0,2 … Cross-section = installation with mounting plate Fitting dimensions for left-hand door Fitting dimensions for right-hand door TR A N S OM IN STALLAT I O N / H I N G E SI D E TS … 000 L V I EW 110 Installation example 10 44 ±0,2 D I R ECT I N STALLATION 130±1 160±0,2 135±0,2 135±0,2 428,5±0,2 428,5±0,2 130±1 120 38 ±1 120 160±0,2 Cross-section = direct installation Fitting dimensions for left-hand door Fitting dimensions for right-hand door 33 34 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For single leaf doors | TS 5000 I NSTALLATI O N WI TH MOUNTING PLATE 65 ±1 10 16 ±0,2 142±1 120 Cross-section = installation with mounting plate 160±0,2 160±0,2 428,5±0,2 Fitting dimensions for left-hand door 142±1 428,5±0,2 120 Fitting dimensions for right-hand door D OO R LEA F IN STALLAT I O N /O P P O SI TE H I N G E SI DE TS … 000 L VIEW 90 Installation example D I R ECT I N STALLATION 428,5± 0,2 428,5± 0,2 140 44 ± … 38 10 140 Cross-section = direct installation 110 135± 0,2 160± 0,2 Fitting dimensions for right-hand door 135± 0,2 160± 0,2 Fitting dimensions for left-hand door 110 TS 5000 | For single leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail I NSTALLATI O N WITH MOUNTING PLATE 428,5± 0,2 428,5± 0,2 140 65±1 10 140 160± 0,2 16±0,2 122 160± 0,2 122 … Cross-section = installation with mounting plate Fitting dimensions for right-hand door Fitting dimensions for left-hand door I NSTALLATI O N WITH LINTEL CASING BRACKET 7,5 16 80 22,5 … Cross-section = installation with mounting plate and lintel casing bracket TR A N S OM IN STALLAT I O N /O P P O S I TE H I N G E SI DE TS … 000 (BAC K CHEC K N OT EFFECTI VE) V IEW 110 Installation example 35 36 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For single leaf doors | TS 5000 D I R ECT I N STALLATION 160 ±0,2 160 ±0,2 130 ±1 135 ±0,2 135 ±0,2 130 ±1 max. 20 428,5 ±0,2 428,5 120 ±0,2 38 ±1 44 ±0,2 15 120 Cross-section = direct installation Fitting dimensions for right-hand door Fitting dimensions for left-hand door I NSTALLATI O N WI TH MOUNTING PLATE max.15 … 120 160 ±0,2 160±0,2 428,5±0,2 428,5 142 ±1 ±0,2 16 ±0,2 65 ±1 42 ±0,5 142±1 Cross-section = installation with mounting plate Fitting dimensions for right-hand door Fitting dimensions for left-hand door 120 TS 5000 | For single leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail 37 TS … 0 … 0 – OR D E R I N FO R M AT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 5000 door closer Closing force EN 2-6, with back check (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 027333 white RAL 9016 027335 stainless steel face plate 137721 black RAL 9005 076489 TS 5000 S door closer Closing force EN 2-6, with delayed closing and back check (without guide rail and lever) TS 5000 L door closer Closing force EN 2-6, with back check (without guide rail and lever) acc. to RAL2 027336 silver-coloured 107935 white RAL 9016 107937 stainless steel face plate 137722 acc. to RAL2 107938 silver-coloured 027351 white RAL 9016 029400 stainless steel face plate 137723 black RAL 9005 119579 acc. to RAL2 027352 Guide rail TS 5000/TS 3000 vertically adjustable Height compensation +/- … mm, with lever silver-coloured 115191 acc. to RAL2 115192 Guide rail TS 5000/TS 3000 Standard, with lever silver-coloured 068221 white RAL 9016 015695 black RAL 9005 076490 stainless steel optic1 014945 acc. to RAL2 000773 Guide rail BG lintel installation TS 3/5000 L Guide rail with lever, used with door closer on door leaf installation opposite hinge side silver-coloured 189148 acc. to RAL2 189149 T-Stop guide rail TS 5000/TS 3000 With integrated opening restrictor and lever silver-coloured 102363 white RAL 9016 108481 stainless steel optic1 102364 acc. to RAL2 102365 Guide rail BG TS 5000/TS 3000 vertically adjustable Height compensation +/- … mm, with lever, use with door closer on leaf installation opposite hinge side silver-coloured 115193 acc. to RAL2 115194 Guide rail BG TS 5000/TS 3000 Standard With lever, use with door closer on leaf installation opposite hinge side silver-coloured 025655 white RAL 9016 029404 black RAL 9005 198812 stainless steel optic1 028732 acc. to RAL2 025656 INSTALLATION MATERIAL Drilling template door closer For TS 5000/TS 4000/TS 3000/TS 2000 Glass clamping shoe door closer For TS 5000/TS 4000 053134 silver-coloured 057126 white RAL 9016 009491 acc. to RAL2 009494 Mounting plate guide rail For standard / ECline / T-Stop / EFS guide rail silver-coloured 001512 white RAL 9016 129252 acc. to RAL2 104515 Mounting plate door closer For TS 5000/TS 4000 with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 Supplement … silver-coloured 049185 white RAL 9016 068627 black RAL 9005 076508 stainless steel optic1 137725 galvanised 057956 acc. to RAL2 029176 38 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For single leaf doors | TS 5000 TS 500 … – OR D E R I N FO R M AT I O N Designation Version ID no. Lintel casing bracket transom installation BG For TS 5000/TS 4000 silver-coloured 049240 acc. to RAL2 104451 silver-coloured 067724 white RAL 9016 067726 stainless steel 072696 brass 072698 acc. to RAL2 000756 ACCESSORIES Cover cap door closer For TS 5000/TS 5000 L/TS 4000, can only be used for door leaf installation Mechanical hold-open unit For standard / T-Stop / Boxer … mm guide rail, retention force adjustable, can be switched on and off, can be overridden 071924 Flexible opening restrictor for lightweight doors For riveted guide rails, standard guide rails BG & Boxer … mm guide rails 069780 … Only for dry rooms | … Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes in the Price List. TS 5000, Textile and Industry Museum, Augsburg, Germany (Photo: Dirk Wilhelmy) TS 5000 SoftClose | For single leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail TS 5000 SoftClose Overhead door closer with guide rail for single leaf doors up to 1400 mm leaf width with latching action and brake-to-stop function A R EAS O F A P P L I CAT I O N Fire and smoke protection doors Right and left single-action doors Single-action doors up to 1400 mm leaf width Door leaf installation hinge side and transom installation opposite hinge side PR OD UCT F EATUR ES Closing force of EN2-6 with variable adjustment Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Latching action/smooth latching function via valve can be adjusted from the front Closing speed can be individually adjusted Integrated back check, slows down doors that are thrown open forcefully Visual closing force display for easy control of the setting All functions can be adjusted from the front 39 40 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For single leaf doors | TS 5000 SoftClose TECH N ICAL DATA FO R D O O R CLO S E R TS 5000 SoftClose door closer TS 5000 L SoftClose door closer PRODUCT FEATURES Closing force acc. to EN 1154 2–6 3–6 Leaf width recommended up to 1400 mm Identical design DIN left and DIN right ● Product tested in accordance with Door closer tested acc. to EN 1154 Suitability for fire protection doors ● Mounting plate with hole pattern in accordance with EN1154 Supplement ● Length 287 mm Overall depth 47 mm Height 60 mm FUNCTIONS Closing force adjustable Yes, with variable adjustment Closing speed adjustable ● Latching action adjustable Yes, via valve Latching action speed integrated Yes, via valve to brake or accelerate the door between 15° und 0° Back check integrated Yes, hydraulically adjustable Closing force adjustment position Front Visual closing force display ● Safety valve to prevent wilful damage ● Thermo-constant valves ● ● = yes | ○ = optional TECH N ICAL DATA FO R G U I D E R A I L Guide rail TS 5000/TS 3000 vertically adjustable Guide rail TS 5000/TS 3000 T-Stop guide rail TS 5000/TS 3000 Guide rail BG lintel installation TS 3/5000 L … mm … mm … mm 550 mm PRODUCT FEATURES Length Overall depth … mm … mm 33 mm … mm Height … mm … mm 30 mm … mm ○ ○ ● ○ Hold-open unit integrated ○ ○ ○ ○ Height correction possible ● - - - FUNCTIONS Opening restriction integrated ● = yes | ○ = optional TS 5000 SoftClose | For single leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail 41 60 44 38 30,5 100 448,5 428,5 20,5 P R OD UCT SCALE D R AW I N G 47 135 160 20 287 TS 5000 SoftClose D OOR LEA F I N STALLAT I O N / H I N G E SI DE TS … 000 SO FTCLO SE VI EW 110 Installation example DI RECT I N STALLATION Cross-section = direct installation 130 Fitting dimensions for left-hand door 38 ±1 120 ±1 44 ±0,1 44 ± … 38 ±1 33 15 44 ±0,1 ± … 135 160 ± … ±0,2 15 428,5 428,5 ± … 15 38 ±1 120 ±1 135 ±0,2 160 ±0,2 130 Fitting dimensions for right-hand door 42 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For single leaf doors | TS 5000 SoftClose I NSTALLATI O N W ITH MOUNTING PLATE 428,5 ±0,2 42 ±0,5 120 ±1 142 ±1 16 ±0,2 65 ±1 16 ±0,2 16 ±0,2 ±0,2 42 ±0,5 65 ±1 33 65 ±1 42 ±0,5 428,5 120 ±1 142 ±1 160 ±0,2 160 ±0,2 … Cross-section = installation with mounting plate Fitting dimensions for left-hand door Fitting dimensions for right-hand door I NSTALLATI O N O N SLIM F RAMES 120 428,5 428,5 ±0,2 16 ±0,2 42 ±0,5 52 ±1 52 ±1 160 ±0,2 42 ±0,5 142 ±1 160 ±0,2 142 ±1 52 ±1 65 … 13 120 ±0,2 16 ±0,2 … Cross-section = installation with mounting plate Fitting dimensions for left-hand door Fitting dimensions for right-hand door 43 TS 5000 SoftClose | For single leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail T R A N S OM I N STALLAT I O N /O P P O SI TE HI N G E SI DE TS … 000 L SO FTCLO SE VI EW 110 Installation example DI RECT I N STALLATION 10 44 ±0,2 130±1 160±0,2 135±0,2 135±0,2 428,5±0,2 428,5±0,2 130±1 120 38 ±1 120 160±0,2 Cross-section = direct installation Fitting dimensions for left-hand door Fitting dimensions for right-hand door 65 ±1 10 16 ±0,2 I N STALLAT ION WITH MOUNTING PLATE Cross-section = Installation with mounting plate 142±1 120 160±0,2 160±0,2 428,5±0,2 Fitting dimensions for left-hand door 428,5±0,2 142±1 120 Fitting dimensions for right-hand door 44 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For single leaf doors | TS 5000 SoftClose D OO R LEA F IN STALLAT I O N /O P P O SI TE H I N G E SI DE TS … 000 L SO FTCLO SE VIEW 90 Installation example D I R ECT I N STALLATION 428,5± 0,2 428,5± 0,2 140 38 10 140 44 ± … 110 Cross-section = direct installation 135± 0,2 160± 0,2 135± 0,2 160± 0,2 Fitting dimensions for right-hand door 110 Fitting dimensions for left-hand door I NSTALLATI O N WI TH MOUNTING PLATE 428,5± 0,2 428,5± 0,2 140 65±1 10 140 160± 0,2 16±0,2 122 160± 0,2 122 … Cross-section = Installation with mounting plate Fitting dimensions for right-hand door Fitting dimensions for left-hand door 45 TS 5000 SoftClose | For single leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail I N STALLAT ION WITH LINTEL CASING B RACKET 7,5 16 80 22,5 … T R A N S OM I N STALLAT I O N /O P P O SI TE HI N G E SI DE TS … 000 SO FTCLO SE ( BACK CHEC K N OT E F F ECT I V E ) VI EW 110 Installation example DI RECT I N STALLATION 160 ±0,2 160 ±0,2 130 ±1 135 ±0,2 135 ±0,2 130 ±1 120 428,5 ±0,2 428,5 ±0,2 44 ±0,2 38 ±1 15 max. 20 Cross-section = direct installation Fitting dimensions for right-hand door Fitting dimensions for left-hand door 120 46 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For single leaf doors | TS 5000 SoftClose I NSTALLATI O N WI TH MOUNTING PLATE max.15 … 120 160 ±0,2 160±0,2 428,5 428,5±0,2 142 ±1 ±0,2 120 16 ±0,2 65 ±1 42 ±0,5 142±1 Cross-section = Installation with mounting plate Fitting dimensions for right-hand door Fitting dimensions for left-hand door TS 500 … S OFTCLO SE - O R D E R I N FO R M AT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 5000 SoftClose door closer Closing force EN 2-6, with back check and integrated latching action speed with variable adjustment, for door deceleration (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 181792 white RAL 9016 183430 stainless steel face plate 183431 TS 5000 L SoftClose door closer Closing force EN 2-6, with back check and integrated latching action speed with variable adjustment, for door deceleration (without guide rail and lever) acc. to RAL2 181793 silver-coloured 191209 white RAL 9016 191211 stainless steel face plate 191272 acc. to RAL2 191210 Guide rail TS 5000/TS 3000 vertically adjustable Height compensation +/- … mm, with lever silver-coloured 115191 acc. to RAL2 115192 Guide rail TS 5000/TS 3000 Standard, with lever silver-coloured 068221 white RAL 9016 015695 black RAL 9005 076490 stainless steel optic1 014945 acc. to RAL2 000773 Guide rail BG lintel installation TS 3/5000 L Guide rail with lever, used with door closer on door leaf installation opposite hinge side silver-coloured 189148 acc. to RAL2 189149 T-Stop guide rail TS 5000/TS 3000 With integrated opening restrictor and lever silver-coloured 102363 white RAL 9016 108481 stainless steel optic1 102364 acc. to RAL2 102365 Guide rail BG TS 5000/TS 3000 vertically adjustable Height compensation +/- … mm, with lever, use with door closer on leaf installation opposite hinge side silver-coloured 115193 acc. to RAL2 115194 Gleitschiene BG TS 5000/TS 3000 Standard Mit Hebel, Einsatz bei Schließer auf Blattmontage Bandgegenseite silver-coloured 025655 white RAL 9016 029404 black RAL 9005 198812 stainless steel optic1 028732 acc. to RAL2 025656 TS 5000 SoftClose | For single leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail 47 TS … 0 … 0 S O F TCLO SE - O R D E R I N FO R M AT I O N Designation Version ID no. INSTALLATION MATERIAL Drilling template door closer For TS 5000/TS 4000/TS 3000/TS 2000 Glass clamping shoe door closer For TS 5000/TS 4000 Mounting plate guide rail For standard / ECline / T-Stop / EFS guide rail Mounting plate door closer For TS 5000/TS 4000 with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 Supplement … Lintel casing bracket transom installation BG For TS 5000/TS 4000 053134 silver-coloured 057126 white RAL 9016 009491 acc. to RAL2 009494 silver-coloured 001512 white RAL 9016 129252 acc. to RAL2 104515 silver-coloured 049185 white RAL 9016 068627 black RAL 9005 076508 stainless steel optic 137725 galvanised 057956 acc. to RAL2 029176 silver-coloured 049240 acc. to RAL2 104451 silver-coloured 067724 white RAL 9016 067726 stainless steel 072696 brass 072698 acc. to RAL2 000756 ACCESSORIES Cover cap door closer For TS 5000/TS 5000 L/TS 4000, can only be used for door leaf installation Mechanical hold-open unit For standard / T-Stop / Boxer … mm guide rail, retention force adjustable, can be switched on and off, can be overridden 071924 Flexible opening restrictor for lightweight doors For riveted guide rail, standard guide rail BG & Boxer … mm guide rail 069780 … Only for dry rooms | … Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes in the price list. 48 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For single leaf doors | TS 5000 SoftClose TS 5000 E | For single leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail 49 TS 5000 E Overhead door closer with guide rail for single leaf doors up to 1400 mm leaf width with electric hold-open device A R EAS OF A P P L I CATI O N Fire and smoke protection doors Right and left single-action doors Single-action doors up to 1400 mm leaf width Door leaf installation on hinge side Hold-open systems with integrated hold-open unit P R OD UCT F EATU R ES Adjustable closing force of EN2-6 Operating voltage 24 V DC Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Electric hold-open device in the guide rail with hold-open area of 80°-130° Smoke switch control unit can be connected, with a signal that closes the door automatically in the event of a fire Hydraulic latching action which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position Closing speed can be individually adjusted Integrated back check, slows down doors that are thrown open forcefully Visual closing force display for easy control of the setting All functions can be adjusted from the front Query whether the door leaf is held open via the potential-free contact of the electric hold-open device 50 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For single leaf doors | TS 5000 E TECH N ICAL DATA FO R D O O R CLO S E R TS 5000 door closer TS 5000 L door closer TS 5000 ECline door closer TS 5000 L ECline door closer TS 5000 SoftClose door closer Closing force acc. to EN 1154 2–6 2–6 3–5 3–5 2–6 Leaf width recommended up to 1400 mm 1400 mm 1200mm 1250 mm 1400 mm ● ● ● ● ● PRODUCT FEATURES Identical design DIN left and DIN right Product tested in accordance with Door closer tested acc. to EN 1154 Suitability for fire protection doors ● ● ● ● ● Mounting plate with hole pattern in accordance with EN1154 Supplement ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Length 287 mm Overall depth 47 mm Height 60 mm FUNCTIONS Closing force adjustable Closing speed adjustable Yes, with variable adjustment ● ● ● Latching action speed adjustable Yes, via valve* Latching action adjsutable Yes, via valve Back check integrated Yes, hydraulically adjustable Opening assistance integrated Opening assistance can be switched off Closing force adjustment position ● ● ● ● Front Visual closing force display ● ● ● ● ● Safety valve to prevent wilful damage ● ● ● ● ● Thermo-constant valves ● ● ● ● ● ● = yes | ○ = optional | * = to decelerate or accelerate the door between 15° and 0° TECH N ICAL DATA FO R G U I D E R A I L E guide rail TS 5000 E guide rail BG TS 5000 PRODUCT FEATURES Supply voltage 24 V DC Electrical power consumption … W Duty rating 100 % Residual ripple 20 % IP rating IP43 Product tested in accordance with Hold-open device tested acc. to EN 1155 Length … mm Overall depth 40 mm Height 30 mm FUNCTIONS Hold-open unit integrated Hold-open unit can be overridden Hold-open angle Electrical ● ● 80 – 130° above 80° Height correction possible ● ● Flexible opening restrictor ○ ○ ● = yes | ○ = optional TS 5000 E | For single leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail PR OD UCT S CALE D R AW I N G 40 … 20 110 60 44 38 30 … 47 135 160 287 TS 5000 E 40 60 80 44 38 30 … 20 47 TS 5000 L-E 135 160 287 51 52 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For single leaf doors | TS 5000 E D OO R LEA F IN STALLAT I O N / H I N G E SI D E TS … 000 E VIEW … 85 110 Installation example I NSTALLATI O N WI TH MOUNTING PLATE 40 120 … 26 65 ±1 67 42 ± … ±1 43 … ± … 26 … ±1 … ± … 120 142 ±1 160 ± … 142±1 16 ± … 160 ± … 52 Cross-section = installation with mounting plate Fitting dimensions for left-hand door | … = ø 15 line-feed 24 V Fitting dimensions for right-hand door | … = ø 15 line-feed 24 V I NSTALLATI O N O N SLIM F RAMES 40 … ± … 26 … 52 ±1 42 ± … 65 ±1 10 ± … 65 ± … ±1 120 142 ±1 16 ± … 160 ± … Fitting dimensions for left-hand door | … = ø 15 line-feed 24 V … ± … 65 ±1 ± … 16 ± … 42 ±1 Fitting dimensions for right-hand door | … = ø 15 line-feed 24 V 26 … ±1 120 … 52 Cross-section = installation with mounting plate 160 ± … 142 ±1 TS 5000 E | For single leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail D OOR LEA F IN STALLAT I O N /O P P O SI TE HI N G E SI DE TS … 000 L- E V I EW … 105 90 Installation example I NSTALLATI O N WITH MOUNTING PLATE 140 … 26 ± … 5±1 … 80 26± … 39±1 30 10 ± … 40 122 ±1 160 ± … 52 Fitting dimensions for right-hand door | … = ø 15 line-feed 24 V … ± … 140 … 26 5±1 Cross-section = installation with mounting plate 160 ± … Fitting dimensions for left-hand door | … = ø 15 line-feed 24 V 122 ±1 53 54 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For single leaf doors | TS 5000 E I NSTALLATI O N O N SLIM F RAMES 40 … 88 65 26 ± … 10 5±1 … (10 ± … ) 160 ± … 16 ± … 122 ±1 16 65 ±1 23 140 Fitting dimensions for right-hand door | … = ø 15 line-feed 24 V ± … 140 26 88 65 10 … 5±1 … 16 Cross-section = installation with mounting plate Fitting dimensions for left-hand door | … = ø 15 line-feed 24 V 160 ± … 122 ±1 TS 5000 E | For single leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail 55 TS … 0 … 0 E – O R D E R I N FO R M AT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 5000 ECline door closer Closing force EN 3-5, with back check (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 143640 white RAL 9016 143641 stainless steel face plate 143642 TS 5000 door closer Closing force EN 2-6, with back check (without guide rail and lever) acc. to RAL2 143643 silver-coloured 027333 white RAL 9016 027335 stainless steel face plate 137721 black RAL 9005 076489 acc. to RAL2 027336 silver-coloured 181792 TS 5000 SoftClose door closer Closing force EN 2-6, with back check and integrated latching action speed with variable adjustment, for white RAL 9016 183430 door deceleration (without guide rail and lever) stainless steel face plate 183431 E guide rail TS 5000 With electric hold-open device and lever TS 5000 L door closer Closing force EN 2-6, with back check (without guide rail and lever) acc. to RAL2 181793 silver-coloured 116295 white RAL 9016 116297 stainless steel optic1 116298 acc. to RAL2 116299 silver-coloured 027351 white RAL 9016 029400 stainless steel face plate 137723 TS 5000 L ECline door closer Closing force EN 3-5, with back check (without guide rail and lever) black RAL 9005 119579 acc. to RAL2 027352 silver-coloured 143648 white RAL 9016 143649 stainless steel face plate 143650 E guide rail BG TS 5000 With electric hold-open device and lever acc. to RAL2 143651 silver-coloured 120039 white RAL 9016 120040 stainless steel optic1 120071 acc. to RAL2 120072 INSTALLATION MATERIAL Drilling template door closer For TS 5000/TS 4000/TS 3000/TS 2000 053134 Mounting plate guide rail For E guide rail silver-coloured 123294 acc. to RAL2 123295 Mounting plate door closer For TS 5000/TS 4000 with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 Supplement … silver-coloured 049185 white RAL 9016 068627 galvanised 057956 stainless steel optic1 137725 black RAL 9005 076508 acc. to RAL2 029176 Mounting plate guide rail BG For E guide rail silver-coloured 123289 acc. to RAL2 123290 Lintel casing bracket guide rail BG For E guide rail silver-coloured 123322 acc. to RAL2 123323 56 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For single leaf doors | TS 5000 E TS 500 … E – OR D E R I N FO R M AT I O N Designation Version ID no. silver-coloured 067724 white RAL 9016 067726 stainless steel 072696 brass 072698 acc. to RAL2 000756 ACCESSORIES Cover cap door closer For TS 5000/TS 5000 L/TS 4000, can only be used for door leaf installation 145311 Flexible opening restrictor For single leaf guide rails: TS 5000 E/R/RFS (door leaf installation), Boxer E; double leaf: all E/R/ISM variants TS 5000 and Boxer RSZ … smoke switch control unit Smoke switch and power supply for all GEZE hold-open devices silver-coloured 181025 white RAL 9016 185195 stainless steel optic1 184196 acc. to RAL2 185231 195524 FA GC 170 wireless kit Set consisting of: … piece GC 171 wireless module for the wireless extension of GEZE hold-open systems GC 171 wireless module For wireless connection of wireless components (GC 172 wireless smoke detector; GC 173 wireless thermal detector; GC 175 wireless input module for GEZE hold-open systems anthracite 163051 GC 172 wireless smoke detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 195522 GC 173 wireless thermal detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 195523 GC 175 wireless input module For wireless connection of manual trigger switches to the GEZE GC 171 wireless module, applicable for all GEZE hold-open systems black 163068 GC 152 smoke detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-7, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139850 GC 153 wireless thermal detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-5, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139881 AS 500 manual trigger switch For the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices including terminating resistor for line monitoring alpine white/red 116266 AS 500 manual trigger switch (with glass pane and … interchangeable labels) for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices alpine white/red 120880 Surface-mounted box, single Matching the AS 500 switch programme white 120503 Replacement glass pane For manual trigger switch 120880 and 120881 … Only for dry rooms | … Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes in the Price List. 010994 TS 5000 R | For single leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail TS 5000 R Overhead door closer with guide rail for single leaf doors up to 1400 mm leaf width with electric hold-open device and smoke switch A R EAS OF A P P L I CATI O N Fire and smoke protection doors Right and left single-action doors Single-action doors up to 1400 mm leaf width Door leaf installation on hinge side Hold-open systems with integrated hold-open unit Hold-open systems with integrated smoke switch P R OD UCT F EATU R ES Adjustable closing force of EN2-6 Operating voltage 230 V AC Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Electric hold-open device in the guide rail with hold-open area of 80°-130° Integrated smoke switch control unit, with a signal that closes the door automatically in the event of a fire Smoke switch with contamination indicator and adaption of the alarm threshold Additional smoke detectors can be fitted Hydraulic latching action which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position Closing speed can be individually adjusted Integrated back check, slows down doors that are thrown open forcefully Visual closing force display for easy control of the setting All functions can be adjusted from the front Query whether the door leaf is held open via the potential-free contact of the electric hold-open device 57 58 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For single leaf doors | TS 5000 R TECH N ICAL DATA FO R D O O R CLO S E R TS 5000 door closer TS 5000 L door closer TS 5000 ECline door closer TS 5000 L ECline door closer TS 5000 SoftClose door closer Closing force acc. to EN 1154 2–6 2–6 3–5 3–5 2–6 Leaf width recommended up to 1400 mm 1400 mm 1200mm 1250 mm 1400 mm ● ● ● ● ● PRODUCT FEATURES Identical design DIN left and DIN right Product tested in accordance with Door closer tested acc. to EN 1154 Suitability for fire protection doors ● ● ● ● ● Mounting plate with hole pattern in accordance with EN1154 Supplement ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Length 287 mm Overall depth 47 mm Height 60 mm FUNCTIONS Closing force adjustable Closing speed adjustable Yes, with variable adjustment ● ● ● Latching action speed adjustable Yes, via valve* Latching action adjustable Yes, via valve Back check integrated Yes, hydraulically adjustable Opening assistance integrated Opening assistance can be switched off Closing force adjustment position ● ● ● ● Front Visual closing force display ● ● ● ● ● Safety valve to prevent wilful damage ● ● ● ● ● Thermo-constant valves ● ● ● ● ● ● = yes | ○ = optional | * = to decelerate or accelerate the door between 15° and 0° TECH N ICAL DATA FO R G U I D E R A I L R guide rail TS 5000 R guide rail BG TS 5000 PRODUCT FEATURES Supply voltage 230 V 50 Hz Duty rating 100 % IP rating IP20 Product tested in accordance with Hold-open device tested acc. to EN 1155 General official building approval from DIBt as a hold-open system Length 745 mm Overall depth 55 mm Height 30 mm FUNCTIONS Hold-open unit integrated Hold-open unit can be overridden Hold-open angle Integrated smoke switch Electrical ● ● 80 – 130° above 80° ● ● with visual operating state display ● ● with contamination indicator ● ● with adaption of the alarm threshold ● ● Power supply integrated ● ● Height correction possible ● ● Flexible opening restrictor ○ ○ ● = yes | ○ = optional TS 5000 R | For single leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail PR OD UCT S CALE D R AW I N G 55 745 428,5 44 60 … 110 38 30 213,5 20 135 160 47 287 TS 5000 R 55 20 TS 5000 L-R 135 160 287 60 44 38 … 80 30 745 47 59 60 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For single leaf doors | TS 5000 R D OO R LEA F IN STALLAT I O N / H I N G E S I D E TS … 000 R VIEW 775 30 110 Installation example I NSTALLATI O N WI TH MOUNTING PLATE 55 … ± … ± … ± … 142 ±1 16± … 67 42 ± … 65 ±1 43 … ±1 120 … 160 ± … 578 ±2 599 ±2 52 Fitting dimensions for left-hand door | … = ø 15 additional cable | … = ø 15 230 V AC 120 … ± … ±1 … ± … ± … Cross-section = installation with mounting plate (distance R guide rail to the ceiling min. 10 mm) … 2 160 ± … 578 ±2 599 ±2 Fitting dimensions for right-hand door | … = ø 15 additional cable | … = ø 15 230 V AC 142 ±1 TS 5000 R | For single leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail 61 I NSTALLATI O N ON SLIM F RAMES 55 599 ±2 578 ±2 … 599 ±2 578 ±2 … ± … 120 65 ±1 ± … 16± … 42 52 ±1 5±1 … ± … 160 ± … Fitting dimensions for right-hand door | … = ø 15 additional cable | … = ø 15 230 V AC D OOR LEA F IN STALLAT I O N /O P P O SI TE HI N G E SI DE TS … 000 L- R V I EW 795 50 90 Installation example … ± … ±1 52 42± … 160 ± … Fitting dimensions for left-hand door | … = ø 15 additional cable | … = ø 15 230 V AC … ± … Cross-section = installation with mounting plate … 16± … 65 ±1 10 ± … 65 ± … 142 ±1 … ± … 5±1 … ± … 120 142 ±1 62 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For single leaf doors | TS 5000 R I NSTALLATI O N WI TH MOUNTING PLATE … ± … 140 … ± … ±1 39 ±1 30 10 ± … ± … 55 80 26 ± … ±1 160 ± … 122 … 598 ±2 619 ±2 52 Cross-section = installation with mounting plate Fitting dimensions for right-hand door | … = ø 15 additional cable | … = ø 15 230 V AC … ± … ± … ±1 … ± … 140 … 160 ± … ±1 122 598 ±2 619 ±2 Fitting dimensions for left-hand door | … = ø 15 additional cable | … = ø 15 230 V AC I NSTALLATI O N O N SLIM F RAMES 40 23 598 ± … ± … ± … 10 88 65 (10 ± … ) 65 ±1 5±1 140 619 ± … 122 ±1 16 … 16 ± … 160 ± … Fitting dimensions for right-hand door | … = ø 15 additional cable | … = ø 15 230 V AC 619 … ± … 598 ± … ± … ± … 140 88 … 65 10 5±1 … 16 Cross-section = installation with mounting plate 160 ± … Fitting dimensions for left-hand door | … = ø 15 additional cable | … = ø 15 230 V AC 122 ±1 TS 5000 R | For single leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail 63 TS … 0 … 0 E – O R D E R I N FO R M AT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 5000 ECline door closer Closing force EN 3-5, with back check (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 143640 white RAL 9016 143641 stainless steel face plate 143642 TS 5000 door closer Closing force EN 2-6, with back check (without guide rail and lever) acc. to RAL2 143643 silver-coloured 027333 white RAL 9016 027335 stainless steel face plate 137721 black RAL 9005 076489 acc. to RAL2 027336 silver-coloured 181792 TS 5000 SoftClose door closer Closing force EN 2-6, with back check and integrated latching action speed with variable adjustment, for white RAL 9016 183430 door deceleration (without guide rail and lever) stainless steel face plate 183431 R guide rail TS 5000 With electric hold-open device, integrated smoke switch control unit and lever TS 5000 L door closer Closing force EN 2-6, with back check (without guide rail and lever) acc. to RAL2 181793 silver-coloured 116300 white RAL 9016 116302 stainless steel optic1 116303 acc. to RAL2 116304 silver-coloured 027351 white RAL 9016 029400 stainless steel face plate 137723 TS 5000 L ECline door closer Closing force EN 3-5, with back check (without guide rail and lever) black RAL 9005 119579 acc. to RAL2 027352 silver-coloured 143648 white RAL 9016 143649 stainless steel face plate 143650 acc. to RAL2 143651 silver-coloured 120073 white RAL 9016 120074 stainless steel optic1 120075 acc. to RAL2 120076 Mounting plate guide rail for R / RFS guide rail silver-coloured 123296 acc. to RAL2 123297 Mounting plate door closer For TS 5000/TS 4000 with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 Supplement … silver-coloured 049185 white RAL 9016 068627 galvanised 057956 stainless steel optic1 137725 black RAL 9005 076508 R guide rail BG TS 5000 With electric hold-open device, integrated smoke switch control unit and lever INSTALLATION MATERIAL acc. to RAL2 029176 Mounting plate guide rail BG For R guide rails silver-coloured 123311 acc. to RAL2 123312 Lintel casing bracket guide rail BG For R guide rails silver-coloured 123324 acc. to RAL2 123325 64 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For single leaf doors | TS 5000 R TS 500 … E – OR D E R I N FO R M AT I O N Designation Version ID no. ACCESSORIES 195524 FA GC 170 wireless kit Set consisting of: … piece GC 171 wireless module for the wireless extension of GEZE hold-open systems GC 171 wireless module For wireless connection of wireless components (GC 172 wireless smoke detector; GC 173 wireless thermal detector; GC 175 wireless input module for GEZE hold-open systems anthracite 163051 GC 172 wireless smoke detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 195522 GC 173 wireless thermal detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 195523 GC 175 wireless input module For wireless connection of manual trigger switches to the GEZE GC 171 wireless module, applicable for all GEZE hold-open systems black 163068 Cover cap door closer For TS 5000/TS 5000 L/TS 4000, can only be used for door leaf installation silver-coloured 067724 white RAL 9016 067726 stainless steel 072696 brass 072698 acc. to RAL2 000756 145311 Flexible opening restrictor For guide rail 1-leaf: TS 5000 E/R/RFS (door leaf installation), Boxer E; double leaf: all E/R/ISM variants TS 5000 and Boxer GC 152 smoke detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-7, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139850 GC 153 wireless thermal detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-5, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139881 AS 500 manual trigger switch for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices including terminating resistor for line monitoring alpine white/red 116266 AS 500 manual trigger switch (with glass pane and … interchangeable labels) for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices alpine white/red 120880 Surface-mounted box, single Matching the AS 500 switch programme white 120503 Replacement glass pane For 120880 and 120881 manual trigger switch … Only for dry rooms | … Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes in the Price List. 010994 TS 5000 R | For single leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail TS 5000 R door closer, installed at the arts college in Alfter, near Bonn, Germany (photo: Lothar Wels / GEZE GmbH) TS 5000 R door closer, at the arts college in Alfter, near Bonn, Germany (photo: Lothar Wels / GEZE GmbH) 65 66 67 SW ING D O OR For single leaf doors with free swing function To open and close single leaf doors without effort, an overhead door closer with guide rail and free swing function is the right choice for you. GEZE doors with free swing door closers offer another advantage with the unique comfort hold-open function: it makes it possible for doors to be easily locked at the end of the free swing area and held open permanently. This means that your door will remain open, even in a draught, and will close independently, e.g. in the event of a fire. 68 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For single leaf doors with free swing function | TS 5000 EFS 3-6 TS 5000 EFS 3-6 Overhead door closer with guide rail for single leaf doors up to 1400 mm leaf width with electric free swing function AREAS OF A PP L I CATI O N Fire and smoke protection doors Right and left single-action doors Single-action doors up to 1400 mm leaf width Door leaf installation hinge side and transom installation hinge side (different variants) Hold-open systems with integrated hold-open unit with free swing Barrier-free access in accordance with DIN 18040 PR OD UCT FEATUR ES Adjustable closing force of EN3-6 Operating voltage 24 V DC Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Free swing function means comfortable use of the door with little effort Comfort hold-open function locks the door leaf at the end of the free swing area External smoke switch control unit with a signal which closes the door automatically in the event of a fire Hydraulic latching action which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position Closing speed can be individually adjusted Visual closing force display for easy control of the setting All functions can be adjusted from the front TS 5000 EFS 3-6 | For single leaf doors with free swing function | Door closers with guide rail TECHN ICAL DATA FO R D O O R CLO S E R TS 5000 EFS complete package leaf installation TS 5000 EFS complete package transom installation PRODUCT FEATURES Closing force acc. to EN 1154 3–6 Leaf width recommended up to 1400 mm Identical design DIN left and DIN right ● Supply voltage ● 24 V DC Product tested in accordance with Door closer tested acc. to EN 1154 Hold-open device tested acc. to EN 1155 Suitability for fire protection doors ● ● Mounting plate with hole pattern in accordance with EN1154 Supplement ● ● Length 327 mm Overall depth 47 mm Height 60 mm FUNCTIONS Free swing function ● Free swing area 85 – 170° Closing force adjustable Closing speed adjustable ● Yes, with variable adjustment ● Latching action adjustable ● Yes, via valve Back check integrated No Closing force adjustment position Front Visual closing force display ● ● Safety valve to prevent wilful damage ● ● Thermo-constant valves ● ● ● = yes | ○ = optional PR OD UCT S CALE D R AW I N G TS 5000 EFS 3-6 69 70 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For single leaf doors with free swing function | TS 5000 EFS 3-6 D OO R LEA F IN STALLAT I O N / H I N G E S I D E TS … 000 EFS VIEW max.70 Installation example I NSTALLATI O N WI TH MOUNTING PLATE ±1 … 120 85,5 … ±0,2 37 142±1 Cross-section = installation with mounting plate 120 ±1 85,5 37 … ±0,2 160 ±0,2 Fitting dimensions for left-hand door | … = with concealed line-feed 24 V (ø 15) 160 ±0,2 ±1 142 Fitting dimensions for right-hand door | … = with concealed line-feed 24 V (ø 15) TS 5000 EFS 3-6 | For single leaf doors with free swing function | Door closers with guide rail 71 TR A N S OM IN STALLAT I O N / H I N G E SI D E TS … 000 EFS V I EW 70 327 108 … Installation example I NSTALLAT I O N WITH MOUNTING PLATE 16 ± … 52 160 ±0,2 … 1 160 ±0,2 142±1 85,5 10 50 50 65 ±1 142 ±1 85,5 120±1 Cross-section = installation with mounting plate … ±0,2 Fitting dimensions for left-hand door | … = linefeed 24 V (ø 15) … ±0,2 ±1 120 Fitting dimensions for right-hand door | … = linefeed 24 V (ø 15) 72 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For single leaf doors with free swing function | TS 5000 EFS 3-6 TS 500 … E FS – ORD E R I N FO R M AT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 5000 EFS complete package leaf installation Closing force EN 3-6, door leaf installation on the hinge side, with electric free swing function, with guide rail and lever with comfort hold-open function silver-coloured 155477 white RAL 9016 162083 stainless steel optic1 162084 acc. to RAL2 155478 silver-coloured 155479 stainless steel optic1 162085 acc. to RAL2 155480 silver-coloured 001512 white RAL 9016 129252 acc. to RAL2 104515 silver-coloured 059107 acc. to RAL2 100044 silver-coloured 181025 white RAL 9016 185195 stainless steel optic1 184196 acc. to RAL2 185231 TS 5000 EFS complete package transom installation Closing force EN 3-6, transom installation on the hinge side, with electric free swing function, with guide rail and lever with comfort hold-open function INSTALLATION MATERIAL Mounting plate guide rail For standard / ECline / T-Stop / EFS guide rail Mounting plate door closer For TS 5000 EFS / RFS / E Hy / TS 4000 E with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 Supplement … ACCESSORIES RSZ … smoke switch control unit Smoke switch and power supply for all GEZE hold-open devices 195524 FA GC 170 wireless kit Set consisting of: … piece GC 171 wireless module for the wireless extension of GEZE hold-open system GC 171 wireless module For the wireless connection of wireless components (GC 172 wireless smoke detector; GC 173 wireless thermal detector; GC 175 wireless input module) on GEZE hold-open systems anthracite 163051 GC 172 wireless smoke detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 195522 GC 173 wireless thermal detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 195523 GC 175 wireless input module For wireless connection of manual trigger switches to the GEZE GC 171 wireless module, applicable for all GEZE hold-open systems black 163068 GC 152 smoke detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-7, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139850 GC 153 wireless thermal detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-5, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139881 AS 500 manual trigger switch For the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices including terminating resistor for line monitoring alpine white/red 116266 AS 500 manual trigger switch (with glass pane and … interchangeable labels) for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices alpine white/red 120880 Surface-mounted box, single Matching the AS 500 switch programme white 120503 Replacement glass pane for manual trigger switch 120880 and 120881 … Only for dry rooms | … Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes in the Price List. 010994 TS 5000 RFS 3-6 | For single leaf doors with free swing function | Door closers with guide rail TS 5000 RFS 3-6 Overhead door closer with guide rail for single leaf doors up to 1400 mm leaf width with electric free swing function and smoke switch control unit A R EAS OF A P P L I CATI O N Fire and smoke protection doors Right and left single-action doors Single-action doors up to 1400 mm leaf width Door leaf installation on hinge side Hold-open systems with integrated hold-open unit with free swing Barrier-free access in accordance with DIN 18040 P R OD UCT F EATU R ES Adjustable closing force of EN3-6 Operating voltage 230 V AC Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Free swing function after opening the door to approx. 90° Comfort hold-open function locks the door leaf at the end of the free swing area Integrated smoke switch control unit, with a signal that closes the door automatically in the event of a fire Smoke switch with contamination indicator and adaption of the alarm threshold Additional smoke detectors can be fitted Hydraulic latching action which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position Closing speed can be individually adjusted Visual closing force display for easy control of the setting All functions can be adjusted from the front 73 74 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For single leaf doors with free swing function | TS 5000 RFS 3-6 TECH N ICAL DATA FO R D O O R CLO S E R TS 5000 RFS 3-6 complete package door leaf installation TS 5000 RFS 3-6 complete package transom installation PRODUCT FEATURES Closing force acc. to EN 1154 3–6 Leaf width recommended up to 1400 mm Identical design DIN left and DIN right ● ● Supply voltage 230 V 50 Hz Product tested in accordance with Door closer tested acc. to EN 1154 Hold-open device tested acc. to EN 1155 General official building approval from DIBt as a hold-open system Suitability for fire protection doors ● ● Mounting plate with hole pattern in accordance with EN1154 Supplement ● ● Length 327 mm 548 mm Overall depth 47 mm 66 mm Height 60 mm 65 mm ● ● FUNCTIONS Free swing function Free swing area 85 – 170° Closing force adjustable Yes, with variable adjustment Closing speed adjustable ● ● Latching action adjustable Yes, via valve Back check integrated No Closing force adjustment position Front Visual closing force display ● ● Safety valve to prevent wilful damage ● ● Thermo-constant valves ● ● Integrated smoke switch ● ● with visual operating state display ● ● with contamination indicator ● ● with adaption of the alarm threshold ● ● Power supply integrated ● ● Flexible opening restrictor ○ ● = yes | ○ = optional PRO D UCT S CALE D R AW I N G 55 54 60 120 110 30 745 47 TS 5000 RFS 3-6 33 327 75 TS 5000 RFS 3-6 | For single leaf doors with free swing function | Door closers with guide rail D OOR LEA F IN STALLAT I O N / H I N G E S I D E TS … 000 R FS … - … V I EW Installation example I NSTALLAT I O N WITH MOUNTING PLATE 43 55 … 160 ± … 578 ±2 599 ±2 Cross-section = installation with mounting plate Fitting dimensions for left-hand door | … = with concealed line-feed 24 V | … = ø 15 230 V AC | … = ø 15 line-feed TS 5000 E Hy 24 V … ± … 120 … 37 37 … 142 ±1 … ± … 5±1 5±1 42 67 16 … ± … 5± … ± … 120 … 5± … 65 … 2 160 ± … 142±1 578 ±2 599 ±2 Fitting dimensions for right-hand door | … = with concealed line-feed 24 V | … = ø 15 230 V AC | … = ø 15 line-feed TS 5000 E Hy 24 V 76 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For single leaf doors with free swing function | TS 5000 RFS 3-6 TRAN S OM IN STALLAT I O N / H I N G E S I D E TS 5000 RFS … - … VIEW 66 Installation example D I R ECT I N STALLATION 590 590 16 … 160 ± … 135 ± … 16 … 26 160 ± … 135 ± … 26 130 ±1 130 ±1 30 120 ±1 … ± … 37 37 10 38 112 65 44±0,1 66 … ± … 120 ±1 33 Cross-section = direct installation Fitting dimensions for left-hand door | … = line-feed 230 V Fitting dimensions for right-hand door | … = line-feed 230 V TS 5000 RFS 3-6 | For single leaf doors with free swing function | Door closers with guide rail 77 TS … 0 … 0 R FS … - … – O R D E R I N FO R M AT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 5000 RFS 3-6 complete package door leaf installation Closing force EN 3-6, transom installation on the hinge side, with electric free swing function, with guide rail and lever with comfort hold-open function silver-coloured 155481 white RAL 9016 162086 stainless steel optic1 162087 acc. to RAL2 155482 silver-coloured 155484 acc. to RAL2 155485 Mounting plate guide rail For E guide rail silver-coloured 123294 acc. to RAL2 123295 Mounting plate guide rail for R / RFS guide rail silver-coloured 123296 acc. to RAL2 123297 Mounting plate door closer For TS 5000 RFS KM/TS 4000 R & R-IS with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 Supplement … black 058808 Mounting plate door closer For TS 5000 EFS / RFS / E Hy / TS 4000 E with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 Supplement … silver-coloured 059107 acc. to RAL2 100044 TS 5000 RFS 3-6 complete package transom installation Closing force EN 3-6, transom installation on the hinge side, with electric free swing function, integrated smoke switch control unit, guide rail and lever with comfort holdopen function INSTALLATION MATERIAL ACCESSORIES 195524 FA GC 170 wireless kit Set consisting of: … piece GC 171 wireless module for the wireless extension of GEZE hold-open systems GC 171 wireless module for the wireless connection of wireless components (GC 172 wireless smoke detector; GC 173 wireless thermal detector; GC 175 wireless input module) on GEZE hold-open systems anthracite 163051 GC 172 wireless smoke detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 195522 GC 173 wireless thermal detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 195523 GC 175 wireless input module for wireless connection of manual trigger switches to the GEZE GC 171 wireless module, applicable for all GEZE hold-open systems black 163068 145311 Flexible opening restrictor For guide rail 1-leaf: TS 5000 E/R/RFS (door leaf installation), Boxer E; double leaf: all E/R/ISM variants TS 5000 and Boxer GC 152 smoke detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-7, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139850 GC 153 wireless thermal detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-5, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139881 AS 500 manual trigger switch for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices including terminating resistor for line monitoring alpine white/red 116266 AS 500 manual trigger switch (with glass pane and … interchangeable labels) for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices alpine white/red 120880 Surface-mounted box, single Matching the AS 500 switch programme white 120503 Replacement glass pane for manual trigger switch 120880 and 120881 … Only for dry rooms | … Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes in the Price List. 010994 78 79 SW ING D O OR For double leaf doors The correct and, even more so, reliable closing sequence of the door closer system is especially important for double leaf doors. So: When the door closes, the active leaf must remain in the waiting position until the passive leaf is closed – and until the active leaf is released by the closing sequence control. Our overhead door closers with guide rails offer you various specific setting options and make your door and gate systems safe, efficient and barrier-free. Learn about our door closer solutions. 80 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For double leaf doors | TS 5000 ISM ECline TS 5000 ISM ECline Overhead door closer system with guide rail for barrier-free, easy-to-open double leaf doors up to 1250 mm leaf width in accordance with DIN 18040 with integrated closing sequence control AREAS OF A PP L I CATI O N Fire and smoke protection doors system with two TS 5000 ECline door closers and ISM guide rail Right and left double leaf single-action doors Symmetrical and asymmetrical division of door possible Single-action doors up to 2500 mm hinge clearance and 1250 mm leaf width Minimum hinge clearance 1300 mm, minimum width of passive leaf 400 mm Door leaf installation on hinge side Barrier-free access in accordance with DIN 18040 up to EN5 PR OD UCT FEATUR ES System with two TS 5000 ECline door closers and ISM guide rail Barrier-free access in accordance with DIN 18040 up to EN5 (1250 mm leaf width) Adjustable closing force of EN3-5 with variable adjustment Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Closing sequence control holds the active leaf in the waiting position until the passive leaf is closed Hydraulic latching action which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position Closing speed can be individually adjusted Integrated back check, slows down doors that are thrown open forcefully Visual closing force display for easy control of the setting All functions can be adjusted from the front and less installation time compared to standard systems TS 5000 ISM ECline | For double leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail 81 TECHN ICAL DATA FO R D O O R CLO S E R TS 5000 ECline door closer TS 5000 L ECline door closer PRODUCT FEATURES Closing force acc. to EN 1154 3–5 Leaf width recommended up to 1250 mm Identical design DIN left and DIN right Product tested in accordance with Suitability for fire protection doors ● ● Door closer tested acc. to EN 1154, DIN 18040 up to EN5 (1250 mm leaf width) ● ● Length 287 mm Overall depth 47 mm Height 60 mm FUNCTIONS Closing force adjustable Closing speed adjustable Yes, with variable adjustment ● ● Latching action adjustable Yes, via valve Back check integrated Yes, hydraulically adjustable Closing force adjustment position Front Visual closing force display ● ● Safety valve to prevent wilful damage ● ● Thermo-constant valves ● ● ISM guide rail TS 5000 ISM guide rail BG TS 5000 ● = yes | ○ = optional TECHN ICAL DATA FO R G U I D E R A I L PRODUCT FEATURES Product tested in accordance with Closing sequence control tested acc. to EN 1158 Length 2630 mm Overall depth 40 mm Height 2730 mm 55 mm 30 mm FUNCTIONS Flexible opening restrictor ● ● Height correction possible ● ● Closing sequence control integrated ● ● ● = yes | ○ = optional 82 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For double leaf doors | TS 5000 ISM ECline PRO D UCT S CALE D R AW I N G 60 110 30 40 287 47 TS 5000 ISM ECline 60 110 30 55 287 47 TS 5000 L-ISM ECline TS 5000 ISM ECline | For double leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail D OOR LEA F IN STALLAT I O N / H I N G E S I D E TS … 000 I SM ECLI N E V I EW … 85 85 … 110 … 3 … 110 … Installation example | … = ISM guide rail | … = middle section may be cut to size | … = TS 5000 ECline | … = active leaf | … = passive leaf D I R ECT I N STALLATION 40 428,5 ±0,2 428,5 ±0,2 120 67 44 ±0,1 15 38 43 120 130 135 ±0,2 160 ±0,2 135±0,2 160±0,2 130 47 Cross-section = direct installation Fitting dimensions I NSTALLATI O N WITH MOUNTING PLATE 43 40 428,5 ±0,2 428,5 ±0,2 120 16 ±0,2 67 42 ±0,5 65 ±01 120 142 ±1 160 ±0,2 52 Cross-section = installation with mounting plate Fitting dimensions 160 ±0,2 142 ±1 83 84 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For double leaf doors | TS 5000 ISM ECline D OO R LEA F IN STALLAT I O N /O P P O SI TE H I N G E SI DE TS … 000 L- I SM ECLI N E VIEW 35 35 … 2 90 90 … 3 … 5 Installation example | … = ISM guide rail BG | … = middle section may be cut to size | … = TS 5000 L | … = active leaf | … = passive leaf D I R ECT I N STALLATION 10±0,5 140 Cross-section = direct installation 110 440±0,2 440±0,2 135±0,2 160±0,2 140 135±0,2 160±0,2 110 44±0,1 80 38 30 55 Fitting dimensions right-hand leaf = active leaf, left-hand leaf = passive leaf 140 110 440±0,2 135±0,2 160±0,2 Fitting dimensions right-hand leaf = passive leaf, left-hand leaf = active leaf 140 440±0,2 135±0,2 160±0,2 110 TS 5000 ISM ECline | For double leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail I NSTALLATI O N WITH MOUNTING PLATE 10±0,5 440±0,2 140 122±1 140 440±0,2 160±0,2 160±0,2 122±1 16±0,2 80 65±1 30 55 Cross-section = installation with mounting plate Fitting dimensions right-hand leaf = passive leaf, left-hand leaf = active leaf 140 122±1 440±0,2 160±0,2 Fitting dimensions right-hand leaf = active leaf, left-hand leaf = passive leaf 140 440±0,2 160±0,2 122±1 85 86 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For double leaf doors | TS 5000 ISM ECline TS 500 … IS M ECL I N E – O R D E R I N FO R M AT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 5000 ECline door closer Closing force EN 3-5, with back check (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 143640 white RAL 9016 143641 stainless steel face plate 143642 TS 5000 L ECline door closer Closing force EN 3-5, with back check (without guide rail and lever) acc. to RAL2 143643 silver-coloured 143648 white RAL 9016 143649 stainless steel face plate 143650 acc. to RAL2 143651 silver-coloured 115594 white RAL 9016 115595 stainless steel optic1 115596 black RAL 9005 198813 acc. to RAL2 115597 silver-coloured 115549 white RAL 9016 115591 stainless steel optic1 115592 black RAL 9005 198813 acc. to RAL2 115593 Mounting plate guide rail for ISM / E-ISM guide rail silver-coloured 118702 acc. to RAL2 118703 Mounting plate guide rail BG For ISM / E-ISM / R-ISM guide rail BG & VP versions silver-coloured 118704 acc. to RAL2 118705 Mounting plate door closer For TS 5000/TS 4000 with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 Supplement … silver-coloured 049185 white RAL 9016 068627 galvanised 057956 stainless steel optic1 137725 black RAL 9005 076508 acc. to RAL2 029176 ISM guide rail BG TS 5000 Continuous, with integrated closing sequence control and levers ISM guide rail TS 5000 Continuous, with integrated closing sequence control and levers INSTALLATION MATERIAL TS 5000 ISM ECline | For double leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail 87 TS … 0 … 0 IS M ECLI N E – O R D E R I N FO R M AT I O N Designation Version ID no. Surface-mounted box, single Matching the AS 500 switch programme alpine white 120503 CB flex For use on all double leaf rebated doors. Concealed length adjustment with variable adjustment up to 210 mm leaf protrusion, hinged mechanism not visible, profile can be shortened if necessary, with attachment material silver-coloured 153602 white RAL 9016 182652 black RAL 9005 195798 acc. to RAL2 153728 silver-coloured 199544 white RAL 9016 199546 acc. to RAL2 199951 ACCESSORIES Ramp up wedge For use with the GEZE CB flex carry bar Magnetic counter plate for hold-open magnets Version with adjustable joint 115956 Magnetic counter plate for hold-open magnets Standard version, rubber support 115954 AS 500 manual trigger switch For the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices including terminating resistor for line monitoring alpine white/red 116266 AS 500 manual trigger switch (with glass pane and … interchangeable labels) for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices including terminating resistor for line monitoring alpine white/red 120880 154766 Mechanical hold-open unit For ISM guide rail / ISM BG guide rail with ECline ISM / ISM BG retrofit kit on the active leaf GC 152 smoke detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-7, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems FA GC 150, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139850 GC 153 wireless thermal detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-5, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems FA GC 150, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139881 Hold-open magnet 24 V DC – 490 N retention force, approved for all GEZE smoke switch control units, Floor-mounted, with sturdy aluminium housing 115951 Hold-open magnet 24 V DC – 490 N retention force, approved for all GEZE smoke switch control units, Basic model, without mounting plate, rear screw connection 115830 Hold-open magnet 24 V DC – 490 N retention force, approved for all GEZE smoke switch control units, wall/ceiling installation, standpipe 185 m, easy to shorten, magnetic head bendable through 90° 115952 Hold-open magnet 24 V DC – 490 N retention force, approved for all GEZE smoke switch control units, wall/ceiling installation, standpipe 335 mm, easy to shorten, magnetic head bendable through 90° 115953 Hold-open magnet 24 V DC – 490 N retention force, approved for all GEZE smoke switch control units, wall installation surface-mounted installation or floor mounting with accessories base 155569 Hold-open magnet 24 V DC – 490 N retention force, approved for all GEZE smoke switch control units, flush-mounted wall installation 155567 Hold-open magnet 24 V DC – 490 N retention force, approved for all GEZE smoke switch control units, wall installation with base 65 mm 155573 Hold-open magnet 24 V DC – 490 N retention force, approved for all GEZE smoke switch control units, wall mounting, with base plate 115829 Retrofit kit ECline ISM/ISM BG Power storage for use on the active leaf in double leaf guide rails ISM and ISM BG, opening assistance for greater operating convenience 154767 Base for floor mounting for hold-open magnet Base for hold-open magnet surface mounted 155574 … Only for dry rooms | … Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes in the Price List. 88 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For double leaf doors | TS 5000 ISM TS 5000 ISM Overhead door closer system with guide rail for double leaf doors with closing sequence control AREAS OF A PP L I CATI O N Fire and smoke protection doors Double leaf single-action doors Symmetrical and asymmetrical division of door possible Single-action doors up to 2800 mm hinge clearance, 1400 mm leaf width and overlength up to 3200 mm Minimum hinge clearance 1300 mm, minimum width of passive leaf 400 mm Door leaf installation on hinge side PR OD UCT FEATUR ES System made of two TS 5000 door closers and an ISM guide rail Adjustable closing force of EN2-6 Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Closing sequence control holds the active leaf in the waiting position until the passive leaf is closed Hydraulic latching action which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position Closing speed can be individually adjusted Integrated back check, slows down doors that are thrown open forcefully Visual closing force display for easy control of the setting All functions can be adjusted from the front TS 5000 ISM | For double leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail 89 2–6/L3–6 TS 5000 ECline / TS 5000 L ECline TS 5000 / TS 5000 L TS 5000 SoftClose PRODUCT FEATURES Closing force acc. to EN 1154 3–5 2–6 2–6 Leaf width recommended up to 1250 mm 1400 mm 1400 mm ● ● Identical design DIN left and DIN right ● Product tested in accordance with Door closer tested acc. to EN 1154 Suitability for fire protection doors ● ● ● Mounting plate with hole pattern in accordance with EN1154 Supplement ● ● ● Length 287 mm Overall depth 47 mm Height 60 mm FUNCTIONS Closing force adjustable Closing speed adjustable Yes, with variable adjustment ● ● ● Latching action speed adjustable Yes, via valve* Latching action adjustable Yes, via valve Back check integrated Yes, hydraulically adjustable Closing force adjustment position Front Visual closing force display ● ● ● Safety valve to prevent wilful damage ● ● ● Thermo-constant valves ● ● ● ● = yes | ○ = optional | * = to decelerate or accelerate the door between 15° and 0° TECHN ICAL DATA FO R G U I D E R A I L ISM guide rail TS 5000 ISM guide rail BG TS 5000 ISM guide rail BG VPK TS 5000 complete package Minimum hinge clearance 1300 mm 1360 mm 1300 mm Minimum passive leaf width 400 mm 380 mm 380 mm Closing sequence control tested acc. to EN 1158 Closing sequence control tested acc. to EN 1158 Door closer tested acc. to EN 1154 Closing sequence control tested acc. to EN 1158 Length 2630 mm 2730 mm 2730 mm Overall depth 40 mm 55 mm 55 mm PRODUCT FEATURES Product tested in accordance with Height 30 mm FUNCTIONS Closing sequence control integrated ● ● ● Hold-open unit hold-open magnet ○/○ ○/○ ○/○ Height correction possible ● ● ● Flexible opening restrictor ○ ○ ○ ● = yes | ○ = optional 90 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For double leaf doors | TS 5000 ISM PRO D UCT S CALE D R AW I N G 60 110 30 40 287 47 TS 5000 ISM 60 110 30 55 287 47 TS 5000 L-ISM / TS 5000 L-ISM VPK TS 5000 ISM | For double leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail D OOR LEA F IN STALLAT I O N / H I N G E S I D E TS … 000 I SM V I EW … 85 85 … 110 … 3 … 110 … Installation example | … = ISM guide rail | … = middle section may be cut to size | … = TS 5000 | … = Active leaf | … = Passive leaf D I R ECT I N STALLATION 40 428,5 ±0,2 428,5 ±0,2 120 67 44 ±0,1 15 38 43 120 130 135 ±0,2 160 ±0,2 135±0,2 160±0,2 130 47 Cross-section = direct installation Fitting dimensions I NSTALLATI O N WITH MOUNTING PLATE 43 40 428,5 ±0,2 428,5 ±0,2 120 65 ±01 16 ±0,2 67 42 ±0,5 120 142 ±1 160 ±0,2 52 Cross-section = installation with mounting plate Fitting dimensions 160 ±0,2 142 ±1 91 92 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For double leaf doors | TS 5000 ISM D OO R LEA F IN STALLAT I O N /O P P O SI TE H I N G E SI DE TS … 000 L- I SM VIEW 35 35 … 2 90 90 … 3 … 5 Installation example | … = ISM guide rail BG | … = middle section may be cut to size | … = TS 5000 L | … = active leaf | … = passive leaf D I R ECT I N STALLATION 10±0,5 140 Cross-section = direct installation 110 440±0,2 440±0,2 135±0,2 160±0,2 140 135±0,2 160±0,2 110 44±0,1 80 38 30 55 Fitting dimensions right-hand leaf = active leaf, left-hand leaf = passive leaf 140 110 440±0,2 135±0,2 160±0,2 Fitting dimensions right-hand leaf = passive leaf, left-hand leaf = active leaf 140 440±0,2 135±0,2 160±0,2 110 TS 5000 ISM | For double leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail 93 I NSTALLATI O N WITH MOUNTING PLATE 160±0,2 160±0,2 122±1 16±0,2 80 122±1 140 440±0,2 440±0,2 140 65±1 30 10±0,5 55 Cross-section = installation with mounting plate Fitting dimensions right-hand leaf = passive leaf, left-hand leaf = active leaf 140 122±1 440±0,2 140 440±0,2 160±0,2 122±1 160±0,2 Fitting dimensions right-hand leaf = active leaf, left-hand leaf = passive leaf D OOR LEA F IN STALLAT I O N /O P P O SI TE HI N G E SI DE TS … 000 L- I SM VPK V I EW 35 35 … 2 90 … 5 … 4 90 Installation example | … = ISM guide rail BG VPK | … = middle section may be cut to size | … = TS 5000 L-IS | … = TS 5000 L | … = active leaf | … = passive leaf 94 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For double leaf doors | TS 5000 ISM D I R ECT I N STALLATION 440±0,2 110 135±0,2 160±0,2 175 135±0,2 160±0,2 110 44±0,1 80 440±0,2 175 38 30 10±0,5 55 Cross-section = direct installation Fitting dimensions right-hand leaf = active leaf, left-hand leaf = passive leaf 440±0,2 175 440±0,2 110 135±0,2 160±0,2 175 135±0,2 160±0,2 110 Fitting dimensions right-hand leaf = passive leaf, left-hand leaf = active leaf I NSTALLATI O N WI TH MOUNTING PLATE 10±0,5 440±0,2 175 122±1 440±0,2 160±0,2 175 160±0,2 122±1 16±0,2 80 65±1 30 55 Cross-section = installation with mounting plate Fitting dimensions right-hand leaf = passive leaf, left-hand leaf = active leaf 440±0,2 175 122±1 160±0,2 Fitting dimensions right-hand leaf = active leaf, left-hand leaf = passive leaf 440±0,2 175 160±0,2 122±1 TS 5000 ISM | For double leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail 95 TS … 0 … 0 IS M – O R D E R I N FO R M AT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 5000 ECline door closer Closing force EN 3-5, with back check (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 143640 white RAL 9016 143641 stainless steel face plate 143642 TS 5000 door closer Closing force EN 2-6, with back check (without guide rail and lever) acc. to RAL2 143643 silver-coloured 027333 white RAL 9016 027335 stainless steel face plate 137721 TS 5000 SoftClose door closer Closing force EN 2-6, with back check and integrated latching action speed with variable adjustment, for door deceleration (without guide rail and lever) black RAL 9005 076489 acc. to RAL2 027336 silver-coloured 181792 white RAL 9016 183430 stainless steel face plate 183431 ISM guide rail TS 5000 Continuous, with integrated closing sequence control and levers acc. to RAL2 181793 silver-coloured 115549 white RAL 9016 115591 stainless steel optic1 115592 black RAL 9005 198813 acc. to RAL2 115593 ISM guide rail TS 5000 extra length Continuous, overlength up to 3200 mm, with integrated closing sequence control and levers silver-coloured 115598 acc. to RAL2 115599 TS 5000 L door closer Closing force EN 2-6, with back check (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 027351 white RAL 9016 029400 stainless steel face plate 137723 TS 5000 L ECline door closer Closing force EN 3-5, with back check (without guide rail and lever) acc. to RAL2 027352 silver-coloured 143648 white RAL 9016 143649 stainless steel face plate 143650 acc. to RAL2 143651 silver-coloured 115594 white RAL 9016 115595 stainless steel optic1 115596 black RAL 9005 198814 acc. to RAL2 115597 silver-coloured 182642 white RAL 9016 182650 black RAL 9005 195794 acc. to RAL2 182643 Mounting plate guide rail For ISM- / E-ISM guide rails silver-coloured 118702 acc. to RAL2 118703 Mounting plate door closer For TS 5000/TS 4000 with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 Supplement … silver-coloured 049185 white RAL 9016 068627 galvanised 057956 stainless steel optic1 137725 black RAL 9005 076508 acc. to RAL2 029176 Mounting plate guide rail BG For ISM / E-ISM / R-ISM guide rail BG & VP versions silver-coloured 118704 acc. to RAL2 118705 Lintel casing bracket guide rail BG For ISM / E-ISM / R-ISM guide rail BG silver-coloured 118706 acc. to RAL2 118707 ISM guide rail BG TS 5000 Continuous, with integrated closing sequence control and levers ISM guide rail BG VPK TS 5000 complete package System solution for general use on full panic doors comprising … x TS 5000 L, … x TS 5000 L-IS, … x CB flex, … x ISM BG guide rail, continuous, with integrated release mechanism and levers INSTALLATION MATERIAL 96 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For double leaf doors | TS 5000 ISM TS 500 … IS M – OR D E R I N FO R M AT I O N Designation Version ID no. Mounting plate guide rail BG For ISM/E-ISM BG VPK guide rail silver-coloured 139757 acc. to RAL2 139760 Lintel casing bracket guide rail BG For ISM/E-ISM BG VPK guide rail silver-coloured 139710 acc. to RAL2 139763 silver-coloured 067724 white RAL 9016 067726 stainless steel 072696 brass 072698 acc. to RAL2 000756 ACCESSORIES Cover cap door closer For TS 5000/TS 5000 L/TS 4000, can only be used for door leaf installation Mechanical hold-open unit For ISM guide rail, retention force adjustable, can be overridden 118437 Flexible opening restrictor For single leaf guide rails: TS 5000 E/R/RFS (door leaf installation), Boxer E; double leaf: all E/R/ISM variants TS 5000 and Boxer 145311 CB flex For use on all double leaf rebated doors. Concealed length adjustment with variable adjustment up to 210 mm leaf protrusion, hinged mechanism not visible, profile can be shortened if necessary, with attachment material Ramp up wedge For use with the GEZE CB flex carry bar silver-coloured 153602 white RAL 9016 182652 black RAL 9005 195798 acc. to RAL2 153728 silver-coloured 199544 white RAL 9016 199546 acc. to RAL2 199951 Hold-open magnet 24 V DC – 490 N retention force, approved for all smoke switch control units, Wall installation surface-mounted installation or floor mounting with accessories base 155569 Hold-open magnet 24 V DC – 490 N retention force, approved for all GEZE smoke switch control units Flush-mounted wall installation 155567 Magnetic counter plate for hold-open magnets Version with adjustable joint 115956 … Only for dry rooms | … Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes in the Price List. TS 5000 E-ISM | For double leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail TS 5000 E-ISM Overhead door closer system with guide rail for double leaf doors with closing sequence control and electric hold-open device A R EAS OF A P P L I CATI O N Fire and smoke protection doors Double leaf single-action doors Symmetrical and asymmetrical division of door possible Single-action doors up to 2800 mm hinge clearance, 1400 mm leaf width and overlength up to 3200 mm Door leaf installation on hinge side Hold-open systems with integrated hold-open unit P R OD UCT F EATU R ES System with two TS 5000 door closers and an E-ISM guide rail Adjustable closing force of EN2-6 Operating voltage 24 V DC Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Electric hold-open device in the guide rail with hold-open area of 80°-130° Closing sequence control holds the active leaf in the waiting position until the passive leaf is closed Hydraulic latching action which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position Closing speed can be individually adjusted Integrated back check, slows down doors that are thrown open forcefully Visual closing force display for easy control of the setting All functions can be adjusted from the front Query whether the door leaf is held open via the potential-free contact of the electric hold-open device 97 98 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For double leaf doors | TS 5000 E-ISM TECH N ICAL DATA FO R D O O R CLO S E R TS 5000 ECline / TS 5000 L ECline TS 5000 / TS 5000 L TS 5000 SoftClose PRODUCT FEATURES Closing force acc. to EN 1154 3–5 2–6 2–6 Leaf width recommended up to 1250 mm 1400 mm 1400 mm ● ● Identical design DIN left and DIN right ● Product tested in accordance with Door closer tested acc. to EN 1154 Suitability for fire protection doors ● ● ● Mounting plate with hole pattern in accordance with EN1154 Supplement ● ● ● Length 287 mm Overall depth 47 mm Height 60 mm FUNCTIONS Closing force adjustable Closing speed adjustable Yes, with variable adjustment ● ● ● Latching action speed adjustable Yes, via valve* Latching action adjustable Yes, via valve Back check integrated Yes, hydraulically adjustable Closing force adjustment position Visual closing force display Front ● ● ● Safety valve to prevent wilful damage ● ● ● Thermo-constant valves ● ● ● ● = yes | ○ = optional | * = to decelerate or accelerate the door between 15° and 0° TECH N ICAL DATA FO R G U I D E R A I L E-ISM TS 5000 E-ISM/S TS 5000 / E-ISM/G TS 5000 E-ISM BG TS 5000 / E-ISM BG VPK TS 5000 Minimum hinge clearance 1300 mm 1300 mm 1360 mm Minimum passive leaf width 400 mm 400 mm 380 mm PRODUCT FEATURES Supply voltage Electrical power consumption 24 V DC … W Duty rating … W … W 100 % Residual ripple 20 % IP rating IP43 Product tested in accordance with Hold-open device tested acc. to EN 1155 Closing sequence control tested acc. to EN 1158 Length 2630 mm 2630 mm 2730 mm Overall depth 40 mm 40 mm 55 mm Height 30 mm FUNCTIONS Closing sequence control integrated ● Hold-open unit integrated Hold-open unit on active leaf / passive leaf Hold-open unit can be overridden ● ● Electrical ○/○ ○/○ ●/● ● ● ● 80 – 130° 80 – 130° above 80° Height correction possible ● ● ● Flexible opening restrictor ○ ○ ○ Hold-open angle ● = yes | ○ = optional TS 5000 E-ISM | For double leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail PR OD UCT S CALE D R AW I N G 60 110 30 40 287 47 TS 5000 E-ISM | TS 5000 E-ISM/S | TS 5000 E-ISM/G 60 110 30 55 287 47 TS 5000 L-E-ISM | TS 5000 L-E-ISM VPK 99 100 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For double leaf doors | TS 5000 E-ISM D OO R LEA F IN STALLAT I O N / H I N G E S I D E TS … 000 E- I SM / E- I SM /S / E- I SM /G VIEW … 85 85 … 110 … 3 … 110 … Installation example | … = E-ISM guide rail | … = middle section may be cut to size | … = TS 5000 | … = active leaf | … = passive leaf D I R ECT I N STALLATION 40 428,5 ±0,2 ±0,2 11±1 428,5 120 38 43 120 67 44 ±0,1 15 … ±0,2 130 ±0,2 135 ±0,2 160 135 ±0,2 160 706 ±2 130 47 Fitting dimensions left-hand leaf = active leaf, right-hand leaf = passive leaf | … = ø 15 line-feed 24 V 120 428,5 428,5 ±0,2 ±0,2 120 11±1 Cross-section = direct installation … 130 135 ±0,2 160 ±0,2 ±0,2 706 ±2 135 ±0,2 160 130 Fitting dimensions right-hand leaf = active leaf, left-hand leaf = passive leaf | … = ø 15 line-feed 24 V 101 TS 5000 E-ISM | For double leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail I NSTALLATI O N WITH MOUNTING PLATE 40 428,5 ±0,2 428,5 ±0,2 120 65 … 67 42 ±0,5 ±0,1 11 43 120 160 ±0,2 ±0,2 142 ±1 160 ±0,2 142 ±1 16 706 52 Fitting dimensions left-hand leaf = active leaf, right-hand leaf = passive leaf | … = ø 15 line-feed 24 V 428,5 ±0,2 120 428,5 11±1 Cross-section = installation with mounting plate ±0,2 120 … 142 ±1 160 ±0,2 706 ±2 160 ±0,2 142 ±1 Fitting dimensions right-hand leaf = active leaf, left-hand leaf = passive leaf | … = ø 15 line-feed 24 V D OOR LEA F IN STALLAT I O N /O P P O SI TE HI N G E SI DE TS … 000 L- E- I SM V I EW 35 35 … 2 90 … 3 … 5 Installation example | … = E-ISM guide rail BG | … = middle section may be cut to size | … = TS 5000 L | … = active leaf | … = passive leaf 90 102 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For double leaf doors | TS 5000 E-ISM D I R ECT I N STALLATION 135±0,2 160±0,2 440±0,2 … 140 135±0,2 110 160±0,2 737,5±2 44±0,1 80 110 440±0,2 11±1 140 38 30 10±0,5 55 140 110 11±1 Fitting dimensions right-hand leaf = active leaf, left-hand leaf = passive leaf | … = ø 15 line-feed 24 V Cross-section = direct installation 440±0,2 440±0,2 … 135±0,2 160±0,2 737,5±2 140 135±0,2 160±0,2 110 Fitting dimensions right-hand leaf = passive leaf, left-hand leaf = active leaf | … = ø 15 line-feed 24 V I NSTALLATI O N WI TH MOUNTING PLATE 440±0,2 … 160±0,2 737,5±2 140 160±0,2 122±1 16±0,2 80 122±1 440±0,2 11±1 10±0,5 140 65±1 30 55 Fitting dimensions right-hand leaf = passive leaf, left-hand leaf = active leaf | … = ø 15 line-feed 24 V 440±0,2 140 122±1 160±0,2 11±1 Cross-section = installation with mounting plate … 737,5±2 140 440±0,2 160±0,2 122±1 Fitting dimensions right-hand leaf = active leaf, left-hand leaf = passive leaf | … = ø 15 line-feed 24 V 103 TS 5000 E-ISM | For double leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail D OOR LEA F IN STALLAT I O N /O P P O SI TE HI N G E SI DE TS … 000 L- E- I SM VPK V I EW 35 35 … 2 90 … 5 90 … 6 Installation example | … = E-ISM guide rail BG VPK | … = middle section may be cut to size | … = TS 5000 L-IS | … = TS 5000 L | … = active leaf | … = passive leaf D I R ECT I N STALLATION 10±0,5 440 175 ± … 440 ± … 175 38 10 30 55 135 ± … 160 ± … L 110 B>1420 -> L=772 mm B<1420 -> L=654 mm Fitting dimensions right-hand leaf = active leaf, left-hand leaf = passive leaf | … = ø 16 line-feed 24 V | W = door width | L = length 440 440 ± … 175 ± … 175 10 Cross-section = direct installation … ± … 135 160± … 44±0,1 80 110 110 ± … 135 160± … L 135 ± … 160 ± … 110 B>1420 -> L=772 mm B<1420 -> L=654 mm Fitting dimensions right-hand leaf = passive leaf, left-hand leaf = active leaf | … = ø 16 line-feed 24 V | W = door width | L = length 104 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For double leaf doors | TS 5000 E-ISM I NSTALLATI O N WI TH MOUNTING PLATE 10±0,5 175 440 ± … 440 65±1 10 30 55 122 ±1 160 ± … 175 … ± … 160 L ± … 122 ±1 16±0,2 80 B>1420 -> L=772 mm B<1420 -> L=654 mm Fitting dimensions right-hand leaf = active leaf, left-hand leaf = passive leaf | … = ø 16 line-feed 24 V | W = door width | L = length 440 ± … 175 122 ±1 160 440 ± … 175 10 Cross-section = installation with mounting plate ± … L 160 ± … 122 ±1 B>1420 -> L=772 mm B<1420 -> L=654 mm Fitting dimensions right-hand leaf = passive leaf, left-hand leaf = active leaf | … = ø 16 line-feed 24 V | W = door width | L = length TS 500 … E-IS M – O R D E R I N FO R M AT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 5000 ECline door closer Closing force EN 3-5, with back check (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 143640 white RAL 9016 143641 stainless steel face plate 143642 TS 5000 door closer Closing force EN 2-6, with back check (without guide rail and lever) acc. to RAL2 143643 silver-coloured 027333 white RAL 9016 027335 stainless steel face plate 137721 TS 5000 SoftClose door closer Closing force EN 2-6, with back check and integrated latching action speed with variable adjustment, for door deceleration (without guide rail and lever) black RAL 9005 076489 acc. to RAL2 027336 silver-coloured 181792 white RAL 9016 183430 stainless steel face plate 183431 E-ISM guide rail TS 5000 Continuous, with integrated closing sequence control, electric hold-open device on both leaves and levers E-ISM guide rail TS 5000 extra length Continuous, overlength up to 3200 mm, with integrated closing sequence control, electric hold-open device on both leaves, and levers acc. to RAL2 181793 silver-coloured 115600 white RAL 9016 115602 stainless steel optic1 115603 acc. to RAL2 115604 silver-coloured 115612 acc. to RAL2 115613 TS 5000 E-ISM | For double leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail 105 TS … 0 … 0 E-IS M – O R D E R I N FO R M AT I O N Designation Version ID no. E-ISM/G guide rail TS 5000 Ccontinuous, with integrated closing sequence control, electric hold-open device on the active leaf, and levers silver-coloured 115605 stainless steel optic1 115606 acc. to RAL2 115607 silver-coloured 160547 stainless steel optic1 162088 acc. to RAL2 160548 silver-coloured 027351 white RAL 9016 029400 E-ISM/S guide rail TS 5000 Continuous, with integrated closing sequence control, electric hold-open device on the passive leaf and levers TS 5000 L door closer Closing force EN 2-6, with back check (without guide rail and lever) stainless steel face plate 137723 TS 5000 L ECline door closer Closing force EN 3-5, with back check (without guide rail and lever) black RAL 9005 119579 acc. to RAL2 027352 silver-coloured 143648 white RAL 9016 143649 stainless steel face plate 143650 acc. to RAL2 143651 silver-coloured 115608 white RAL 9016 115609 stainless steel optic1 115610 acc. to RAL2 115611 silver-coloured 182644 black RAL 9005 195795 acc. to RAL2 182645 Mounting plate guide rail For ISM- / E-ISM guide rails silver-coloured 118702 acc. to RAL2 118703 Mounting plate door closer For TS 5000/TS 4000 with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 Supplement … silver-coloured 049185 white RAL 9016 068627 galvanised 057956 stainless steel optic1 137725 black RAL 9005 076508 acc. to RAL2 029176 Mounting plate guide rail BG for ISM / E-ISM / R-ISM guide rail BG & VP versions silver-coloured 118704 acc. to RAL2 118705 Lintel casing bracket guide rail BG for ISM / E-ISM / R-ISM guide rail BG silver-coloured 118706 acc. to RAL2 118707 Mounting plate guide rail BG for ISM/E-ISM BG VPK guide rail silver-coloured 139757 acc. to RAL2 139760 Lintel casing bracket guide rail BG for ISM/E-ISM BG VPK guide rail silver-coloured 139710 acc. to RAL2 139763 silver-coloured 067724 white RAL 9016 067726 stainless steel 072696 brass 072698 acc. to RAL2 000756 E-ISM guide rail BG TS 5000 ontinuous, with integrated closing sequence control, electric hold-open device on both leaves and levers E-ISM guide rail BG VPK TS 5000 complete package System solution for general use on full panic doors comprising … x TS 5000 L, … x TS 5000 L-IS, … x CB flex, … x E-ISM BG guide rail with electric hold-open device on both leaves, continuous, with integrated release mechanism and levers INSTALLATION MATERIAL ACCESSORIES Cover cap door closer For TS 5000/TS 5000 L/TS 4000, can only be used for door leaf installation Flexible opening restrictor For single leaf guide rails: TS 5000 E/R/RFS (door leaf installation), Boxer E; double leaf: all E/R/ISM variants TS 5000 and Boxer 145311 106 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For double leaf doors | TS 5000 E-ISM TS 500 … E-IS M – O R D E R I N FO R M AT I O N Designation Version ID no. CB flex For use on all double leaf rebated doors. Concealed length adjustment with variable adjustment up to 210 mm leaf protrusion, hinged mechanism not visible, profile can be shortened if required, with attachment material silver-coloured 153602 white RAL 9016 182652 black RAL 9005 195798 acc. to RAL2 153728 silver-coloured 199544 white RAL 9016 199546 acc. to RAL2 199951 silver-coloured 181025 white RAL 9016 185195 stainless steel optic1 184196 acc. to RAL2 185231 Ramp up wedge For use with the GEZE CB flex carry bar RSZ … smoke switch control unit Smoke switch and power supply for all GEZE hold-open devices 195524 FA GC 170 wireless kit Set consisting of: … piece GC 171 wireless module for the wireless extension of GEZE hold-open systems GC 171 wireless module for the wireless connection of wireless components (GC 172 wireless smoke detector; GC 173 wireless thermal detector; GC 175 wireless input module) on GEZE hold-open systems anthracite 163051 GC 172 wireless smoke detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 195522 GC 173 wireless thermal detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 195523 GC 175 wireless input module for wireless connection of manual trigger switches to the GEZE GC 171 wireless module, applicable for all GEZE hold-open systems black 163068 GC 152 smoke detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-7, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139850 GC 153 wireless thermal detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-5, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139881 AS 500 manual trigger switch for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices including terminating resistor for line monitoring alpine white/red 116266 AS 500 manual trigger switch (with glass pane and … interchangeable labels) for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices alpine white/red 120880 Surface-mounted box, single Matching the AS 500 switch programme white 120503 Replacement glass pane for manual trigger switch 120880 and 120881 010994 Hold-open magnet 24 V DC – 490 N retention force, approved for all GEZE smoke switch control units Wall installation surface-mounted installation or floor mounting with accessories base 155569 Hold-open magnet 24 V DC – 490 N retention force, approved for all GEZE smoke switch control units Flush-mounted wall installation 155567 Hold-open magnet 24 V DC – 490 N retention force, approved for all GEZE smoke switch control units Wall installation with base 65 mm 155573 Magnetic counter plate for hold-open magnets Version with adjustable joint 115956 Mechanical hold-open unit For ISM guide rail, retention force adjustable, can be overridden 118437 … Only for dry rooms | … Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes in the Price List. TS 5000 R-ISM | For double leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail TS 5000 R-ISM Overhead door closer system with guide rail for double leaf doors with closing sequence control and smoke switch A R EAS OF A P P L I CATI O N Fire and smoke protection doors Double leaf single-action doors Symmetrical and asymmetrical division of door possible Single-action doors up to 2800 mm hinge clearance, 1400 mm leaf width and overlength up to 3200 mm Minimum hinge clearance 1500 mm, minimum width of the active leaf 875 mm and of the passive leaf 400 mm Door leaf installation on hinge side P R OD UCT F EATU R ES System with two TS 5000 door closers and a R-ISM guide rail Adjustable closing force of EN2-6 Operating voltage 230 V AC Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Closing sequence control holds the active leaf in the waiting position until the passive leaf is closed Integrated smoke switch control unit, with a signal that closes the door automatically in the event of a fire Smoke switch with contamination indicator and adaption of the alarm threshold Additional smoke detectors can be fitted Electric hold-open device in the guide rail with hold-open area of 80°-130° Hydraulic latching action which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position Closing speed can be individually adjusted Integrated back check, slows down doors that are thrown open forcefully Visual closing force display for easy control of the setting All functions can be adjusted from the front Query whether the door leaf is held open via the potential-free contact of the electric hold-open device 107 108 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For double leaf doors | TS 5000 R-ISM TECH N ICAL DATA FO R D O O R CLO S E R TS 5000 ECline / TS 5000 L ECline TS 5000 / TS 5000 L TS 5000 SoftClose PRODUCT FEATURES Closing force acc. to EN 1154 3–5 2–6 2–6 Leaf width recommended up to 1250 mm 1400 mm 1400 mm ● ● Identical design DIN left and DIN right ● Product tested in accordance with Door closer tested acc. to EN 1154 Suitability for fire protection doors ● ● ● Mounting plate with hole pattern in accordance with EN1154 Supplement ● ● ● Length 287 mm Overall depth 47 mm Height 60 mm FUNCTIONS Closing force adjustable Yes, with variable adjustmen Closing speed adjustable ● ● ● Latching action speed adjustable Yes, via valve* Latching action adjustable Yes, via valve Back check integrated Yes, hydraulically adjustable Closing force adjustment position Front Visual closing force display ● ● ● Safety valve to prevent wilful damage ● ● ● Thermo-constant valves ● ● ● ● = yes | ○ = optional | * = to decelerate or accelerate the door between 15° and 0° TECH N ICAL DATA FO R G U I D E R A I L R-ISM TS 5000 / R-ISM/S TS 5000 / R-ISM/0 TS 5000 / R-ISM/G TS 5000 R-ISM BG TS 5000 R-ISM BG VP TS 5000 Minimum hinge clearance 1500 mm 1560 mm 1645 mm Minimum passive leaf width 400 mm 380 mm 380 mm PRODUCT FEATURES Supply voltage 230 V 50 Hz Duty rating 100 % IP rating IP20 Ambient temperature Product tested in accordance with Length … - 50° C Hold-open device tested acc. to EN 1155 closing sequence control tested acc. to EN 1158 General official building approval from DIBt as a hold-open system 2740 mm 2730 mm Overall depth 55 mm Height 30 mm 2645 mm TS 5000 R-ISM | For double leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail R-ISM TS 5000 / R-ISM/S TS 5000 / R-ISM/0 TS 5000 / R-ISM/G TS 5000 R-ISM BG TS 5000 R-ISM BG VP TS 5000 ● ● ● FUNCTIONS Closing sequence control integrated Hold-open unit integrated Electrical Hold-open unit on active leaf / passive leaf Hold-open unit can be overridden Hold-open angle Integrated smoke switch ○/○ ●/● ●/● ● ● ● 80 – 130° above 80° above 80° ● ● ● with visual operating state display ● ● ● with contamination indicator ● ● ● with adaption of the alarm threshold ● ● ● Power supply integrated ● ● ● Height correction possible ● ● ● Flexible opening restrictor ○ ○1) ○1) ● = yes | ○ = optional | … can only be used to a limited extent, depending on X dimension PR OD UCT S CALE D R AW I N G 60 110 30 55 287 47 TS 5000 R-ISM | TS 5000 R-ISM/G | TS 5000 R-ISM/S | TS 5000 R-ISM/0 60 110 30 55 287 47 TS 5000 L-R-ISM / TS 5000 L-R-ISM VP 109 110 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For double leaf doors | TS 5000 R-ISM D OO R LEA F IN STALLAT I O N / H I N G E S I D E TS … 000 R - I SM / R - I SM /G / R- I SM /S / R- I SM / … VIEW … 30 … 2 110 30 … 4 … 3 … 110 … Installation example | … = R-ISM guide rail | … = middle section may be cut to size | … = TS 5000 | … = smoke switch control unit | … = active leaf | … = passive leaf D I R ECT I N STALLATION 428,5 ±0,2 38 43 367,5 ±0,2 … ±0,2 428,5 ±0,2 120 … ±1 55 … 15 44 ±0,1 67 120 130 … 135±0,2 160 ±0,2 135±0,2 160 ±0,2 130 ±2 732 ±2 753 47 Fitting dimensions left-hand leaf = active leaf, right-hand leaf = passive leaf | … = ø 15 additional cable | … = ø 15 230 V AC 428,5 ±0,2 367,5 ±0,2 428,5 ±0,2 120 5±1 120 … ±0,2 Cross-section = direct installation … 2 130 135±0,2 160 ±0,2 135 ±0,2 160 ±0,2 130 ±2 732 ±2 753 Fitting dimensions right-hand leaf = active leaf, left-hand leaf = passive leaf | … = ø 15 additional cable | … = ø 15 230 V AC 111 TS 5000 R-ISM | For double leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail I NSTALLATI O N WITH MOUNTING PLATE 428,5 ±0,2 5±1 120 367,5 ±0,2 120 ±01 … 65 42 ±0,5 428,5 ±0,2 … ±0,2 43 55 … 160 ±0,2 142 ±1 160 ±0,2 ±2 732 753 ±2 16 ±0,2 67 142 ±1 52 428,5 ±0,2 120 367,5 ±0,2 … 142 ±1 5±1 Fitting dimensions left-hand leaf = active leaf, right-hand leaf = passive leaf | … = ø 15 additional cable | … = ø 15 230 V AC … ±0,2 Cross-section = installation with mounting plate 428,5 ±0,2 120 … 160 ±0,2 160 ±0,2 142 ±1 ±2 732 753±2 Fitting dimensions right-hand leaf = active leaf, left-hand leaf = passive leaf | … = ø 15 additional cable | … = ø 15 230 V AC D OOR LEA F IN STALLAT I O N /O P P O SI TE HI N G E SI DE TS … 000 L- R - I SM V I EW 35 35 … 2 90 … 5 … 4 90 Installation example | … = R-ISM guide rail BG | … = middle section may be cut to size | … = TS 5000 L | … = smoke switch control unit | … = active leaf | … = passive leaf 112 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For double leaf doors | TS 5000 R-ISM D I R ECT I N STALLATION 110 135±0,2 160±0,2 … 440±0,2 5±0,2 367,5±0,2 440±0,2 5±1 140 38 30 10±0,5 55 … 140 135±0,2 160±0,2 110 763,5 784,5±2 44±0,1 80 ±2 Fitting dimensions right-hand leaf = active leaf, left-hand leaf = passive leaf | … = ø 15 additional cable | … = ø 15 230 V AC 110 440±0,2 367,5±0,2 440±0,2 140 5±1 140 5±0,2 Cross-section = direct installation … 135±0,2 160±0,2 135±0,2 110 160±0,2 … 763,5±2 784,5±2 Fitting dimensions right-hand leaf = passive leaf, left-hand leaf = active leaf | … = ø 15 additional cable | … = ø 15 230 V AC I NSTALLATI O N WI TH MOUNTING PLATE 367,5±0,2 440±0,2 140 5±1 160±0,2 … 2 160±0,2 122±1 763,5±2 784,5±2 16±0,2 80 122±1 440±0,2 5±0,2 10±0,5 140 65±1 30 55 Fitting dimensions right-hand leaf = passive leaf, left-hand leaf = active leaf | … = ø 15 additional cable | … = ø 15 230 V AC 367,5±0,2 440±0,2 5±0,2 140 5±1 Cross-section = installation with mounting plate 122±1 160±0,2 … 1 440±0,2 140 160±0,2 122±1 763,5±2 784,5±2 Fitting dimensions right-hand leaf = active leaf, left-hand leaf = passive leaf | … = ø 15 additional cable | … = ø 15 230 V AC 113 TS 5000 R-ISM | For double leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail D OOR LEA F IN STALLAT I O N /O P P O SI TE HI N G E SI DE TS … 000 L- R - I SM VP V I EW 120 35 … 3 … 155 90 … 4 … 5 Installation example | … = R-ISM guide rail BG VP | … = middle section may be cut to size | … = smoke switch control unit | … = TS 5000 L | … = active leaf | … = passive leaf D I R ECT I N STALLATION ±0,2 ±0,2 367,5 440 38 ±0,2 175 135 110 135 ±0,2 160 ±2 848,5 ±2 869,5 44±0,1 Fitting dimensions right-hand leaf = active leaf, left-hand leaf = passive leaf | … = ø 15 additional cable | … = ø 15 230 V AC ±0,2 ±0,2 367,5 110 ±0,2 135 ±0,2 160 225 ±1 440 … 440 ±0,2 ±0,2 140 … 80 140 ±0,2 … 2 ±0,2 160 Cross-section = direct installation ±0,2 440 … 5 ±1 225 ±0,2 10±0,5 30 55 … ±0,2 135 ±0,2 160 … 175 ±2 848,5 ±2 869,5 Fitting dimensions right-hand leaf = passive leaf, left-hand leaf = active leaf | … = ø 15 additional cable | … = ø 15 230 V AC 114 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For double leaf doors | TS 5000 R-ISM I NSTALLATI O N WI TH MOUNTING PLATE 440 ±0,2 ±0,2 367,5 … 65±1 187 ±1 ±0,2 … 160 ±0,2 140 440 … ±1 225 ±0,2 10±0,5 30 55 … 160 ±0,2 ±1 122 ±2 16±0,2 80 848,5 ±2 869,5 Fitting dimensions right-hand leaf = active leaf, left-hand leaf = passive leaf | … = ø 15 additional cable | … = ø 15 230 V AC ±0,2 ±0,2 367,5 ±1 122 ±0,2 160 225 ±1 440 … 440 ±0,2 ±0,2 140 … Cross-section = installation with mounting plate … 160 … ±0,2 ±1 187 ±2 848,5 ±2 869,5 Fitting dimensions right-hand leaf = passive leaf, left-hand leaf = active leaf | … = ø 15 additional cable | … = ø 15 230 V AC TS 5000 R-ISM | For double leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail 115 TS … 0 … 0 R -IS M – O R D E R I N FO R M AT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 5000 ECline door closer Closing force EN 3-5, with back check (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 143640 white RAL 9016 143641 stainless steel face plate 143642 TS 5000 door closer Closing force EN 2-6, with back check (without guide rail and lever) acc. to RAL2 143643 silver-coloured 027333 white RAL 9016 027335 stainless steel face plate 137721 TS 5000 SoftClose door closer Closing force EN 2-6, with back check and integrated latching action speed with variable adjustment, for door deceleration (without guide rail and lever) black RAL 9005 076489 acc. to RAL2 027336 silver-coloured 181792 white RAL 9016 183430 stainless steel face plate 183431 acc. to RAL2 181793 silver-coloured 115614 white RAL 9016 115616 stainless steel optic1 115617 acc. to RAL2 115618 R-ISM guide rail TS 5000 extra length Continuous, overlength up to 3200 mm, with integrated closing sequence control, electric hold-open device on both leaves, smoke switch control unit and levers silver-coloured 115626 acc. to RAL2 115627 R-ISM/G guide rail TS 5000 Continuous, with integrated closing sequence control, electric hold-open device on the active leaf, smoke switch control unit and levers silver-coloured 115619 stainless steel optic1 115620 acc. to RAL2 115621 silver-coloured 160545 stainless steel optic1 162089 acc. to RAL2 160546 silver-coloured 160543 stainless steel optic1 162090 acc. to RAL2 160544 silver-coloured 027351 white RAL 9016 029400 R-ISM guide rail TS 5000 Continuous, with integrated closing sequence control, electric hold-open device on both leaves, smoke switch control unit and levers R-ISM/S guide rail TS 5000 Continuous, with integrated closing sequence control, electric hold-open device on the passive leaf, smoke switch control unit and levers R-ISM/0 guide rail TS 5000 Continuous, with integrated closing sequence control, smoke switch control unit and levers, without electric hold-open device TS 5000 L door closer Closing force EN 2-6, with back check (without guide rail and lever) stainless steel face plate 137723 TS 5000 L ECline door closer Closing force EN 3-5, with back check (without guide rail and lever) black RAL 9005 119579 acc. to RAL2 027352 silver-coloured 143648 white RAL 9016 143649 stainless steel face plate 143650 R-ISM guide rail BG TS 5000 Continuous, with integrated closing sequence control, electric hold-open device on both leaves, smoke switch control unit and levers R-ISM guide rail BG VP TS 5000 Continuous, with integrated closing sequence control, electric hold-open device on both leaves, smoke switch control unit and levers, especially for full panic doors. Caution: maximum X dimension (centre of hinge – contact area of guide rail) 100 mm including mounting plate acc. to RAL2 143651 silver-coloured 115622 white RAL 9016 115623 stainless steel optic1 115624 acc. to RAL2 115625 silver-coloured 133711 white RAL 9016 133712 stainless steel optic1 133713 acc. to RAL2 133714 116 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For double leaf doors | TS 5000 R-ISM TS 500 … R -IS M – O R D E R I N FO R M AT I O N Designation Version ID no. Mounting plate guide rail For R-ISM guide rail silver-coloured 118690 acc. to RAL2 118701 Mounting plate door closer For TS 5000/TS 4000 with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 Supplement … silver-coloured 049185 white RAL 9016 068627 galvanised 057956 stainless steel optic1 137725 black RAL 9005 076508 INSTALLATION MATERIAL acc. to RAL2 029176 Mounting plate guide rail BG For ISM / E-ISM / R-ISM guide rail BG & VP versions silver-coloured 118704 acc. to RAL2 118705 Lintel casing bracket guide rail BG For ISM / E-ISM / R-ISM guide rail BG silver-coloured 118706 acc. to RAL2 118707 Lintel casing bracket guide rail BG For ISM / E-ISM / R-ISM guide rail VP silver-coloured 134816 acc. to RAL2 134817 ACCESSORIES 195524 FA GC 170 wireless KIT Set consisting of: … piece GC 171 wireless module for the wireless extension of GEZE hold-open systems GC 171 wireless module for the wireless connection of wireless components (GC 172 wireless smoke detector; GC 173 wireless thermal detector; GC 175 wireless input module) on GEZE hold-open systems anthracite 163051 GC 172 wireless smoke detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 195522 GC 173 wireless thermal detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 195523 GC 175 wireless input module for wireless connection of manual trigger switches to the GEZE GC 171 wireless module, applicable for all GEZE hold-open systems black 163068 Cover cap door closer For TS 5000/TS 5000 L/TS 4000, can only be used for door leaf installation silver-coloured 067724 white RAL 9016 067726 stainless steel 072696 brass 072698 acc. to RAL2 000756 145311 Flexible opening restrictor For single leaf guide rails: TS 5000 E/R/RFS (door leaf installation), Boxer E; double leaf: all E/R/ISM variants TS 5000 and Boxer silver-coloured 153602 white RAL 9016 182652 black RAL 9005 195798 acc. to RAL2 153728 silver-coloured 199544 white RAL 9016 199546 acc. to RAL2 199951 GC 152 smoke detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-7, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139850 GC 153 wireless thermal detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-5, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139881 AS 500 manual trigger switch for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices including terminating resistor for line monitoring alpine white/red 116266 CB flex For use on all double leaf rebated doors. Concealed length adjustment with variable adjustment up to 210 mm leaf protrusion, hinged mechanism not visible, profile can be shortened if necessary, with attachment material Ramp up wedge For use with the GEZE CB flex carry bar TS 5000 R-ISM | For double leaf doors | Door closers with guide rail 117 TS … 0 … 0 R -IS M – O R D E R I N FO R M AT I O N Designation Version ID no. AS 500 manual trigger switch for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices including terminating resistor for line monitoring alpine white/red 120880 Surface-mounted box, single Matching the AS 500 switch programme white 120503 Replacement glass pane For manual trigger switch 120880 and 120881 010994 Hold-open magnet 24 V DC – 490 N retention force, approved for all GEZE smoke switch control units, wall installation surface-mounted installation or floor mounting with accessories base 155569 Hold-open magnet 24 V DC – 490 N retention force, approved for all GEZE smoke switch control units, flush-mounted wall installation 155567 Hold-open magnet 24 V DC – 490 N retention force, approved for all GEZE smoke switch control units Wall installation with base 65 mm 155573 Magnetic counter plate for hold-open magnets Version with adjustable joint 115956 … Only for dry rooms | … Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes in the Price List. TS 5000 R-ISM overhead door closer with guide rail, Olga Hospital Stuttgart, Germany (Photo: Jürgen Pollak / GEZE GmbH) 118 119 SW ING D O OR For double leaf doors with free swing function Whether in hospitals, care homes, department stores or gyms in many buildings, double leaf doors must remain open in order to provide enough space for people or transport. GEZE overhead door closers with guide rails, free swing and comfort hold-open function can be used perfectly here. Because you can open the door system without effort, hold it open permanently if needed and yet be reassured that the door will close safely and reliably in the event of danger. 120 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For double leaf doors with free swing function | TS 5000 ISM/E-ISM/R-ISM with free swing function TS 5000 ISM/E-ISM/R-ISM with free swing function Overhead door closer system with guide rail for double leaf doors up to 2800 mm hinge clearance with integrated closing sequence control and free swing function on the active leaf AREAS OF A PP L I CATI O N Fire and smoke protection doors Right and left double leaf single-action doors Symmetrical and asymmetrical division of door possible Single-action doors up to 2800 mm hinge clearance and 1400 mm leaf width Minimum hinge clearance 1300 mm, minimum width of passive leaf 400 mm Door leaf installation on hinge side PR OD UCT FEATUR ES System comprising TS 5000 E Hy 3-6 and TS 5000 and ISM guide rail Passive leaf with TS 5000 with closing force EN2-6 or TS 5000 ECline with closing force EN3-5 Active leaf with TS 5000 E Hy (24 V) and adjustable closing force EN3-6 Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Closing sequence control holds the active leaf in the waiting position until the passive leaf is closed Comfort hold-open function on the active leaf to lock the door at the maximum opening angle Hydraulic latching action which accelerates the door shortly before the closed position Integrated back check, slows down doors that are thrown open forcefully Visual closing force display for easy control of the setting All functions can be adjusted from the front TS 5000 ISM/E-ISM/R-ISM with free swing function | For double leaf doors with free swing function | Door closers with guide rail 121 TECHN ICAL DATA FO R D O O R CLO S E R TS 5000 ECline / TS 5000 L ECline TS 5000 / TS 5000 L TS 5000 SoftClose TS 5000 E Hy PRODUCT FEATURES Closing force acc. to EN 1154 3–5 2–6 2–6 3–6 Leaf width recommended up to 1250 mm 1400 mm 1400 mm 1400 mm ● ● ● Identical design DIN left and DIN right ● Product tested in accordance with Door closer tested acc. to EN 1154 Suitability for fire protection doors ● ● ● ● Mounting plate with hole pattern in accordance with EN1154 Supplement ● ● ● ● Length 287 mm 287 mm 287 mm 327 mm Overall depth 47 mm 47 mm 47 mm 46 mm Height 60 mm FUNCTIONS Free swing function ● Free swing area 85° – 170° Closing force adjustable Yes, with variable adjustment Closing speed adjustable ● ● ● Latching action speed adjustable ● Yes, via valve* Latching action adjustable Yes, via valve Back check integrated Yes, hydraulically adjustable Closing force adjustment position Front Visual closing force display ● ● ● ● Safety valve to prevent wilful damage ● ● ● ● Thermo-constant valves ● ● ● ● ● = yes | ○ = optional | * = to decelerate or accelerate the door between 15° and 0° PR OD UCT S CALE D R AW I N G 60 120 110 30 55 327 47 TS 5000 ISM | TS 5000 E-ISM/S | TS 5000 R-ISM/S | TS 5000 R-ISM/0 287 122 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For double leaf doors with free swing function | TS 5000 ISM/E-ISM/R-ISM with free swing function TECH N ICAL DATA FO R G U I D E R A I L ISM TS 5000 E-ISM/S TS 5000 R-ISM/S TS 5000 R-ISM/0 TS 5000 1300 mm 1300 mm 1500 mm PRODUCT FEATURES Minimum hinge clearance Minimum passive leaf width Supply voltage 400 mm 24 V DC Duty rating IP rating 230 V 50 Hz 100 % – Ambient temperature Product tested in accordance with 24 V DC IP43 IP20 … – 50° C Tested acc. to EN 1158 Tested acc. to EN 1155 / EN 1158 Tested acc. to EN 1155 / EN 1158 Length 2630 mm 2630 mm 2740 mm Overall depth 40 mm 40 mm 55 mm Height 30 mm FUNCTIONS Free swing function on the active leaf ○ Free swing area Closing sequence control integrated ○ 85° – 170° ● Hold-open unit integrated Hold-open unit on active leaf / passive leaf ○ ● ● Electrical -/- -/● -/○ Hold-open unit can be overridden - ● ● Hold-open angle - 80° – 130° 80° – 130° Integrated smoke switch - - ● with visual operating state display - - ● with contamination indicator - - ● with adaption of the alarm threshold - - ● Power supply integrated - - ● Height correction possible ● ● ● Flexible opening restrictor ○ ○ ○ ● = yes | ○ = optional 123 TS 5000 ISM/E-ISM/R-ISM with free swing function | For double leaf doors with free swing function | Door closers with guide rail D OOR LEA F IN STALLAT I O N / H I N G E S I D E TS … 000 I SM / E- I SM / R- I SM V I EW … 30 30 … 120 … 70 327 … 3 287 … 4 Installation example | … = ISM / E-ISM / R-ISM guide rail | … = middle section may be cut to size | … = TS 5000 E Hy | … = TS 5000 | … = smoke switch control unit | … = active leaf | … = passive leaf D I R ECT I N STALLATION 367,5 ±0,2 428,5 ±0,2 … ±0,2 … ±1 428,5 ±0,2 120 44 67 15 38 43 55 120 … 130 … 135±0,2 160 ±0,2 135±0,2 160 ±0,2 130 ±2 732 ±2 753 Fitting dimensions right-hand leaf = passive leaf, left-hand leaf = active leaf | … = ø 15 additional cable (E-ISM / R-ISM) | … = ø 15 230 V AC (R-ISM) 428,5 ±0,2 367,5 ±0,2 428,5 ±0,2 120 5±1 120 … ±0,2 Cross-section = direct installation … 2 130 135±0,2 160 ±0,2 135 ±0,2 160 ±0,2 130 ±2 732 ±2 753 Fitting dimensions right-hand leaf = active leaf, left-hand leaf = passive leaf | … = ø 15 additional cable (E-ISM / R-ISM) | … = ø 15 230 V AC (R-ISM) 124 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For double leaf doors with free swing function | TS 5000 ISM/E-ISM/R-ISM with free swing function I NSTALLATI O N WI TH MOUNTING PLATE 5±1 428,5 ±0,2 120 67 367,5 ±0,2 … ±0,2 428,5 ±0,2 120 42 65 43 55 16 … 142 ±1 … 160 ±0,2 160 ±0,2 142 ±1 ±2 732 753 ±2 428,5 120 ±0,2 … 142 ±1 367,5 ±0,2 5±1 Fitting dimensions right-hand leaf = passive leaf, left-hand leaf= active leaf | … = ø 15 additional cable (E-ISM / R-ISM) | … = ø 15 230 V AC (R-ISM) … ±0,2 Cross-section = installation with mounting plate 428,5 ±0,2 120 … 160 ±0,2 160 ±0,2 142 ±1 ±2 732 753±2 Fitting dimensions right-hand leaf = active leaf, left-hand leaf = passive leaf | … = ø 15 additional cable (E-ISM / R-ISM) | … = ø 15 230 V AC (R-ISM) TS 5000 ISM/E-ISM/R-ISM with free swing function | For double leaf doors with free swing function | Door closers with guide rail 125 TS … 0 … 0 IS M/ E- I SM / R - I S M W I TH F R EE SW I N G FUN CTI O N – O RDER I N FO RM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 5000 ECline door closer Closing force EN 3-5, with back check (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 143640 white RAL 9016 143641 stainless steel face plate 143642 TS 5000 door closer Closing force EN 2-6, with back check (without guide rail and lever) acc. to RAL2 143643 silver-coloured 027333 white RAL 9016 027335 stainless steel face plate 137721 TS 5000 SoftClose door closer Closing force EN 2-6, with back check and integrated latching action speed with variable adjustment, for door deceleration (without guide rail and lever) black RAL 9005 076489 acc. to RAL2 027336 silver-coloured 181792 white RAL 9016 183430 stainless steel face plate 183431 acc. to RAL2 181793 silver-coloured 155475 white RAL 9016 160328 stainless steel optic1 162082 acc. to RAL2 155476 silver-coloured 115549 white RAL 9016 115591 stainless steel optic1 115592 black RAL 9005 198813 acc. to RAL2 115593 silver-coloured 160547 stainless steel optic1 162088 acc. to RAL2 160548 silver-coloured 160545 stainless steel optic1 162089 acc. to RAL2 160546 silver-coloured 160543 stainless steel optic1 162090 acc. to RAL2 160544 Mounting plate guide rail For ISM / E-ISM guide rail silver-coloured 118702 acc. to RAL2 118703 Mounting plate guide rail For R-ISM- guide rail silver-coloured 118690 acc. to RAL2 118701 Mounting plate door closer For TS 5000 EFS / RFS / E Hy / TS 4000 E with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 Supplement … silver-coloured 059107 acc. to RAL2 100044 Mounting plate door closer For TS 5000/TS 4000 with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 Supplement … silver-coloured 049185 white RAL 9016 068627 galvanised 057956 stainless steel optic1 137725 black RAL 9005 076508 acc. to RAL2 029176 TS 5000 E Hy door closer Closing force EN 3-6, door leaf installation on the hinge side, with electric hold-open device for free swing function (without guide rail, with lever) ISM guide rail TS 5000 Continuous, with integrated closing sequence control and levers E-ISM/S guide rail TS 5000 Continuous, with integrated closing sequence control, electric hold-open device on the passive leaf and levers R-ISM/S guide rail TS 5000 Continuous, with integrated closing sequence control, electric hold-open device on the passive leaf, smoke switch control unit and levers R-ISM/0 guide rail TS 5000 Continuous, with integrated closing sequence control, smoke switch control unit and levers, without electric hold-open device INSTALLATION MATERIAL 126 Door closers wi th guid e rail | For double leaf doors with free swing function | TS 5000 ISM/E-ISM/R-ISM with free swing function TS 500 … IS M/ E-IS M / R - I S M W I TH F R EE S W I N G FUN CTI O N – O R DER I N FO R M AT I O N Designation Version ID no. ACCESSORIES 195524 FA GC 170 wireless kit Set consisting of: … piece GC 171 wireless module for the wireless extension of GEZE hold-open systems GC 171 wireless module For the wireless connection of wireless components (GC 172 wireless smoke detector; GC 173 wireless thermal detector; GC 175 wireless input module) on GEZE hold-open systems anthracite 163051 GC 172 wireless smoke detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 195522 GC 173 wireless thermal detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 195523 GC 175 wireless input module For wireless connection of manual trigger switches to the GEZE GC 171 wireless module, applicable for all GEZE hold-open systems black 163068 145311 Flexible opening restrictor For single leaf guide rails: TS 5000 E/R/RFS (door leaf installation), Boxer E; double leaf: all E/R/ISM variants TS 5000 and Boxer CB flex For use on all double leaf rebated doors. Concealed length adjustment with variable adjustment up to 210 mm leaf protrusion, hinged mechanism not visible, profile can be shortened if required, with attachment material silver-coloured 153602 white RAL 9016 182652 acc. to RAL2 153728 RSZ … smoke switch control unit Smoke switch and power supply for all GEZE hold-open devices silver-coloured 181025 white RAL 9016 185195 stainless steel optic1 184196 acc. to RAL2 185231 GC 152 smoke detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-7, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139850 GC 153 wireless thermal detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-5, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139881 AS 500 manual trigger switch For the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices including terminating resistor for line monitoring alpine white/red 116266 AS 500 manual trigger switch (with glass pane and … interchangeable labels) for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices alpine white/red 120880 Hold-open magnet 24 V DC – 490 N retention force, approved for all GEZE smoke switch control units Wall installation surface-mounted installation or floor mounting with accessories base 155569 Hold-open magnet 24 V DC – 490 N retention force, approved for all GEZE smoke switch control units Flush-mounted wall installation 155567 Hold-open magnet 24 V DC – 490 N retention force, approved for all GEZE smoke switch control units Wall installation with base 65 mm 155573 Magnetic counter plate for hold-open magnets Version with adjustable joint 115956 … Only for dry rooms | … Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes in the Price List. TS 5000 ISM/E-ISM/R-ISM with free swing function | For double leaf doors with free swing function | Door closers with guide rail Door closer system TS 5000 R-ISM hold-open system, Olga Hospital Stuttgart, Germany (Photo: Jürgen Pollak / GEZE GmbH) 127 128 129 SW ING D O OR Opening restriction No more slamming doors or marks on walls or furniture. Solutions with GEZE door dampers make this possible. The principle is almost the same as modern drawers: doors are closed and opened in a controlled, damped manner. As a result, you can enter your rooms more quietly than ever – without a door stopper as a stumbling block. Clever solutions not only ensure more safety, they also make it easier to keep floors clean. 130 Door closers wi th guid e rail | Opening restriction | T-stop guide rail T-stop guide rail OPEN IN G R EST R ICTO R FO R D O O R S T- STOP GU ID E R A I L TS … 0 … 0 / TS … 0 … 0 AREAS OF A PP L I CATI O N Single leaf doors Installation on hinge side Right and left single-action doors For opening restriction without door stopper PR OD UCT FEATUR ES Easy to replace with the standard guide rail Saves time as no floor mounted door stopper needs to be installed With screwed sliding block T-stop guide rail | Opening restriction | Door closers with guide rail T- STOP GU ID E R A I L W I TH P I VOT B EAR IN G A R EAS OF A P P L I CATI O N Right and left single-action doors Opening restrictor for single-action doors without door closer Door systems without smoke and fire protection needs For combining an automatic swing door drive with a TS 5000 on double leaf door systems P R OD UCT F EATU R ES Holds doors without door closer open, not self-locking Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion The door opening angle is limited and a door stopper is usually no longer required Doing without door stoppers enhances the appearance of the door area, stumbling hazards and dirty corners disappear Crushing between door leaf and floor mounted door stopper is avoided When do you have to use a door stopper? … 160 140 120 B 100 80 TS 60 TS 500 0E TS 500 N2 0E 500 N4 0E N6 A 40 20 1,6 1,8 2,0 2,2 2,4 2,6 2,8 3,0 3,2 3,4 3,6 3,8 4,0 4,2 … 24 27 30 33 36 39 42 45 48 51 54 57 60 63 … 4 4,5 … 5,5 … 6,5 … 7,5 … Door size (W x H): 1000 x 2200 mm … = door weight kg | … = opening speed (m/s) | … = wind speed (km/h) | … = wind force (Bft) | A = installation without door stopper | B = installation with door stopper 131 132 Door closers wi th guid e rail | Opening restriction | T-stop guide rail TS 500 … D IR ECT I N STALLAT I O N D O O R LEAF I N STALLAT I O N / HING E S ID E WITH T- STO P G U I D E R A I L 30 120 428,5 15 38 43 D I R ECT I N STALLATION 428,5 44 130 120 135 160 135 160 … 1 130 … = Fitting dimensions DIN left | … = DIN right Cross-section = direct installation TS 500 … IN STALLAT I O N W I TH M O U N T I N G PLATE DO O R LEAF I N STALLAT I O N / HING E S ID E WITH T- STO P G U I D E R A I L I NSTALLATI O N WI TH MOUNTING PLATE 428,5 65 43 30 120 42 160 16 142 Cross-section = installation with mounting plate 120 428,5 … 160 … 142 … = Fitting dimensions DIN left | … = DIN right TS 500 … L D IR ECT I N STALLAT I O N D O O R LEAF I N STALLAT I O N / OPPO S ITE H IN GE SI D E W I TH T- STO P G U I DE R AI L BG D I R ECT I N STALLATION 428,5 44 Cross-section = direct installation 428,5 38 27,8 30 140 110 135 140 160 … 1 = Fitting dimensions DIN right | … = DIN left … 135 160 110 T-stop guide rail | Opening restriction | Door closers with guide rail TS … 0 … 0 L IN STALLAT I O N W I TH M O U N TI N G PLATE DO O R LEAF I N STALLAT I O N / O PP OS ITE H IN G E S I D E W I TH T- STO P G UI DE RAI L BG I NSTALLATI O N WITH MOUNTING PLATE 428,5 30 140 54,8 65 428,5 122 … 16 … Cross-section = installation with mounting plate … = Fitting dimensions DIN right | … = DIN left D OOR LEA F IN STALLAT I O N / HIN GE S ID E T- STO P G U I D E R A I L W I TH PI VOT BEAR I N G D I R ECT I N STALLATION 428,5±0,2 15 38±1 43 120±1 22 44±0,1 … 170±1 40±0,2 Cross-section = direct installation | … = optional TR A N S OM IN STALLAT I O N / HIN GE S ID E T- STO P G U I D E R A I L W I TH PI VOT BEAR I N G D I R ECT I N STALLATION 36 22 30 10 38±1 80 60 40±0,2 44±0,1 160 170±1 … 33 Cross-section = direct installation | … = optional 140 160 120±1 108 428,5±0,2 452,5 160 122 133 134 Door closers wi th guid e rail | Opening restriction | T-stop guide rail D OO R LEA F IN STALLAT I O N / OPPO S ITE H IN GE SI D E T- STO P G U I D E R A I L BG W I TH PI VOT BEARI N G D I R ECT I N STALLATION 428,5±0,2 38±1 10 140±1 22 44±0,1 … 40±0,2 150±1 40±0,2 150±1 Cross-section = direct installation | … = optional TRAN S OM IN STALLAT I O N / OPPO S ITE H IN GE SI D E T- STO P G U I D E R A I L BG W I TH PI VOT BEARI N G … 16,5 38±1 22 44±0,1 D I R ECT I N STALLATION 428,5±0,2 Cross-section = direct installation | … = optional 120±1 T-stop guide rail | Opening restriction | Door closers with guide rail 135 T- STOP GU ID E R A I L W I TH P I VOT B EAR IN G – O RDER I N FO RM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. T-Stop guide rail TS 5000/TS 3000 With integrated opening restrictor and lever silver-coloured 102363 white RAL 9016 108481 stainless steel optic1 102364 acc. to RAL2 102365 silver-coloured 102366 white RAL 9016 108482 stainless steel optic1 102367 acc. to RAL2 102368 silver-coloured 112688 white RAL 9016 112689 acc. to RAL2 112690 Mounting plate guide rail BG For standard / ECline / T-Stop / EFS guide rail silver-coloured 124683 acc. to RAL2 124684 Mounting plate guide rail For standard / ECline / T-Stop / EFS guide rail silver-coloured 001512 white RAL 9016 129252 acc. to RAL2 104515 silver-coloured 115006 acc. to RAL2 115007 T-Stop guide rail opposite hinge side BG TS 5000/TS 3000 With integrated opening restrictor and lever, use with door closer on leaf installation opposite hinge side or with pivot bearing in leaf and transom installation opposite hinge side Pivot bearing for T-Stop guide rails Surface-mounted INSTALLATION MATERIAL Lintel casing bracket guide rail BG For ECline and T-Stop guide rail … Only for dry rooms | … Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes in the Price List. TS 5000 with T-Stop guide rail, Catholic Church Administration Building, Stuttgart, Germany (photo: Dirk Wilhelmy) 136 137 SW ING D O OR Accessories To make your hold-open devices even safer in an emergency, we have a wide range of accessories in our product range. For example, you can opt for a GEZE smoke switch control unit. Manual or wireless – we have numerous versions on offer for you. We are more than happy to answer any questions you may have about your safe door. 138 Door closers wi th guid e rail | Accessories | RSZ … smoke switch control unit RSZ … smoke switch control unit V I D EO Extendable smoke switch control unit for all GEZE hold-open devices AR EAS OF A PP L I CAT I O N Approved for all GEZE hold-open devices for the early detection of fire and smoke Difficult lintel situations, for example with too little space above the smoke chamber Installation above the active leaf on the vertical wall Installation possible with surface-mounted line-feed PR OD UCT FEATUR ES Telescopic function for bridging overhangs of up to 30 mm Connection to 230 V power supply and 24 V DC supply of the hold-open device Power supply of the hold-open system is interrupted in the case of an alarm and the doors close Integrated smoke switch with automatic adaptation of the alarm threshold Compensates for light contamination of the smoke chamber and thus increases the service life Visual display of the current control panel status Additional smoke switches can be connected Surface-mounted line-feed possible RSZ … smoke switch control unit | Accessories | Door closers with guide rail 139 PR OD UCT S CALE D R AW I N G 347 293 27 124 33 30 14 55 … 3 … 4 … = threaded hole M5 | … = opening for additional connections | … = power supply (230 V) | … = threaded hole M5 O R D E R IN FOR M AT I O N Designation Version ID no. RSZ … smoke switch control unit Smoke switch control unit for all GEZE hold-open devices silver-coloured 181025 white RAL 9016 184195 stainless steel optic¹ 184196 acc. to RAL² 185231 ACCESSORIES 195524 FA GC 170 wireless kit Set consisting of: … piece GC 171 wireless module for the wireless extension of GEZE hold-open systems GC 171 wireless module For the wireless connection of wireless components (GC 172 wireless smoke detector; GC 173 wireless thermal detector; GC 175 wireless input module) on GEZE hold-open systems anthracite 163051 GC 172 wireless smoke detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 195522 GC 173 wireless thermal detector for the wireless connection to GEZE hold-open systems, battery-operated with … years battery lifetime, with base, tested in accordance with EN 54-7 and EN 54-25, general construction technique permit for use with all GEZE hold-open systems white RAL 9016 195523 GC 175 wireless input module For wireless connection of manual trigger switches to the GEZE GC 171 wireless module, applicable for all GEZE hold-open systems black 163068 GC 152 smoke detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-7, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139850 acc. to RAL 170523 GC 153 wireless thermal detector Complete with base, 24 V DC, 20 mA, tested in accordance with EN54-5, with general official building approval for use with all GEZE hold-open systems, integrated line monitoring, conform with DIN EN 14637 white 139881 acc. to RAL 170524 Manual trigger switch For the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices including terminating resistor for line monitoring alpine white/red 116266 Surface-mounted box, single Suitable for the AS 500 switch programme Manual trigger switch with glass pane and … interchangeable labels For the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices Replacement glass pane For manual trigger switch 120880 and 120881 … Only for dry rooms | … Surcharge for RAL special colours, see General Notes in the price list. 120503 alpine white/red 120880 010994 140 141 SW ING D O OR Further information With overhead door closers with guide rails, your swing doors are always closed when they shouldn’t be open. As they do not have to be manually closed, they also provide safety in the event of a fire. Tightened legal regulations make overhead door closers with guide rails essential for many doors. For every self-locking door and all other needs, GEZE always offers the matching solution. Use our many versions with a wide variety of technical and visual options. 142 Door closers wi th guid e rail | Further information TECH N OLOGY – TS … 0 … 0 OV E R HEA D D O O R CLO SER … 6 … 1 … 4 … = Closing speed setting | … = Latching action setting | … = Back check setting | … = Opening assistance | … = Closing force display | … = Setting closing force from the front TECH N OLOGY – TS … 0 … 0 V OV E R HEA D D O OR CLO SER … 2 … 1 … 1 = Closing speed setting | … = Latching action setting | … = Back check setting | … = Opening assistance | … = Setting closing force from the side Further information | Door closers with guide rail 143 SYSTE M TS … 0 … 0 – I N STALLAT I O N P O S SI BI LI TI ES single leaf Installation of door closer on hinge side Door leaf installation Transom installation Door leaf installation Transom installation Standard design / with delayed closing TS 50001 TS 5000 L2 TS 5000 L2 TS 50001 Electromechanical hold-open unit TS 5000 E1 TS 5000 L-E2 Electromechanical hold-open unit and integrated smoke switch TS 5000 R1 TS 5000 L-R2 Electric free swing function TS 5000 EFS 3-6 TS 5000 EFS 3-6 KM Electric free swing function with integrated smoke switch TS 5000 RFS 3-6 TS 5000 RFS 3-6 KM Integrated closing sequence control TS 5000 ISM1 Ac Integrated closing sequence control with electromechanical hold-open unit on both leaves tiv e le af Pa ssiv TS 5000 L-ISM2/ L-ISM VPK3 e le af TS 5000 E-ISM1 Ac double leaf Installation of door loser on opposite hinge side tiv e le af P iv ass e le af Ac tiv e le af Pa ssiv e le af TS 5000 L-E-ISM2/ L-E-ISM VPK3 Ac tiv e le af Pa ssiv e le af Integrated closing sequence con- TS 5000 ISM/E-ISM/S1 trol, optional for free swing function on the active leaf with electromechanical hold-open function only Ac af tiv e le e le on the active leaf ssiv af Pa Integrated closing sequence control with electromechanical holdopen function on active leaf TS 5000 E-ISM/G1 Ac Integrated closing sequence control with electromechanical hold-open function on both leaves or on the active leaf and the smoke switch Integrated closing sequence control with smoke switch, optional for free swing function on the active leaf with electromechanical holdopen function only on the passive leaf tiv e le af Pa ssiv e le af TS 5000 L-R ISM Ac tiv e le af Pa ssiv e le af TS 5000 R-ISM/ R-ISM/G1 Ac tiv e le af Pa ssiv e le af TS 5000 R-ISM/ 0/R-ISM/S1 Ac tiv e le af Pa ssiv e le af … can also be implemented with the design variants of the TS 5000 closer body | … can also be implemented with the design variants of the TS 5000 L closer body | … for double leaf full panic doors 144 Door closers wi th guid e rail | Further information GENE R AL PR OD UCT F U N CTI O N S A N D I N FOR M AT I O N D O O R CLO SER WI TH G UIDE RAIL 0° … = Back check: reduces the speed of a forcefully pushed open door at approximately 90° door opening. However, it must not be used as a substitute for separate measures designed to limit the opening angle (such as a door stopper or other structural methods), e.g. in the case of doors that open outwards or are liable to be exposed to the wind. | … = Closing speed: The speed at which a door closes can be set on an individual basis. | … = Latching action: When the door is just a few degrees away from reaching the closed position, this function increases the door speed in order to overcome any closing resistance (e.g. in the form of air resistance) | … = Delayed closing: This function reduces the closing speed of a door or stops the door so that people have enough time to get through it. … 1 180° … 2 S P ECI ALLY FO R O PPOSITE HING E SIDE INSTALLAT IO N To prevent damage to the door system, the maximum door opening angle must be limited (door stopper or T-Stop guide rail). X X dimension = distance dimension of pivot point to contact area of guide rail D O O R CLO SER WI TH ADJUSTABLE CLOSING FO RCE The relevant standards stipulate that the closing force (closing force of the closer) must be selected in accordance with the door leaf width. Where necessitated by the structural (door height, door weight) or local conditions (wind), the next closing force up must be set. TS 3000 V, TS 5000 and related versions offer several closing forces in one housing. The desired closing force can be selected by means of an adjustment screw. The TS 5000 features a visual display so you can see which closing force is currently selected. Door closing force acc. to EN standard Door leaf width (mm) Closing force … up to 750 Closing force … over 750 up to 850 Closing force … over 850 up to 950 Closing force … over 950 up to 1100 Closing force … over 1100 up to 1250 Closing force … over 1250 up to 1400 Door closer with mechanical hold-open device: Installation of the hold-open device into the corresponding guide rail enables variable adjustment of the door hold-open function between 80° and 130°. The retention force of the hold-open function can be adjusted. The hold-open function can therefore be switched off too. S I NGLE LEAF SYSTEMS DO U B LE LEAF SYSTEM S ( E XCE PT TS … 0 … 0 L- R- ISM VP) Door opening angle Door opening angle Further information | Door closers with guide rail 145 P RO DUCT I N FORMATION FOR DOOR CLOSE RS Due to the liability the manufacturer has for its products under the German product liability law (§ … Prod-HaftG), the following information regarding door closers for swing leaf doors must be observed. Failure to comply releases the manufacturer from his statutory liability. 1) PRODUCT INFORMATION AND USE AS INTENDED if the warranted properties are likely to trigger proper functioning, e.g. in case of storms or unusual levels of overpressure Within this context, door closers are to be defined as products for or underpressure acting on the door, closing swing leaf doors after they have been opened manually. if door closers are used for any purpose other than The closing action is dampened using a hydraulically adjustable closing doors, feature. if the selected closing force does not tally with the manufacturer's The level of closing force required for specific leaf widths is recommendations defined in EN 1154. In the case of non-standard applications, the details provided by the manufacturer are to be regarded as definitive. Door closers are used on installed swing leaf doors made from 3) PRODUCT PERFORMANCE Where catalogues, brochures, manuals, etc. do not contain spemetal, timber or plastic and combinations thereof. When used on cific details of product performance, special requirements must be smoke and fire protection doors or other standardised self-locking doors, they are subject to strict requirements in terms of the discussed and agreed with the manufacturer. type of installation and their position. Any deviation from these requirements constitutes improper use. The EN 1154 standards serve as a guideline. These standards stipulate the vast majority of basic and additional requirements. Proper use of door closers (use as intended) relies on doors being Amongst other things, the usability of door closers depends on installed perpendicular and their being able to move smoothly; it how often they are operated, how they are operated, environis also dependent on the door closers being properly secured. The mental influences and how they are cared for. Door closers must products must be installed and adjusted professionally in accordbe replaced as soon as the door's closing action can no longer be ance with the manufacturer’s specifications. guaranteed to be fault-free and reliable. Where local conditions are particularly unfavourable (wind), door closers with higher torques must be used. 4) PRODUCT MAINTENANCE Safety-related components of door closers must be checked regularly for tightness and signs of wear (depending on what the requirements are). Fixing screws must be re-tightened and defective components replaced. In addition, the following maintenance work must be carried out at least once a year (depending on the swing leaf door type and extent of use. It is particularly important to use door closers with a back check function on swing leaf doors that are exposed to wind when opening outwards. The back check function helps protect people, door elements, nearby walls and objects, without restricting the door opening angle. If the structural conditions of the door are such that there is a risk of the door leaf hitting the frame in the vicinity of the Grease all moving parts on the link arm. door’s axis of rotation, a buffer must be installed to limit the door’s In the case of door closers with special functions (hold-open maximum opening angle. If swing leaf doors are to be fixed in the devices and hold-open systems), ensure compliance with statuopen position, this may only be achieved using special additional tory inspections, monitoring requirements and suggested maintefittings or integrated constructional elements. When used on nance intervals. smoke and fire protection doors, the devices must be officially Check the door closer settings e.g. the closing speed. approved by Deutsches Institut für Bautechnik (German Centre of Check that the door is able to move easily. Competence for Construction) (door suitability certificates must be heeded). Do not use any cleaning agents that contain corrosive or damaging ingredients. Door closers are not suitable for installation on swing leaf doors in the case of exposed exterior installation or for installation in envi- 5) DUTIES TO INFORM AND INSTRUCT ronments where the air contains aggressive, corrosive substances The following resources are available to help planners, specialist or in extremely high or low temperatures. suppliers, installation companies, builders and users fulfil their duties of information and instruction: Following installation, enclosures for floor springs must be protected against soiling. If floor springs are exposed to penetrating Catalogues, brochures, leaflets, water such as wet rooms or exterior doors with no protection from Tender texts and bidding documents, the rain, the area between the cement box and the floor spring Attachment instructions, installation drawings, operating cover must be sealed with a suitable sealing compound. instructions, standards Advice from field staff. Compliance with mandatory statutory provisions must be ensured, where applicable, before door closers (including any To ensure correct use of door closers on swing doors, guarantee additional devices) are installed and commissioned. their function and make sure they are maintained and cared for appropriately: 2) MISUSE Misuse (i.e. improper use of door closer products for swing leaf doors) includes, in particular: the presence of obstacles in the closing area, scraping doors, sticking seals, wooden wedges, etc. that hinder the door’s closing action. if incorrect or improper mounting and/or adjustment occurs, if reaching into the area between the door frame and leaf (risk of injury), Architects and planners are advised to order and observe the necessary product information, Specialist suppliers are advised to observe the product information and advice in the price lists and, in particular, to order all relevant instructions, which are to be passed on to the installation engineer, fabrication companies are advised to observe all the product information and to pass it on to the client and user. 146 Door closers wi th guid e rail | Further information COVE R CAPS FOR G E Z E D O O R CLO S E R S The following cover caps are available for the TS 3000 V and TS 5000 overhead door closers: silver-coloured dark bronze white RAL 9016 polished brass stainless steel Further RAL colours on request. Further information | Door closers with guide rail ÖAMTC headquarters / Mobility Centre in Vienna, Austria (photo: Sigrid Rauchdobler / GEZE GmbH ) Stadion Miejski Wrocław, built for Euro 2012, Poland (photo: Luckasz Janicki / GEZE GmbH) 147 We are GEZE. For liveable buildings GEZE stands for innovation, high quality and comprehensive support of building technologies. From the initial idea, planning and operational implementation with standard products to customised system solutions and individual service and maintenance plans. We offer an extensive product range of door, window and safety technology products and are a major driving force behind the digital networking of building automation. GEZE GmbH Reinhold-Vöster-Strasse 21 – 29 71229 Leonberg Germany Telephone: +49 7152 203 … Fax: +49 7152 203 310 Email: info.de@geze.com www.geze.com 2025_02 ID no. 091593 EN Subject to change without notice

Download (.PDF | 14 MB)

Product brochure

SUMMARY OF POSSIBLE APPLICATIONS Installation options for overhead door closers … | Contents Contents RECOMME N D E D SE T T I N G S FO R G E Z E D O OR CLO SER S … INSTR U CTION S FO R O P P O SI T E H I N G E SI D E I N STALLATI O N … TS 15 … 0 Door leaf installation hinge side … Transom installation opposite hinge side … TS 15 … 0 G Door leaf installation hinge side … Transom installation hinge side … TS 200 … N V/ N V B C Door leaf installation hinge side … Door leaf installation opposite hinge side with PA bracket for parallel arm installation … Door leaf installation hinge side with mounting plate for segmental arched door 10 Door leaf installation hinge side with clamping shoe for all-glass door 11 Door leaf installation hinge side with mounting plate for link arm with slim frames 11 Transom installation opposite hinge side 12 Transom installation opposite hinge side with lintel casing bracket 12 TS 30 … 0 V / V B C / E N … Door leaf installation hinge side 13 Door leaf installation opposite hinge side 13 Door leaf installation hinge side with clamping shoe for all-glass door 14 Transom installation hinge side 15 Transom installation opposite hinge side 16 Transom installation opposite hinge side with lintel casing bracket 17 TS 400 … / S / E / E FS Door leaf installation hinge side 18 Door leaf installation hinge side with mounting plate for link arm with slim frames 19 TS 400 … / E / E FS / R / R FS Transom installation opposite hinge side 20 TS 400 … / S Door leaf installation opposite hinge side with PA bracket for parallel arm installation 21 Door leaf installation hinge side with mounting plate for segmental arched door 22 Door leaf installation hinge side with clamping shoe for all-glass door 23 Transom installation opposite hinge side with lintel casing bracket 24 TS 400 … IS / E-IS Door leaf installation hinge side, 2-leaf 25 TS 400 … IS / E-IS / R - I S Transom installation opposite hinge side, 2-leaf 26 Contents | TS … 0 … 0 / EC L I N E / S / E / R / E FS / R FS / TS … 000 SO FTCLO SE Door leaf installation hinge side 27 TS … 0 … 0 E FS / R FS Transom installation hinge side 28 TS … 0 … 0 / EC L I N E / S / E / TS … 0 … 0 S O FTCLO SE Transom installation opposite hinge side 29 Transom installation opposite hinge side with lintel casing bracket 30 TS … 0 … 0 / EC L I N E / S / E / TS … 0 … 0 S O FTCLO SE Door leaf installation hinge side with clamping shoe for all-glass door 31 TS … 0 … 0 IS M / E- I SM / R - I S M / F R E E SW I N G O PTI O N AL / ECLI N E O PTI O N AL / IS M-S OFTC LO SE / E- I SM S O F TCLO SE / R- I SM SO FTCLO SE Door leaf installation hinge side, 2-leaf 32 TS … 0 … 0 L/ EC L I N E L / TS … 0 … 0 L S O F TCLO SE Transom installation hinge side 34 TS … 0 … 0 L / ECL I N E L / TS … 0 … 0 L S O F TCLO SE / L- E / L- R Door leaf installation opposite hinge side 35 Door leaf installation opposite hinge side with lintel casing bracket 36 TS … 0 … 0 L-IS M / L- E- I S M / L- R - I S M / L-I SM VPK / L- E- I SM VPK / L- R- I SM VP Door leaf installation opposite hinge side, 2-leaf 37 T- STOP GU ID E R A I L W I T H P I VOT B E A R IN G Door leaf installation hinge side 39 Door leaf installation opposite hinge side 39 Transom installation hinge side 40 Transom installation opposite hinge side 40 … 4 | Recommended settings for GEZE door closers RECOMME N D E D SE T T I N G S FO R G E Z E D O OR CLO SER S Remove face plate Clip face plate open … Set … 2 … TS 5000/4000/3000/2000: slit TS 1500: PH2 cross slot TS … 000 Display closing force Leaf width [mm] … up to 850 … 850 - 950 … 950 - 1100 … 1100 - 1250 … 1250 - 1400 Sec Light-running door must be closed completely by the door closer! … = Closing force | … = Closing speed | … = Latching action | … = Back check | … = Delayed closing (only with TS 5000 S) TS … 000 Display closing force Leaf width [mm] … up to 750 … 750 - 850 … 850 - 950 … 950 - 1100 … 1100 - 1250 … 1250 - 1400 Sec Light-running door must be closed completely by the door closer! … = Closing force | … = Closing speed | … = Latching action (only with TS 4000 S) | … = Back check | … = Delayed closing (only with TS 4000 S) TS … 000 V Setting latching action with latching action Setting closing force Leaf width [mm] Limit stop - up to 750 … turns 750 - 850 … turns 850 - 950 Limit stop + 950 - 1100 Light-running door must be closed completely by the door closer! … = Closing force | … = Closing speed | … = Latching action | … = Back check (only with TS 3000 V BC) without latching action Sec Recommended settings for GEZE door closers | TS 2000 N V Setting closing force Leaf width [mm] Limit stop - up to 850 … turns 850 - 950 Limit stop+ up to 1100 Light-running door must be closed completely by the door closer! Sec … = Closing force | … = Closing speed | … = Latching action | … = Back check (only with TS 2000 NV BC) TS … 5 00 Setting closing force Leaf width [mm] 850 - 950 ° 90 A 950 - 1100 ° 90 B Light-running door must be closed completely by the door closer! Setting of closing force by rotating the top of the link arm … = Closing speed | … = Latching action Sec … | Recommended TS 1500 settings for GEZE door closers GENE R AL P R OD UCT I N FO R M AT I O N A B O U T G EZ E OVERHEAD DO O R CLO SER S CLOSIN G FOR C E according to EN 1154 recommended door leaf width (mm) Closing force … up to 750 Closing force … over 750 up to 850 Closing force … over 850 up to 950 Closing force … over 950 up to 1100 Closing force … over 1100 up to 1250 Closing force … over 1250 up to 1400 Closing force … over 1400 up to 1600 N OT ES FO R DO O R CLOSERS WITH G UIDE RAIL FO R O PPO SITE HIN G E SIDE IN STA LL ATIO N Attention: To prevent damage to the door system, the maximum door opening angle must be limited (door stopper or T-Stop guide rail). X X … X max. 90 80 A 70 60 50 … 2 X 100 110 120 130 140 Y 100 110 120 130 140 Y X max. 100 90 80 B 70 60 50 … = Door overlap max. 15 mm | … = Flush-mounted door | X = Distance from the pivot point to contact area of guide rail X dimension max. = 100 mm for 2-leaf/ 90 mm for 1-leaf | A = 1-leaf systems | B = 2-leaf systems (except TS 5000 L-R-ISM VP, TS 5000 L-ISM VPK and TS 5000 L-E-ISM VPK) | Y = Door opening angle GEZE VPK systems must be fitted on the opposite hinge side of 2-leaf full panic doors. X dimension max. = 110 mm. N OT ES FO R DO O R CLOSERS WITH LINK ARM FO R O PPO SITE HIN G E SIDE IN STA LL ATIO N B A A = Reveal depth | B = Reveal depth + … door thickness + … pivot point distance Door opening up to 180° is only possible if the following dimensions are not exceeded: A = 70 mm and B = 200 mm TS 1500 | D OOR LE AF IN STA LL AT I O N H I N G E S I D E TS 1500 door leaf installation/hinge side AREAS O F APPLI CATION Closing force 3/4 according to EN 1154, leaf width up to 1100 mm Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Fire and smoke protection doors OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 1500 door closer closing force EN 3/4 (without link arm) silver-coloured 101792 Link arm TS 1500/1000 C standard silver-coloured 101878 Link arm TS 1500/1000 C with mechanical hold-open device silver-coloured 101815 silver-coloured 029682 ACCESSORIES Mounting plate door closer for TS 1500 TR A N S OM IN STA LL AT I O N O P P O S I T E H I N G E SI DE TS 1500 transom installation/opposite hinge side AREAS O F APPLI CATION Closing force 3/4 according to EN 1154, leaf width up to 1100 mm Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Fire and smoke protection doors OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 1500 door closer closing force EN 3/4 (without link arm) silver-coloured 101792 Link arm TS 1500/1000 C standard silver-coloured 101878 Link arm TS 1500/1000 C with mechanical hold-open device silver-coloured 101815 silver-coloured 029682 ACCESSORIES Mounting plate door closer for TS 1500   N o t e : See our system catalogues for further accessories and colour variants. … 8 | TS 1500 G D OO R LE A F IN STA LL AT I O N H I N G E S I D E TS 1500 G door leaf installation/hinge side AREAS O F APPLI CATI O N Closing force … according to EN 1154, leaf width up to 750 mm Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 1500 G door closer closing force EN … (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 101792 Guide rail TS 1500 G with lever silver-coloured 101885 Guide rail TS 1500 G/F with mechanical hold-open device and lever silver-coloured 101889 ACCESSORIES Mechanical hold-open unit for standard/T-Stop/Boxer … mm guide rail, retention force adjustable, can be switched on and off, can be overridden 071924 Mounting plate guide rail for TS 1500 G silver-coloured 072333 Mounting plate door closer for TS 1500 silver-coloured 029682 TRAN S OM IN STALL AT I O N H I N G E SI D E TS 1500 G transom installation/hinge side AREAS O F APPLI CATI O N Closing force … according to EN 1154, leaf width up to 750 mm Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion O RDE R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 1500 G door closer closing force EN … (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 101792 Guide rail TS 1500 G with lever silver-coloured 101885 Guide rail TS 1500 G/F with mechanical hold-open device and lever silver-coloured 101889 ACCESSORIES Mechanical hold-open unit for standard/T-Stop/Boxer … mm guide rail, retention force adjustable, can be switched on and off, can be overridden 071924 Mounting plate guide rail for TS 1500 G silver-coloured 072333 Mounting plate door closer for TS 1500 silver-coloured 029682   N o t e : See our system catalogues for further accessories and colour variants. TS 2000 NV / NV BC | D OOR LE AF IN STA LL AT I O N H I N G E S I D E TS 2000 NV door leaf installation/hinge side AREAS O F APPLI CATION Closing force 2-4 according to EN 1154, leaf width up to 1100 mm Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Fire and smoke protection doors OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 2000 NV BC door closer closing force EN 2-4 with back check (without link arm) silver-coloured 124944 TS 2000 NV door closer closing force EN 2-4 (without link arm) silver-coloured 128885 Link arm TS 4000/2000 standard silver-coloured 102421 Link arm TS 4000/2000 with mechanical hold-open device that can be switched on and off silver-coloured 102445 Link arm TS 4000/2000 with mechanical hold-open device silver-coloured 102454 ACCESSORIES Mounting plate door closer for TS 2000 NV and NV BC with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 supplementary sheet … 126234 D OOR LE AF IN STA LL AT I O N O P P O SI T E H I N G E SI DE W I TH PA BRACKET FOR PA R A LLE L A R M I N STA LL AT I O N TS 2000 NV door leaf installation/opposite hinge side parallel arm installation AREAS O F APPLI CATION Closing force 2-4 according to EN 1154, leaf width up to 1100 mm Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Note for rescue routes, restriction of passage height by approx. 30 mm OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 2000 NV BC door closer closing force EN 2-4 with back check (without link arm) silver-coloured 124944 TS 2000 NV door closer closing force EN 2-4 (without link arm) silver-coloured 128885 Link arm TS 4000/2000 standard silver-coloured 102421 Link arm TS 4000/2000 with mechanical hold-open device that can be switched on and off silver-coloured 102445 Link arm TS 4000/2000 with mechanical hold-open device silver-coloured 102454 silver-coloured 053318 ACCESSORIES Mounting plate link arm for TS 4000/TS 2000, for parallel arm installation Mounting plate door closer for TS 2000 NV and NV BC with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 supplementary sheet …   N o t e : See our system catalogues for further accessories and colour variants. 126234 … 10 | TS 2000 NV / NV BC D OO R LE A F IN STA LL AT I O N H I N G E S I D E W ITH M O UN TI N G PLATE FO R SEG M EN TAL ARCHED DOOR TS 2000 NV door leaf installation/hinge side segmental arch ARE AS OF APP LI CAT I O N Closing force 2-4 according to EN 1154, leaf width up to 1100 mm Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Semicircular/segmental arched doors, max. arch height approx. 130 mm Fire and smoke protection doors ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 2000 NV BC door closer closing force EN 2-4 with back check (without link arm) silver-coloured 124944 TS 2000 NV door closer closing force EN 2-4 (without link arm) silver-coloured 128885 Link arm TS 4000/2000 standard silver-coloured 102421 Link arm TS 4000/2000 with mechanical hold-open device that can be switched on and off silver-coloured 102445 Link arm TS 4000/2000 with mechanical hold-open device silver-coloured 102454 silver-coloured 127434 ACCESSORIES Mounting plate segmental arched door for TS 2000 NV, arch height max. 130 mm   N o t e : See our system catalogues for further accessories and colour variants. TS 2000 NV / NV BC | D OOR LE AF IN STA LL AT I O N H I N G E S I D E W I TH CLAM PI N G SHO E FO R ALL- G LASS DO O R TS 2000 NV door leaf installation/hinge side clamping shoe glass AREAS O F APPLI CATION Closing force 2-4 according to EN 1154, leaf width up to 1100 mm Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Clamping shoe, glass thickness 8-10 mm Mounting plate and counterplate variant also possible, glass thickness 10/12 mm O R D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 2000 NV BC door closer closing force EN 2-4 with back check (without link arm) silver-coloured 124944 TS 2000 NV door closer closing force EN 2-4 (without link arm) silver-coloured 128885 Link arm TS 4000/2000 standard silver-coloured 102421 Link arm TS 4000/2000 with mechanical hold-open device that can be switched on and off silver-coloured 102445 Link arm TS 4000/2000 with mechanical hold-open device silver-coloured 102454 Glass clamping shoe door closer for TS 3000/TS 2000 NV silver-coloured 014835 Mounting plate and counterplate for all-glass door for TS 3000/TS 2000 NV silver-coloured 090259 ACCESSORIES D OOR LE AF IN STA LL AT I O N H I N G E S I D E W I TH M O UN TI N G PLATE FO R LI N K AR M WITH S LIM FRA M ES TS 2000 NV door leaf installation/hinge side mounting plate slim frame AREAS O F APPLI CATION Closing force 2-4 according to EN 1154, leaf width up to 1100 mm Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Fire and smoke protection doors OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 2000 NV BC door closer closing force EN 2/4/5 with back check (without link arm) silver-coloured 124944 TS 2000 NV door closer closing force EN 2/4/5 (without link arm) silver-coloured 128885 Link arm TS 4000/2000 standard silver-coloured 102421 Link arm TS 4000/2000 with mechanical hold-open device that can be switched on and off silver-coloured 102445 Link arm TS 4000/2000 with mechanical hold-open device silver-coloured 102454 silver-coloured 057109 ACCESSORIES Mounting plate link arm for TS 4000/TS 2000, with slim frames Mounting plate door closer for TS 2000 NV and NV BC with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 supplementary sheet …   N o t e : See our system catalogues for further accessories and colour variants. 126234 11 12 | TS 2000 3000 V NV /V / NV BC BC / EN3 TRAN S OM IN STALL AT I O N O P P O S I T E H I N G E SI DE TS 2000 NV transom installation/opposite hinge side AREAS O F APPLI CATI O N Closing force 2-4 according to EN 1154, leaf width up to 1100 mm Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Fire and smoke protection doors ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 2000 NV BC door closer closing force EN 2-4 with back check (without link arm) silver-coloured 124944 TS 2000 NV door closer closing force EN 2-4 (without link arm) silver-coloured 128885 Link arm TS 4000/2000 standard silver-coloured 102421 Link arm TS 4000/2000 with mechanical hold-open device that can be switched on and off silver-coloured 102445 Link arm TS 4000/2000 with mechanical hold-open device silver-coloured 102454 ACCESSORIES Mounting plate door closer for TS 2000 NV and NV BC with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 supplementary sheet … 126234 TRAN S OM IN STALL AT I O N O P P O S I T E H I N G E SI DE W I TH LI N TEL CASI N G BRACKET TS 2000 NV transom installation/opposite hinge side lintel casing bracket AREAS O F APPLI CATI O N Closing force 2-4 according to EN 1154, leaf width up to 1100 mm Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Note for rescue routes, restriction of passage height by approx. 100 mm Fire and smoke protection doors ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 2000 NV BC door closer closing force EN 2-4 with back check (without link arm) silver-coloured 124944 TS 2000 NV door closer closing force EN 2-4 (without link arm) silver-coloured 128885 Link arm TS 4000/2000 standard silver-coloured 102421 Link arm TS 4000/2000 with mechanical hold-open device that can be switched on and off silver-coloured 102445 Link arm TS 4000/2000 with mechanical hold-open device silver-coloured 102454 silver-coloured 127432 ACCESSORIES Lintel casing bracket transom installation BG for TS 2000 NV/TS 3000 V   N o t e : See our system catalogues for further accessories and colour variants. TS 3000 V / V BC / EN3 | D OOR LE AF IN STA LL AT I O N H I N G E S I D E TS 3000 V door leaf installation/hinge side AREAS O F APPLI CATION Closing force 1- … according to EN 1154, leaf width up to 1100 mm Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Fire and smoke protection doors TS 3000 EN3 for leaf widths up to 950 mm OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 3000 V door closer closing force EN 1-4 (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 028348 TS 3000 EN3 door closer closing force EN3 (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 102247 TS 3000 V BC door closer closing force EN slide block-4, with back check (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 109326 Guide rail TS 5000/TS 3000 standard, with lever silver-coloured 068221 ACCESSORIES Mechanical hold-open unit for standard/T-Stop/Boxer … mm guide rail, retention force adjustable, can be switched on and off, can be overridden 071924 Mounting plate guide rail for standard/ECline/T-Stop/EFS guide rail silver-coloured 001512 Mounting plate door closer for TS 3000 with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 supplementary sheet … silver-coloured 011230 D OOR LE AF IN STA LL AT I O N O P P O SI T E H I N G E SI DE TS 3000 V door leaf installation/opposite hinge side (optionally with lintel casing bracket) AREAS O F APPLI CATION Closing force 1- … according to EN 1154, leaf width up to 1100 mm Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Fire and smoke protection doors TS 3000 EN3 for leaf widths up to 950 mm Installation with lintel casing bracket possible OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 3000 V door closer closing force EN 1-4 (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 028348 TS 3000 EN3 door closer closing force EN3 (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 102247 TS 3000 V BC door closer closing force EN 2-4, with back check (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 109326 Guide rail BG TS 5000/TS 3000 standard, with lever, for use with door closer on door leaf installation opposite hinge side silver-coloured 025655 ACCESSORIES Mechanical hold-open unit for standard/T-Stop/Boxer … mm guide rail, retention force adjustable, can be switched on and off, can be overridden 071924 Mounting plate guide rail BG for standard/ECline/T-Stop/EFS guide rail silver-coloured 124683 Mounting plate door closer for TS 3000 with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 supplementary sheet … silver-coloured 011230 Lintel casing bracket guide rail BG for standard guide rail silver-coloured 025657   N o t e : See our system catalogues for further accessories and colour variants. 13 14 | TS 3000 V / V BC / EN3 D OO R LE A F IN STA LL AT I O N H I N G E S I D E W ITH CLAM PI N G SHO E FO R ALL- G LASS DO O R TS 3000 V door leaf installation/hinge side clamping shoe glass AREAS O F APPLI CATI O N Closing force 1- … according to EN 1154, leaf width up to 1100 mm Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion TS 3000 EN3 for leaf widths up to 950 mm Clamping shoe, glass thickness 8-10 mm ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 3000 V door closer closing force EN 1-4 (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 028348 TS 3000 EN3 door closer closing force EN3 (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 102247 TS 3000 V BC door closer closing force EN 2-4, with back check (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 109326 Guide rail TS 5000/TS 3000 standard, with lever silver-coloured 068221 silver-coloured 014835 ACCESSORIES Glass clamping shoe door closer for TS 3000/TS 2000 NV Mechanical hold-open unit for standard/ T-Stop/Boxer … mm guide rail, retention force adjustable, can be switched on and off, can be overridden Mounting plate guide rail for standard/ECline/T-Stop/EFS guide rail   N o t e : See our system catalogues for further accessories and colour variants. 071924 silver-coloured 001512 TS 3000 V / V BC / EN3 | TR A N S OM IN STA LL AT I O N H I N G E SI D E TS 3000 V transom installation/hinge side AREAS O F APPLI CATION Closing force 1- … according to EN 1154, leaf width up to 1100 mm Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion TS 3000 EN3 for leaf widths up to 950 mm Fire and smoke protection doors OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 3000 V door closer closing force EN 1-4 (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 028348 TS 3000 EN3 door closer closing force EN3 (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 102247 TS 3000 V BC door closer closing force EN 2-4, with back check (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 109326 Guide rail TS 5000/TS 3000 standard, with lever silver-coloured 068221 ACCESSORIES 071924 Mechanical hold-open unit for standard/T-Stop/Boxer … mm guide rail, retention force adjustable, can be switched on and off, can be overridden Mounting plate guide rail for standard/ECline/T-Stop/EFS guide rail silver-coloured 001512 Mounting plate door closer for TS 3000 with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 supplementary sheet … silver-coloured 011230   N o t e : See our system catalogues for further accessories and colour variants. 15 16 | TS 3000 V / V BC / EN3 TRAN S OM IN STALL AT I O N O P P O S I T E H I N G E SI DE TS 3000 V transom installation/opposite hinge side AREAS O F APPLI CATI O N Closing force 1- … according to EN 1154, leaf width up to 1100 mm Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion TS 3000 EN3 for leaf widths up to 950 mm Fire and smoke protection doors ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 3000 V door closer closing force EN 1-4 (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 028348 TS 3000 EN3 door closer closing force EN3 (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 102247 TS 3000 V BC door closer closing force EN 2-4, with back check (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 109326 Guide rail TS 5000/TS 3000 standard, with lever silver-coloured 068221 Guide rail TS 5000/3000 riveted firmly riveted slide block, with lever silver-coloured 069650 ACCESSORIES Mechanical hold-open unit for standard/T-Stop/Boxer … mm guide rail, retention force adjustable, can be switched on and off, can be overridden 071924 Mounting plate guide rail for standard/ECline/T-Stop/EFS guide rail silver-coloured 001512 Mounting plate door closer for TS 3000 with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 supplementary sheet … silver-coloured 011230   N o t e : See our system catalogues for further accessories and colour variants. TS 3000 V / V BC / EN3 | TR A N S OM IN STA LL AT I O N O P P O S I T E H I N G E SI DE W I TH LI N TEL CASI N G BRACKET TS 3000 V transom installation/opposite hinge side lintel casing bracket AREAS O F APPLI CATION Closing force 1- … according to EN 1154, leaf width up to 1100 mm Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion TS 3000 EN3 for leaf widths up to 950 mm Note for rescue routes, restriction of passage height by approx. 100 mm Fire and smoke protection doors OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 3000 V door closer closing force EN 1-4 (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 028348 TS 3000 EN3 door closer closing force EN3 (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 102247 TS 3000 V BC door closer closing force EN 2-4, with back check (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 109326 Guide rail TS 5000/TS 3000 standard, with lever silver-coloured 068221 Guide rail TS 5000/3000 riveted firmly riveted slide block, with lever silver-coloured 069650 ACCESSORIES Mechanical hold-open unit for standard/T-Stop/Boxer … mm guide rail, retention force adjustable, can be switched on and off, can be overridden 071924 Mounting plate guide rail for standard/ECline/T-Stop/EFS guide rail silver-coloured 001512 Lintel casing bracket transom installation BG for TS 2000 NV/TS 3000 V silver-coloured 127432   N o t e : See our system catalogues for further accessories and colour variants. 17 18 | TS 4000 / S / E / EFS D OO R LE A F IN STA LL AT I O N H I N G E S I D E TS 4000 door leaf installation/hinge side AREAS O F APPLI CATI O N Closing force 1- … according to EN 1154, leaf width up to 1400 mm Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Fire and smoke protection doors TS 4000 EN 5-7 for leaf widths up to 1600 mm A manual trigger switch is mandatory for free swing door closers in Germany. ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 4000 door closer closing force EN 1-6 with back check (without link arm) silver-coloured 102789 TS 4000 S door closer closing force EN 1-6 with delayed closing and back check (without link arm) silver-coloured 107745 TS 4000 door closer closing force EN 5-7 with back check (without link arm) silver-coloured 102837 TS 4000 E door closer closing force EN 1-6, door leaf installation hinge side, with electric hold-open device and connector box (without link arm) silver-coloured 105211 TS 4000 EFS door closer closing force EN 1-6, door leaf installation hinge side, with electric hold-open device for free swing function and connector box (without free swing link arm) silver-coloured 105211 Link arm TS 4000/2000 standard silver-coloured 102421 Link arm TS 4000/2000 with mechanical hold-open device that can be switched on and off silver-coloured 102445 Link arm TS 4000/2000 with mechanical hold-open device silver-coloured 102454 Link arm TS 4000 EFS/RFS with free swing function/free swing silver-coloured 106460 Mounting plate door closer for TS 5000/TS 4000 with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 supplementary sheet … silver-coloured 049185 Mounting plate door closer for TS 5000 EFS/RFS/E-HY/TS 4000 E with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 supplementary sheet … silver-coloured 059107 AS 500 manual trigger switch for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices including terminating resistor for line monitoring alpine white/red 116266 ACCESSORIES   N o t e : See our system catalogues for further accessories and colour variants. TS 4000 / S / E / EFS | D OOR LE AF IN STA LL AT I O N H I N G E S I D E W I TH M O UN TI N G PLATE FO R LI N K AR M WITH S LIM FRA M ES TS 4000 door leaf installation/hinge side mounting plate slim frame AREAS O F APPLI CATION Closing force 1-6 according to EN 1154, leaf width up to 1400 mm Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Fire and smoke protection doors TS 4000 EN 5-7 for leaf widths up to 1600 mm A manual trigger switch is mandatory for free swing door closers in Germany. OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 4000 door closer closing force EN 1-6 with back check (without link arm) silver-coloured 102789 TS 4000 S door closer closing force EN 1-6 with delayed closing and back check (without link arm) silver-coloured 107745 TS 4000 door closer closing force EN 5-7 with back check (without link arm) silver-coloured 102837 TS 4000 E door closer closing force EN 1-6, door leaf installation hinge side, with electric hold-open device and connector box (without link arm) silver-coloured 105211 TS 4000 EFS door closer closing force EN 1-6, door leaf installation hinge side, with electric hold-open device for free swing function and connector box (without free swing link arm) silver-coloured 105211 Link arm TS 4000/2000 standard silver-coloured 102421 Link arm TS 4000/2000 with mechanical hold-open device that can be switched on and off silver-coloured 102445 Link arm TS 4000/2000 with mechanical hold-open device silver-coloured 102454 Link arm TS 4000 EFS/RFS with free swing function/free swing silver-coloured 106460 Mounting plate link arm for TS 4000/TS 2000, with slim frames silver-coloured 057109 Mounting plate door closer for TS 5000/TS 4000 with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 supplementary sheet … silver-coloured 049185 Mounting plate door closer for TS 5000 EFS/RFS/E-HY/TS 4000 E with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 supplementary sheet … silver-coloured 059107 AS 500 manual trigger switch for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices including terminating resistor for line monitoring alpine white/red 116266 ACCESSORIES   N o t e : See our system catalogues for further accessories and colour variants. 19 20 | TS 4000 / E / EFS / R / RFS TRAN S OM IN STALL AT I O N O P P O S I T E H I N G E SI DE TS 4000 transom installation/opposite hinge side AREAS O F APPLI CATI O N Closing force 1- … according to EN 1154, leaf width up to 1400 mm Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion TS 4000 EN 5-7 for leaf widths up to 1600 mm A manual trigger switch is mandatory for free swing door closers in Germany. Fire and smoke protection doors ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 4000 door closer closing force EN 1-6 with back check (without link arm) silver-coloured 102789 TS 4000 door closer closing force EN 5-7 with back check (without link arm) silver-coloured 102837 TS 4000 E KM BG door closer closing force EN 1-6, transom installation opposite hinge side, with electric hold-open device (without link arm) silver-coloured 105213 TS 4000 EFS KM BG door closer closing force EN 1-6, transom installation opposite hinge side, with electric hold-open device for free swing function (without free swing link arm) silver-coloured 105213 TS 4000 R KM BG door closer closing force EN 1-6, transom installation opposite hinge side, with electric hold-open device and integrated smoke switch control unit (without link arm) silver-coloured 105241 TS 4000 RFS KM BG door closer closing force EN 1-6, transom installation opposite hinge side, with electric hold-open device for free swing function and integrated smoke switch control unit (without free swing link arm) silver-coloured 105241 Link arm TS 4000/2000 standard silver-coloured 102421 Link arm TS 4000/2000 with mechanical hold-open device that can be switched on and off silver-coloured 102445 Link arm TS 4000/2000 with mechanical hold-open device silver-coloured 102454 Link arm TS 4000 EFS/RFS with free swing function/free swing silver-coloured 106460 Mounting plate door closer for TS 5000/TS 4000 with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 supplementary sheet … silver-coloured 049185 Mounting plate door closer for TS 5000 EFS/RFS/E-HY/TS 4000 E with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 supplementary sheet … silver-coloured 059107 Mounting plate door closer for TS 5000 RFS KM/TS 4000 R and R-IS with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 supplementary sheet … black 058808 AS 500 manual trigger switch for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices including terminating resistor for line monitoring alpine white/red 116266 ACCESSORIES   N o t e : See our system catalogues for further accessories and colour variants. TS 4000 / E / EFS TS/4000 R / RFS / S | D OOR LE AF IN STA LL AT I O N O P P O SI T E H I N G E SI DE W I TH PA BRACKET FOR PA R A LLE L A R M I N STA LL AT I O N TS 4000 door leaf installation/opposite hinge side parallel arm installation AREAS O F APPLI CATION Closing force 1- … according to EN 1154, leaf width up to 1400 mm Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion TS 4000 EN 5-7 for leaf widths up to 1600 mm Note for rescue routes, restriction of passage height by approx. 30 mm Fire and smoke protection doors OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 4000 door closer closing force EN 1-6 with back check (without link arm) silver-coloured 102789 TS 4000 S door closer closing force EN 1-6 with delayed closing and back check (without link arm) silver-coloured 107745 TS 4000 door closer closing force EN 5-7 with back check (without link arm) silver-coloured 102837 Link arm TS 4000/2000 standard silver-coloured 102421 Link arm TS 4000/2000 with mechanical hold-open device that can be switched on and off silver-coloured 102445 Link arm TS 4000/2000 with mechanical hold-open device silver-coloured 102454 Mounting plate link arm for TS 4000/TS 2000, for parallel arm installation silver-coloured 053318 Mounting plate door closer for TS 5000/TS 4000 with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 supplementary sheet … silver-coloured 049185 ACCESSORIES   N o t e : See our system catalogues for further accessories and colour variants. 21 22 | TS 4000 / S D OO R LE A F IN STA LL AT I O N H I N G E S I D E W ITH M O UN TI N G PLATE FO R SEG M EN TAL ARCHED DOOR TS 4000 door leaf installation/hinge side segmental arch ARE AS OF APP LI CAT I O N Closing force 1- … according to EN 1154, leaf width up to 1400 mm Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion TS 4000 EN 5-7 for leaf widths up to 1600 mm Semicircular/segmental arched doors, max. arch height approx. 130 mm Fire and smoke protection doors ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 4000 door closer closing force EN 1-6 with back check (without link arm) silver-coloured 102789 TS 4000 S door closer closing force EN 1-6 with delayed closing and back check (without link arm) silver-coloured 107745 TS 4000 door closer closing force EN 5-7 with back check (without link arm) silver-coloured 102837 Link arm TS 4000/2000 standard silver-coloured 102421 Link arm TS 4000/2000 with mechanical hold-open device that can be switched on and off silver-coloured 102445 Link arm TS 4000/2000 with mechanical hold-open device silver-coloured 102454 silver-coloured 058782 ACCESSORIES Mounting plate segmental arched door for TS 4000, arch height max. 130 mm   N o t e : See our system catalogues for further accessories and colour variants. TS 4000 / S | D OOR LE AF IN STA LL AT I O N H I N G E S I D E W I TH CLAM PI N G SHO E FO R ALL- G LASS DO O R TS 4000 door leaf installation/hinge side clamping shoe glass AREAS O F APPLI CATION Closing force 1- … according to EN 1154, leaf width up to 1400 mm Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion TS 4000 EN 5-7 for leaf widths up to 1600 mm Clamping shoe, glass thickness 8-10 mm OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 4000 door closer closing force EN 1-6 with back check (without link arm) silver-coloured 102789 TS 4000 S door closer closing force EN 1-6 with delayed closing and back check (without link arm) silver-coloured 107745 TS 4000 door closer closing force EN 5-7 with back check (without link arm) silver-coloured 102837 Link arm TS 4000/2000 standard silver-coloured 102421 Link arm TS 4000/2000 with mechanical hold-open device that can be switched on and off silver-coloured 102445 Link arm TS 4000/2000 with mechanical hold-open device silver-coloured 102454 silver-coloured 057126 ACCESSORIES Glass clamping shoe door closer for TS 5000/TS 4000   N o t e : See our system catalogues for further accessories and colour variants. 23 24 | TS 4000 / S TRAN S OM IN STALL AT I O N O P P O S I T E H I N G E SI DE W I TH LI N TEL CASI N G BRACKET TS 4000 transom installation/opposite hinge side lintel casing bracket AREAS O F APPLI CATI O N Closing force 1- … according to EN 1154, leaf width up to 1400 mm Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion TS 4000 EN 5-7 for leaf widths up to 1600 mm Note for rescue routes, restriction of passage height by approx. 100 mm Fire and smoke protection doors ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 4000 door closer closing force EN 1-6 with back check (without link arm) silver-coloured 102789 TS 4000 S door closer closing force EN 1-6 with delayed closing and back check (without link arm) silver-coloured 107745 TS 4000 door closer closing force EN 5-7 with back check (without link arm) silver-coloured 102837 Link arm TS 4000/2000 standard silver-coloured 102421 Link arm TS 4000/2000 with mechanical hold-open device that can be switched on and off silver-coloured 102445 Link arm TS 4000/2000 with mechanical hold-open device silver-coloured 102454 silver-coloured 049240 ACCESSORIES Lintel casing bracket transom installation BG for TS 5000/TS 4000   N o t e : See our system catalogues for further accessories and colour variants. TS 4000 IS / E-IS | D OOR LE AF IN STA LL AT I O N H I N G E S I D E , … - LEAF TS 4000 door leaf installation/hinge side, 2-leaf GF = Active leaf | SF = Passive leaf A R E AS OF AP P L I CAT I O N Closing force 1- … according to EN 1154, leaf width up to 1400 mm Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Fire and smoke protection doors OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 4000 IS door closer closing force EN 1-6 with integrated closing sequence control (without release mechanism and link arm) Hinge clearance silver-coloured 102798 TS 4000 E-IS door closer closing force EN 1-6, door leaf installation hinge side, with electric hold-open device, connector box, integrated closing sequence control and mounting plate (without release mechanism and link arm) silver-coloured 105237 Link arm TS 4000/2000 standard silver-coloured 102421 Link arm TS 4000/2000 with mechanical hold-open device that can be switched on and off silver-coloured 102445 Link arm TS 4000/2000 with mechanical hold-open device silver-coloured 102454 ACCESSORIES Release mechanism closing sequence control for TS 4000 IS/E-IS/R-IS 1200 - 1500 mm 058306 1500 - 1800 mm 058307 1800 - 2100 mm 058308 2100 - 2400 mm 058309 2400 - 2700 mm 058310 > 2700 mm 058311 Mounting plate door closer for TS 5000/TS 4000 with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 supplementary sheet …   N o t e : See our system catalogues for further accessories and colour variants. silver-coloured 049185 25 26 | TS 4000 IS / E-IS / R-IS TRAN S OM IN STALL AT I O N O P P O S I T E H I N G E SI DE , … - LEAF TS 4000 transom installation/opposite hinge side, 2-leaf GF = Active leaf | SF = Passive leaf ARE AS OF APP LI CAT I O N Closing force 1- … according to EN 1154, leaf width up to 1400 mm Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Fire and smoke protection doors ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 4000 IS door closer closing force EN 1-6 with integrated closing sequence control (without release mechanism and link arm) Hinge clearance silver-coloured 102798 TS 4000 E-IS KM BG door closer closing force EN 1-6, transom installation opposite hinge side, with electric hold-open device, integrated closing sequence control and mounting plate (without link arm and connector box) silver-coloured 105239 TS 4000 R-IS KM BG door closer closing force EN 1-6, transom installation opposite hinge side, with integrated closing sequence control, electric hold-open device and smoke switch control unit (without link arm and release mechanism) silver-coloured 105244 Link arm TS 4000/2000 standard silver-coloured 102421 Link arm TS 4000/2000 with mechanical hold-open device that can be switched on and off silver-coloured 102445 Link arm TS 4000/2000 with mechanical hold-open device silver-coloured 102454 ACCESSORIES Release mechanism closing sequence control for TS 4000 IS/E-IS/R-IS 1200 - 1500 mm 058306 1500 - 1800 mm 058307 1800 - 2100 mm 058308 2100 - 2400 mm 058309 2400 - 2700 mm 058310 > 2700 mm 058311 Mounting plate door closer for TS 5000/TS 4000 with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 supplementary sheet …   N o t e : See our system catalogues for further accessories and colour variants. silver-coloured 049185 TS 5000 / ECline / S / E / R / EFS / RFS / TS 5000 SoftClose | D OOR LE AF IN STA LL AT I O N H I N G E S I D E TS 5000 door leaf installation/hinge side AREAS O F APPLI CATION Closing force 2- … according to EN 1154, leaf width up to 1400 mm Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Fire and smoke protection doors TS 5000 EFS/RFS for leaf widths up to 1400 mm with closing force 3-6 according to EN 1154 A manual trigger switch is mandatory for free swing door closers in Germany. OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 5000 S door closer closing force EN 2-6, with delayed closing and back check (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 107935 TS 5000 door closer closing force EN 2-6, with back check (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 027333 TS 5000 ECline door closer closing force EN 3-5, with back check (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 143640 TS 5000 EFS complete package door leaf installation closing force EN 3-6, door leaf installation on the hinge side, with electric free swing function, with guide rail and lever with comfort hold-open device silver-coloured 155477 silver-coloured TS 5000 RFS complete package door leaf installation closing force EN 3-6, transom installation on the hinge side, with electric free swing function, integrated smoke control switch unit, with guide rail and lever with comfort hold-open device 155481 TS 5000 SoftClose door closer closing force EN 2-6, with back check and integrated latching action speed with variable adjustment, for door deceleration (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 181792 Guide rail TS 5000/TS 3000 standard, with lever silver-coloured 068221 T-Stop-guide rail TS 3/5000 with integrated opening restrictor and lever silver-coloured 102363 Guide rail TS 5000 ECline for use with TS 5000 ECline door closer, with integrated opening assistance for easy opening, with lever silver-coloured 143572 E guide rail TS 5000 with electric hold-open device and lever silver-coloured 116295 R guide rail TS 5000 with electric hold-open device, integrated smoke switch control unit and lever silver-coloured 116300 R guide rail TS 5000 with integrated smoke switch control unit and lever, without electrical hold-open device silver-coloured 167813 ACCESSORIES 071924 Mechanical hold-open unit for standard/T-Stop/Boxer … mm guide rail, retention force adjustable, can be switched on and off, can be overridden Mounting plate guide rail for standard/ECline/T-Stop/EFS guide rail silver-coloured 001512 Mounting plate guide rail for E guide rail silver-coloured 123294 Mounting plate guide rail for R/RFS guide rail silver-coloured 123296 Mounting plate door closer for TS 5000/TS 4000 with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 supplementary sheet … silver-coloured 049185 Mounting plate door closer for TS 5000 EFS/RFS/E-HY/TS 4000 E with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 supplementary sheet … silver-coloured 059107 AS 500 manual trigger switch alpine white/red for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices including terminating resistor for line monitoring 116266   N o t e : See our system catalogues for further accessories and colour variants. 27 28 | TS 5000 EFS / RFS TRAN S OM IN STALL AT I O N H I N G E SI D E TS 5000 transom installation/hinge side AREAS O F APPLI CATI O N Closing force 3- … according to EN 1154, leaf width up to 1400 mm Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Fire and smoke protection doors A manual trigger switch is mandatory for free swing door closers in Germany. ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 5000 EFS complete package transom installation closing force EN 3-6, transom installation on the hinge side, with electric free swing function, with guide rail and lever with comfort hold-open device silver-coloured 155479 silver-coloured TS 5000 RFS complete package transom installation closing force EN 3-6, transom installation on the hinge side, with electric free swing function, integrated smoke switch control unit, with guide rail and lever with comfort hold-open device 155484 ACCESSORIES Mounting plate guide rail for standard/ECline/T-Stop/EFS guide rail silver-coloured 001512 Mounting plate door closer for TS 5000 EFS/RFS/E-HY/TS 4000 E with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 supplementary sheet … silver-coloured 059107 AS 500 manual trigger switch for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices including terminating resistor for line monitoring alpine white/red 116266   N o t e : See our system catalogues for further accessories and colour variants. TS 5000 / ECline / S / TS 5000 SoftClose | TR A N S OM IN STA LL AT I O N O P P O S I T E H I N G E SI DE TS 5000 transom installation/opposite hinge side AREAS O F APPLI CATION Closing force 2- … according to EN 1154, leaf width up to 1400 mm Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Fire and smoke protection doors Delayed closing action range TS 5000 S depending on the door construction OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 5000 door closer closing force EN 2-6, with back check (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 027333 TS 5000 ECline door closer closing force EN 3-5, with back check (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 143640 TS 5000 S door closer closing force EN 2-6 , with delayed closing and back check (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 107935 TS 5000 SoftClose door closer closing force EN 2-6, with back check and integrated latching action speed with variable adjustment, for door deceleration (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 181792 Guide rail TS 5000/TS 3000 standard, with lever silver-coloured 068221 T-Stop-guide rail TS 3/5000 with integrated opening restrictor and lever silver-coloured 102363 Guide rail TS 5000/3000 riveted firmly riveted slide block, with lever silver-coloured 069650 ECline guide rail TS 5000 for use with TS 5000 ECline door closer, with integrated opening assistance for easy opening, with lever silver-coloured 143572 ACCESSORIES Flexible opening restrictor for lightweight doors for riveted guide rail, standard guide rail BG, standard guide rail and Boxer … mm guide rail 069780 Mechanical hold-open unit for standard/T-Stop/Boxer … mm guide rail, retention force adjustable, can be switched on and off, can be overridden 071924 Mounting plate guide rail for standard/ECline/T-Stop/EFS guide rail silver-coloured 001512 Mounting plate door closer for TS 5000/TS 4000 with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 supplementary sheet … silver-coloured 049185   N o t e : See our system catalogues for further accessories and colour variants. 29 30 | TS 5000 / ECline / S / TS 5000 SoftClose TRAN S OM IN STALL AT I O N O P P O S I T E H I N G E SI DE W I TH LI N TEL CASI N G BRACKET TS 5000 transom installation/opposite hinge side lintel casing bracket AREAS O F APPLI CATI O N Closing force 2-6 according to EN 1154, leaf width up to 1400 mm Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Note for rescue routes, restriction of passage height by approx. 100 mm Fire and smoke protection doors Delayed closing action range TS 5000 S depending on the door design ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 5000 door closer closing force EN 2-6, with back check (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 027333 TS 5000 ECline door closer closing force EN 3-5, with back check (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 143640 TS 5000 S door closer closing force EN 2-6 , with delayed closing and back check (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 107935 TS 5000 SoftClose door closer closing force EN 2-6, with back check and integrated latching action speed with variable adjustment, for door deceleration (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 181792 Guide rail TS 5000/TS 3000 standard, with lever silver-coloured 068221 T-Stop-guide rail TS 3/5000 with integrated opening restrictor and lever silver-coloured 102363 Guide rail TS 5000/3000 riveted firmly riveted slide block, with lever silver-coloured 069650 ECline guide rail TS 5000 for use with TS 5000 ECline door closer, with integrated opening assistance for easy opening, with lever silver-coloured 143572 ACCESSORIES Flexible opening restrictor for lightweight doors for riveted guide rail, standard guide rail BG, standard guide rail and Boxer … mm guide rail 069780 Mechanical hold-open unit for standard/T-Stop/Boxer … mm guide rail, retention force adjustable, can be switched on and off, can be overridden 071924 Mounting plate guide rail for standard/ECline/T-Stop/EFS guide rail silver-coloured 001512 Lintel casing bracket transom installation BG for TS 5000/TS 4000 silver-coloured 049240   N o t e : See our system catalogues for further accessories and colour variants. TS 5000 L-ISM / L-E-ISM / L-R-ISM / L-ISM VPK / L-E-ISM VPK / L-R-ISM VP / TS 5000 SoftClose | D OOR LE AF IN STA LL AT I O N H I N G E S I D E W I TH CLAM PI N G SHO E FO R ALL- G LASS DO O R TS 5000 door leaf installation/hinge side clamping shoes glass AREAS O F APPLI CATION Closing force 2-6 according to EN 1154, leaf width up to 1400 mm Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Clamping shoe, glass thickness 8-10 mm OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 5000 door closer closing force EN 2-6, with back check (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 027333 TS 5000 ECline door closer closing force EN 3-5, with back check (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 143640 TS 5000 S door closer closing force EN 2-6, with delayed closing and back check (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 107935 TS 5000 SoftClose door closer closing force EN 2-6, with back check and integrated latching action speed with variable adjustment, for door deceleration (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 181792 Guide rail TS 5000/TS 3000 standard, with lever silver-coloured 068221 T-Stop-guide rail TS 3/5000 with integrated opening restrictor and lever silver-coloured 102363 ECline guide rail TS 5000 for use with TS 5000 ECline door closer, with integrated opening assistance for easy opening, with lever silver-coloured 143572 E guide rail TS 5000 with electric hold-open device and lever silver-coloured 116295 ACCESSORIES 071924 Mechanical hold-open unit for standard/T-Stop/Boxer … mm guide rail, retention force adjustable, can be switched on and off, can be overridden Glass clamping shoe door closer for TS 5000/TS 4000 silver-coloured 057126 Mounting plate guide rail for E guide rail silver-coloured 123294 Mounting plate guide rail for standard/ECline/T-Stop/EFS guide rail silver-coloured 001512   N o t e : See our system catalogues for further accessories and colour variants. 31 32 | TS 5000 ISM / E-ISM / R-ISM / free swing optional / ECline optional / ISM SoftClose / E-ISM SoftClose / R-ISM SoftClose D OO R LE A F IN STA LL AT I O N H I N G E S I D E , … -LEAF TS 5000 door leaf installation/hinge side, 2-leaf ARE AS OF APP LI CAT I O N Closing force 2-6 according to EN 1154, leaf width up to 1400 mm Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Fire and smoke protection doors A manual trigger switch is mandatory for free swing door closers in Germany. Different variants for hold-open combinations on active leaves and passive leaves or free swing function on active leaves (EN3-6) possible ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 5000 door closer closing force EN 2-6, with back check (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 027333 TS 5000 S door closer closing force EN 2-6, with delayed closing and back check (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 107935 TS 5000 EHy door closer closing force EN 2-5, door leaf installation on the hinge side, with electric hold-open device for free swing function (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 155475 TS 5000 ECline door closer closing force EN 3-5, with back check (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 143640 TS 5000 SoftClose door closer closing force EN 2-6, with back check and integrated latching action speed with variable adjustment, for door deceleration (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 181792 ISM guide rail TS 5000 continuous, with integrated closing sequence control and levers silver-coloured 115549 E-ISM guide rail TS 5000 continuous, with integrated closing sequence control, electric hold-open device on both leaves and levers silver-coloured 115600 E-ISM/G guide rail TS 5000 continuous, with integrated closing sequence control, electric hold-open device on the active leaf and levers silver-coloured 115605 E-ISM/S guide rail TS 5000 continuous, with integrated closing sequence control, electric hold-open device on the passive leaf and levers silver-coloured 160547 R-ISM guide rail TS 5000 continuous, with integrated closing sequence control, electric hold-open device on both leaves, smoke switch control unit and levers silver-coloured 115614 R-ISM/G guide rail TS 5000 continuous, with integrated closing sequence control, electric hold-open device on the active leaf , smoke switch control unit and levers silver-coloured 115619 R-ISM/0 guide rail TS 5000 continuous,with integrated closing sequence control, smoke switch control unit and levers, without electric hold-open device silver-coloured 160543 R-ISM/S guide rail TS 5000 continuous, with integrated closing sequence control, electric hold-open device on the passive leaf, smoke switch control unit and levers silver-coloured 160545   N o t e : See our system catalogues for further accessories and colour variants. TS 5000 ISM / E-ISM / R-ISM / free swing optional / ECline optional / ISM SoftClose / E-ISM SoftClose / R-ISM SoftClose | OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. ACCESSORIES Mechanical hold-open unit for ISM guide rail, retention force adjustable, can be overridden 118437 Mounting plate guide rail for ISM/E-ISM guide rail silver-coloured 118702 Mounting plate guide rail for R-ISM guide rail silver-coloured 118690 Mounting plate door closer for TS 5000/TS 4000 with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 supplementary sheet … silver-coloured 049185 Mounting plate door closer for TS 5000 EFS/RFS/E-HY/TS 4000 E with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 supplementary sheet … silver-coloured 059107 Retrofit kit ECline ISM/ISM BG black 154767 AS 500 manual trigger switch for the manual release of electrically controlled hold-open devices including terminating resistor for line monitoring alpine white/red 116266 Hold-open magnet, 24 V DC - 490 N retention force, approved for all GEZE smoke switch control units; surface-mounted wall installation or floor mounting with accessories base 155569 Magnetic counterplate for GEZE hold-open magnet Design with adjustable joint 115956   N o t e : See our system catalogues for further accessories and colour variants. 33 34 | TS 5000 L / ECline L / TS 5000 L SoftClose TRAN S OM IN STALL AT I O N H I N G E SI D E TS 5000 L transom installation/hinge side AREAS O F APPLI CATI O N Closing force 2- … according to EN 1154, leaf width up to 1400 mm Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Fire and smoke protection doors ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 5000 L door closer closing force EN 2-6, with back check (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 027351 TS 5000 L ECline door closer closing force EN 3-5, with back check (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 143648 TS 5000 L SoftClose door closer closing force EN 3-6, with back check and integrated latching action speed with variable adjustment, for door deceleration (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 191209 Guide rail TS 5000/TS 3000 standard, with lever silver-coloured 068221 T-Stop-guide rail TS 3/5000 with integrated opening restrictor and lever silver-coloured 102363 ECline guide rail TS 5000 for use with TS 5000 ECline door closer, with integrated opening assistance for easy opening, with lever silver-coloured 143572 ACCESSORIES 071924 Mechanical hold-open unit for standard/T-Stop/Boxer … mm guide rail, retention force adjustable, can be switched on and off, can be overridden Mounting plate guide rail for standard/ECline/T-Stop/EFS guide rail silver-coloured 001512 Mounting plate door closer for TS 5000/TS 4000 with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 supplementary sheet … silver-coloured 049185   N o t e : See our system catalogues for further accessories and colour variants. TS 5000 L / ECline L / TS 5000 L SoftClose / L-E / L-R | D OOR LE AF IN STA LL AT I O N O P P O SI T E H I N G E SI DE TS 5000 L door leaf installation/opposite hinge side AREAS O F APPLI CATION Closing force 2- … according to EN 1154, leaf width up to 1400 mm Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Fire and smoke protection doors OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 5000 L door closer closing force EN 2-6, with back check (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 027351 TS 5000 L ECline door closer closing force EN 3-5, with back check (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 143648 TS 5000 L SoftClose door closer closing force EN 3-6, with back check and integrated latching action speed with variable adjustment, for door deceleration (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 191209 BG TS 5000/TS 3000 guide rail standard, with lever, for use with door closer on door leaf installation opposite hinge side silver-coloured 025655 T-Stop guide rail BG TS 3/5000 with integrated opening restrictor and lever, use with closer on leaf installation on the opposite hinge side or with pivot bearing in leaf and transom installation opposite hinge side silver-coloured 102366 ECline guide rail TS 5000 BG for use with TS 5000 L ECline door closer for door leaf installation on the opposite hinge side, with integrated opening assistance for easy opening, with lever silver-coloured 143578 E guide rail BG TS 5000 with electric hold-open device and lever silver-coloured 120039 R guide rail BG TS 5000 with electric hold-open device, integrated smoke switch control unit and lever silver-coloured 120073 ACCESSORIES 071924 Mechanical hold-open unit for standard/T-Stop/Boxer … mm guide rail, retention force adjustable, can be switched on and off, can be overridden Mounting plate guide rail BG for E guide rail silver-coloured 123289 Mounting plate guide rail ISM for R guide rail silver-coloured 123311 Mounting plate guide rail BG for standard/ECline / T-Stop/EFS guide rail silver-coloured 124683 Mounting plate door closer for TS 5000/TS 4000 with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 supplementary sheet … silver-coloured 049185   N o t e : See our system catalogues for further accessories and colour variants. 35 36 | TS 5000 L / ECline L / TS 5000 L SoftClose / L-E / L-R D OO R LE A F IN STA LL AT I O N O P P O SI T E H I N G E SI DE W I TH LI N TEL CASI N G BR ACKET TS 5000 L door leaf installation/opposite hinge side lintel casing bracket AREAS O F APPLI CATI O N Closing force 2- … according to EN 1154, leaf width up to 1400 mm Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Fire and smoke protection doors Note for rescue routes, restriction of passage height by approx. 40 mm ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 5000 L door closer closing force EN 2-6, with back check (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 027351 TS 5000 L ECline door closer closing force EN 3-5, with back check (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 143648 TS 5000 L SoftClose door closer closing force EN 3-6, with back check and integrated latching action speed with variable adjustment, for door deceleration (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 191209 BG TS 5000/TS 3000 guide rail standard, with lever, for use with door closer on door leaf installation opposite hinge side silver-coloured 025655 T-Stop guide rail BG TS 3/5000 with integrated opening restrictor and lever, use with closer on leaf installation on the opposite hinge side or with pivot bearing in leaf and transom installation opposite hinge side silver-coloured 102366 ECline guide rail TS 5000 BG for use with TS 5000 L ECline door closer for door leaf installation on the opposite hinge side, with integrated opening assistance for easy opening, with lever silver-coloured 143578 E guide rail BG TS 5000 with electric hold-open device and lever silver-coloured 120039 R guide rail BG TS 5000 with electric hold-open device, integrated smoke switch control unit and lever silver-coloured 120073 ACCESSORIES 071924 Mechanical hold-open unit for standard/T-Stop/Boxer … mm guide rail, retention force adjustable, can be switched on and off, can be overridden Mounting plate door closer for TS 5000/TS 4000 with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 supplementary sheet … silver-coloured 049185 Lintel casing bracket guide rail BG for ECline and T-Stop guide rail silver-coloured 115006 Lintel casing bracket guide rail BG for standard guide rail silver-coloured 025657 Lintel casing bracket guide rail BG for E guide rail silver-coloured 123322 Lintel casing bracket guide rail ISM for R guide rail silver-coloured 123324   N o t e : See our system catalogues for further accessories and colour variants. TS 5000 L-ISM / L-E-ISM / L-R-ISM / L-ISM VPK / L-E-ISM VPK / L-R-ISM VP / TS 5000 SoftClose | D OOR LE AF IN STA LL AT I O N O P P O SI T E H I N G E SI DE , … - LEAF TS 5000 L door leaf installation/opposite hinge side A R E AS OF AP P L I CAT I O N Closing force 2- … according to EN 1154, leaf width up to 1400 mm Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Fire and smoke protection doors OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. TS 5000 L door closer closing force EN 2-6, with back check (without guide rail and level) silver-coloured 027351 TS 5000 L ECline door closer closing force EN 3-5, with back check (without guide rail and lever) silver-coloured 143648 ISM guide rail BG TS 5000 continuous, with integrated closing sequence control and levers silver-coloured 115594 ISM guide rail BG VPK TS 5000 complete package system solution for general application on full panic doors comprising … x TS 5000 L, … x TS 5000 L- IS, … x CB flex, … x ISM BG guide rail, continuous, with integrated release mechanism and levers silver-coloured 182642 E-ISM guide rail BG TS 5000 continuous, with integrated closing sequence control, electric hold-open device on both leaves and levers silver-coloured 115608 E-ISM guide rail BG VPK TS 5000 complete package System solution for general use on full panic doors comprising … x TS 5000 L, … x TS 5000 L-IS, … x CB flex, … x E-ISM BG guide rail with electric hold-open device on both leaves, continuous, with integrated release mechanism and levers silver-coloured 182644 R-ISM guide rail BG TS 5000 continuous, with integrated closing sequence control, electric hold-open device on both leaves, smoke switch control unit and levers silver-coloured 115622 R-ISM guide rail BG VP TS 5000 continuous, with integrated closing sequence control, electric hold-open device on both leaves, smoke switch control unit and levers, especially for full panic doors. Caution: maximum X-dimension (centre of hinge – contact area of guide rail) 100 mm including mounting plate silver-coloured 133711   N o t e : See our system catalogues for further accessories and colour variants. 37 38 | TS 5000 L-ISM / L-E-ISM / L-R-ISM / L-ISM VPK / L-E-ISM VPK / L-R-ISM VP / TS 5000 SoftClose ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. Mounting plate guide rail BG for ISM- / E-ISM- / R-ISM guide rail BG & VP variants silver-coloured 118704 Mounting plate guide rail BG for ISM/ E-ISM BG VPK guide rail silver-coloured 139757 Mounting plate door closer for TS 5000/TS 4000 with hole pattern according to DIN EN 1154 supplementary sheet … silver-coloured 049185 Lintel casing bracket guide rail BG for ISM/E-ISM/R-ISM guide rail VP silver-coloured 118706 Lintel casing bracket guide rail BG for ISM/E-ISM/R-ISM guide rail VP silver-coloured 134816 Lintel casing bracket guide rail BG for ISM/ E-ISM BG VPK guide rail silver-coloured 139710 ACCESSORIES   N o t e : See our system catalogues for further accessories and colour variants. T-Stop guide rail with pivot bearing | D OOR LE AF IN STA LL AT I O N H I N G E S I D E T-Stop guide rail pivot bearing door leaf installation/hinge side AREAS O F APPLI CATION Opening restriction for single action doors without door closer Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. Pivot bearing for surface-mounted T-Stop guide rail silver-coloured 112688 T-Stop guide rail TS 5000/TS 3000 with integrated opening restrictor and lever silver-coloured 102363 ACCESSORIES Mechanical hold-open unit for standard/T-Stop/Boxer … mm guide rail, retention force adjustable, can be switched on and off, can be overridden Mounting plate guide rail for standard/ECline/T-Stop/EFS guide rail 071924 silver-coloured 001512 D OOR LE AF IN STA LL AT I O N O P P O SI T E H I N G E SI DE T-Stop guide rail pivot bearing door leaf installation/opposite hinge side AREAS O F APPLI CATION Opening restriction for single action doors without door closer Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion Installation with lintel casing bracket possible OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. Pivot bearing for surface-mounted T-Stop guide rail silver-coloured 112688 T-Stop guide rail BG TS 5000/TS 3000 with integrated opening restrictor and lever, use with door closer silver-coloured on leaf installation opposite hinge side or with pivot bearing in leaf and transom installation opposite hinge side 102366 ACCESSORIES Mechanical hold-open unit for standard/T-Stop/Boxer … mm guide rail, retention force adjustable, can be switched on and off, can be overridden 071924 Mounting plate guide rail BG for standard/ECline/T-Stop/EFS guide rail silver-coloured 124683 Lintel casing bracket guide rail BG for ECline and T-Stop guide rail silver-coloured 115006   N o t e : See our system catalogues for further accessories and colour variants. 39 40 | T-Stop guide rail with pivot bearing TRAN S OM IN STALL AT I O N H I N G E SI D E T-Stop guide rail pivot bearing transom installation/hinge side AREAS O F APPLI CATI O N Opening restriction for single action doors without door closer Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. Pivot bearing for surface-mounted T-Stop guide rail silver-coloured 112688 T-Stop guide rail TS 5000/TS 3000 with integrated opening restrictor and lever silver-coloured 102363 ACCESSORIES Mechanical hold-open unit for standard/T-Stop/Boxer … mm guide rail, retention force adjustable, can be switched on and off, can be overridden Mounting plate guide rail for standard/ECline/T-Stop/EFS guide rail 071924 silver-coloured 001512 TRAN S OM IN STALL AT I O N O P P O S I T E H I N G E SI DE T-Stop guide rail pivot bearing transom installation/opposite hinge side side AREAS O F APPLI CATI O N Opening restriction for single action doors without door closer Can be used for right and left hand doors without conversion ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. Pivot bearing for surface-mounted T-Stop guide rail silver-coloured 112688 T-Stop guide rail BG TS 5000/TS 3000 with integrated opening restrictor and lever, use with door closer on leaf installation opposite hinge side or with pivot bearing in leaf and transom installation opposite hinge side silver-coloured 102366 ACCESSORIES Mechanical hold-open unit for standard/T-Stop/Boxer … mm guide rail, retention force adjustable, can be switched on and off, can be overridden Mounting plate guide rail BG for standard/ECline/T-Stop/EFS guide rail   N o t e : See our system catalogues for further accessories and colour variants. 071924 silver-coloured 124683 T-Stop guide rail with pivot bearing | TS 5000 with T–Stop guide rail, Catholic church administration, Stuttgart, Germany (photo: Dirk Wilhelmy) We are GEZE. For liveable buildings GEZE stands for innovation, high quality and comprehensive support of building technologies. From the initial idea, planning and operational implementation with standard products to customised system solutions and individual service and maintenance plans. We offer an extensive product range of door, window and safety technology products and are a major driving force behind the digital networking of building automation. GEZE GmbH Reinhold-Vöster-Strasse 21 – 29 71229 Leonberg Germany Telephone: +49 7152 203 … Fax: +49 7152 203 310 E-Mail: info.de@geze.com www.geze.com 2025_02 ID no. 146992 EN Subject to change without notice

Download (.PDF | 3 MB)

Product brochure

Sliding door fitting system Roller and design fittings GEZE SLIDING SYSTEMS CONTENTS Sleek technology – highly durable … Overview table for sliding fitting systems … Overview of the GEZE sliding fitting systems … GEZE manual sliding door fittings GEZE Rollan 40 NT … GEZE Rollan 80 NT 14 GEZE Levolan 60 22 GEZE Levolan 120 32 GEZE Perlan 140 44 GEZE glass clamping plates 56 GEZE glass clamping plates 30 mm and 45 mm GEZE Perlan 140 system variants and automation GEZE Perlan AUT-NT 62 65 GEZE Perlan 140 GGS 68 GEZE Perlan 140 telescopic for internal doors 2-leaf 70 GEZE Perlan 140 Duosync 73 GEZE Perlan 140 clip-on cover 100 77 GEZE Perlan 140 concealed wall bracket and spacer profile 79 GEZE Perlan 140 fixed panel Sliding shutters and automation GEZE Perlan 140 KS 84 GEZE Perlan telescopic for 3-leaf external applications 87 GEZE Perlan 140 wall bracket with weather canopy 90 Product information Product information for sliding door systems 93 Basic safety information Perlan AUT 94 Classification in accordance with DIN EN 1527 94 Sliding fitting systems … Roller and design fittings GEZE SLIDING SYSTEMS GEZE manual sliding systems Sleek technology – highly durable GEZE sliding door systems consist of a track and a roller carriage guided in this track, which moves the connected sliding door leaves made of glass, wood or metal. Their particular benefits include smooth running and sleek design. An extensive range of accessories offers diverse solutions for different applications. GEZE roller-guided sliding fittings are preferred for internal applications, but the Perlan range also covers solutions for external use. Sliding fitting systems for manual wood and metal doors GEZE offers different fittings solutions for functional and visually appealing sliding door systems, room partition walls or other moving elements with wood or metal leaves. These enable considerable creative freedom and planning flexibility. Demanding technology, high-quality materials and first-class workmanship guarantee precise, gentle and quiet movement of the roller carriages over the tracks and make the fitting systems extremely durable with a long-life. Glass solutions for manual sliding door systems In contemporary architecture, glass has replaced conventional leaf materials to a major extent. Since functional and technological aspects are becoming more and more important, it is being integrated under new prerequisites as a design element in modern buildings. Glass fittings are consciously highlighted in high-quality design solutions, for example. GEZE offers visually outstanding and efficient concepts for an open and transparent ambience with fluid transition. … GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS Roller and design fittings GEZE SLIDING SYSTEMS Overview table for manual sliding systems Sliding doors Sliding shutter Rollan 40 NT Rollan 80 NT Levolan 60 Levolan 120 Perlan 140 Perlan AUT-NT Perlan 140 KS Leaf weight (max.) 40 kg 80 kg 60 kg 120 kg 140 kg 80 kg 140 kg Running comfort ** **** ****** ****** ***** ****** ***** Wood d d ○ ○ d d d Plastic ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ Metal ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ Glass ○ ○ d d ○ d - Class … Class … Class … Class … Class … - Class … Leaf material Corrosion protection = especially suitable for ○ = also suitable for - = no d Sliding doors Sliding shutter Rollan 40 NT Rollan 80 NT Levolan 60 Levolan 120 Perlan 140 Perlan AUT-NT Perlan 140 KS Wall installation d d d d d d d Ceiling installation d d d d d d d Glass installation - - d d - - - 1-leaf and multipleleaf d d d d d d d Duosync - - - - d d d Telescope - - - - d - d Automated - - - - d d d Fixed panel - - d d d d - Draw-in damper - d d d d - - Type of installation Door type d = yes - = no Sliding fitting systems … Roller and design fittings GEZE SLIDING SYSTEMS Overview of GEZE manual sliding systems GEZE ROLLAN 40 NT GEZE ROLLAN 80 NT … GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS Roller and design fittings GEZE SLIDING SYSTEMS GEZE LEVOLAN 60 GEZE LEVOLAN 120 GEZE PERLAN 140 Sliding fitting systems … GEZE ROLLAN 40 NT … GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS Sliding fitting systems … Roller and design fittings GEZE ROLLAN 40 NT GEZE Rollan 40 NT The quiet roller-guided sliding system for simple sliding concepts Simple interior sliding leaves of up to 40 kg in weight can be achieved without much effort using the quiet roller-guided sliding system GEZE Rollan 40 NT. Thanks to ceiling and wall installation, the system can be used in many different ways e.g. in passage doors, for partition walls and cupboards. The track has a flat contact surface and thus guarantees almost silent running. It can be used both for Rollan 40 NT and Rollan 80 NT as well as for almost every leaf material. This reduces the planning and storage effort and thus enables simple adjustments to changing usage conditions. The distance between the door leaf and the track can be adjusted or readjusted easily after installation using the suspension bolt. The C-shape of the track reduces dust and dirt penetration. 31 11 32 … 6 29 85 90 10 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS 19 Roller and design fittings GEZE ROLLAN 40 NT APPLICATION RANGE • Especially suitable for wooden doors • For all 1- and multiple-leaf sliding doors • Smooth running makes it particularly well suited for doors in living and office spaces TECHNICAL DATA Product features Leaf material Leaf weight (max.) Number of leaves Test cycles Corrosion protection class Type of installation Access for all GEZE Rollan 40 NT Wood, plastic, metal, glass 40 kg 1-leaf, 2-leaf 25,000 … Wall installation, ceiling installation According to DIN 18040 Standard dimensions in mm Leaf width (FB) Track length (L) 500 - 590 500 - 840 500 - 920 500 - 970 500 - 1190 500 - 1420 500 - 1640 Stock length (LL) 1150 1650 1800 1900 2350 2800 3250 6100 Distance between drill holes (t) 350 450 400 450 450 450 450 350 Number of drill holes (n) … 4 … 5 … 7 … 18 Distance from first drill hole (centre) to end of track (y) 50 150 100 50 50 50 50 50 Classification in accordance with DIN EN 1527 GEZE Rollan 40 NT Usage Duration of category functional ability … Door weight Fire resistance … - Safety Corrosion resistance Protection Door type Initial friction … 1 - … 3 The description of the classes can be found at the end of the catalogue. Sliding fitting systems 11 Roller and design fittings GEZE ROLLAN 40 NT OVERVIEW OF COMPONENTS GEZE Rollan 40 NT wooden leaf ceiling mounting … 3 … 3 … 4 … 5 … 1 … 3 … 5 … = Track Rollan = End stop = Roller carriage Rollan 40 NT = Suspension plate Rollan = Wooden leaf (on site) = Floor guide for wooden leaf 12 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS Roller and design fittings GEZE ROLLAN 40 NT CROSS-SECTION DRAWINGS The fitting can be attached directly to the ceiling or by means of a bracket to the wall or ceiling: 19 13 FH 13 … 4 26-40 28 … 19-40 28 … 23 FH … 17 … 22 … 32 … 11 2. … 55 … 7 55 … 1 29 17 31 29 17 31 … 30 … 30 … 3 … Wall / ceiling installation wood Wall / ceiling installation wood with suspension plate concealed FH … 2 … 4 FH … 2 … 4 = Leaf height = Wall bracket = Ceiling bracket = Height compensation mechanism = Floor guide for wooden leaf = Leaf height = Wall bracket = Ceiling bracket = Height compensation mechanism = Floor guide for wooden leaf Sliding fitting systems 13 GEZE ROLLAN 80 NT 14 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS Sliding fitting systems 15 Roller and design fittings GEZE ROLLAN 80 NT GEZE Rollan 80 NT The quiet and secure roller-guided sliding system for simple sliding concepts The GEZE Rollan 80 NT roller-guided sliding system allows straightforward integration of sliding concepts on interior doors. The ceiling and wall mounting supports versatile use e.g. in passage doors, partition walls and cupboards. The track can be used both for Rollan 40 NT and Rollan 80 NT as well as for almost every leaf material. This reduces the planning and storage effort and thus enables simple adjustments to changing usage conditions. The distance between the door leaf and the track can be adjusted or readjusted easily after installation using the suspension bolt. The C-shape of the track reduces dust and dirt penetration. Comfort and safety for GEZE sliding door systems with small leaf widths are possible with the optional draw-in damper Rollan 80 NT SoftStop. The door is gently slowed down and pulls itself automatically into the zero position. The gentle retraction into the end position is easy on the door and the fittings, thus increasing the life span of the door. The damper can be used one-sided or double-sided in the Rollan track up to a door weight of 40 kg. The Rollan 80 NT SoftStop is completely concealed in the track and has a total height of only 25 mm. 31 11 32 … 6 29 85 90 16 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS 19 Roller and design fittings GEZE ROLLAN 80 NT APPLICATION RANGE • Especially suitable for wooden doors • For all 1- and multiple-leaf sliding doors • Smooth running makes it particularly well suited for doors in living and office spaces TECHNICAL DATA Product features Leaf material Leaf weight (max.) Leaf weight (max.) with draw-in damper Number of leaves Test cycles Corrosion protection class Type of installation Access for all GEZE Rollan 80 NT Wood, plastic, metal, glass 80 kg 40 kg 1-leaf, 2-leaf 50,000 … Wall installation, ceiling installation According to DIN 18040 Standard dimensions in mm Leaf width (FB) Track length (L) 500 - 590 500 - 840 500 - 920 500 - 970 500 - 1190 500 - 1420 500 - 1640 Stock length (LL) 1150 1650 1800 1900 2350 2800 3250 6100 Distance between drill holes (t) 350 450 400 450 450 450 450 350 Number of drill holes (n) … 4 … 5 … 7 … 18 Distance from first drill hole (centre) to end of track (y) 50 150 100 50 50 50 50 50 Classification in accordance with DIN EN 1527 GEZE Rollan 80 NT Usage Duration of category functional ability … Door weight Fire resistance Safety Corrosion resistance Protection Door type Initial friction … - … 1 - … 3 The description of the classes can be found at the end of the catalogue. Sliding fitting systems 17 Roller and design fittings GEZE ROLLAN 80 NT OVERVIEW OF COMPONENTS GEZE Rollan 80 NT wooden leaf ceiling mounting … 3 … 1 … 2 … 5 … 1 = Track Rollan … = Rollan 80 NT SoftStop … = Roller carriage Rollan 80 NT with trigger … = Suspension plate Rollan … = Wooden leaf (on site) … = Floor guide for wooden leaf Note: Cross-section drawings analogue to Rollan 40 NT 18 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS Roller and design fittings GEZE ROLLAN 40 NT / ROLLAN 80 NT ORDER INFORMATION ROLLAN 40 NT / ROLLAN 80 NT Description GEZE Rollan 40 NT complete set set for wall and ceiling installation with wooden leaf standard, up to 40 kg leaf weight -plain bearing- GEZE Rollan 80 NT complete set set for wall and ceiling installation with wooden leaf standard, up to 80 kg leaf weight -ball bearing- GEZE Rollan 80 NT complete set set for wall and ceiling installation with glass leaf, 30 mm glass clamping plate individually covered EV1, up to 80 kg leaf weight Accessories Rollan 80 NT SoftStop set, damping on one side, up to 40 kg The set includes: … x damping unit, … x trigger Accessories set basic components Rollan 40 NT for ceiling mounting, comprising: … x roller carriage, … x end stop, … x suspension plate, … x suspension bolt, … x floor guide for wooden leaf -plain bearingAccessories set basic components Rollan 40 NT for wall mounting, comprising: … x roller carriage, … x end stop, … x suspension plate, … x suspension bolt, … x floor guide for wooden leaf, incl. standard wall bracket (length = can be used up to track length) -plain bearingAccessories set basic components Rollan 80 NT for ceiling mounting, comprising: … x roller carriage, … x end stop (1 x with hold-open device), … x suspension plate, … x suspension bolt, … x floor guide for wooden leaf -ball bearingAccessories set basic components Rollan 80 NT for wall mounting, comprising: … x roller carriage, … x end stop (1 x with hold-open device), … x suspension plate, … x suspension bolt, … x floor guide for wooden leaf, incl. standard wall bracket (length = can be used up to track length) -ball bearingTrack Rollan Track Rollan cut to size, per m Roller carriage Rollan 80 NT without suspension bolt black, up to 80 kg leaf weight -ball bearingRoller carriage Rollan 40 NT with suspension bolt white, up to 40 kg leaf weight -plain bearingRoller carriage Rollan 40 NT without suspension bolt white, up to 40 kg leaf weight -plain bearingRoller carriage Rollan 80 NT with suspension bolt black, up to 80 kg leaf weight -ball bearing- Leaf width from - to 500 mm 590 mm 500 mm 840 mm 500 mm 920 mm 500 mm 970 mm 500 mm 1190 mm 500 mm 1420 mm 500 mm 840 mm 500 mm 920 mm 500 mm 970 mm 500 mm 1190 mm 500 mm 1420 mm 500 mm 1640 mm 500 mm 970 mm Length Version ID no. 1150 mm 160405 1650 mm 160406 1800 mm 160407 1900 mm 160408 2350 mm 160409 2800 mm 160410 1650 mm 160411 1800 mm 160412 1900 mm 160413 2350 mm 160414 2800 mm 160415 3250 mm 160416 1900 mm 160423 160360 500 mm 1500 mm 1100 mm 1500 mm 500 mm 1100 mm 160417 2800 mm 160419 1900 mm 160418 500 mm 1500 mm 160420 1100 mm 1500 mm 2800 mm 160422 500 mm 1100 mm 1900 mm 160421 6100 mm aluminium, matt 120150 aluminium, matt 120151 159518 160363 159517 160364 Sliding fitting systems 19 Roller and design fittings GEZE ROLLAN 40 NT / ROLLAN 80 NT Description Leaf width from - to Length Version End stop Rollan without hold-open spring End stop Rollan with hold-open spring, retention force can be adjusted gradually in installed state 120192 120161 Leaf stop Wall bracket Rollan Without attachment material Ceiling bracket Rollan Without attachment material Suspension plate Rollan Without suspension bolt and attachment material Concealed suspension profile set … pcs., for milling into the wooden leaf, including suspension bolts and flat open-ended spanner for height adjustment Suspension bolt Rollan M8x42 with nut Suspension bolt Rollan M8x30 Height compensation mechanism/ceiling spacer set, with variable adjustment … pcs., height compensation mechanism with variable adjustment from 13 mm to 18 mm. For use for ceiling mounting using clip-on cover 100/145 as well as for general use on uneven ceilings Floor guide for wooden leaf standard Without attachment material Floor guide for glass leaf (stainless steel) For 8, 10, 12 mm glass Floor guide for glass leaf (adjustable) With variable adjustment for glass thickness 8- … mm, with frieze band for noise reduction with structured glass surfaces, without attachment material Flush pull, 8-12 mm glass Closed, outer diameter 60 mm, glass drill hole 40 mm Flush pull, 15-80 mm wood Outer diameter 60 mm, specify leaf thickness when ordering Door pull handle, configured 20 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS ID no. 000339 125858 069991 026654 138015 038183 133146 138099 galvanised 002191 stainless steel 134990 silver-coloured 120417 stainless steel optic 148019 acc. to RAL 149657 stainless steel 138670 stainless steel 127614 stainless steel 127616 Roller and design fittings GEZE ROLLAN 40 NT / ROLLAN 80 NT Track Roller carriage Rollan 40 NT Roller carriage Rollan 80 NT Rollan 80 NT SoftStop with trigger End stop End stop with hold-open spring Wall bracket Ceiling bracket Suspension plate Concealed suspension profile Suspension bolt Height compensation mechanism Floor guide for wooden leaf Floor guide for glass leaf Stainless steel Floor guide for glass leaf adjustable Flush pull glass closed Stainless steel door pull handle Sliding fitting systems 21 GEZE LEVOLAN 60 22 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS Sliding fitting systems 23 Roller and design fittings GEZE LEVOLAN 60 GEZE Levolan 60 The sleek universal fitting for all types of door leaves The compact GEZE Levolan 60 sliding door system is the sleek solution for designing functional manual sliding doors for internal applications and moving them effortlessly. The fitting technology is completely integrated in the track, which is only 50 mm high, and can be used for door leaf weights of up to 60 kg. With its linear design, the modular GEZE system adapts to almost any installation situation. The fitting is installed quickly and easily from the front using the Levolan Smart fix installation system. All visible parts are available in the finishes silver-coloured EV1, stainless steel optic or RAL. With the GEZE Levolan 60 SoftStop, the variant with one- or two-sided draw-in damper, sliding elements of up to 60 kg can be realised without additional leaf processing. The two-sided draw-in damper is available even for slim door leaf widths from 770 mm. Door movement is gently slowed approx. 10 cm before the end of the end stop. The door leaves are then guided automatically almost silently into the end position. Slamming into the frame or end stop is avoided, a pinching hazard almost excluded. The Levolan 60 SoftStop can be retro-fitted and adapts the sliding door to changing user requirements. 16 … 50 (34) 48 100 24 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS Roller and design fittings GEZE LEVOLAN 60 APPLICATION RANGE • For toughened safety glass elements of 8, 10 and 12 mm as well as laminated safety glass of up to 10 mm (with additional LSG kit) and wooden leaves up to a weight of 60 kg • For all 1- and multiple-leaf sliding doors • With or without fixed panel • For attachment on the wall and ceiling (directly and concealed) as well as for glass installation • Damped on one or both sides with Levolan 60 SoftStop • Smooth running with Levolan 60 SoftStop makes it particularly well suited for doors in living and office spaces TECHNICAL DATA Product features Leaf material Leaf weight (max.) Leaf weight (max.) with draw-in damper Number of leaves Test cycles Corrosion protection class Type of installation GEZE Levolan 60 Glass, wood, plastic, metal 60 kg 60 kg 1-leaf, 2-leaf 100,000 … Wall installation, ceiling installation, glass installation, concealed in the ceiling ● Fixed panel d = yes Classification in accordance with DIN EN 1527 GEZE Levolan 60 Usage Duration of category functional ability … Door weight Fire resistance … - Safety Corrosion resistance Protection Door type Initial friction … 3 - … 3 The description of the classes can be found at the end of the catalogue. Sliding fitting systems 25 Roller and design fittings GEZE LEVOLAN 60 OVERVIEW OF COMPONENTS GEZE Levolan 60 SoftStopDuo glass leaf wall mounting with spacer profile for wall clearance … 4 … 3 … 1 … 4 … 5 … 7 … 9 10 … 2 … 4 … = Spacer profile for wall clearance Levolan = Track Levolan = Cover panel bracket Levolan = End stop with hold-open device Levolan = End covers Levolan 26 … 7 … 9 10 = Front cover profile Levolan = Levolan 60 SoftStopDuo = Roller carriage Levolan 60 = Glass leaf (on site) = Floor guide for glass leaf (adjustable) GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS Roller and design fittings GEZE LEVOLAN 60 CROSS-SECTION DRAWINGS The fitting can be attached to the wall, the ceiling, a fanlight or a fixed panel. 10 28 48 53 51 8/10*/12 Wall mounting glass * = Dependence dimension shown with 10 mm panel thickness FH = Leaf height … = Spacer profile for wall clearance … Ceiling mounting glass * = Dependence dimension shown with 10 mm panel thickness FH = Leaf height … = Height compensation mechanism 49 13 … 50 34 34 50 19* Concealed ceiling mounting glass FH = Leaf height 68 … 8/10*/12 Fanlight mounting glass * = Dependence dimension shown with 10 mm panel thickness FH = Leaf height 20* FH 8/10*/12 FFH … 30 … FH 8/10*/12 21 30 … 8,76 10,76*/12,76 30 28 34 22 50 FH FH 30 … 30 8/10*/12 8/10*/12 18* FH 18* … 1 10 10 34 50 5500 34 13 … 1 Fixed panel mounting glass * = Dependence dimension shown with 10 mm panel thickness FH = Leaf height FFH = Fixed panel height … = Height compensation mechanism Sliding fitting systems 27 Roller and design fittings GEZE LEVOLAN 60 OVERVIEW OF COMPONENTS GEZE Levolan 60 SoftStop one-sided wooden leaf wall mounting with spacer profile for wall clearance … 4 … 3 … 1 … 8 … 5 … 6 … 9 10 11 … 2 … 4 … 6 = Spacer profile for wall clearance Levolan = Track Levolan = Cover panel bracket Levolan = End stop with hold-open device Levolan = End cover Levolan = Front cover profile Levolan 28 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS … 8 … 10 11 = Levolan 60 SoftStop one-sided = Roller carriage Levolan 60 = Clamping profile for attaching wooden/metal leaves = Wooden leaf (on site) = Floor guide for wooden leaf Roller and design fittings GEZE LEVOLAN 60 CROSS-SECTION DRAWINGS 28 10 53 51 51 … 5 … 3 … 3 50 … 50 … 50 13 … 48 10 10 15-60 FH FH 15 30 … 30 … 7 30 15-60 15-60 FH … Wall mounting wood Ceiling mounting wood Concealed ceiling mounting wood FH = Leaf height … = Spacer profile for wall clearance FH = Leaf height … = Height compensation mechanism FH = Leaf height Sliding fitting systems 29 Roller and design fittings GEZE LEVOLAN 60 OVERVIEW OF COMPONENTS GEZE Levolan 60 glass leaf fixed panel ceiling mounting … 3 … 3 … 2 … 7 … 8 … 8 11 … 10 12 13 … 2 … 4 … 6 … = Additional fixed panel profile Levolan / glass installation = Track Levolan = Cover panel bracket Levolan = End stop with hold-open device Levolan = End cover Levolan = Front cover profile Levolan = Fixed panel cover profile Levolan 30 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS … 9 10 11 12 13 = Roller carriage Levolan 60 = Glass seals = U-profile fixed panel = End cover U-profile fixed panel = Glass leaf (on site) = Floor guide for glass leaf (adjustable) … Roller and design fittings GEZE LEVOLAN 60 GEZE Levolan 60 glass leaf fixed panel with fanlight … 5 … 4 … 1 … 2 … 6 … 8 … 7 … 11 … 10 12 13 … 2 … 4 … 6 … = Fixed panel cover profile Levolan = Additional fixed panel profile Levolan / glass installation = Track Levolan = Cover panel bracket Levolan = End stop with hold-open device Levolan = End cover Levolan = Front cover profile Levolan … 9 10 11 12 13 = Roller carriage Levolan 60 = Glass seals = U-profile fixed panel = End cover U-profile fixed panel = Glass leaf (on site) = Floor guide for glass leaf (adjustable) Sliding fitting systems 31 GEZE LEVOLAN 120 32 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS Sliding fitting systems 33 Roller and design fittings GEZE LEVOLAN 120 GEZE Levolan 120 The design fitting for all-glass and wooden sliding doors Even though the two are identical in appearance, the GEZE Levolan 120 features a load-bearing capacity that carries twice as much as the tried-and-tested Levolan 60. With its compact dimensions, it provides an almost invisible clamping fitting for interior manual sliding doors with door leaves of up to 120 kg. The fitting technology is fully integrated into the track which is only 50 mm high. With its streamlined design, the modular system is perfect for nearly every installation situation. Only one track is required for ceiling and wall mounting. The fitting is installed quickly and easily from the front using the Levolan Smart fix installation system. All visible parts are available in the finishes silver-coloured EV1, stainless steel optic or in RAL colours. The one- or two-sided draw-in damper GEZE Levolan 120 SoftStop which can be optionally integrated guides the sliding door leaves gently and safely into the end position with no risk of pinching or slamming into the frame. The integrated derailing protection is automatically activated upon height adjustment of the door leaf and provides additional safety. Door movement is gently slowed approx. 10 cm before the end of the end stop. The door leaves then move automatically and almost silently into the end position. The Levolan 120 SoftStop can be retro-fitted and adapts the sliding door to changing user requirements. (34) 16 … 50 48 220 34 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS Roller and design fittings GEZE LEVOLAN 120 APPLICATION RANGE • For toughened safety glass elements of 10 and 12 mm as well as laminated safety glass of up to 12 mm (with additional LSG kit) and wooden leaves up to a weight of 120 kg • For all 1- and multiple-leaf sliding doors • With or without fixed panel • For attachment on the wall and ceiling (directly and concealed) as well as for glass installation • Damped on one or both sides with Levolan 120 SoftStop • Smooth running with Levolan 120 SoftStop makes it particularly well suited for doors in living and office spaces TECHNICAL DATA Product features Leaf material Leaf weight (max.) Leaf weight (max.) with draw-in damper Number of leaves Test cycles Corrosion protection class Type of installation Fixed panel GEZE Levolan 120 Glass, wood, plastic, metal 120 kg 120 kg 1-leaf, 2-leaf 100,000 … Wall installation, ceiling installation, glass installation, concealed ceiling ● ● = yes Classification in accordance with DIN EN 1527 GEZE Levolan 120 Usage Duration of category functional ability … Door weight Fire resistance … - Safety Corrosion resistance Protection Door type Initial friction … 3 - … 3 The description of the classes can be found at the end of the catalogue. Sliding fitting systems 35 Roller and design fittings GEZE LEVOLAN 120 OVERVIEW OF COMPONENTS FOR GLASS MOUNTING GEZE Levolan 120 glass leaf SoftStop one-sided wall mounting with spacer profile for wall clearance … 4 … 3 … 1 … 4 … 5 … 6 … 9 10 … 2 … 4 … = Spacer profile for wall clearance Levolan = Track Levolan = Cover panel bracket Levolan = End stop with hold-open device Levolan = End cover Levolan 36 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS … 7 … 9 10 = Front cover profile Levolan = Levolan 120 SoftStop one-sided = Roller carriage Levolan 120 = Glass leaf (on site) = Floor guide for glass leaf (adjustable) Roller and design fittings GEZE LEVOLAN 120 CROSS-SECTION DRAWINGS The fitting can be attached directly to the ceiling, to the wall, a fixed panel or a fanlight. 10 … 13 … 28 48 53 51 FH FH … 30 10*/12 10*/12 … * FH 10*/12 30 … 30 … * 10 10 34 50 34 50 50 34 … Wall mounting glass Ceiling mounting glass Concealed ceiling mounting glass * = Dependence dimension shown with 10 mm panel thickness FH = Leaf height … = Spacer profile for wall clearance * = Dependence dimension shown with 10 mm panel thickness FH = Leaf height … = Height compensation mechanism FH = Leaf height 22 13 … 28 49 68 10*/12 … * 10*/12 FFH … 7 30 34 10*/12 FH 19* FH 10,76/12,76 21 Fanlight mounting glass Fixed panel mounting glass * = Dependence dimension shown with 10 mm panel thickness FH = Leaf height * 30 … 50 50 34 … = Dependence dimension shown with 10 mm panel thickness F H = Leaf height FFH = Fixed panel height … = Height compensation mechanism Note: Fixed panel and glass mounting analogue to Levolan 60 but with roller carriage Levolan 120 Sliding fitting systems 37 Roller and design fittings GEZE LEVOLAN 120 OVERVIEW OF COMPONENTS GEZE Levolan 120 wooden leaf SoftStop one-sided wall mounting with spacer profile for wall clearance … 4 … 3 … 1 … 4 … 5 … 6 … 9 10 11 … 2 … 4 … 6 = Spacer profile for wall clearance Levolan = Track Levolan = Cover panel bracket Levolan = End stop with hold-open device Levolan = End cover Levolan = Front cover profile Levolan 38 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS … 8 … 10 11 = Levolan 120 SoftStop one-sided = Roller carriage Levolan 120 = Clamping profile for attaching wooden/metal leaves = Wooden leaf (on site) = Floor guide for wooden leaf Roller and design fittings GEZE LEVOLAN 120 CROSS-SECTION DRAWINGS 28 53 51 53 … 5 … 5 … 3 … 50 … 50 48 50 13 … 10 10 10 15-60 Wall mounting wood FH = Leaf height … = Spacer profile for wall clearance 30 … FH 15 30 … 7 30 15-60 FH 15-60 FH … Concealed ceiling mounting wood FH = Leaf height Ceiling mounting wood FH = Leaf height … = Height compensation mechanism ORDER INFORMATION LEVOLAN 60 / LEVOLAN 120 Description Levolan 60 complete set for wall mounting Levolan 120 complete set for wall mounting Leaf width from - to 400 mm 840 mm 400 mm 1040 mm 400 mm 1240 mm 400 mm 840 mm 400 mm 1040 mm 400 mm 1240 mm 640 mm 1240 mm 640 mm 1440 mm 640 mm 1240 mm 640 mm 1440 mm Length Version ID no. 1650 mm EV1 147164 2050 mm EV1 147165 2450 mm EV1 147166 1650 mm stainless steel optic 147167 2050 mm stainless steel optic 147168 2450 mm stainless steel optic 147169 2450 mm EV1 157939 2850 mm EV1 157940 2450 mm stainless steel optic 157943 2850 mm stainless steel optic 157944 Levolan 60 / 120 complete set bespoke Accessories Levolan 60 SoftStop set, damped on one side, up to 60 kg for draw-in damper on the left, comprising: … x damping unit, … x spacer for cover panel bracket, … x trigger, can also be retro-fitted - minimum leaf width 570 mm Levolan 60 SoftStop set, damped on one side, up to 60 kg for draw-in damper on the right, comprising: … x damping unit, … x spacer for cover panel bracket, … x trigger, can also be retro-fitted - minimum leaf width 570 mm Levolan 60 SoftStopDuo, damped on one side, up to 60 kg for draw-in damper on the left & right, comprising: … x double damping unit, … x spacer for cover panel bracket, … x trigger, can also be retrofitted - minimum leaf width 770 mm 147170 1240 mm 570 mm 146370 1240 mm 570 mm 146401 1240 mm 770 mm 146402 Sliding fitting systems 39 Roller and design fittings GEZE LEVOLAN 60 / LEVOLAN 120 Description Set for Levolan 120 SoftStop, damped on one side, up to 120 kg for draw-in damper on the left, comprising: … x damping unit, … x spacer for cover panel bracket, … x trigger, can also be retro-fitted - minimum leaf width on one side 900 mm, on both sides 1,325 mm both sides Set for Levolan 120 SoftStop, damped on one side, up to 120 kg for draw-in damper on the right, comprising: … x damping unit, … x spacer for cover panel bracket, … x trigger, can also be retro-fitted - minimum leaf width one side 900 mm, on both sides 1,325 mm Cover profile for ceiling installation Levolan 60/120 set for facing the back for ceiling mounting, with end covers and fixing insert Leaf width from - to 900 mm 2500 mm 158000 640 mm 1440 mm 640 mm 1440 mm 1650 mm EV1 147221 2050 mm EV1 147222 2450 mm EV1 147223 2850 mm EV1 157919 1650 mm stainless steel optic 147224 2050 mm stainless steel optic 147225 2450 mm stainless steel optic 147226 2850 mm stainless steel optic 157921 1650 mm EV1 147227 2050 mm EV1 147228 2450 mm EV1 147229 2850 mm EV1 157963 1650 mm stainless steel optic 147230 2050 mm stainless steel optic 147231 2450 mm stainless steel optic 147232 2850 mm stainless steel optic 157965 1650 mm 2050 mm 2450 mm 2850 mm 6000 mm 1650 mm 2050 mm 2450 mm 2850 mm 6000 mm EV1 EV1 EV1 EV1 EV1 stainless steel optic stainless steel optic stainless steel optic stainless steel optic stainless steel optic 145487 145488 145489 157975 145490 145541 145542 145543 157977 145544 Track Levolan 60 / 120 bespoke 145545 Roller carriage set Levolan 60 … pcs., up to 60 kg leaf weight, including clamping inserts for 8-12 mm toughened safety glass and … hold-open springs Roller carriage set for Levolan 120 … pieces, up to 120 kg door leaf weight, including clamping inserts for 10-12 mm toughened safety glass and … hold-open springs Front cover profile Levolan 60 / 120 for covering the front for wall and ceiling mounting Front cover profile Levolan 60 / 120 bespoke Cover panel bracket set with end stop Levolan 60/120 for attachment of the front cover profile, comprising: … cover panel brackets, … end stops (left + right). Up to track length 2450 mm 40 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS ID no. 157999 640 mm 1440 mm Track Levolan 60 / 120 for ceiling and wall installation Version 900 mm 2500 mm 640 mm 1440 mm Additional fixed panel profile set Levolan 60/120 as add-on profile for creating a fixed panel at the side, comprising: additional profile, cover profile for free fixed panel area, glass seal 12 m, U-profile … m, end cover U-profile incl. glass supports, attachment set for fixed panel Length 146148 157928 1650 mm 2050 mm 2450 mm 2850 mm 6000 mm 1650 mm 2050 mm 2450 mm 2850 mm 6000 mm EV1 EV1 EV1 EV1 EV1 stainless steel optic stainless steel optic stainless steel optic stainless steel optic stainless steel optic 145547 145548 145549 157979 145550 145551 145552 145553 157981 145554 145555 146146 Roller and design fittings GEZE LEVOLAN 60 / LEVOLAN 120 Description Leaf width from - to Length Version Additional cover panel bracket set Levolan 60/120 additional attachments for the front cover profile, comprising: … cover panel brackets, from track length 2450 mm. … brackets per m required Cover profile for ceiling installation Levolan 60/120 for covering the back for ceiling mounting 159190 1650 mm 2050 mm 2450 mm 2850 mm 6000 mm 1650 mm 2050 mm 2450 mm 2850 mm 6000 mm EV1 EV1 EV1 EV1 EV1 stainless steel optic stainless steel optic stainless steel optic stainless steel optic stainless steel optic Cover profile for ceiling installation Levolan 60/120 bespoke Cover profile for concealed / ceiling-flush installation Levolan 60 / 120 for covering the underside of the Levolan 60 / 120 for installation flush to the ceiling (identical on both sides) 1650 mm 2050 mm 2450 mm 2850 mm 6000 mm 1650 mm 2050 mm 2450 mm 2850 mm 6000 mm EV1 EV1 EV1 EV1 EV1 stainless steel optic stainless steel optic stainless steel optic stainless steel optic stainless steel optic 1650 mm 2050 mm 2450 mm 2850 mm 6000 mm 1650 mm 2050 mm 2450 mm 2850 mm 6000 mm EV1 EV1 EV1 EV1 EV1 stainless steel optic stainless steel optic stainless steel optic stainless steel optic stainless steel optic Cover profile fixed panel for Perlan / Levolan 60 / 120 bespoke End cover set Levolan 60/120 for wall mounting, fixed panel, glass installation End cover set Levolan 60/120 for ceiling mounting End cover set with … glazing supports for use with U-profile fixed panel with Perlan / Levolan, comprising: end cover, … x screw, … x glazing block 15 x … mm 146297 146298 146299 157987 146300 146301 146302 146303 157989 146304 146305 6000 mm EV1 126965 6050 mm stainless steel optic 128294 EV1 128076 stainless steel optic 128295 6000 mm EV1 127003 6050 mm stainless steel optic 128342 U-profile fixed panel Perlan / Levolan bespoke Cover profile fixed panel for Perlan / Levolan 60 / 120 for covering the unused fixed panel area with Perlan / Levolan 60 / 120 as well as for top cover with glass installation Levolan 60 /120 147568 147569 147570 157995 147601 147602 147603 147604 157997 147605 147606 Additional fixed panel profile / glass installation Levolan 60 / 120 bespoke U-profile fixed panel Perlan / Levolan 145598 145599 145600 157983 145611 145612 145613 145614 157985 145615 145616 Cover profile for concealed / ceiling-flush installation Levolan 60 / 120 bespoke Additional fixed panel profile / glass installation Levolan 60 / 120 as add-on profile for creating a fixed panel at the side or for attachment of the Levolan 60 / 120 to a glass fanlight ID no. EV1 128078 stainless steel optic 128343 EV1 146341 black 146343 stainless steel optic 146342 acc. to RAL 146344 EV1 146345 black 146347 stainless steel optic 146346 acc. to RAL 146348 EV1 127001 stainless steel optic 128361 Sliding fitting systems 41 Roller and design fittings GEZE LEVOLAN 60 / LEVOLAN 120 Description Glass seal for Perlan / Levolan fixed panel for … / 10 / 12 mm glass thickness Spacer profile for wall clearance Levolan 60 / 120 10 mm additional space, can be stacked up to 20 mm Leaf width from - to Length Version ID no. 12000 mm black 158650 12000 mm 1650 mm 2050 mm 2450 mm 2850 mm 6000 mm 1650 mm 2050 mm 2450 mm 2850 mm 6000 mm grey EV1 EV1 EV1 EV1 EV1 stainless steel optic stainless steel optic stainless steel optic stainless steel optic stainless steel optic 126869 147555 147556 147557 157991 147558 147559 147560 147571 157993 147572 Spacer profile for wall clearance Levolan 60 / 120 bespoke Set of attachment materials for glass Levolan 60 / 120 … screws for attachment of the additional profile through a glass pane on the track, including glass protection sleeves. From track length 2450 to 2850 mm. Set of attachment materials for glass Levolan 60 / 120 … screws for attachment of the additional profile through a glass pane on the track, including glass protection sleeves. Up to track length 2050 mm. Set of attachment material for fixed panel Levolan 60 / 120 … screws for attachment of the fixed panel add-on profile on the track. Up to track length 2050 mm. 147573 132455 146362 147163 Fixing insert set Levolan 60/120 for attaching the back cover profile and the spacer profile for wall clearance 148091 Height compensation mechanism/ceiling spacer set, with variable adjustment … pcs., height compensation mechanism with variable adjustment from 13 mm to 18 mm. For use for ceiling mounting using clip-on cover 100/145 as well as for general use on uneven ceilings 138099 LSG glueing bracket set for use with laminated safety glass in connection with Levolan 120, without adhesive 157930 LSG glueing bracket set for use with laminated safety glass in connection with Levolan 60, without adhesive Clamping profile for attaching wooden/metal leaves for the attachment of door leaves made of wood / metal / plastic to Levolan 60 / 120 Clamping profile for attaching wooden/metal leaves bespoke Floor guide for wooden leaf standard without attachment material Floor guide for glass leaf (stainless steel) for 8, 10, 12 mm glass Floor guide for glass leaf (adjustable) with variable adjustment for glass thickness 8- … mm, with frieze band for noise reduction with structured glass surfaces, without attachment material Flush pull, 8-12 mm glass closed, outer diameter 60 mm, glass drill hole 40 mm Flush pull, 15-80 mm wood outer diameter 60 mm, specify leaf thickness when ordering Door pull handle, configured 42 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS 148092 1000 mm EV1 146957 1500 mm EV1 146958 EV1 146959 galvanised 002191 stainless steel 134990 silver-coloured 120417 stainless steel optic 148019 acc. to RAL 149657 stainless steel 138670 stainless steel 127614 stainless steel 127616 Roller and design fittings GEZE LEVOLAN 60 / LEVOLAN 120 Track Roller carriage Levolan 60 Levolan 120 SoftStop one- Front cover profile sided left Roller carriage Levolan 120 Levolan 60 SoftStop one-sided left Levolan 60 SoftStopDuo Cover profile for ceiling installation Additional fixed panel profile glass clamp U-profile fixed panel Cover profile fixed panel End cover set Glass seal for fixed panel Set of attachment material Fixing insert set for glass Height compensation mechanism LSG glueing bracket set Clamping profile for attaching wood / metal leaves Floor guide for wooden leaf Floor guide for glass leaf Stainless steel Floor guide for glass leaf adjustable Flush pull glass closed Stainless steel door pull handle Sliding fitting systems 43 GEZE PERLAN 140 44 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS Sliding fitting systems 45 Roller and design fittings GEZE PERLAN 140 GEZE Perlan 140 The all-rounder among sliding fitting systems The GEZE Perlan 140 is a roller-guided sliding system suitable for 1-leaf and multiple-leaf as well as for synchronous sliding door systems. The fitting technology is integrated in the track, which is 40 mm high, and can be used for leaf weights of up to 140 kg. The discreet sliding system fits in with any room design, and the comprehensive range of accessories permits numerous elegant and customised solutions for permanent use in heavily frequented living and working areas. With two precision ball bearings per roller carriage, its track design and the large carrier rollers, the Perlan 140 ensures extremely smooth running. The interior, sealed ball bearings provide corrosion protection for slightly humid interiors. The track in anodised alloy material reduces abrasion and also guarantees increased corrosion protection. Since the distance between the leaf and the wall can be selected using the wall bracket, the door can be adjusted to individual situations, e.g. for precise installation of the track where masonry is uneven. The elegant profile makes the Perlan 140 ideal for installation in visible areas. The track is also available in a curved version on request. With the draw-in damper GEZE Perlan 140 SoftStop the door is gently slowed down and pulls itself automatically into the zero position. The gentle retraction into the end position is easy on the door and the fittings, thus increasing the life span of the door. The GEZE Perlan 140 SoftStop is completely concealed in the track and has a total height of only 40mm. It is available for leaf widths between 515 and 1700 mm and for leaf weights of up to 80 kg. 34 11 25 … 6 40 80 100 46 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS 22 Roller and design fittings GEZE PERLAN 140 APPLICATION RANGE • For wooden, metal, plastic and glass doors • There are various additional parts available for glass leaves e.g. glass clamping plate, fixed panel holder or all-glass holder • For all 1- or multiple-leaf and synchronous sliding doors • For wall, ceiling and fixed panel attachment • Smooth running and high-quality materials make it particularly well suited for doors in heavily frequented living and office spaces TECHNICAL DATA Product features Leaf material Leaf weight (max.) Leaf weight (max.) with draw-in damper Test cycles Corrosion protection class Type of installation Telescope Automated Fixed panel GEZE Perlan 140 Wood, plastic, metal, glass 140 kg 80 kg 100,000 … Wall installation, ceiling installation ● ● ● ● = yes Standard dimensions in mm Leaf width (FB) Track length (L) 500 - 840 500 - 1040 500 - 1240 500 - 1440 500 - 1640 Stock length (LL) 1650 2050 2450 2850 3250 6000 Distance between drill holes (t) 350 350 350 350 350 350 Number of drill holes (n) … 6 … 9 10 18 Distance from first drill hole (centre) to end of track (y) 125 150 175 25 50 25 Classification in accordance with DIN EN 1527 GEZE Perlan 140 Usage Duration of category functional ability … Door weight Fire resistance Safety Corrosion resistance Protection Door type Initial friction … - … 2 - … 3 The description of the classes can be found at the end of the catalogue. Sliding fitting systems 47 Roller and design fittings GEZE PERLAN 140 OVERVIEW OF COMPONENTS GEZE Perlan 140 with SoftStopDuo glass leaf with glass clamping plate 30 mm and continuous cover … 6 … 1 … 3 … 5 … 4 … 8 … 2 … 4 = Track Perlan 140 = End stop with trigger for Perlan SoftStop = Perlan SoftStopDuo = Continuous cover for glass clamping plate 30 mm 48 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS … 6 … 8 = Glass clamping plate 30 mm = End cover Glass clamping plate 30 mm = Glass leaf (on site) = Floor guide for glass leaf (adjustable) Roller and design fittings GEZE PERLAN 140 CROSS-SECTION DRAWINGS The fitting can be attached directly to the ceiling or by means of a bracket to the wall or ceiling. 34 40 40 20 20 34 … 1 62 13 37 13 26 … 5 62 28 … 5 FH FH … 28 8/10*/12 13 13 8/10*/12 … 30 … 3 30 Wall / ceiling mounting glass with glass clamping plate 30 and continuous cover Wall / ceiling mounting glass with glass clamping plate 45 and continuous cover FH = Leaf height … = Wall bracket … = Ceiling bracket … = Height compensation mechanism FH = Leaf height … = Wall bracket … = Ceiling bracket … = Height compensation mechanism … 2 Sliding fitting systems 49 Roller and design fittings GEZE PERLAN 140 OVERVIEW OF COMPONENTS GEZE Perlan 140 wooden leaf ceiling mounting … 3 … 3 … 4 … 5 … 1 … 3 … 5 … = Track Perlan 140 = End stop Perlan 140 = Roller carriage Perlan 140 = Suspension plate Perlan 140 = Wooden leaf (on site) = Floor guide for wooden leaf 50 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS Roller and design fittings GEZE PERLAN 140 CROSS-SECTION DRAWINGS The fitting can be attached directly to the ceiling or by means of a bracket or plate to the wall or ceiling 62 … 10 23 26-60 FH 13 13 FH 13 … 3 28 … 2 22-60 22 22 30 … 3 30 Wall / ceiling mounting Wall / ceiling mounting with concealed suspension profile FH = Leaf height … = Wall bracket … = Ceiling bracket … = Height compensation mechanism FH = Leaf height … = Wall bracket … = Ceiling bracket … = Height compensation mechanism … 28 … 25 11 13 … 62 … 40 … 40 … 34 20 20 34 Sliding fitting systems 51 Roller and design fittings GEZE PERLAN 140 OVERVIEW OF COMPONENTS GEZE Perlan 140 SoftStop one-sided wooden leaf ceiling mounting concealed suspension profile … 4 … 5 … 5 … 7 … 2 … 4 … 6 … = Track Perlan 140 = End stop Perlan 140 = End stop with trigger for Perlan SoftStop = Perlan SoftStop one-sided = Concealed suspension profile = Wooden leaf (on site) = Floor guide for wooden leaf ORDER INFORMATION PERLAN 140 Description Perlan 140 set for wooden leaves for ceiling installation with standard suspension plate, up to 140 kg leaf weight Perlan 140 set for wooden leaves for wall installation with suspension plate and standard wall bracket, up to 140 kg leaf weight Perlan 140 set for glass leaves for ceiling installation with glass clamping plate individually covered, up to 140 kg leaf weight 52 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS Leaf width from - to 500 mm 840 mm 500 mm 1040 mm 500 mm 1240 mm 500 mm 1440 mm 500 mm 1640 mm 500 mm 840 mm 500 mm 1040 mm 500 mm 1240 mm 500 mm 1440 mm 500 mm 1640 mm 500 mm 840 mm 500 mm 1040 mm 500 mm 1240 mm 500 mm 840 mm 500 mm 1040 mm 500 mm 1240 mm Length Version ID no. 1650 mm EV1 119353 2050 mm EV1 119354 2450 mm EV1 119355 2850 mm EV1 119356 3250 mm EV1 119357 1650 mm EV1 119337 2050 mm EV1 119338 2450 mm EV1 119339 2850 mm EV1 119340 3250 mm EV1 119351 1650 mm EV1 134833 2050 mm EV1 134834 2450 mm EV1 134835 1650 mm stainless steel optic 134843 2050 mm stainless steel optic 134844 2450 mm stainless steel optic 134845 Roller and design fittings GEZE PERLAN 140 Description Perlan 140 set for glass leaves for wall installation with concealed wall bracket and glass clamping plate individually covered, up to 140 kg leaf weight Perlan 140 set for wooden leaves for ceiling installation with standard suspension plate and Perlan SoftStop, up to 80 kg leaf weight. Perlan SoftStop one-sided, for track 2450 mm two-sided. Perlan 140 set for wooden leaves for wall installation with suspension plate, standard wall bracket and Perlan SoftStop, up to 80 kg leaf weight. Perlan SoftStop one-sided, for track 2450 mm two-sided. Perlan 140 set for glass leaves for ceiling installation with glass clamping plate individually covered and Perlan SoftStop, up to 80 kg leaf weight. Perlan SoftStop one-sided, with 2450 mm track two-sided. Perlan 140 set for glass leaves for wall installation with concealed wall bracket, glass clamping plate individually covered and Perlan SoftStop, up to 80 kg leaf weight. For 2050 mm track length Perlan SoftStop one-sided, for 2450 mm track length Perlan SoftStop two-sided. Leaf width from - to 500 mm 840 mm 500 mm 1040 mm 500 mm 1240 mm 500 mm 840 mm 500 mm 1040 mm 500 mm 1240 mm 535 mm 1000 mm 860 mm 1240 mm 535 mm 1000 mm 860 mm 1240 mm 575 mm 1000 mm 900 mm 1240 mm 575 mm 1000 mm 900 mm 1240 mm 575 mm 1000 mm 900 mm 1240 mm 575 mm 1000 mm 900 mm 1240 mm Length Version ID no. 1650 mm EV1 134836 2050 mm EV1 134837 2450 mm EV1 134839 1650 mm stainless steel optic 134846 2050 mm stainless steel optic 134847 2450 mm stainless steel optic 134848 2050 mm EV1 134887 2450 mm EV1 134888 2050 mm EV1 134891 2450 mm EV1 134892 2050 mm EV1 134851 2450 mm EV1 134852 2050 mm stainless steel optic 134857 2450 mm stainless steel optic 134858 2050 mm EV1 134854 2450 mm EV1 134855 2050 mm stainless steel optic 134860 2450 mm stainless steel optic 134861 Accessories Perlan SoftStop set, short version, damped on one side, up to 80 kg The set includes: … x roller carriage with damping unit on one side, … x end stop, … x trigger with fixing screw, … x standard suspension plate Perlan SoftStop set, medium version, damped on one side, up to 80 kg The set includes: … x roller carriage with damping unit on one side, … x end stop, … x trigger with fixing screw, … x standard suspension plate Set Perlan SoftStopDuo, damped on both sides, up to 80 kg The set includes: … x roller carriage with damping unit on both sides, … x end stop, … x trigger with fixing screws, … x standard suspension plate Perlan SoftStop set, long version, damped on both sides, up to 80 kg The set includes: … x roller carriage with damping unit on both sides, … x end stop, … x trigger with fixing screws, … x standard suspension plate Accessory set basic components Perlan 140 for wall mounting, comprising: … x roller carriage, … x end stop, … x suspension plate, … x hold-open spring, … x suspension bolt, … x end cover, … x floor guide for wooden leaf, incl. standard wall bracket (length = can be used up to track length) Accessory set basic components Perlan 140 for ceiling mounting, comprising: … x roller carriage, … x end stop, … x suspension plate, … x hold-open spring, … x suspension bolt, … x end cover, … x floor guide for wooden leaf Accessory set basic components Perlan 140 KS corrosion-protected for external use, for ceiling mounting, comprising: … x roller carriage, … x end stop, … x suspension plate, … x hold-open spring, … x suspension bolt, … x end cover 575 mm 900 mm 128876 900 mm 1290 mm 128877 750 mm 1290 mm 150071 1290 mm 1700 mm 128891 500 mm 840 mm 500 mm 1240 mm 500 mm 1640 mm 1650 mm 119358 2450 mm 119359 3250 mm 119360 500 mm 1640 mm 119361 500 mm 1640 mm 119510 Sliding fitting systems 53 Roller and design fittings GEZE PERLAN 140 Description Accessory set basic components Perlan 140 KS corrosion-protected for external use, for wall mounting, comprising: … x roller carriage, … x end stop, … x suspension plate, … x hold-open spring, … x suspension bolt, … x end cover, incl. standard wall bracket (length = can be used up to track length) Track Perlan 140 with countersunk drill holes (prepared for Perlan SoftStop) Track Perlan 140 with countersunk drill holes, bespoke (prepared for Perlan SoftStop) End cover for Perlan track Leaf width from - to 500 mm 840 mm 500 mm 1240 mm 500 mm 1640 mm Length Version ID no. 1650 mm 119507 2450 mm 119508 3250 mm 119509 1650 mm EV1 135046 2050 mm EV1 135047 2450 mm EV1 135048 2850 mm EV1 142518 3250 mm EV1 142519 6000 mm EV1 128660 1650 mm stainless steel optic 135049 2050 mm stainless steel optic 135050 2450 mm stainless steel optic 135061 6000 mm stainless steel optic 128662 EV1 128661 stainless steel optic 128663 black 119649 End stop Perlan 140 (also KS) steel parts made of stainless steel 119362 Leaf stop 000339 Hold-open spring 064242 Concealed suspension profile set … pcs., for milling into the wooden leaf, including suspension bolts and flat open-ended spanner for height adjustment Suspension plate Perlan 140 without attachment material Suspension plate Perlan 140 KS corrosion-protected, for external use and in aggressive environments, without attachment material Suspension bolt Perlan 140 with combination nut Suspension bolt Perlan 140 KS with combination nut 138015 064236 stainless steel 063839 stainless steel End stop with adjustable hold-open spring Ceiling bracket Perlan 140 with fixing screw for track Wall bracket Perlan 140 KS corrosion-protected, for external use and in aggressive environments, with sliding block and fixing screw for track Wall bracket Perlan 140 with sliding block and fixing screw for track Floor guide for wooden leaf standard without attachment material Floor guide for glass leaf (stainless steel) for 8, 10, 12 mm glass 54 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS 117355 117357 069274 119315 119319 119318 galvanised 002191 stainless steel 134990 Roller and design fittings GEZE PERLAN 140 Description Leaf width from - to Length Floor guide for glass leaf (adjustable) with variable adjustment for glass thickness 8- … mm, with frieze band for noise reduction with structured glass surfaces, without attachment material Version ID no. silver-coloured 120417 stainless steel optic 148019 acc. to RAL 149657 Buffer for continuous floor guide 124655 Buffer for continuous glass floor guide 124656 Height compensation mechanism/ceiling spacer set, with variable adjustment … pcs., height compensation mechanism with variable adjustment from 13 mm to 18 mm. For use for ceiling mounting using clip-on cover 100/145 as well as for general use on uneven ceilings Flush pull, 8-12 mm glass Closed, outer diameter 60 mm, glass drill hole 40 mm Flush pull, 15-80 mm wood Outer diameter 60 mm, specify leaf thickness when ordering 138099 Door pull handle, configured stainless steel 138670 stainless steel 127614 stainless steel 127616 Track Perlan roller carriage Perlan SoftStop One-sided Perlan SoftStopDuo Perlan SoftStop on both sides End cover for Perlan track End stop End stop with adjustable hold-open spring Concealed suspension profile Suspension plate Suspension bolt End stop with adjustable hold-open spring Ceiling bracket Wall bracket Floor guide for wooden leaf Floor guide for glass leaf Stainless steel Floor guide for glass leaf adjustable Height compensation mechanism Flush pull glass closed Stainless steel door pull handle Sliding fitting systems 55 GEZE GLASS CLAMPING PLATES 56 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS Sliding fitting systems 57 Roller and design fittings GEZE GLASS CLAMPING PLATES GEZE glass clamping plates 30 mm and 45 mm Unobtrusive and easy to install for the GEZE sliding systems Rollan and Perlan The GEZE glass clamping plates offer easier installation without the need for extensive glass processing. The complete cover for the suspension plates results in a continuous look. The clamping plate is available in silver-coloured EV1, stainless steel optic or RAL colours upon request. Since the gap between the clamping plate and track is hardly visible, there is no need for a cover to be mounted on site. The glass clamping plate with an overall height of 30 mm for leaf weights of up to 80 kg is not visible when installed in a standard wall recess frame. Its length of only 110 mm makes it suitable for versatile use for almost all door widths. The glass clamping plate fits concealed under the clip-on cover 100 with GEZE Perlan AUT / Perlan AUT-NT, resulting in a complete system for automated glass doors. … 55 62 … 26 13 … 35 … 1 28 8/10/12 28 … 8/10/12 13 13 … 5 … 34 40 20 31 29 17 The glass clamping plate with an overall height of 45 mm bears leaf weights of up to 140 kg and of up to 80 kg with the Rollan system. It can be used for all standard glass thicknesses and can be adjusted to the respective glass thickness by means of the inner gearing parts. This makes installation and removal significantly easier. … 3 Rollan with glass clamping plate 30 mm … = Wall bracket … = Ceiling bracket … = Height compensation mechanism Perlan with glass clamping plate 30 mm … = Wall bracket … = Ceiling bracket … = Height compensation mechanism 34 40 20 GEZE glass clamping plate 30 mm … 37 13 … 62 28 … 13 … 8/10/12 … GEZE glass clamping plate 45 mm Perlan with glass clamping plate 45 mm … 2 … = Wall bracket = Ceiling bracket = Height compensation mechanism APPLICATION RANGE • For all GEZE sliding systems • For toughened safety glass 8, 10, 12 mm as well as laminated safety glass up to … mm with additional laminated safety glass adhesive kit (without glass processing) • Glass clamping plate 30 mm for leaf weights of up to 80 kg • Glass clamping plate 45 mm for leaf weights of up to 140 kg or to the permissible maximum weight of the respective fitting system 58 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS Roller and design fittings GEZE GLASS CLAMPING PLATES ORDER INFORMATION Description Length Glass clamping plate 30 mm set, continuously covered comprising … glass clamping plates incl. suspension bolts, continuous bespoke cover and end covers, EV1 or stainless steel optic, up to 80 kg leaf weight, for 8-12 mm toughened safety glass Glass clamping plate 30 mm set, individually covered comprising … glass clamping plates incl. suspension bolts, individually covered profiles and end covers, up to 80 kg leaf weight, for 8-12 mm toughened safety glass Glass clamping plate 30 mm set, without cover comprising … glass clamping plates incl. suspension bolts, up to 80 kg leaf weight, for 8-12 mm toughened safety glass Glass clamping plate 45 mm set, without cover comprising … glass clamping plates incl. suspension bolts, up to 140 kg leaf weight, for 8-12 mm toughened safety glass Glass clamping plate 45 mm set, individually covered comprising … glass clamping plates incl. suspension bolts, individually covered profiles and end covers, up to 140 kg leaf weight, for 8-12 mm toughened safety glass Glass clamping plate 45 mm set, continuous cover comprising … glass clamping plates incl. suspension bolts, continuous bespoke cover and end covers, EV1 or stainless steel optic, up to 140 kg leaf weight, for 8-12 mm toughened safety glass Accessories EV1 stainless steel optic 142365 142366 acc. to RAL 142367 142364 125586 EV1 stainless steel optic 125585 134986 acc. to RAL 126216 125588 3000 mm 3000 mm Cover profile glass clamping plate 30 mm for individual cover of … glass clamping plates Set of end pieces for glass clamping plate 30 mm … pcs. end pieces for mounting on the outside of the leaf for attachment of the continuous cover panel and side caps, necessary where the cover projects > 200 mm beyond the glass clamping plate EV1 stainless steel optic acc. to RAL EV1 stainless steel optic EV1 stainless steel optic EV1 black stainless steel optic acc. to RAL Clamping insert, glass clamping plate 30 mm for … glass clamping plates, for use with … mm (1/2 inch) toughened safety glass LSG glueing bracket set for use with laminated safety glass in connection with glass clamping plate 30 mm, for … clamping plates, without adhesive Clamping insert, glass clamping plate 45 mm for … glass clamping plates, for use with … mm (1/2 inch) toughened safety glass LSG glueing bracket set for use with laminated safety glass in connection with glass clamping plate 45 mm, for … clamping plates, without adhesive 143346 142369 143347 142370 142634 142386 Cover profile glass clamping plate 45 mm for continuous cover, bespoke End cover set for glass clamping plate 45 mm for … glass clamping plates 141695 141696 141697 142371 142372 144032 144033 142373 End cover set for glass clamping plate 30 mm for … glass clamping plates Cover profile glass clamping plate 45 mm for continuous cover, … profile Set of end pieces for glass clamping plate 45 mm … end pieces for installation on the outside of the leaf for attachment of the continuous cover and side caps ID no. 142368 Cover profile glass clamping plate 30 mm for continuous cover, bespoke Cover profile glass clamping plate 30 mm for continuous cover, … profiles Version 3000 mm 3000 mm EV1 stainless steel optic acc. to RAL EV1 stainless steel optic 127628 135033 126108 126107 135034 133740 EV1 black stainless steel optic acc. to RAL 137359 125582 137360 127498 133022 133099 Sliding fitting systems 59 PERLAN 140 SYSTEM VARIANTS AND AUTOMATION 60 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS Sliding fitting systems 61 Roller and design fittings GEZE PERLAN 140 FIXED PANEL GEZE Perlan 140 fixed panel The integrated GEZE Perlan 140 solution with fixed panel creates transparent and convenient passages. The almost invisible floor and side profiles generate a uniform appearance and strengthen the generous special effect afforded by the glass appearance. Installation is quick and easy. The fixed panels are held securely by rubber seals in a choice of either black or grey, glueing is not necessary. Perlan 140 with fixed panel is available as a complete profile set … m for individual solutions, but all profiles and accessory parts can also be ordered individually. 80 94 30 15 26 … 40 56 28 APPLICATION RANGE • For sliding leaves with fixed glazing • For all standard door widths • For fixed panels of up to 13 mm toughened safety glass or laminated safety glass • Can be combined as a system with almost all Perlan 140 components TECHNICAL DATA Product features Leaf material Number of leaves Type of installation Automated Fixed panel Duosync ● = YES 62 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS GEZE Perlan 140 Fixed panel Glass 1-leaf, 2-leaf Ceiling installation ● ● ● Roller and design fittings GEZE PERLAN 140 FIXED PANEL OVERVIEW OF COMPONENTS GEZE Perlan 140 fixed panel glass leaf with glass clamping plate 30 mm, ceiling mounting with continuous cover … 4 … 6 … 4 … 3 … 7 … 5 10 … 9 11 12 … 2 … 4 … 6 = Track and fixed panel profile Perlan 140 = Fixed panel cover profile = End stop Perlan 140 = Roller carriage Perlan 140 = Continuous cover for glass clamping plate 30 mm = End cover Glass clamping plate 30 mm … 8 … 10 11 12 = Glass clamping plate 30 mm = Glass seals = U-profile fixed panel = End cover U-profile fixed panel = Glass leaf (on site) = Floor guide for glass leaf (adjustable) Sliding fitting systems 63 Roller and design fittings GEZE PERLAN 140 FIXED PANEL CROSS-SECTION DRAWINGS 28 40 … FH FH FFH FFH 37 25. … 5 … 1 40 56 13 … 56 13 … 28 Fixed panel mounting glass with glass clamping plate 30, covered * = Dependence dimension shown with 10 mm panel thickness FH = Leaf height FFH = Fixed panel height … = Height compensation mechanism 8/10*/12 … * 21 30 … 30 … 21 8/10*/12 8/10*/12 … * … 9 8/10*/12 Fixed panel mounting glass with glass clamping plate 45, covered * = Dependence dimension shown with 10 mm panel thickness FH = Leaf height FFH = Fixed panel height … = Height compensation mechanism ORDER INFORMATION Description Length 3000 mm 6000 mm 6050 mm Track Perlan 140, fixed panel Track Perlan 140, fixed panel bespoke Track Perlan 140 fixed panel with countersunk hole Track Perlan 140 fixed panel with countersunk hole bespoke Perlan fixed panel set bespoke Perlan fixed panel set complete profile set, comprising: … m track Perlan fixed panel, … m cover profile, … m U-profile, 12 m rubber seal Accessories Cover profile fixed panel for Perlan / Levolan 60 / 120 for covering the unused fixed panel area with Perlan / Levolan 60 / 120 as well as for top cover with glass installation Levolan 60 /120 Cover profile fixed panel for Perlan / Levolan 60 / 120 bespoke U-profile fixed panel Perlan / Levolan U-profile fixed panel Perlan / Levolan bespoke Glass seal for Perlan / Levolan fixed panel for … / 10 / 12 mm glass thickness End cover set with … glazing supports for use with U-profile fixed panel with Perlan / Levolan, comprising: end cover, … x screw, … x glazing block 15 x … mm Track fixed panel 64 U-profile fixed panel Cover profile fixed panel GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS 6050 mm 6050 mm Version EV1 EV1 stainless steel optic EV1 stainless steel optic EV1 stainless steel optic EV1 stainless steel optic ID no. 126962 126963 128344 128077 128345 128652 128654 128653 128655 128079 EV1 126995 6000 mm EV1 127003 6050 mm stainless steel optic 128342 EV1 stainless steel optic EV1 stainless steel optic EV1 stainless steel optic black grey EV1 128078 128343 126965 128294 128076 128295 158650 126869 127001 stainless steel optic 128361 6000 mm 6050 mm 12000 mm 12000 mm Glass seal for fixed panel Roller and design fittings GEZE PERLAN AUT-NT GEZE Perlan AUT-NT The simple kind of sliding door automation GEZE Perlan AUT-NT is a simple, elegant and cost-effective solution for the automation of light-weight internal sliding doors of up to 80 kg with all the added convenience of an automatic door. The convenient Push&Go function automatically sets the drive in motion with just a light push of the door leaf. The opening speed of up to … m/s, as well as the soft start and braking functions of the drive support access convenience. Various operating modes enable the system to be adapted to individual user requirements. Perlan AUT-NT moves the door safely and almost silently. The drive fulfils all specifications with regard to low energy operation in accordance with DIN EN 18650 and DIN EN 16005. This means that the use of additional safety sensors to safeguard the system is not necessary for this application. In the event of a power failure, the door can be opened by hand and used safely even in the event of an emergency. Perlan AUT-NT is suitable for wooden and glass doors and, in conjunction with the standard GEZE Perlan 140 roller-guided sliding fitting system, can be employed in just about any installation situation and with any type of door leaf. Perlan AUT-NT can be adapted flexibly to suit leaf widths of 500 to 3000 mm either as a standard set or fitted on site. … 2 … 4 … 6 System components … = Return pulley … = Perlan AUT-NT drive … = Toothed belt … = Driver for glass clamping plate … = Power supply … = Push button with control APPLICATION RANGE • Low-energy sliding door drive in accordance with DIN 18650 / EN 16005 • For automating internal doors of up to max. 80 kg • For all 1- and multiple-leaf Perlan sliding doors • Max. speed can be set up to … m/s • Particularly suitable for automating sliding doors in living areas TECHNICAL DATA Product features Leaf material System weight (max.) Number of leaves Type of installation Automated Fixed panel Product tested in accordance with GEZE Perlan AUT-NT Wood, plastic, metal, glass 80 kg 1-leaf, 2-leaf Wall installation, ceiling installation ● ● DIN 18650, EN 16005 ● = yes Sliding fitting systems 65 Roller and design fittings GEZE PERLAN AUT-NT OVERVIEW OF COMPONENTS GEZE Perlan AUT-NT glass leaf wall mounting with glass clamping plate 30 mm and clip-on cover 100 … 3 … 6 … 3 … 11 … 1 10 … 4 … 10 12 13 … 2 … 4 … 6 … = Track Perlan 140 = Drive Perlan AUT-NT = Wall bracket = Return pulley = End stop Perlan 140 = Roller carriage Perlan 140 = Driver Glass clamping plate 30 mm … = Toothed belt … = Clip-on cover 100 10 = Glass clamping plate 30 mm 11 = Push button with control 12 = Glass leaf (on site) 13 = Floor guide for glass leaf (adjustable) Fixture can be made with height compensation mechanism on the ceiling or with a bracket on the wall. 66 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS Roller and design fittings GEZE PERLAN AUT-NT CROSS-SECTION DRAWINGS 28 45 45 45 … 34 34 13 34 34 20 20 34 55 40 43 … 18 55 … 13 … 28 43 40 43 … 18 28 … 18 13 … 55 62 40 … 1 … 2 FH FH … 3 30 … 30 … 30 8/10/12 8/10/12 FH 13 8/10/12 Wall / ceiling mounting glass Wall / ceiling mounting glass with clip-on cover 100, one-sided Wall / ceiling mounting glass with clip-on cover 100, on both sides FH = Leaf height … = Wall bracket … = Ceiling bracket … = Height compensation mechanism FH = Leaf height … = Wall bracket … = Ceiling bracket … = Height compensation mechanism FH = Leaf height … = Wall bracket … = Ceiling bracket … = Height compensation mechanism ORDER INFORMATION Description Length Version Perlan AUT-NT set for wooden leaves For automating … or 2-leaf Perlan sliding doors of up to 80 kg leaf weight. Set comprising: … x control unit with push button, … x power supply, … x drive unit with … m control cable, … x return pulley, … x driver for leaf, toothed belt … m. Additional driver required for 2-leaf doors Perlan AUT-NT set for glass leaves For automating … or 2-leaf Perlan sliding doors of up to 80 kg leaf weight. Set comprising: … x control unit with push button, … x power supply, … x drive unit with … m control cable, … x return pulley, … x driver for glass clamping plate 45 mm, toothed belt … m Additional driver required for 2-leaf doors Accessories 139924 139925 GEZE plastic elbow switch Very flat design, IP rating IP 30, H=180 mm Driver for glass clamping plate 30 mm for Perlan AUT-NT + Duosync, including … x elongated suspension bolts Driver for glass clamping plate 45 mm for Perlan AUT-NT + Duosync, including … x elongated suspension bolts Driver wood for Perlan AUT-NT / Duosync, including … x elongated suspension bolts Perlan AUT-NT motor cable white 114078 stainless steel optic 114077 143295 134281 134280 100000 mm Perlan AUT-NT motor cable, bespoke Perlan AUT-NT toothed belt ID no. 141440 141452 78000 mm 141500 Perlan AUT-NT toothed belt, bespoke 141561 Power supply Perlan AUT-NT 139994 Sliding fitting systems 67 Roller and design fittings GEZE PERLAN 140 GGS GEZE Perlan 140 GGS The elegant design fitting for all-glass sliding systems All-glass systems (GGS) are used on automatic and manual door systems with horizontally moving door leaves. Track fixing on wall and ceiling makes flexible use in all rooms possible. The height of the brushed stainless steel glass holders can be adjusted thanks to elongated holes. The GEZE Perlan 140 provides long-term smooth running thanks to two precision ball bearings per roller carriage, its track design and large carrier rollers. The interior, sealed ball bearings provide corrosion protection for slightly humid interiors. The track in anodised alloy material reduces abrasion and also guarantees increased corrosion protection. The elegant profile makes the Perlan 140 ideal for installation in visible areas. Since the distance between the leaf and the wall can be selected using the wall bracket, the door can be adjusted to the individual situation, e.g. for precise installation of the track where masonry is uneven. There is an adjustable floor guide for glass leaves available for different glass thicknesses. The all-glass system fixture can also be used as an elegant suspension solution for wooden sliding leaves. APPLICATION RANGE • For 1- and multiple-leaf sliding doors • For living and office areas • As a visible stainless steel design element TECHNICAL DATA Product features Leaf material Leaf weight Leaf weight with draw-in damper Corrosion protection class ● = YES 68 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS GEZE Perlan 140 GGS Wood, metal, glass max. 140 kg max. 80 kg … Roller and design fittings GEZE PERLAN GGS CROSS-SECTION DRAWINGS 40 40 … 40 13 62 62 30 13 30 13 30 … 5 … 1 34 … 5 28 34 20 20 56 13 141 FH … 8 30 … FH … 23 30-60 … 23 28 8/10/12 … 7 … 21 28 8/10/12 … 12 … 13 8/10/12 FH FFH 17 … 22 … Fixed panel mounting Glass Wall / ceiling mounting Glass Wall / ceiling mounting Wood FH = Leaf height FFH = Fixed panel height … = Height compensation mechanism FH = Leaf height … = Wall bracket … = Ceiling bracket … = Height compensation mechanism FH = Leaf height … = Wall bracket … = Ceiling bracket … = Height compensation mechanism Note The wall recesses must be made accessible by a removable cover. The door leaf must be stopped in addition – except with the end stop – by a further leaf stop. The buffer must be attached in the middle of the door height. ORDER INFORMATION Description All-glass system stainless steel single point fixing set … pieces, brushed, for wooden leaves and glass leaves 8-12 mm, including … Rampa sleeves (wood) and installation material for glass Accessories Floor guide for glass leaf (stainless steel) for 8, 10, 12 mm glass Version ID no. stainless steel 127961 stainless steel 134990 Sliding fitting systems 69 Roller and design fittings GEZE PERLAN 140 TELESCOPIC FOR 2-LEAF INTERNAL DOORS GEZE Perlan 140 telescopic for 2-leaf internal doors GEZE Perlan 140 telescopic is the elegant, space-saving roller-guided sliding system for extensive and spacious passages. High-quality bearings and a sturdy track guarantee a greater life span. The telescope set can easily be pre-assembled on the sliding elements. There is an extension set available for each further leaf. The GEZE installation tool or a sleeve tool is required for installation of the wire cable. APPLICATION RANGE • For wooden, plastic and glass leaves • For 2-leaf systems of up to 140 kg per leaf • A leaf width between at least 475 mm and 1700 mm per leaf • All other product features correspond to the Perlan 140 sliding system TECHNICAL DATA Product features Leaf material Number of leaves Leaf weight (max.) GEZE Perlan 140 lower guides for sliding shutters Wood, plastic, metal 2-leaf 140 kg Type of installation Wall installation, ceiling installation ● Telescope ● = yes 70 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS Roller and design fittings GEZE PERLAN 140 TELESCOPIC FOR 2-LEAF INTERNAL DOORS OVERVIEW OF COMPONENTS GEZE Perlan 140 telescopic2-leaf for internal door wooden leaves … 3 … 2 … 1 … 4 … 6 … 1 … 3 … 5 … 7 = Track Perlan 140 = End stop Perlan 140 = Roller carriage Perlan 140 = Fitting for telescope 2-leaf = Wall/ceiling adapter for telescope = Wooden leaf (on site) = Floor guide for wooden leaf Sliding fitting systems 71 Roller and design fittings GEZE PERLAN 140 TELESCOPIC FOR 2-LEAF INTERNAL DOORS CROSS-SECTION DRAWING 34 28 28 25 25-30 25 25-30 12 30 15 … 40 13 … 34 … Ceiling mounting wood with clip-on cover 100 ORDER INFORMATION Description Perlan telescope set, 2-leaf for the telescopic movement of wooden leaves, comprising: complete telescopic mechanism with mounting material, wire cable … m, including … x suspension plates Perlan 140 KS Accessories Mounting tool for cable riveting for the riveting of the wire cable for the Perlan telescopic 72 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS ID no. 130891 134035 Roller and design fittings GEZE PERLAN 140 DUOSYNC GEZE Perlan 140 Duosync The roller design fitting for synchronised opening and closing of 2-leaf doors Following installation of the practical Perlan 140 Duosync, 2-leaf sliding doors are moved synchronously, so that both leaves can be opened and closed conveniently with only one handle. This happens almost silently thanks to precision ball bearings and the toothed belt connection. The roller design fitting can be concealed by the GEZE clip-on cover system as required. It is available for both wooden and glass doors. APPLICATION RANGE • For wooden, plastic, glass and metal leaves up to a leaf weight of 140 kg • For large opening widths of up to 2400 mm, special widths on request • For leaf widths starting from 500 mm • Compatible with Perlan 140 accessories TECHNICAL DATA Product features Leaf material Leaf weight (max.) Opening width (max.) Type of installation Fixed panel GEZE Perlan 140 Duosync Wood, plastic, metal, glass 140 kg 2400 mm Wall installation, ceiling installation ● ● = yes Sliding fitting systems 73 Roller and design fittings GEZE PERLAN 140 DUOSYNC OVERVIEW OF COMPONENTS GEZE Perlan 140 Duosync glass leaf ceiling mounting with height compensation mechanism, glass clamping plate 30 mm and clip-on cover 100 … 4 … 2 … 6 … 1 … 9 … 8 … 10 11 … = Track Perlan 140 … = Height compensation mechanism … = Return pulley Perlan 140 … = End stop Perlan 140 … = Perlan roller carriages 140 … = Driver Glass clamping plate 30 mm 74 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS … 8 … 10 11 = Toothed belt = Clip-on cover 100 = Glass clamping plate 30 mm = Glass leaf (on site) = Floor guide for glass leaf (adjustable) … Roller and design fittings GEZE PERLAN 140 DUOSYNC CROSS-SECTION DRAWINGS 40 40 62 40 … 1 … 34 34 … 34 34 13 34 20 20 28 … 43 … 13 43 … 43 13 … 5 28 … 8/10/12 … 28 FH FH 13 FH 8/10/12 8/10/12 30 … 30 … 30 … 3 Wall / ceiling mounting glass with glass clamping Wall / ceiling mounting glass with glass clamping plate 30 plate 30 and clip-on cover 100 one-sided Wall / ceiling mounting glass with glass clamping plate 30 and clip-on cover 100 on both sides FH = Leaf height … = Wall bracket … = Ceiling bracket … = Height compensation mechanism FH … FH … 2 = Leaf height = Wall bracket = Height compensation mechanism = Leaf height = Height compensation mechanism 62 … 1 34 34 … 40 40 40 … 34 34 13 34 20 20 28 28 22 30-60 22 30 34 34 … 2 22 30-43 FH FH 13 FH … 2 13 34 13 … 5 … 28 Wall / ceiling mounting wood FH = Leaf height … = Wall bracket … = Ceiling bracket … = Height compensation mechanism Wall / ceiling mounting wood with clip-on cover 100 one-sided FH = Leaf height … = Wall bracket … = Height compensation mechanism 30 … 30 … 30 … 3 Wall / ceiling mounting wood with clip-on cover 100 on both sides FH = Leaf height … = Height compensation mechanism Sliding fitting systems 75 Roller and design fittings GEZE PERLAN 140 DUOSYNC ORDER INFORMATION Description Perlan Duosync set for wooden leaves for the synchronisation of double-leaf doors of up to 140 kg per leaf, comprising: … x return pulley, … x driver for wood, toothed belt … m, mounting material Perlan Duosync set for glass leaves for the synchronisation of double-leaf doors of up to 140 kg per leaf, comprising: … x return pulley, … x driver, glass clamping plate 45 mm, toothed belt … m, mounting material Accessories Driver for glass clamping plate 30 mm for Perlan AUT-NT + Duosync, including … x elongated suspension bolts Driver for glass clamping plate 45 mm for Perlan AUT-NT + Duosync, including … x elongated suspension bolts Driver wood for Perlan AUT-NT / Duosync, including … x elongated suspension bolts 76 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS ID no. 139206 139207 143295 134281 134280 Roller and design fittings GEZE PERLAN 140 CLIP-ON COVER 100 GEZE Perlan 140 clip-on cover 100 The clip-on cover 100 with a total height of 111 mm makes the visually attractive covering of the fitting technology below possible. Attachment is simple and safe using plastic clips which guarantee the cover panel is held reliably. Different distances to the track are possible for glass and wooden doors. For glass doors, the clip-on cover is clipped directly into the track, for wooden doors additional spacer brackets which are screwed to the track are used. Since the clip-on cover manages to keep the gap seen from below very small for glass doors, it can also be used for thick wooden doors. APPLICATION RANGE • For covering GEZE sliding fittings Perlan 140 • For wall and ceiling installation • For internal application • For wooden, plastic, glass and metal leaves TECHNICAL DATA Product features Leaf material Type of installation Telescope Automated Fixed panel GEZE Perlan 140 clip-on cover 100 Wood, plastic, metal, glass Wall installation, ceiling installation ● ● ● ● = yes Sliding fitting systems 77 Roller and design fittings GEZE PERLAN 140 CLIP-ON COVER 100 34 28 34 34 … 40 40 … 40 13 … 20 20 CROSS-SECTION DRAWINGS … 25 11 25 … 5 11 22 22 22-30 30-43 13 26 … 5 13 … 2 … 28 … 1 28 8/10/12 Wall / ceiling mounting glass with glass clamping plate 30 and clip-on cover 100 FH = Leaf height … = Wall bracket … = Height compensation mechanism Wall / ceiling mounting glass with clip-on cover 100 … = Wall bracket … = Height compensation mechanism Wall / ceiling mounting wood with spacer bracket and clip-on cover 100 … = Wall bracket … = Height compensation mechanism ORDER INFORMATION Description Complete clip-on cover set 100 for wall and ceiling mounting, continuous cover, bespoke Accessories Clip-on cover 100 profile for wall and ceiling mounting, continuous cover Length Version ID no. 138098 1650 mm EV1 137602 2050 mm EV1 137603 2450 mm EV1 137604 6230 mm EV1 137606 1650 mm stainless steel optic 137608 2050 mm stainless steel optic 137609 2450 mm stainless steel optic 137611 6060 mm stainless steel optic 137613 Clip-on cover 100 profile for wall and ceiling mounting, continuous cover, bespoke, choice of finishes 137614 EV1 137865 End cover set clip-on cover 100 … pcs., narrow version, for use without spacer bracket stainless steel optic 137867 End cover set clip-on cover 100 … pcs., wide version, for use with spacer bracket stainless steel optic 137866 Clip-on cover set 100 spacer bracket … pcs., enlarges the distance at the side of the clip-on cover by … mm at each side. For use with Perlan AUT-NT as well as for wing thicknesses from 30 mm Clip-on cover set 100 plastic clip 10 pcs., for the direct attachment of the clip-on cover 100 on the track or the spacer brackets Height compensation mechanism/ceiling spacer set, with variable adjustment … pcs., height compensation mechanism with variable adjustment from 13 mm to 18 mm. For use for ceiling mounting using clip-on cover 100/145 as well as for general use on uneven ceilings 78 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS acc. to RAL EV1 acc. to RAL 137869 137864 137868 137754 137863 138099 Roller and design fittings GEZE PERLAN 140 WITH CONCEALED WALL BRACKET GEZE Perlan 140 concealed wall bracket and spacer profile The concealed wall bracket is the ideal solution for fixing a sliding door to a wall without any visible fixtures. It is used in combination with the glass clamping plate or the concealed suspension profile. The bracket is available in two different distances: for glass doors which are flush to the wall and for wooden doors with a larger distance to the wall (11 mm). The wooden door variant is also suitable for external use. If necessary, the wall can be protected from water penetration using a rubber seal. For all variants, GEZE supplies an end cover which can either be glued in place (internal use) or screwed in place (external use). The brackets and spacer profiles are available in all standard track lengths, but can also be delivered in the length … m or cut to bespoke lengths. GEZE also supplies spacer profiles for the concealed wall bracket to create an even greater distance to the wall. This is particularly necessary when the door is placed in front of the frame or a tiled section. The spacer profile for the concealed wall bracket is screwed to the wall and provides a further 10 or 20 mm distance. Wall bracket 37 mm, wall bracket 43 mm, spacer profile for wall clearance (from the left) APPLICATION RANGE • For wooden, plastic, glass and metal leaves up to a leaf weight of 140 kg • For wall mounting in visible areas • Installation using a frame or tiled section TECHNICAL DATA Product features Door material Number of leaves Type of installation GEZE Perlan 140 spacer profile for concealed wall bracket Wood, plastic, metal, glass, sliding shutters 1-leaf, 2-leaf Wall installation Sliding fitting systems 79 Roller and design fittings GEZE PERLAN 140 CONCEALED WALL BRACKET … 1 34 11 10 11 … 1 40 40 34 40 34 11 … 12 CROSS-SECTION DRAWINGS … 25 11 25 11 26 10 … 10 … 5 … 1 22 22 22-37 22-43 8/10/12 Wall mounting glass with concealed wall bracket and glass clamping plate 30, continuous cover Wall mounting wood with concealed wall bracket Wall mounting wood with concealed wall bracket … 1 … 2 = Concealed wall bracket up to 37 mm leaf thickness 80 = Concealed wall bracket up to 37 mm leaf thickness GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS = Spacer profile for wall clearance = Concealed wall bracket up to 43 mm leaf thickness Roller and design fittings GEZE PERLAN 140 WITH CONCEALED WALL BRACKET ORDER INFORMATION Description Wall bracket, concealed, Perlan for use up to 37 mm leaf thickness Length Version ID no. 1650 mm EV1 130419 2050 mm EV1 130418 2450 mm EV1 130417 3250 mm EV1 130415 6000 mm EV1 130414 1650 mm stainless steel optic 130466 2050 mm stainless steel optic 130465 2450 mm stainless steel optic 130464 6000 mm stainless steel optic 130463 EV1 Wall bracket, concealed, Perlan bespoke, for use up to 37 mm leaf thickness Wall bracket, concealed, Perlan for use up to 43 mm leaf thickness stainless steel optic 130468 1650 mm EV1 130440 2050 mm EV1 130439 2450 mm EV1 130438 3250 mm EV1 130436 EV1 130435 6000 mm 1650 mm stainless steel optic 130447 2050 mm stainless steel optic 130446 2450 mm stainless steel optic 130445 6000 mm stainless steel optic 130444 EV1 Wall bracket, concealed, Perlan bespoke, for use up to 43 mm leaf thickness Spacer profile 10 mm for concealed wall bracket Perlan 43 mm for use with „concealed wall bracket up to 43 mm“, stackable up to 20 mm space End cover set for concealed wall brackets up to 37 mm (2 pcs) End cover set for concealed wall brackets up to 43 mm (2 pcs) 130443 stainless steel optic 130449 1650 mm EV1 136679 2050 mm EV1 136680 2450 mm EV1 136711 EV1 136712 6000 mm 1650 mm stainless steel optic 136713 2050 mm stainless steel optic 136714 2450 mm stainless steel optic 136715 6000 mm stainless steel optic 136716 Spacer profile 10 mm for concealed wall bracket Perlan 43 mm bespoke Accessories Seal wall connection for use with Perlan „concealed wall bracket up to 43 mm“ or „basic profile wall installation external use“ Seal wall connection bespoke, for use with Perlan „concealed wall bracket up to 43 mm“ or „basic profile wall installation external use“ 130462 136717 200000 mm black 127311 black 127731 EV1 130432 stainless steel optic 130433 EV1 130141 stainless steel optic 130142 Set of countersunk screws for concealed wall bracket, Perlan 18 pcs., for fixing Perlan track (countersunk version) to concealed wall bracket Set of countersunk screws for concealed wall bracket, Perlan 100 pcs., for fixing Perlan track (countersunk version) to concealed wall bracket 138708 132229 Sliding fitting systems 81 GEZE SLIDING SHUTTERS AND AUTOMATION Kado Karim luxury residential complex, Jurmala, Latvia (photo: Aleksandrs Kendenkovs) 82 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS Sliding fitting systems 83 Roller and design fittings GEZE PERLAN 140 KS GEZE Perlan 140 KS The sliding fitting for maximum use The GEZE Perlan 140 KS is based on the tried-and-tested sliding fitting system Perlan 140. It is a high-quality, corrosion-resistant product version for door leaves of up to 140 kg, and fulfils the standard of the highest corrosion protection class in accordance with DIN EN 1670. GEZE thus offers a sliding fitting for external use, too, which can be used even under extreme environmental conditions such as sea air or chemical environment. Like the standard system, Perlan KS can be combined with the Perlan accessories range. The sliding fitting meets all the requirements of the valid standards with regard to statistical loads, suitability for use, operating force and corrosion resistance. Kado Karim luxury residential complex, Jurmala, Latvia (photo: Aleksandrs Kendenkovs) APPLICATION RANGE • Particularly suited for automatic and manual shading systems for external use • Can be combined with Perlan AUT (heed corrosion protection) • For other applications (e.g. in swimming pools) where increased corrosion protection is required in the fitting • All other product features correspond to the Perlan 140 roller-guided sliding system 84 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS Roller and design fittings GEZE PERLAN 140 KS TECHNICAL DATA Product features Leaf material Leaf weight (max.) Number of leaves Corrosion protection class Type of installation Automated Fixed panel GEZE Perlan 140 KS Wood, plastic, metal 140 kg 1-leaf, 2-leaf … Wall installation, ceiling installation ● ● ● = yes Classification in accordance with DIN EN 1527 GEZE Perlan 140 KS Fitting Usage Permanent category functionality … Door weight … Fire resistance - Safety … Corrosion resistance … Protection Door type Initial friction - … 3 The description of the classes can be found at the end of the catalogue. Standard dimensions in mm Leaf width (FB) Track length (L) Distance between drill holes (t) Number of drill holes (n) 500 - 840 500 - 1040 500 - 1240 500 - 1440 500 - 1640 Stock length (LL) 1650 2050 2450 2850 3250 6000 350 350 350 350 350 350 … 6 … 9 10 18 Distance from first drill hole (centre) to end of track (y) 125 150 175 25 50 25 Sliding fitting systems 85 Roller and design fittings GEZE PERLAN 140 KS CROSS-SECTION DRAWINGS 71 … 40 40 … 5 11 22 22 22-40 22-40 FH FH … 25 25 11 22 22-43 FH 22 22-30 … 5 25 13 13 11 … 5 … 6 … 28 28 … 40 … 34 20 20 34 … 8 … 3 … 4 20 Wall / ceiling mounting glass with clip-on cover 100 one-sided FH = Leaf height … = Wall bracket … = Height compensation mechanism 20 20 Wall / ceiling mounting wood with spacer bracket and clip-on cover 100 FH = Leaf height … = Wall bracket … = Height compensation mechanism 20 Wall / ceiling mounting wood with Perlan wall bracket and weather canopy FH = Leaf height ORDER INFORMATION Description Leaf width from - to Accessory set basic components Perlan 140 KS corrosion-protected for external use, for ceiling mounting, comprising: … x roller carriage, … x end stop, … x suspension plate, … x hold-open spring, … x suspension bolt, … x end cover 500 mm 1640 mm Accessory set basic components Perlan 140 KS corrosion-protected for external use, for wall mounting, comprising: … x roller carriage, … x end stop, … x suspension plate, … x hold-open spring, … x suspension bolt, … x end cover, incl. standard wall bracket (length = can be used up to track length) 500 mm 840 mm 500 mm 1240 mm 500 mm 1640 mm Length Version ID no. 119510 1650 mm 119507 2450 mm 119508 3250 mm 119509 Accessories Suspension plate Perlan 140 KS corrosion-protected, for external use and in aggressive environments, without attachment material Wall bracket Perlan 140 KS corrosion-protected, for external use and in aggressive environments, with sliding block and fixing screw for track Roller carriage Perlan 140 KS without suspension bolt corrosion-protected, for external use and in aggressive environments, up to 140 kg leaf weight Roller carriage Perlan 140 KS with suspension bolt corrosion-protected, for external use and in aggressive environments, up to 140 kg leaf weight Suspension bolt Perlan 140 KS with combination nut Roller carriage 86 Suspension plate stainless steel 119319 117354 120087 stainless steel Suspension bolt GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS 117355 117357 Roller and design fittings GEZE PERLAN 140 TELESCOPIC 3-LEAF GEZE Perlan 140 telescopic for 3-leaf external applications GEZE Perlan 140 telescopic is the elegant, space-saving roller-guided sliding system for extensive and spacious passages. It offers reliable protection from sunlight in combination with sliding shutters. High-quality bearings and a sturdy track guarantee a greater life span. The telescope set can easily be pre-assembled on the sliding elements. Perlan 140 telescopic is available as a complete accessory set for a 2-leaf system. This contains all parts for the telescopic function. There is an extension set available for each further leaf. The GEZE installation tool or a sleeve tool is required for installation of the wire cable. APPLICATION RANGE • For wooden, plastic and glass leaves • For 2-leaf or 3-leaf systems of up to 140 kg per leaf • Leaf width between at least 475 mm and 1700 mm per leaf • All other product features correspond to the Perlan 140 roller-guided sliding system TECHNICAL DATA Product features Leaf material Number of leaves Leaf weight (max.) GEZE Perlan 140 lower guides for sliding shutters Wood, plastic, metal 2-leaf, 3-leaf 140 kg Type of installation Wall installation, ceiling installation Telescope ● ● = yes Sliding fitting systems 87 Roller and design fittings GEZE PERLAN 140 TELESCOPIC 3-LEAF OVERVIEW OF COMPONENTS GEZE Perlan 140 telescopic for sliding shutters with three leaves … 3 … 2 … 1 … 5 … 5 … 8 … 2 … 4 = Track Perlan 140 = End stop Perlan 140 = Roller carriage Perlan 140 = Fitting extension for telescope 3-leaf 88 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS … 6 … 8 = Fitting for telescope 2-leaf = Wall/ceiling adapter for telescope = Wooden leaf (on site) = Clearance-free floor guide for wooden leaves Roller and design fittings GEZE PERLAN 140 TELESCOPIC 3-LEAF CROSS-SECTION DRAWINGS 34 34 28 28 28 25 34-43 25 34-43 25 25-43 … 5 25 25 34-36 34-36 … 3 30 15 25 34-36 … 20 34 … 20 34 … 20 34 Ceiling mounting wood with spacer bracket and clip-on cover 100 8-3 8-3 … 30 15 … 40 40 13 … 34 71 … 20 34 … 20 34 … 20 34 Wall mounting wood with wall bracket and weather canopy ORDER INFORMATION Description Length Version Perlan telescope set, 2-leaf for the telescopic movement of wooden leaves, comprising: complete telescopic mechanism with mounting material, wire cable … m, including … x suspension plates Perlan 140 KS Perlan telescope set, extension 3-leaf for extension by a 3rd leaf, including … x suspension plate Perlan 140 KS Accessories ID no. 130891 130892 Mounting tool for cable riveting for the riveting of the wire cable for the Perlan telescopic 134035 M shape floor guide 6000 mm EV1 124661 Continuous Omega shape floor guide 6000 mm EV1 124640 Clearance-free floor guide with attachment material 123514 Buffer for continuous floor guide 124655 Buffer for continuous glass floor guide 124656 100 mm grooved bracket for floor guide with attachment material 40 mm grooved bracket for floor guide with attachment material 60 mm grooved bracket for floor guide with attachment material 123513 123511 123512 Sliding fitting systems 89 Roller and design fittings GEZE PERLAN 140 WALL BRACKET WITH WEATHER CANOPY GEZE Perlan 140 wall bracket with weather canopy The GEZE Perlan 140 wall bracket with weather canopy is used in external areas to mount sliding shutters. It supports up to three Perlan 140 tracks safely and reliably. Brackets are available in three sizes for this. The maximum load bearing capacity is 420 kg/m. This means a maximum leaf weight of 140 kg with three parallel sliding shutters. All parts are made of corrosion-protected material and are suitable for external use. The tracks can be pre-assembled with the brackets completely on the ground, preventing tiring overhead work to a major extent. The system is then simply hooked into the previously installed wall profile and secured using screws. The wall bracket with weather canopy can be provided as a bespoke set on request. Alternatively, all profiles and accessory parts can be purchased individually. The cover profile is available with a silver-coloured or stainless steel optic finish, or can be delivered in all RAL colours upon request. APPLICATION RANGE • For sliding shutters in external areas • For … to … Perlan 140 tracks • For … to … parallel sliding elements with up to 140 kg leaf weight TECHNICAL DATA Product features Leaf material Number of leaves Type of installation Automated ● = yes 90 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS GEZE Perlan 140 wall bracket with weather canopy Wood, plastic, metal, glass 1-leaf, 2-leaf, 3-leaf Wall installation ● Roller and design fittings GEZE PERLAN 140 WALL BRACKET WITH WEATHER CANOPY OVERVIEW OF COMPONENTS GEZE Perlan 140 wall bracket with weather canopy … 4 … 2 … 4 … 5 … 7 … 7 … 6 … 10 11 … 2 … 4 … 6 = Wall attachment profile Perlan 140 = Seal wall connection = Cover profile for wall installation Perlan 140 = End cover for wall installation Perlan 140 = Fixing bracket for wall installation Perlan 140 = Track Perlan 140 … 8 … 10 11 = End stop Perlan 140 = Roller carriage Perlan 140 = Suspension plate Perlan 140 = Wooden leaf (on site) = Clearance-free floor guide for wooden leaf Sliding fitting systems 91 Roller and design fittings GEZE PERLAN 140 WALL BRACKET WITH WEATHER CANOPY CROSS-SECTION DRAWINGS 143,5 40 25 … 6 11 11 25 … 6 40 71 71 92,5 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 34-40 34-40 34-40 34-40 34-40 … FH … 8 -3 20 34 … 20 34 Wall bracket and weather canopy, wood, short variant, example 2-leaf … -3 18,5 18,5 FH … 20 34 … 20 34 … 20 34 Wall bracket weather canopy, wood, medium variant example 3-leaf ORDER INFORMATION Description Short cover Length 6000 mm Short cover bespoke Medium cover Medium cover bespoke Long cover 6000 mm 6000 mm Long cover bespoke Wall attachment profile, perforated 6000 mm Wall attachment profile, perforated bespoke Fixing bracket set, short with fixing screws for ceiling and cover profile Fixing bracket set, long with fixing screws for ceiling and cover profile Fixing bracket set, medium with fixing screws for ceiling and cover profile Wall installation set Perlan 140 bespoke Accessories Seal wall connection for use with Perlan „concealed wall bracket up to 43 mm“ or „basic profile wall installation external use “ Seal wall connection bespoke, for use with Perlan „concealed wall bracket up to 43 mm“ or „basic profile wall installation external use“ End cover set, short … pcs., with fixing screws End cover set, long … pcs., with fixing screws End cover set, medium … pcs., with fixing screws 92 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS Version EV1 EV1 ID no. 127264 127265 acc. to RAL 127674 EV1 127266 acc. to RAL 127675 EV1 EV1 127268 127269 acc. to RAL EV1 EV1 127676 127259 127260 acc. to RAL 127673 EV1 127320 EV1 127323 EV1 127322 127582 200000 mm black 127311 black 127731 EV1 acc. to RAL EV1 acc. to RAL EV1 acc. to RAL 127313 127317 127316 127319 127314 127318 Roller and design fittings GEZE SLIDING SYSTEMS Product information Product information for sliding door systems Product performance In compliance with the liability the manufacturer has for its products under the German product liability law (§ … Prod-HG), the following information regarding sliding door systems must be observed. Failure to comply releases the manufacturer from his statutory liability. If the product performance is not specified in concrete forms in our catalogues, brochures, technical specifications and other product instructions, the requirements placed on our fittings have to be agreed with us. Our regulations dealing with the assembly of the fittings are binding. Product information and intended use Sliding door fittings in this definition are fittings for sliding leaves and similar sliding elements, called "objects" below, that are usually not moved faster than at walking speed. Sliding fittings are used at perpendicularly mounted leaves made of wood, plastic, glass, aluminium or steel and their corresponding material combinations. A floor guide is provided at the lower horizontal sides of the leaves. Products in special versions must be specified for wet rooms, for direct exposure to the weather, in cross-winds, near the sea or for use in aggressive, corrosive environments. Intended use includes proper installation in particular. The fitting has to be sufficiently stable in all positions. Functioning of the fitting must not be impaired or modified by installation. Buffers have to be used to limit the range of movement. Product care and maintenance Safety-relevant fitting parts must be checked regularly for firm seating and wear & tear. Depending on the requirements, the fixing screws are to be tightened or replaced respectively. In addition, the following service and maintenance work has to be carried out at least once a year: j j j j Check the functionality of all the moving parts. Use only such detergents that do not impair the anti-corrosion protection of the fittings. Faulty fittings must be replaced. Adjusting work at the fittings as well as the exchange of the fittings must be carried out by a specialist company. Misuse Duties to provide information and instructions Misuse – meaning any use that is not the proper use – of sliding door fittings exists in particular when The following resources are available to help planners, specialist suppliers, installers, builders and users fulfil their duties of information and instruction: j j j j j j j j j j j j the fittings are used with a higher load than the maximum load bearing capacity that is specified in the catalogue and in the remaining product documentation, improper installation or insufficient fastening has taken place, excessively high or low ambient temperature prevail, particularly aggressive media can act on them, inappropriately rough bump and fall loads act on them, the position of the track deviates too strongly from the horizontal, foreign material can penetrate the track, the carrier rollers are used with excessive speed, modifications were carried out that were not agreed with the manufacturer, obstructions are inserted into the opening area or between the leaves or the object, thus preventing its proper use, additional loads act on leaves or the object, there is an intervention between the leaf and the masking frame when the leaf is closed or when closing or if a person or a body part is located within this area when the leaf is closed. j j j Catalogues, brochures Tender texts, bidding documents Installation and mounting instructions, installation drawings In order to ensure the correct use, to ensure the function and the maintenance and care of the fittings j j j architects and planners are advised to order and observe the necessary product information specialist suppliers are advised to observe the product information and advice in the price lists and, in particular, to order all relevant instructions, which are to be passed on to the fabrication companies fabrication companies are advised to observe all the product information and to pass it on to the client and user. Sliding fitting systems 93 Roller and design fittings GEZE SLIDING SYSTEMS Basic safety information Perlan AUT Fundamental dangers Dangerous voltages: The Perlan AUT is operated with a dangerous voltage. Installation, disassembly and connection work of the operating button and the drive may only be carried out by authorised persons using the designated tools. Before beginning any work the power supply is to be switched off and to be secured against unauthorised restarting. Safety measures j j Power connections The Perlan AUT may only be connected according to the details in the technical data sheets. It must be possible to switch off all the power connections on site. Location of the installation instructions: The installation instructions are to be stored by the responsible installation engineer or maintenance personnel. These are responsible for the correct installation as well as maintenance of the system. Removal of protective devices: No protective device may be disassembled or put out of action. The only exception is formed by the authorised service personnel. Normal operation after servicing work may not be carried out until after all the protective devices have been mounted and checked. Spare parts to be used Solely original GEZE spare parts may be used for maintenance and repair work. Classification in accordance with DIN EN 1527 Usage category (1st digit) Corrosion resistance (6th digit) No usage category specified Corresponding to the … classes specified in EN 1670, the products are divided into the classes 1-4. Class … is for untested products. Suitable for permanent operation (2nd digit) Protection (7th digit) j j j j j j Class … = 5,000 cycles Class … = 10,000 cycles Class … = 25,000 cycles Class … = 50,000 cycles Class … = 75,000 cycles Class … = 100,000 cycles No class is specified for the protection Door type (8th digit) j j Door weight (3rd digit) j j j j Class … = Door with weight up to 50 kg Class … = Door with weight from 51 kg to 100 kg Class … = Door with weight from 101 kg to 330 kg Class … = Door with weight over 330 kg Fire resistance (4th digit) j Class … = Sliding door Class … = Folding door (2-leaf ) Class … = Multi-leaf folding door Maximum permissible value for initial friction (9th digit) There are three classes: Door weight Class … up to 50 kg 51-100 kg 101-330 kg > 330 kg 50 N 80 N 100 N Class … 40 N 60 N Class … 30 N 40 N … % of the door weight … % of the door weight … % of the door weight … % of the door weight … % of the door weight No class is specified for these products. Safety (5th digit) All design systems for sliding doors and folding doors which comply with this standard must be classified as Class … in terms of safety. 94 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS We are GEZE. For liveable buildings GEZE stands for innovation, high quality and comprehensive support of building technologies. From the initial idea, planning and operational implementation with standard products to customised system solutions and individual service and maintenance plans. We offer an extensive product range of door, window and safety technology products and are a major driving force behind the digital networking of building automation. GEZE GmbH Reinhold-Vöster-Straße 21 – 29 71229 Leonberg Deutschland Telefon: +49 7152 203 … Telefax: +49 7152 203 310 E-Mail: info.de@geze.com www.geze.com 2026_04 ID no. 123605 EN Subject to change without notice

Download (.PDF | 8 MB)

Product brochure

G E Z E D O O R T E C H N O LO G Y A N D G L A S S S Y S T E M S GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FIT TING SYSTEM FOR SLIDING DOORS, END-FOLDING AND CENTRE-FOLDING DOORS B E W E G UN G M I T S YS T EM Photo on page 2: Siegelwerk GmbH Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM CONTENTS GEZE Apoll – The roller guided sliding fitting system for particularly heavy industrial doors Apoll for sliding doors Apoll for folding doors Apoll für centre-folding doors Apoll accessories for end-folding and centre-folding sliding doors Product information for sliding fitting systems … 5 20 27 33 39 Manual sliding door systems … Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE APOLL The roller guided sliding fitting system for particularly heavy industrial doors Apoll, the largest roller sliding fitting from GEZE, can be used to implement all heavy sliding door systems, such as, car park sliding gates. Apoll has already proved itself to be successful in conveyor and moving systems and as mounting aids in trade and industry. The sendzimir galvanisation of the steel running rail and the other parts ensure high protection from corrosion. Product features For door leaves elements with up to 600 kg Suitable for all sliding doors and door materials Wall and floor installation Durable solutions with single and double roller carriages No contamination due to the closed runner Prismatic running rail ensure optimal operation Hardened steel rollers, ball bearing mounted Ball bearing mounted plastic rollers for particularly quiet operation Movable hanger available in three strengths Individual radii for running rails available on request. Designs: Single or double roller carriage with steel or plastic rollers j j j j j j j j j j j Standard version/Scope of delivery: Steel, sendzimir galvanised running rails All other parts galvanised j j … GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for sliding doors – Size 0,1,2 Product features Enclosed tubular track Prismatic troughs Tempered rollers with ball bearings Movable hangers … sizes j j j j j Range of applications For all sliding doors For all door materials For wall and ceiling installation For conveying and shifting systems As mounting aids for trade and industrial applications For heavy loads, see table j j j j j j Load-bearing capacity of track with 700 mm bracket spacing: Size … 150 kg/m Size … 350 kg/m Size … 600 kg/m Size … Size … Size … Fig. 05-1 GEZE Apoll Number of rollers Material of rollers Permissible door weight of sliding doors Roller load of conveyors *) Size … single steel 75 kg 50 kg Size … Size … single plastic 50 kg 25 kg double steel 150 kg 100 kg double plastic 100 kg 50 kg single steel 175 kg 100 kg single plastic 100 kg 50 kg double steel 350 kg 200 kg double plastic 200 kg 100 kg single steel 300 kg 200 kg single s s s double steel 600 kg 300 kg double s s s d = yes, s = no *) central suspended load Manual sliding door systems … Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for sliding doors Application methods When installing a sliding door, it is essential that stability and static and dynamic equilibrium are assured. The height-to-width ratio, and the resulting different hanging points and fittings, such as door plates or edge-fixing hangers, is therefore decisive. At a width-to-height ratio greater than 1, it is recommended to move the hanging point … x W towards the middle of the door (picture 1). At a width-to-height ratio less than 1, it is best to select edge-fixing hangers, -41, especially for very narrow doors (picture 2). With 2-leaf or multi-leaf door units, edge-fixing hangers, -42, which prevent the rollers from colliding, should be used (picture 3). The end stop -3 (picture 5) is not intended for door stopping, but only as a mounting aid and safety device when installing the sliding door. When the door is in service a wall-fixed door stop, -66, must be positioned at the centre of gravity of the door to stop it. Two wall-fixed stops, -66, are also possible (picture 4). Door stops centered or at … points. The flat-plate guide roller, -50, can be used for all door guides, irrespective of which overhead hanger is selected. However, an edge-fixing guide roller, -51, -52, will be stronger (picture 6). With straight-in opening sliding doors the position of the floor guides is independent of the fixing point of the overhead hangers. … ca. alle 70 cm … 2 … 5 … Schwerpunkt Fig. 06-2 Note: The fittings are identified by numbers. The numbering is based on the following system: The number before the dash indicates the fitting size, the number after the dash the part number. That is to say, the number after the dash is the specific part identifier. The number before the dash changes according to the fitting size. Examples: 1-10 = GEZE Apoll size 1, Wall installation bracket No. 10 2-10 = GEZE Apoll size 2, Wall installation bracket No. 20 0-55 = GEZE Apoll size 0, Curved floor channel No. 55 … GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for sliding doors – Installation options … Side and ceiling installation with bracket, door with door plate 0-10 1-10 2-10 … 0-40 1-40 2-40 0-31 1-31 2-31 0-1 1-1 2-1 0-1 1-1 2-1 0-11 1-11 2-11 0-50 1-50 2-50 1-54 2-54 1-54 2-54 Fig. 07-1 Size … Size … Size … a4 41 52,5 70 a5 20,5 26,5 35 b1 100 135 170 b2 70 91 114 d … 13 15 d1 6,4 … 11 e 32 42 56 g1 89-112 116-139 149-177 h2 41,5 53 71 h3 d 15 18 24,5 h3 d 29 38 48,5 h4 43 55,5 72,5 k ø 22 ø 24 ø 30 l 45 65 85 l1 45 65 95 m 80 114 140 m1 M 10 M 12 M 16 p 22 30 40 t … 6 … u 110 180 220 v 20 20 30 w 35 45 53 d = wall installation d = ceiling installation Side and ceiling installation with console, door with edge-fixing … 0-20 1-20 2-20 0-30 1-30 2-30 0-14 1-14 2-14 0-20 1-20 2-20 0-14 1-14 2-14 0-3 1-3 2-3 0-43 1-43 2-43 1-66 2-66 Size … Size … a1 d 45 52,5 a1 d 45 26,5 a2 20,5 135 a3 50 91 a6 15 13 b 22-37 c1 max. 14 42 d2 11 116-139 e 32 53 f1 22,5 18 gd 152-190 38 gd 152-190 55,5 h1 d 62-78 ø 24 h1 d 62-78 65 k1 ø 22 65 l3 60 114 m1 M 10 M 12 u1 80 30 u2 80 … 0-3 1-3 2-3 30-46 … 6 Fig. 07-2 180 20 w1 35 45 Manual sliding door systems … Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for sliding doors – Installation options Side and ceiling installation for double console on soft mounting surfaces bolt in steel plate 0-22 1-22 0-22 1-22 Size … Size … a2 20,5 26,5 c max. 69 max. 85 f 22,5 32 g2 92-115 120-143,5 g3 d 55 67,5 g3 d 54,5 74,5 h2 41,5 53 h5 … 24 d = wall installation 0-14 1-14 d = ceiling installation 0-14 1-14 Fig. 08-1 Join bracket l2 Size … Size … Size … 90 130 180 0-12 1-12 2-12 Fig. 08-2 Welding bracket l 0-13 1-13 Fig. 08-3 … GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS Size … Size … 45 65 Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for sliding doors – Installation options … Side and soffit fixing with bracket, door with edge-fixing hanger … 0-42 1-42 0-31 1-31 0-10 1-10 2-10 0-1 1-1 2-1 0-1 1-1 2-1 0-11 1-11 2-11 0-52 1-52 1-54 2-54 Fig. 09-1 Size … Size … Size … a4 41 52,5 70 a5 20,5 26,5 35 b1 100 135 170 b2 70 91 114 d … 13 15 d1 6,4 … 11 e 32 42 56 g1 89-112 116-139 149-177 h2 41,5 53 71 h3 d 15 18 24,5 h3 d 29 38 48,5 h4 43 55,5 72,5 k ø 22 ø 24 ø 30 l 45 65 85 l1 45 65 95 m 80 114 140 m1 M 10 M 12 M 16 n 60 90 s p 22 30 s t … 6 s u 110 180 s v 20 20 30 w 35 45 s d = yes, s = no d = wall installation Side and ceiling installation with console, door with edge-fixing hanger d = ceiling installation Size … Size … Size … a1 d 45 64 90 a1 d 45 49 80 … 2 0-20 1-20 0-20 1-20 0-30 1-30 2-30 0-51 1-51 Fig. 09-2 0-41 1-41 0-14 1-14 2-14 0-14 1-14 2-14 a2 20,5 26,5 35 a3 50 65 85 a6 15 24 40 c 14 20 30 c1 14 20 30 d2 11 13 17 e 32 42 56 f1 22,5 25 40 gd 146-186 180-231 248-306 gd 146-186 195-246 258-316 h1 d 62-78 69-97 105-135 h1 d 62-78 84-112 115-145 k1 ø 22 ø 24 ø 30 l 45 65 85 m1 M 10 M 12 M 16 n1 18 20 30 p 22 30 40 t … 6 … u 110 180 220 w 35 45 53 Manual sliding door systems … Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for sliding doors – Tracks Track Size … Size … Size … Des. 0-1 1-1 2-1 b 33 43 57 h 39 51 67 s … 2,5 3,5 W, cm 2,30 4,63 10,62 e cm 2,16 2,85 3,73 kg/m 1,9 2,02 5,72 … Fig. 10-1 Load capacity per m with 700 mm bracket spacing: 150 kg 350 kg 600 kg 025769 018015 018014 Size … Size … Size … Des. 0-2 1-2 2-2 a 200 200 300 r 700 800 1000 s … 2,5 3,5 kg (weight) 2,85 4,53 12,4 straight length 1500 1660 2170 ID No. 054771 054773 ID No. (6m) Track curve Fig. 10-2 10 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS 054769 Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for sliding doors – Brackets Wall installation bracket Fig. 11-1 Size … Size … Size … Des. 0-10 1-10 2-10 b 41 52,5 70 h 80 100,5 135 l 45 65 95 s … 2,5 3,5 n 15 18 24,5 m 20 23 29,5 o 10 13 19,5 k 25 40 60 d … 13 15 e 6,4 … 11 kg (weight) 0,3 0,6 1,4 ID No. 020701 012686 011554 Size … Size … Size … Des. 0-11 1-11 2-11 b 100 135 170 h 50,5 66 86,5 l 45 65 85 o 45 60 90 s 3,5 … 6 n 70 91 114 m s 10 10 k 25 40 60 d ø9 13 15 e 6,4 … 11 kg (weight) 0,3 0,6 1,4 ID No. 023296 012691 012119 Size … Size … Size … Des. 0-12 1-12 2-12 b 41 53,5 70 h 47 60,5 80,5 l 90 130 180 s 3,5 … 6 kg (weight) 0,4 0,9 2,1 ID No. 024004 012694 012306 Ceiling installation bracket Fig. 11-2 d = yes, s = no Joint bracket Fig. 11-3 Manual sliding door systems 11 Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for sliding – Brackets Welding bracket Size … Size … Des. 0-13 1-13 b 41 52,5 h 47 60,5 l 45 65 s 3,5 … kg (weight) 0,2 0,5 ID No. 024093 021697 Fig. 12-1 Bracket for vertical/lateral adjustment Fig. 12-2 12 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS Size … Size … Size … Des. 0-13 1-13 2-13 b 41 52,5 70 h 50,5 64,5 86 l 45 65 85 s 3,5 … 6 d M 10 M 12 M 16 kg (weight) 0,2 0,5 … ID No. 024126 013097 007197 Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for sliding doors – Consoles for vertical and lateral adjustment with bracket for vertical and lateral adjustment: 0-14, 1-14, 2-14 Single consoles for lateral and vertical adjustment wall installation ceiling installation Fig. 13-1 Size … Size … Des. 0-20 1-20 h1 62-78 69-97 h2 62-78 84-112 h3 48,5 54,5 h4 48,5 68,5 a 45 50 b 55 70 l 45 64 n 11 24 d 11 13 e 11 … g 50 70 m M 10 M 12 f 20,5 26,5 Adjustment range c 14 20 kg (weight) 0,3 0,5 ID No. 024325 013772 Double console for lateral and vertical adjustment wall installation Fig. 13-2 ceiling installation Size … Size … Des. 0-21 1-21 h1 62-78 69-97 h2 62-78 84-112 a 45 50 b 110 138 l 45 64 n 15 24 d 11 13 e 11 … g 50 70 m M 10 M 12 f 20,5 26,5 Adjustment range c 69 85 kg (weight) 0,4 0,8 ID No. 024402 013997 Manual sliding door systems 13 Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for sliding doors – Rollers Single roller, steel or plastic Fig. 14-1 Size … Size … Des. 0-30 1-30 2-30 Des. f 0-36 0-36 s a 50 65 85 b 35 48 68 h 58 80 104 n 13 21 25 e 32 42 56 d M 10 M 12 M 16 h1 60-83 78-101 101-129 kg (weight) 0,2 0,6 1,4 Load max. 50 kg max. 100 kg max. 200 kg Load f max. 25 kg max. 50 kg s ID No. 016268 012468 008426 ID No. f 054045 054050 s f = plastic Size … d = yes, s = no Double roller, steel or plastic Fig. 14-2 Size … Size … Des. 0-31 1-31 2-31 Des. f 0-37 0-37 s a 50 65 85 b 35 48 68 l 100 150 190 m 80 114 140 h 32 42 56 c 26 37 48 e 32 42 56 d M 10 M 12 M 16 n 13 20 25 h1 60-83 78-101 101-129 kg (weight) 0,5 1,2 2,7 Load max. 100 kg max. 200 kg max. 300 kg Load f max. 50 kg max. 100 kg s ID No. 017274 012651 009484 ID No. f 054046 054051 s f = plastic 14 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS Size … d = yes, s = no Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for sliding doors – Rollers with pivot bearing Single roller with pivot bearing Fig. 15-1 Size … Size … Size … Des. 0-32 1-32 2-32 a 50 65 85 b 35 48 68 h 58 80 104 n 13 21 25 e 32 42 56 d M 10 M 12 M 16 h1 60-83 83-101 106-129 kg (weight) 0,27 0,68 1,5 Load max. 50 kg max. 100 kg max. 200 kg ID No. 050996 051021 049961 Double roller with pivot bearing Fig. 15-2 Size … Size … Size … Des. 0-33 1-33 2-33 a 50 65 85 b 35 48 68 l 100 150 190 m 80 114 140 h 32 42 56 c 26 37 48 e 32 42 56 d M 10 M 12 M 16 n 13 20 25 h1 60-83 83-101 126-129 kg (weight) 0,57 1,28 2,8 Load max. 100 kg max. 200 kg max. 300 kg ID No. 050997 049950 049962 Manual sliding door systems 15 Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for sliding doors – Door plates and edge-fixing hangers Door plate … Fig. 16-1 Double-sided hanger … Fig. 16-2 Edge-fixing hanger Pivot point 18, 20, 30 mm … Pivot point 60, 90, 100 mm Fig. 16-2 16 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS … 1 Size … Size … Size … Des. 0-40 1-40 2-40 l 110 180 220 a 22 30 40 s … 6 … d M 10 M 12 M 16 e 6,4 8,4 8,4 No. of fixing-holes … 4 … kg (weight) 0,1 0,2 0,5 ID No. 018431 012658 010890 … Size … Des. 0-43 1-43/1 1-43/2 a 60 80 80 b 22-37 30-46 44-60 l 80 128 115 c 80 73 60 d M 10 M 12 M 12 e 6,5 8,5 8,5 kg (weight) 0,2 0,6 0,6 ID No. 019138 012947 012946 Size … 3 Size … Size … Des. 0-41 1-41 l 110 180 a 22 30 s … 6 n 18 20 d M 10 M 12 e 6,4 8,4 No. of fixing-holes … 6 kg (weight) 0,2 0,5 ID No. 018801 012661 … Size … Size … Des. 0-42 1-42 l 110 180 a 22 30 s … 6 n 60 90 d M 10 M 12 e 6,4 8,4 No. of fixing-holes … 6 kg (weight) 0,2 0,5 ID No. 019019 012663 Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for sliding doors – Floor guide rollers and floor channel Flat-plate guide rollers … Fig. 17-1 Floor channel … Fig. 17-2 Flor guide roller Pivot point 18, 20, 30 mm … Pivot point 60, 90, 100 mm … Size … Size … Size … Des. 0-50 1-50 2-50 l 110 180 220 a 22 30 40 s … 6 … d ø 15,5 ø 15,5 ø 22 e 6,4 8,4 8,4 No. of fixing-holes … 4 … kg (weight) 0,11 0,3 0,5 ID No. 019884 012665 011139 22 Size … Size … Des. 0-54 2-54 b 20 30 h 20 30 s 1,5 2,5 kg/m (weight) 0,5 1,95 ID No. 051649 051654 … Size … Size … Des. 0-51 1-41 l 110 180 a 22 30 s … 6 n 18 20 d ø 15,5 ø 15,5 e 6,4 8,4 No. of fixing-holes … 6 kg (weight) 0,2 0,5 ID No. 020404 012670 … Size … Size … Des. 0-52 1-52 … l 110 180 a 22 30 s … 6 n 60 90 d ø 15,5 ø 15,5 e 6,4 8,4 No. of fixing-holes … 6 kg (weight) 0,2 0,5 ID No. 020522 021672 Fig. 17-2 Manual sliding door systems 17 Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for sliding doors – Curved floor channel and accessories Curved floor channel Size … Size … Size … Des. 0-55 1-55 2-55 a 200 200 300 r 700 800 1000 kg (weight) 0,90 0,99 4,2 straight length 1500 1660 2170 ID No. 054770 054772 054774 Fig. 18-1 End stop Size … Size … Size … Des. 0-3 1-3 2-3 b 30 35 50 l 46 61 88 h 28,5 39 51 s … 6 … n … 9,5 12 d ø 14 ø 18 ø 30 kg (weight) 0,1 0,3 0,8 ID No. 024689 014440 007371 Fig. 18-2 Wall-fixed door stop Fig. 18-3 18 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS Size … Size … Des. 1-66 2-66 l 58 87 b 26 36 h 47 62 d ø 24 ø 30 n 10,5 12 e … 6 kg (weight) 0,15 0,36 ID No. 000339 000342 Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM ORDERING INFORMATION – GEZE APOLL FOR SLIDING DOORS Description Track, galvanized steel Track curve, galvanized steel Curve 900 bearing length … m cut to size radius 0700 mm radius 0800 mm radius 1000 mm End stop Brackets and consoles Wall installation bracket Ceiling installation bracket Joint bracket Welding bracket Bracket for vertical and lateral adjustment Single console for vertical and lateral adjustment Double console for vertical and lateral adjustment Rollers Single roller, steel Single roller, plastic Double roller, steel Double roller, plastic Single roller with pivot bearing *) Single roller with pivot bearing *) Pivot bearing Door plates and edge-fixing hangers Door plate pivot point 18 mm pivot point 60 mm Edge-fixing hanger pivot point 20 mm pivot point 90 mm for door thickness 22-37 mm Double-sided hanger for door thickness 30-46 mm for door thickness 44-60 mm Guide rollers Flat-plate guide roller pivot point 18 mm pivot point 60 mm Edge-fixing guide roller pivot point 20 mm pivot point 90 mm bearing length … m Floor channel, galvanized cut to size radius 0700 mm, blank Curved floor channel radius 0800 mm, blank Curve 900 radius 1000 mm Accessories Wall-fixed door stop Fitting No. -1 -1 0-2 1-2 2-2 -3 ID No. Size … 025769 051506 054769 ID No. Size … 018015 051473 ID No. Size … 018014 051472 s s s 054771 s 054773 007371 s s 024689 014440 020701 023286 024004 024093 024126 024325 024402 012686 012691 012694 012697 013097 013772 013997 011554 012119 012306 016268 054045 017274 054046 050996 050997 050998 012468 054050 012651 054051 051021 049950 049951 008426 -40 0-41 0-42 1-41 1-42 0-43 1-43/1 1-43/2 018431 018801 019019 012658 010890 s s s s s s -50 0-51 0-52 1-51 1-52 -54 -54 0-55 1-55 2-55 -66 -10 -11 -12 -13 -14 -20 -21 -21 -30 -36 -31 -37 -32 -33 -34 s 007197 s s s 009484 s 049961 049962 049963 s 012661 012663 019138 s s s 012947 012946 s 019884 020404 020522 012665 011139 s s s s s 012670 012672 051649 051650 s s s 051649 051650 054770 s s s 051654 051655 s s s 054772 s s s 054774 000339 000339 000342 d = yes, s = no *) For sliding doors with curved track the rollers with pivot bearings should be used. Manual sliding door systems 19 Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for folding doors – Size 0,1,2 The leaves fold out only in one direction. Because of the eccentric load when the door is folded, a bottom guide roller is essential. There are three common fitting options: Butt surface-mounted Butt flush-mounted Rebate-mounted. j j j The roller forms the pivot point on the front face of every second leaf. A full-height swing leaf is only possible with an odd number of leaves. The most usual form of track mountingis by wall or ceiling installation brackets. Flush bolts should be fitted to the fold-out side. The floor guide rollers should be fitted plump underneath the pivot point of the rollers. The best leaf widths are between 600 mm and 900 mm. Use … hinges per leaf; for high leaves (≥ 280 cm) 4. Hinges with ball bearings are recommended. Starting with the end leaf hinged to the jamb, every second leaf is fitted with a roller with pivot bearing and edge-fitting hanger. When choosing the track size and the roller, it should be noted that each roller has to take approximately the weight of two leaves. The use of double rollers is recommended. In the fold area the brackets for track mounting should be spaced at 350 mm (increased load-bearing). 20 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS Fig. 20-1 Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for folding doors – Size 0,1,2 0-10 1-10 2-10 0-35 1-35 0-42 1-42 0-1 1-1 0-33 1-33 0-11 1-11 0-1 1-1 0-44 1-44 0-65 1-65 0-52 1-52 2-52 0-53 1-53 1-54 Execution … Execution … by customers a = leaf width B = clearance width b = leaf thickness B = B=a*z c = 1/2 hinges ø+1 a = B f = 25 with size … z = number of leaves z z B = a a = leaf width, leaf hinged to jamb a1 = leaf width 2. leaf b = leaf thickness c = 1/2 hinges ø+1 d = b/2 n = 60 with size … z = number of leaves B = clearance width a = a1-(c+d+n) a1 = a+(c+d+n) a1 = B = B+(c+d+n) … a+a1 Fig. 21-1 Size … Size … Size … Size … Size … Size … A4 41 52,5 70 k ø 22 ø 24 ø 30 A5 20,5 26,5 b1 100 135 35 l 45 65 85 170 l1 45 65 95 b2 70 e 32 91 114 m 80 114 140 42 56 m1 M 10 M 12 M 16 f 25 32 39,5 n 60 90 100 g1 98-111,5 122,5-141,5 157-180,5 p 22 30 40 h2 41,5 53 71 t … 6 … h3 29 38 48,5 u 110 180 220 h4 43,5 55,5 72,5 v 20 20 30 h5 15 18 24,5 w 35 45 53 Manual sliding door systems 21 Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for folding doors – Size 0,1,2 0-32 1-32 2-32 0-14 1-14 2-14 0-1 1-1 0-20 1-20 2-20 0-41 1-41 2-41 The gaps between the individual leaves when closed up are not taken into account in calculating the leaf width. The leaf width should be adjusted according to choise of gap width. locking device by customers 0-51 1-51 2-51 a = leaf width, leaf hinged to jamb a1 = a + (c+d+n1) a1 = a2 = a3 ... an leaf width of following leaves a1 = a = a1-(c+d+n1) B+(c+d+n1) z+1 b = leaf thickness a = B-(a1 * z) c = 1/2 hinges ø+1 B = a+a1+a2+a3 ... an d = b/2 B = a + (a1 * z) z = number of leaves n1 = 18 with size … z = B = clearance width B-a a1 Fig. 22-1 22 Size … Size … Size … Size … Size … Size … A1 45 49 80 k ø 22 ø 24 ø 30 A2 22,5 25 A3 50 65 40 l 45 65 85 85 lm1 M 10 M 12 M 16 e 32 g 156-186,5 42 56 n1 18 20 30 202-251 265-319,5 p 22 30 40 h1 61,5-78,5 84-112 114-145 t … 6 … u 110 180 220 w 35 45 53 x 14 20 30 y 20,5 26,5 35 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for folding doors – Installation options Installation options and examples for folding doors For folding doors there are three different methods of fitting: Mounting option for folding doors: Butt surface-mounted Butt surface-mounted Butt surface-mounted, wall mounting with wall installation bracket -10, track -1, double roller with pivot bearing -33, edge-fixing hanger for folding doors -44, edge-fixing guide roller for folding doors -53 and flush bolt -65, floor channel -54. Butt surface-mounted folding door a1 = a2 = a3 = leaf width b = leaf thickness c = 1/2 hinge roller ø+1 Only possible with odd number of leaves. Size … Size … Size … Edge-fixing hanger 0-44 1-44 2-44 Edge-fixing guide roller 0-53 1-53 2-53 Dim. f 25 32 39,5 Dim. 20,5 26,5 35 Fig. 23-1 Mounting option for folding doors: Butt flush-mounted Butt flush-mounted Butt flush-mounted, soffit mounting with ceiling installation bracket -11, track -1, double roller with pivot bearing -33, edgefixing hanger -41, floor guide roller -51 and flush bolt -65, floor channel -54. Butt flush-mounted folding door b/2 = half door thickness c = 1/2 hinge roller ø+1 a1 + a2 = leaf width a = leaf width - (n+b/2+c) Size … Size … Size … Edge-fixing hanger 0-41 1-41 2-41 Floor guide The leaf fitted at the blind frame is smaller than leaf a by the dimension (n+b/2+c) 0-51 Dim. n 18 1-51 2-51 20 30 Removable cover Fig. 23-2 Manual sliding door systems 23 Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for folding doors – Installation options Mounting option for folding doors: Rebate-mounted Rebate-mounted folding door a1 = a2 = a3 = leaf width b = leaf thickness c = 1/2 hinge roller ø+1 Rebate-mounted Rebate-mounted, wall mounting with wall installation bracket -10, track -1, double roller with pivot bearing -33, edge-fixing hanger for end-folding doors -44, edge-fixing guide roller for folding doors -53 and flush bolt -65, floor channel -54. Only possible with odd number of leaves. Size … Size … Size … Edge-fixing hanger 0-44 1-44 2-44 Edge-fixing guide roller 1-53 2-53 Dim. f 25 0-53 32 39,5 Dim. 26,5 35 20,5 Fig. 24-1 STANDARD DRAWINGS FOR FOLDING DOORS Drawing Wall and ceiling installation GEZE Apoll Size … Wall installation with wall installation bracket GEZE Apoll Size … Ceiling installation with ceiling installation bracket GEZE Apoll Size … Ceiling installation with single console for vertical and lateral adjustment 24 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS GEZE Apoll Size … GEZE Apoll Size … ID No. 10620/0-10 10621/0-10 10621/0-11 10621/0-12 10622/0-12 Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM ORDERING INFORMATION – GEZE APOLL FOR FOLDING DOORS Summary of fittings Fitting No. ID No. Size … ID No. Size … ID No. Size … -1 -10 -33 -35 -32 0-41 0-42 1-41 1-42 051506 020701 050997 054044 050996 018801 019019 051473 012686 049950 054052 051021 010890 011554 049962 s s s s s 012661 012663 s -44 0-51 0-52 1-51 1-52 050994 020404 020522 051012 s s s s s s s 012670 012672 s -53 050995 051015 s -54 051650 051650 051655 0-65 1-65 049974 s s s 149694 149694 -11 023286 012691 012119 -20 -14 024325 024126 013772 013097 007197 2-leaf folding door: … track, length = twice leaf width + 100 mm, cut to size … wall installation bracket per 700 mm track length … double roller with pivot bearing or … double roller with pivot bearing, reduced version or … single roller with pivot bearing pivot point 118 mm pivot point 160 mm … edge-fixing hanger pivot point 120 mm pivot point 190 mm or … edge-fixing hanger for folding doors pivot point 118 mm pivot point 160 mm … edge-fixing guide roller pivot point 120 mm pivot point 190 mm or … edge-fixing guide roller for folding doors … floor channel for folding doors, cut to size (length as track) 82 x 35 mm … flush bolt 120 x 45 mm … to … hinges per leaf with ball bearing rings supplied by customer For ceiling installation … ceiling installation bracket per 700 mm track length or … height-adjustable ceiling installation per 700 mm track length, consisting of single console and bracket s s 049961 s s s 3-leaf folding door: Fittings as for 2-leaf unit, track and floor channel in length for 2-leaf width, but hinges for … leaves d = yes, s = no Summary of fittings 4-leaf folding door, see next page Manual sliding door systems 25 Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM ORDERING INFORMATION – GEZE APOLL FOR FOLDING DOORS Summary of fittings Fitting No. ID No. Size … ID No. Size … ID No. Size … -1 051506 051473 051472 -10 020701 012686 011554 -33 -35 -32 0-41 0-42 1-41 1-42 050997 054044 050996 018801 019019 049950 054052 051021 049962 s s s s s s s 012661 012663 -44 050994 051012 s 0-51 0-52 1-51 1-52 020404 020522 s s s s s 012670 012672 s -53 -54 0-65 1-65 050995 051650 049974 051015 051650 s s s 149694 149694 -11 023286 012691 012119 -20 -14 024325 024126 013772 013097 007197 4-leaf folding door: … track, length = width of … leaves + 100 mm, cut to size … wall installation bracket per 700 mm track length (in fold area per 350 mm) … double rollers with pivot bearing or … double rollers with pivot bearing, reduced version or … single rollers with pivot bearing pivot point 118 mm pivot point 160 mm … edge-fixing hangers pivot point 120 mm pivot point 190 mm or … dge-fixing hangers for folding doors pivot point 118 mm pivot point 160 mm … edge-fixing guide rollers pivot point 120 mm pivot point 190 mm or … edge-fixing guide rollers for folding doors … floor channel, cut to size (length as track) 82 x 35 mm … flush bolts 120 x 45 mm … to … hinges per leaf with ball bearing rings supplied by customer For soffit fixing … ceiling installation bracket per 700 mm track length or … height-adjustable ceiling installation per 700 mm track length, consisting of single console and bracket s s 049961 s s s 051655 s 4-leaf folding door: (2 leaves each folding to left and right resp., track etc.) as 2x2-leaf unit, but with … edge-fixing hangers … edge-fixing guide rollers pivot point 160 mm pivot point 190 mm pivot point 160 mm pivot point 190 mm pivot point 90 mm 0-42 1-42 0-52 1-52 1-52 019019 s s s 012663 s 020522 s s s 012672 012672 s s d = yes, s = no Ordering information GEZE Apoll folding door gear size ... number of leaves ... folding to right (left) , wall installation (or ceiling installation) ... block frame clearance height and width (H, B) 26 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS s Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for centre-folding doors – Size 0,1,2 Centre-folding, i. e. half inward and half outward. Centre-folding doors start with a half leaf hinged to the jamb. The rollers are fitted above the centre of the leaf. The first roller is normally positioned at the first full leaf. The track can be mounted with soffit- oder wall installation brackets. On the underside of each leaf, on the side towards which the leaf folds, a flush bolt is fitted. The floor guide should be arranged plumb underneath the roller carriage. The best leaf widths are between 600 mm and 900 mm. Fig. 27-1 Use … hinges per leaf; for high leaves (≥ 280 cm) 4. Hinges with ball bearings are recommended. The first leaf is fitted with a roller; thereafter every second leaf. When choosing the track size and the roller, it should be noted that each roller has to take approximately the weight of two leaves. The use of double rollers is recommended. In the fold area the brackets for track mounting should be spaced at 350 mm (increased load-bearing). Manual sliding door systems 27 Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for centre-folding doors – Installation options 0-40 1-40 2-40 0-33 1-33 2-33 0-40 1-40 2-40 0-35 1-35 2-35 0-1 1-1 2-1 0-10 1-10 2-10 0-11 1-11 2-11 0-65 1-65 0-54 1-54 0-50 1-50 2-50 0-50 1-50 2-50 by customers The gaps between the individual leaves when closed up are not taken into account in calculating the leaf width. The leaf width should be adjusted according to choise of gap width. a = first leaf B = clearance width a = a2 = a3 ... an leaf width of following leaves a = B - (z * a1) a = a1 / … - (c + b/2) a1 = 2B + 2c + b/1 + 2z B = B = a+a1+a2+a3 ... an B = a + (z * a1) b = leaf thickness c = 1/2 hinges ø+1 z = number of full leaves a1 … (c+ b … )+a1 * z Fig. 28-1 28 Size … Size … Size … Size … Size … Size … A4 41 52,5 70 k ø 22 ø 24 ø 30 A5 20,5 26,5 b1 100 135 35 l 45 65 85 170 l1 45 65 95 b2 70 e 32 91 114 m 80 114 140 42 56 m1 M 10 M 12 M 16 g1 98-111,5 122,5-141,5 157-180,5 p 22 30 40 h2 41,5 53 71 t … 6 … h3 29 38 48,5 u 110 180 220 h4 43,5 55,5 72,5 v 20 20 30 h5 15 18 24,5 w 35 45 53 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for centre-folding doors – Installation options 0-32 1-32 2-32 0-14 1-14 2-14 Size … Size … Size … A1 45 50 80 A2 22,5 25 40 A3 50 65 85 e 32 42 56 g 156,5-186,5 219-242 277,5-345 h1 61,5-78,5 84-112 115-145 Size … Size … Size … k ø 22 ø 24 ø 30 l 45 65 85 m1 M 10 M 12 M 16 p 22 30 40 t … 6 … u 110 180 220 w 35 45 53 x 14 20 30 y 20,5 26,5 35 0-20 1-20 2-20 0-40 1-40 2-40 0-50 1-50 2-50 Fig. 29-1 STANDARD DRAWINGS FOR CENTRE-FOLDING DOORS Drawing Wall and ceiling installation GEZE Apoll Size … Wall installation Ceiling installation GEZE Apoll Size … GEZE Apoll Size … GEZE Apoll Size … GEZE Apoll Size … ID No. 10620/0-20 10621/0-20 10622/0-20 10621/0-21 10622/0-21 Manual sliding door systems 29 Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for centre-folding doors – Installation options Size … Size … Size … 1-40 2-40 1-50 2-50 Door plate 0-40 Floor guide roller 0-50 a1 = a2 = a3 ... an width of following leaves a = width of the first leaf to blind frame Fig. 30-1 Ceiling installation Ceiling installation With single console -20, bracket for vertical and lateral adjustment -14, track -1, double roller with pivot bearing -33, door plate -40, flat-plate guide roller -50, flush bolt -65, floor channel -54. With ceiling installation bracket -11, track -1, double roller with pivot bearing -33, door plate -40, flat-plate guide roller -50, flush bolt -65, floor channel -54. Fig. 30-2 Wall installation Wall installation With single console -20, bracket for vertical and lateral adjustment -14, track -1, double roller with pivot bearing -33, door plate -40, flat-plate guide roller -50, flush bolt -65, door channel -54. With wall installation bracket -10, track -1, double roller with pivot bearing -33, door plate -40, flat-plate guide roller -50, flush bolt -65, door channel -54. Fig. 30-3 30 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM ORDERING INFORMATION – GEZE APOLL FOR CENTRE-FOLDING DOORS Summary of fittings Fitting No. ID No. Size … ID No. Size … ID No. Size … -1 -11 051506 023286 051473 021691 051472 012119 -20 -14 -33 -35 -32 -40 -50 -54 0-65 1-65 024325 024126 050997 054044 050996 018431 019884 051650 049974 013772 013097 049950 054052 051021 012658 012665 051650 s s 149694 149694 -10 020701 012686 011554 -1 051506 051473 051472 -11 023286 012691 012119 -20 -14 -33 -35 -32 -40 -50 -54 0-65 1-65 024325 024126 050997 054044 050996 018431 019884 051650 049974 013772 013097 049950 054052 051021 012658 012665 051650 s s s 149694 149694 -10 020701 012686 011554 … 1/2-leaf centre-folding doors: … track, length = … x leaf width + 100 mm, cut to size … ceiling installation bracket per 700 mm track length or … single console for vertical and lateral adjustment with … ceiling installation bracket per 700 mm track length … double roller with pivot bearing or … double roller with pivot bearing, reduced version or … single roller with pivot bearing … door plate … flat-plate guide roller … floor channel, length as track, cut to size 82 x 35 mm … flush bolts 120 x 65 mm … to … hinges per leaf with ball bearing rings supplied by customer For wall installation … wall installation bracket per 700 mm track length 007197 049962 s 049961 010890 011139 051655 s s … 1/2-leaf centre-folding door: … track, length = … x leaf width + 100 mm, cut to size … ceiling installation bracket per 700 mm track length (in fold area per 350 mm) or … single console for vertical and lateral adjustment with … bracket for vertical and lateral adjustment per 700 mm track length … double rollers with pivot bearing or … double rollers with pivot bearing, reduced version or … single rollers with pivot bearing … door plates … flat-plate guide rollers … door channel, length as track, cut to size 82 x 35 mm … flush bolts 120 x 65 mm … to … hinges per leaf with ball bearing rings supplied by customer For wall installation … wall installation bracket per 700 mm track length (in fold area per 350 mm) d = yes, s = no s 007197 049962 s 049961 010890 011139 051655 Summary of fittings … 1/2-leaf centre-folding door fitting systems, see next page Manual sliding door systems 31 Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM ORDERING INFORMATION – GEZE APOLL FOR CENTRE-FOLDING DOORS Summary of fittings Fitting No. ID No. Size … ID No. Size … ID No. Size … -1 051506 051473 051472 -11 023286 021691 012119 -20 -14 -33 -35 -32 -40 -50 -54 0-65 1-65 024325 024126 050997 054044 050996 018431 019884 051650 049974 013772 013097 049950 054052 051021 012658 012665 051650 s 149694 149694 -10 020701 012686 011554 … 1/2-leaf centre-folding door: … track, length = … x leaf width + 100 mm, cut to size … ceiling installation bracket per 700 mm track length (in fold area per 350 mm) or … single console for vertical and lateral adjustment with … bracket for vertical and lateral adjustment per 700 mm track length … double rollers with pivot bearing or … double rollers with pivot bearing, reduced version or … single rollers with pivot bearing … door plates … flat-plate guide rollers … door channel, length as track, cut to size 82 x 35 mm … flush bolts 120 x 65 mm … to … hinges per leaf with ball bearing rings supplied by customer For wall installation … wall installation bracket per 700 mm track length (in fold area per 350 mm) d = yes, s = no Summary of fittings for 5-leaf and multi-leaf fitting systems on request Ordering information GEZE APOLL centre-folding door gear Size … , No. of full leaves … (+1/2 leaf per folding side), Folding to right (left), block frame clearance height and weight (H, B) Wall installation (or ceiling installation) 32 s GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS s 007197 049962 s 049961 010890 011139 051655 s Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for end-folding and centre-folding doors – Accessories Single roller with pivot bearing Fig. 33-1 Size … Size … Size … Des. 0-32 1-32 2-32 a 50 65 85 b 35 48 68 h 58 80 104 n 13 21 25 e 32 42 56 d M 10 M 12 M 16 h1 66-83 83-101 106-129 kg (weight) 0,27 0,68 1,5 Load max. 50 kg max. 100 kg max. 200 kg ID No. 050996 051021 049961 Size … Size … Size … Des. 0-33 1-33 2-33 a 50 65 85 b 35 48 68 l 100 150 190 m 80 114 140 h 32 42 56 c 26 37 48 e 32 42 56 d M 10 M 12 M 16 n 13 20 25 h1 66-83 83-101 106-129 kg (weight) 0,57 1,28 2,8 Load max. 100 kg max. 200 kg max. 300 kg ID No. 050996 051021 049961 Size … Size … Size … Des. 0-34 1-34 2-34 a M 16 x1,5 M 20 x … M 24 x … b 22 25 30 h 66-83 83-101 106-129 kg (weight) 0,07 0,08 0,1 ID No. 050998 049951 049963 Double roller with pivot bearing Fig. 33-2 Pivot bearings, loose Fig. 33-3 Manual sliding door systems 33 Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for folding and centre-folding doors – Accessories Double roller with pivot bearing, reduced version Fig. 34-1 34 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS Size … Size … Des. 0-35 1-35 Door thickness < 40 < 60 a 50 65 b 35 48 m 34 45 h 58 80 e 32 42 d M 10 M 12 n 13 20 h1 66-83 83-101 kg (weight) 0,35 0,9 Load max. 100 kg max. 200 kg ID No. 054044 054052 Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for folding and centre-folding doors – Accessories Edge-fixing hanger, pivot point 18, 20, 30 mm Size … Size … Des. 0-41 1-41 l 100 180 a 22 30 s … 6 n 18 20 d M 10 M 12 e 6,4 8,4 No. of fixing holes … 6 kg (weight) 0,2 0,5 ID No. 018801 012661 Size … Size … 0-42 1-42 Fig. 35-1 Edge-fixing hanger, pivot point 60, 90, 100 mm Des. l 110 180 a 22 30 s … 6 n 60 90 d M 10 M 12 e 6,4 8,4 No. of fixing holes … 6 kg (weight) 0,2 0,5 ID No. 019019 012663 Size … Size … Fig. 35-2 Edge-fixing hanger for folding doors Fig. 35-3 Des. 0-44 1-44 a 110 180 b 147 225 c 22 30 s … 6 e ø 6,4 ø 8,4 f 25 32 l 110 180 No. of fixing holes … 6 kg (weight) 0,25 0,6 ID No. 050994 051012 Manual sliding door systems 35 Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for folding and centre-folding doors – Accessories Door plate Size … Size … Size … Des. 0-40 1-40 2-40 l 110 180 220 a 22 30 40 s … 6 … d M 10 M 12 M 16 e 6,4 8,4 8,4 No. of fixing holes … 6 … kg (weight) 0,1 0,2 0,5 ID No. 018431 012658 010890 Fig. 36-1 Double-sided hanger Size … Size … Des. 0-42 0-42 1-42 a 60 80 80 l 80 128 115 c 80 73 60 d M 10 M 12 M 12 e 6,5 8,5 8,5 b 22-37 30-46 44-60 kg (weight) 0,2 0,6 0,6 ID No. 019138 012947 012946 Size … Size … Size … Des. 0-50 1-50 2-50 l 110 180 220 a 22 30 40 s … 6 … d ø 15,5 ø 15,5 ø 22 e 6,4 Fig. 36-2 Flat-plate guide roller Fig. 36-3 36 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS 8,4 8,4 No. of fixing holes … 4 … kg (weight) 0,11 0,3 0,5 ID No. 019884 012665 011139 Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for folding and centre-folding doors – Accessories Edge-fixing guide roller for folding doors Fig. 37-1 Size … Size … Des. 0-53 1-53 a 110 180 b 147 225 c 22 30 s … 6 e ø 6,4 ø 8,4 f 25 32 g ø 15,5 ø 15,5 l 110 180 kg (weight) 0,25 0,6 ID No. 050995 051015 Floor guide roller, pivot point 18, 20, 30 mm Size … Size … Des. 0-51 1-51 a 110 180 c 22 30 s … 6 n 18 20 d ø 15,5 ø 15,5 e 6,4 8,4 No. of fixing holes … 6 kg (weight) 0,2 0,5 ID No. 020404 012946 Fig. 37-2 Floor guide roller, pivot point 60, 90, 100 mm Size … Size … Des. 0-52 1-52 a 110 180 c 22 30 s … 6 n 60 90 d ø 15,5 ø 15,5 e 6,4 8,4 No. of fixing holes … 6 kg (weight) 0,2 0,5 ID No. 020522 012672 Fig. 37-3 Manual sliding door systems 37 Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM GEZE Apoll for folding and centre-folding doors – Accessories Flush bolt size … Size … Des. 0-65 a 82 b 35 c 13 d … kg (weight) 0,05 ID No. 049974 Fig. 38-1 Flush bolt size … a Size … b d c Fig. 38-2 38 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS Des. 1-65 a 151 b 19 c 36 d 16 kg (weight) 0,05 ID No. 149694 Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM Product information for sliding door gears In accordance with the definition of the liability of manufacturers for their products set out in paragraph … of the “Produkthaftungsgesetz” (German Manufacturer’s Liability Law), the following information on sliding door gear should be observed. Failure to do so absolves the manufacturer from liability. Product information and use in accordance with intended purpose Sliding door gear, according to this definition, are fittings for doors and other push-able elements, henceforth called objects, which are not normally moved faster than walking pace. Sliding door gear is used in vertically fitted doors made of wood, plastic, glass, aluminium or steel and appropriate combinations of these materials. A floor guide is provided at the lower horizontal edge of the door. Special versions of products must be specified for damp rooms, direct exposure to the elements, exposure to cross winds, for installation near the sea and in highly corrosive conditions. Correct installation by qualified personnel is a particularly important aspect of use for intended purpose. The object must be sufficiently rigid at all of these points. The function of the gear must not be hindered or altered by installation. A buffer must be used in order to limit the displacement path. Misuse Misuse - in other words use in a manner not in accordance with the intended purpose - can be said to occur in the following cases in particular: j j j j j j j j j j if the gear is used with a higher max. load than specified in the catalogue and in the other product documents, if incorrectly installed or attached, if ambient temperatures are too high or too low, if particularly aggressive media can affect the gear, if subjected to inordinately great pushing or pulling loads, if the position of the track deviates too greatly from the horizontal, if foreign bodies get into the track, if the rollers are operated too fast, if alterations are carried out without the manufacturer’s authorization, if obstacles are placed in the opening or between the door or the object thereby preventing intended use, if additional loads act upon the door or object, if someone is trapped between the door and the door frame while the door is being pushed or closed, or if a person or part of the body is in this area. Product Maintenance Components of sliding door gear which are relevant to safety must be regulary inspected for proper fixing and signs of wear. Fixing screws are to be re-thightened and faulty components must be replaced. In addition, the following maintenance work must be carried out at least once a year: j j j j j All moving parts are to be tested for free movement. In the case of running carriages with metal rollers, the moving parts must be greased (type of grease to be used on request). Plastic rollers must not be greased. Only use cleaning agents which do not impair the anti-corrosion protection of the gear. Faulty sliding door gears must be replaced. Adjustment work on the gears and the replacement must be carried out by qualified personnel. Duty of Information and Instructions The following sources of information are available to planners, specialist dealers, administrative personnel, building contractors and users by way of fulfillment of the duty of information and instruction: j j j j catalogues, brochures descriptions of tender, descriptions of offer mounting drawings, installation drawings maintenance and operating instructions. In order to ensure correct use, proper functioning and maintenance and care of sliding door gear, j j j architects and planners must request and apply the necessary product information, specialist dealers must take account of the product information and notes in the price lists, and in particular must request all necessary instructions and pass these on to the installation personnel, installation personnel must take account of all product information, and in particular must request operating and maintenance instructions and pass these on to the ordering party and the user. Application for similar fittings Sliding fittings with horizontally installed objects, e.g., drawer guides or sliding fittings with vertical runner tracks must be handled according to their respective characteristics with respect to product information, use for intended purpose, misuse, product performance, Product Performance product maintenance and servicing, and duty of information and In cases where the performance of the product is not specifically instruction. described in the catalogues, brochures, instructions etc., special requirements must be discussed with and agreed by the manufacturer. Our regulations, which affect the composition of the sliding door gear, are binding. j j Manual sliding door systems 39 Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM NOTES 40 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS Manual sliding door systems GEZE APOLL ROLLER GUIDED SLIDING FITTING SYSTEM NOTES Manual sliding door systems 41 Innovative system solutions POTENTIAL APPLICATIONS OF GEZE PRODUCTS You will find more product information in the relevant brochures, see ID numbers. Door technology 01 02 03 04 05 Overhead door closers ID 091593, ID 091594 Hold-open systems ID 091593, ID 091594 Integrated door closers ID 091609 Floor springs and all-glass fittings ID 091607 Sliding fitting systems and linear guides 13 ID 123605, ID 000586 04 Automatic door systems 06 07 08 09 10 Swing doors 11 ID 144785 01 Sliding, telescopic and folding doors 02 ID 143639 22 Curved sliding doors 06 ID 135772 17 06 Revolving doors ID 132050 11 Activation devices and sensors ID 142655 04 Smoke and heat extraction and window technology 11 12 13 14 15 Fanlight opening systems ID 127787 Electric opening and locking systems ID 127785, ID 127789 Electrical spindle and linear drives ID 127785, ID 127789 Electric chain drives ID 127785, ID 127789 17 18 19 20 ID 127785, ID 139075 Emergency exit systems ID 132408 Access control systems ID 132158 Panic locks ID 132848 Electric strikes ID 148666 Building management system ID 132408 Glass systems 21 22 42 20 14 Manual sliding wall systems (MSW) ID 104377 Integrated all-glass systems (IGG) ID 104366 GEZE DOOR TECHNOLOGY AND GLASS SYSTEMS 07 10 Smoke and heat extraction systems Safety technology 16 08 07 Innovative system solutions POTENTIAL APPLICATIONS OF GEZE PRODUCTS Door technology The functionality, superior performance and reliability of GEZE door closers are impressive. A common design across the range, the ability to use them on all common door leaf widths and weights, and the fact that they can be individually adjusted makes their selection simple. They are continually being improved and enhanced with up-to-date features. For example, the requirements of fire protection and accessibility are fulfilled with a door closer system. Automatic door systems 15 GEZE automatic door systems open up a huge variety of options in door design. The latest, innovative highperformance drive technology, safety, ease of accessibility and first class universal drive design set them apart. GEZE offers complete solutions for individual requirements. 17 Smoke and heat extraction and window technology 21 GEZE smoke and heat extraction systems and ventilation technology provide complete systems solutions combining the many requirements of different types of windows. We supply a full range from energy efficient drive systems to natural ventilation and complete solutions for supplying and extracting air, also as certified SHEVs. 15 05 12 03 Safety technology GEZE safety technology sets the standards where preventative fire protection, access control and anti-theft security in emergency exits are concerned. For each of these objectives GEZE offers tailored solutions, which combine the individual safety requirements in one intelligent system and close doors and windows in case of danger in a coordinated manner. 21 18 Building systems 16 09 19 In GEZE’s Building Management System GEZE door, window and safety products can be integrated in to the security and control systems of the building. A central control and visualisation system monitors various automation components in the building and offers security through many different networking capabilities. Glass systems GEZE glass systems stand for open and transparent interior design. They can either blend discreetly into the architecture of the building or stand out as an accentuated feature. GEZE offers a wide variety of technologies for functional, reliable and aesthetic sliding wall or sliding door systems providing security with lots of design scope. Manual sliding door systems 43 G E Z E D O O R T E C H N O LO G Y A N D G L A S S S Y S T E M S GEZE GmbH P.O. Box 1363 71226 Leonberg Germany GEZE GmbH Reinhold-Vöster-Straße 21-29 71229 Leonberg Germany Telefon +49 7152 203 … Telefax +49 7152 203 310 www.geze.com Germany GEZE GmbH Niederlassung Süd-West Breitwiesenstraße … 71229 Leonberg Tel. +49 7152 203 594 Fax +49 7152 203 438 leonberg.de@geze.com GEZE GmbH Niederlassung Süd-Ost Parkring 17 85748 Garching bei München Tel. +49 7152 203 6440 Fax +49 7152 203 77050 muenchen.de@geze.com GEZE Service GmbH Niederlassung Süd Parkring 17 85748 Garching bei München Tel. +49 1802 923392 Fax +49 7152 9233 859 service-muenchen.de@geze.com GEZE Service GmbH Niederlassung Mitte/Luxemburg Siemensstraße 14 63263 Neu-Isenburg Tel. +49 1802 923392 Fax +49 7152 9233 659 service-frankfurt.de@geze.com GEZE Service GmbH Niederlassung West Heltorfer Straße 12 40472 Düsseldorf Tel. +49 1802 923392 Fax +49 7152 9233 559 service-duesseldorf.de@geze.com GEZE Service GmbH Niederlassung Ost Albert-Einstein-Ring … 14532 Kleinmachnow bei Berlin Tel. +49 1802 923392 Fax +49 7152 9233 759 service-berlin.de@geze.com China GEZE Industries (Tianjin) Co., Ltd. Shuangchenzhong Road Beichen Economic Development Area (BEDA) Tianjin 300400, P.R. China Tel. +86 22 26973995 Fax +86 22 26972702 chinasales@geze.com.cn GEZE Industries (Tianjin) Co., Ltd. Branch Office Shanghai Jia Little Exhibition Center Room C 2-102 Shenzhuan Rd. 6000 201619 Shanghai, P.R. China Tel. +86 21 52340960 Fax +86 21 64472007 chinasales@geze.com.cn GEZE Industries (Tianjin) Co., Ltd. Branch Office Guangzhou Room 17 C … Everbright Bank Building, No.689 Tian He Bei Road 510630 Guangzhou, P.R. China Tel. +86 20 38731842 Fax +86 20 38731834 chinasales@geze.com.cn GEZE Industries (Tianjin) Co., Ltd Branch Office Beijing Room 04-05, 7th Floor GEZE Service GmbH Red Sandalwood Plaza Niederlassung Nord Albert-Schweitzer-Ring 24-26 (3. OG) No. 27 Jianguo Road Chaoyang District 22045 Hamburg 100024 Beijing, P.R.China Tel. +49 1802 923392 Tel. +86 10 85756009 Fax +49 7152 9233 459 Fax +86 10 85758079 service-hamburg.de@geze.com GEZE GmbH chinasales@geze.com.cn Niederlassung Mitte/Luxemburg Austria Siemensstraße 14 France GEZE Austria 63263 Neu-Isenburg GEZE France S.A.R.L. Wiener Bundesstrasse 85 Tel. +49 7152 203 6888 ZAC de l’Orme Rond A-5300 Hallwang Fax +49 7152 203 6891 RN 19 Tel: +43 6225 87180 frankfurt.de@geze.com 77170 Servon Fax: +43 6225 87180 299 Tel. +33 … 606260 70 austria.at@geze.com GEZE GmbH Fax +33 … 606260 71 Niederlassung West france.fr@geze.com Baltic States – Heltorfer Straße 12 Lithuania / Latvia / Estonia 40472 Düsseldorf Hungary Tel. +371 678960 35 Tel. +49 7152 203 6770 GEZE Hungary Kft. baltic-states@geze.com Fax +49 7152 203 76770 Hungary-2051 Biatorbágy duesseldorf.de@geze.com Vendel Park Benelux Huber u. 1. GEZE Benelux B.V. GEZE GmbH Tel. +36 23532 735 Industrieterrein Kapelbeemd Niederlassung Nord Fax +36 23532 738 Albert-Schweitzer-Ring 24-26 (3. OG) Steenoven 36 office-hungary@geze.com 5626 DK Eindhoven 22045 Hamburg Tel. +31 4026290 80 Tel. +49 7152 203 6600 Iberia Fax +31 4026290 85 Fax +49 7152 203 76608 GEZE Iberia S.R.L. benelux.nl@geze.com hamburg.de@geze.com C/ Andorra 24 08830 Sant Boi de Llobregat Bulgaria GEZE Service GmbH (Barcelona) GEZE Bulgaria - Trade Niederlassung Süd-West Tel. +34 902194 036 Representative Office Reinhold-Vöster-Straße 25 Fax +34 902194 035 Nickolay Haitov 34 str., fl. … 71229 Leonberg info@geze.es 1172 Sofia Tel. +49 1802 923392 Tel. +359 247043 73 Fax +49 7152 9233 359 India Fax +359 247062 62 service-leonberg.de@geze.com GEZE India Private Ltd. office-bulgaria@geze.com MF … & 3, Guindy Industrial Estate Ekkattuthangal Chennai 600 097 Tamilnadu G E Z E R E P R E S E N TAT I V E Tel. +91 44 406169 00 Fax +91 44 406169 01 office-india@geze.com GEZE GmbH Niederlassung Ost Albert-Einstein-Ring … 14532 Kleinmachnow bei Berlin Tel. +49 7152 203 6840 Fax +49 7152 203 76849 berlin.de@geze.com ID No. 000586 · Vers. EN 1705 · Subject to change without notice Italy GEZE Italia S.r.l Sede di Vimercate Via Fiorbellina 20 20871 Vimercate (MB) Tel. +39 0399530401 Fax+39 039 9530459/419 italia.it@geze.com Sede di Roma Via Lucrezia Romana, 91 00178 Roma Tel. +39 039 9530401 Fax +39 039 9530449 italia.it@geze.com Poland GEZE Polska Sp. z o.o. ul. Marywilska 24 03-228 Warszawa Tel. +48 224 404 440 Fax +48 224 404 400 geze.pl@geze.com Romania GEZE Romania S.R.L. IRIDE Business Park, Str. Dimitrie Pompeiu nr. 9-9a, Building 10, Level 2, Sector 2, 020335 Bucharest Tel.: +40 212507 750 Fax: +40 316201 258 office-romania@geze.com Russia OOO GEZE RUS Letnikovskaya str. 10/2 Floor 6, room VII 115114 Moscow Tel: +7 495 741 40 61 office-russia@geze.com Scandinavia – Sweden GEZE Scandinavia AB Mallslingan 10 Box 7060 18711 Täby, Sweden Tel. +46 87323 400 Fax +46 87323 499 sverige.se@geze.com Scandinavia – Norway GEZE Scandinavia AB avd. Norge Industriveien 34 B 2073 Dal Tel. +47 63957 200 Fax +47 63957 173 norge.se@geze.com Scandinavia – Denmark GEZE Danmark Branch office of GEZE Scandinavia AB Mårkærvej 13 J-K 2630 Taastrup Tel. +45 463233 24 Fax +45 463233 26 danmark.se@geze.com Singapore GEZE (Asia Pacific) Pte. Ltd. 21 Bukit Batok Crescent #23-75 Wcega Tower Singapore 658065 Tel: +65 6846 1338 Fax: +65 6846 9353 gezesea@geze.com.sg South Africa Geze South Africa (Pty) Ltd. GEZE, Building 3, 1019 Morkels Close Midrand 1685 Tel: + 87 94337 88 Fax: + 86 66137 52 info@gezesa.co.za Switzerland GEZE Schweiz AG Zelglimatte 1A 6260 Reiden Tel. +41 62 28554 00 Fax +41 62 28554 01 schweiz.ch@geze.com Turkey GEZE Kapı ve Pencere Sistemleri San. ve Tic. Ltd. Sti. İstanbul Anadolu Yakası Organıze Sanayı Bolgesi Gazi Bulvari Caddesi 8.Sokak No:8 Tuzla-Istanbul Tel. + 90 216 45543 15 Fax + 90 216 45582 15 office-turkey@geze.com Ukraine GEZE Ukraine LLC 45, Elektrotekchnicheskaya str., Kiev, 02222 Tel./Fax +38 445012225 office-ukraine@geze.com United Arab Emirates/GCC GEZE Middle East P.O. Box 17903 Jebel Ali Free Zone Dubai Tel. +971 48833 112 Fax +971 48833 240 gezeme@geze.com United Kingdom GEZE UK Ltd. Blenheim Way Fradley Park Lichfield Staffordshire WS13 8SY Tel. +44 15434430 00 Fax +44 15434430 01 info.uk@geze.com

Download (.PDF | 974 KB)

Product brochure

Emergency exit systems Contents | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS Contents Overview … D OOR C ON TR O L U N I TS Connectable TZ 320 series … Connectable TZ 320 stainless steel series 14 T 320 terminal for bi-directional escape routes 20 LOC K IN G E LE M E N TS FTV 320 escape door lock 26 MA 500 holding magnet 30 SYSTE M S OLUT I O N S Emergency exit protection Nursery school solution– flexible and safe entrance and exit control for nursery schools Emergency exit protection Bi-directional emergency exit protection for doors with emergency exit function in both directions. Central control For doors in interlocking door systems 36 38 40 Hospital ward control visualised IN D IV ID UAL C O M P O N E N TS A N D ACCESSO RI ES Key switches 46 Emergency push buttons 49 Emergency exit signs 52 Power supply 53 Indicator lamps and signal horns 56 Synchronising unit 59 O P E R ATIN G E LE M E N TS myGEZE Control 62 myGEZE Visu 64 Accessories 65 … 4 GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | Overview APPLICATION TZ 320 Standard cTZ 320 Comfort with IO 420 extension module LOCAL OPERATION / DISPLAY Short-time release (20 s) Short-time release (1 s – infinite) ● ● Cancellation of short-time release with door closed ● ● Retriggering short-time release ● ● ● ● Pre-alarm (60 s) Pre-alarm (1 s – 10 min.) Alarm ● ● Permanent unlocking ● ● FTV 320 escape door lock 3x 3x Emergency exit electric strike type 331 / 332 3x 3x MA 500 holding magnet 2x 2x CONNECTION POSSIBILITIES Danger alarm system emergency unlocking ● ● Indirect activation ● ● Central emergency push button via safety circuit ● ● External key switch ● ● SCT 222 external key switch with … LEDs ●*** ● External emergency push button ● ● T 320 terminal (bi-directional escape route) ● ● Access control (short-time unlocking) ● ● Top lock (short-time unlocking) ● ● Timer (unlocking) external ● ● Timer (unlocking) internal ● ● Burglar alarm system (locking has priority) ● ● Programmable inputs … 7 Programmable outputs … 6 Flashlight / siren / alarm message ●* ● Motor lock ●* ● Lever lock ●* ● Swing door drive ●** ● Signal light controller ●** ● Additional electric strike ●* ● Output of different system states ●* ● Connection to BMS via myGEZE Control ● STANDARD Conform to EN 13637 ● ● Infrared interface for diagnosis, setting of parameters via ST 220 service terminal ● ● Alarm memory ● ● OTHER Integrated interlocking door system control ● ● Network function for fire alarm system, timer, burglar alarm system ● ● ● = yes I * Function can be realised via two freely configurable outputs. There are two outputs available on the TZ 320. If more outputs are required, the TZ 320 Comfort with IO 420 extension module must be used. | ** Two outputs are required for this function. | *** RP 220 relay board ID no. 102355 required. … 7 AC C ESS C ON T RO L A N D SA FE T Y Door control units Rescue routes must be individually adapted for each building – otherwise they are not safe. The door control unit plays an extremely important role in this respect: In normal circumstances, it lets authorised people pass through the door, and in an emergency, it opens for everyone. Use the wide selection of GEZE door control units with fire and danger alarm systems, escape door locks, motor locks and much more to bring your customised safety concept to life. … GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | Door control units TZ 320 Door control unit for controlling escape route doors with illuminated emergency exit sign, key switch and power supply ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N EN 13637-compliant protection of an emergency exit against unauthorised access Can be used on single and double leaf doors Connectivity via bus enables e.g. interlocking door system control, forwarding of alarms, connection to building management system Can be combined with motor locks and swing door drives Realisation of a bi-directional emergency exit Flush-mounted installation ensures seamless integration into the building PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES Flat impact cover enables fast and safe activation of the illuminated emergency push button in panic situations Coloured terminals simplify installation Three freely configurable inputs and two freely configurable outputs offer numerous possibilities for additional components Number of inputs and outputs can be extended with the IO 420 extension module Illuminated emergency exit sign improves visibility Integrated power supply offers additional flexibility Integrated key switch enables authorised passing through the emergency exit Door control units | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS CON N ECTIV ITY P O SSI B LE FO R D O O R CO N TRO L UN I TS - TZ 320 SERI ES Connectivity – this is a top priority in this product series. You can realise complex applications here, because there are a large number of interfaces to other products and systems. These door control units can communicate with each other due to the integrated bus function. Messages can be visualised on a tableau or PC and can be forwarded to higher-ranking building management systems. Your escape route is secured against unauthorised access in any case. At the same time, the integrated emergency push button ensures access in emergency situations. TEC HN ICAL DATA TZ 320 BSN UP TZ 320 BSN AP Width 81 mm 77 mm Height 223 mm 197 mm Depth in flush-mounted sockets 62 mm deep 88 mm Acoustic signal 75 dB 75 dB Number of outputs … 2 Number of inputs … 3 Illuminated yes yes Operating voltage 24 V DC 24 V DC Contact current capacity 30 V / … A 30 V / … A With ribbon cable yes yes Type of installation Flush-mounted Surface-mounted Emergency push button yes yes Visual display yes yes Parameter setting ST 220 service terminal ST 220 service terminal Sabotage contact yes yes IP rating IP30 IP30 Current consumption 130 mA 130 mA Power supply for external devices (24 V DC) 600 mA 650 mA Service temperature -10 °C...+55 °C -10 °C...+55 °C Supply voltage 230 V 230 V Delayed emergency push button no no Cylinder type Euro profile half cylinder Euro profile half cylinder Conform to EN 13637 yes yes … 10 GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | Door control units TZ 320 STAN DA R D D O O R C O N T R O L U N I T – SYSTEM STR UCTUR E 230 V AC 50 HZ 230 V AC 50 Hz V GEZE BUS … 2 TS 5000 … MA 500 MST 210 Powerturn Slimdrive EMD GEZE BUS TK FTV 320 BMA EMA BMA … 5 EMA … 4 ZuKo ZuKo TZ 320 SN IQ lock C … 8 TZ 320 SN IQ lock EL … = flashlight I … = signal horn I … = alarm message I … = key switch I … = sensor strip I … = movement detector I … = contact sensor I … = main switch I BMA = fire alarm system I FTV 320 = escape door lock I FS = latch lock I EMA = burglar alarm system I MA 500 = holding magnet I MST 210 = motor lock control I Powerturn / Slimdrive EMD = swing door drive I TK = door contact I TS 5000 = door closer I ZuKo = access control FUNCTION AL D ES CR I P T I O N In the direction of escape, the door is held closed by an additional electrical locking element which is controlled by the door control unit as the central system unit. Authorised passing of the secured door can be by means of external activation devices such as key switches, access control or an intercom. In the direction of escape, authorised passage is also possible by means of the integrated key switch of the door control unit. If the door is to be passed through from the outside, the panic lock must be mechanically unlocked as well. Time monitoring of the door If the door is not closed after the release time for authorised activation has expired, a pre-alarm is triggered to draw attention to the time limit being exceeded. If the pre-alarm time is also exceeded, a door alarm is triggered and has to be acknowledged by the key switch Passing of the door in case of an emergency In case of an emergency, the door can be released at any time via the integrated emergency push button. Visual and acoustic signal transmitters integrated in the door control unit signal unauthorised passing of the door. Central control and visualisation Due to the integrated bus function of the TZ 320, central visualisation and control of the individual doors can take place via myGEZE Control. Bus functions Burglar alarm systems (EMA), fire alarm systems (BMA) or timers (ZSU) can be connected to a door control unit in the bus system. The signals can be forwarded by the bus to all further door control units. Up to five groups are always possible. Note: forwarding the fire alarm system signal is not permitted with EN 13637 conforming control units. Other functions – Permanent unlocking – Locking – Acknowledging an alarm – Emergency unlocking via the fire alarm system Door control units | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS Design variants The variant with IQ lock C, a self-locking contact lock in place of the panic lock, offers increased ease of access from the outside by only one operating process. Mechanical unlocking of the lock and release of the emergency exit protection are carried out simultaneously. The lock is unlocked by the Euro profile cylinder via the integrated cylinder contact of the IQ lock C, and a short-time release is executed at the TZ 320 at the same time. The variant with IQ lock EL, a self-locking motor lock combined with swing door drive, offers increased access convenience due to the fully automatic opening of the door after authorised passage. In daytime operation the door control unit can be permanently unlocked so that passage via push button or radar sensor is possible by anyone. At night, the door control unit can be locked so that passage is only possible by authorised persons. In addition, the self-locking feature guarantees the doors are always locked in accordance with insurance requirements. Planning information The TZ 320 is very well equipped with two freely programmable outputs and three programmable inputs. If the requirements make more outputs or inputs necessary, the system TZ 320 Comfort with IO 420 extension module must be used. If, for example, alarm messages are required in addition to a swing door drive, or if other signals have to be forwarded to a central building management system, more than two outputs are necessary. System components – TZ 320 SN AP/UP door control unit – FTV 320 escape door lock – Emergency exit electric strike with latch lock or holding magnet with installation set and door contact Options – Flashlight, signal horn – SCT 220, SCT 222, SCT 320 external key switches – NOT 320 external emergency push button – Uninterrupted power supply (UPS) – T 320 terminal – ST 220 service terminal – IQ lock EL, EM, C, M – Slimdrive EMD, ECturn, Powerturn swing door drives – Extension of the digital inputs and outputs via IO 420 extension module – Connection to BACnet IP via myGEZE Control 11 12 GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | Door control units ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Switch programme Version TZ 320 BSN door control unit, flush-mounted, EN 13637 Consisting of: a control unit with emergency push button, key switch with Euro profile half cylinder. Emergency exit sign, illuminated, power supply 24 V DC Jung AS 500 Jung LS 990 Gira E2 Gira E2 ID no. white stainless steel anthracite pure white matt 193509 193510 193511 193542 TZ 320 BSN door control unit, surface-mounted , EN 13637 Consisting of: a control unit with emergency push button, key switch with Euro profile half cylinder. Emergency exit sign, illuminated, power supply 24 V DC white aluminium green 193546 193545 TZ 320 BS door control unit, surface-mounted, EN 13637 Consisting of: control unit with emergency push button, key switch with Euro profile half cylinder, illuminated emergency exit sign, operating voltage 24 V DC white aluminium green 193544 193543 Door control unit configuration 199289 TZ 320 UP control unit Control unit with emergency push button impact cover made of transparent plastic 129586 Door control units | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS Products TZ 320 BSN door control unit, flush-mounted, EN 13637, Gira E2 pure white matt (193542) TZ 320 BSN door control unit, flush-mounted, EN 13637, Gira E2 anthracite (193511) TZ 320 BSN UP door control unit, EN 13637, Jung AS 500 white (193509) TZ 320 BSN door control unit, surface-mounted, EN 13637 (193545), TZ 320 BS door control unit, surface-mounted, EN 13637 (193543) TZ 320 BSN door control unit, surface-mounted, EN 13637 (193546), TZ 320 BS door control unit, surfacemounted, EN 13637 (193544) TZ 320 UP control unit (129586) TZ 320 BSN UP door control unit, EN 13637, Jung LS 990 stainless steel (193510) 13 14 GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | Door control units TZ 320 - stainless steel Door control unit for controlling escape route doors with illuminated emergency exit sign, key switch and power supply AR E AS OF APP L I CAT I O N EN 13637-compliant protection of an emergency exit against unauthorised access Can be used on single and double leaf doors Connectivity via bus enables e.g. interlocking door system control, forwarding of alarms, connection to building management system Can be combined with motor locks and swing door drives Realisation of a bidirectional emergency exit Flush-mounted installation ensures seamless integration into the building PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES Flat impact cover enables fast and safe activation of the illuminated emergency push button in panic situations Coloured connectors facilitate electrical connection Three freely configurable inputs and two freely configurable outputs offer numerous possibilities for additional components Number of inputs and outputs can be expanded using the IO 420 extension module Integrated power supply offers additional flexibility Integrated key switch enables authorised passing through the emergency exit Robust and attractive stainless steel housing Backlighting with LED backlight possible Installation in stainless steel box Door control units | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS CON N ECTIV ITY P O SSI B LE FO R D O O R CO N TRO L UN I TS - TZ 320 STAI N LESS STEEL SER I ES The design version of the TZ 320 is covered in high quality stainless steel. Because of this, it is particularly stable and offers increased protection against vandalism. The integrated sabotage protection is triggered once the front plate is removed. The identical designs of the surface-mounted and flush-mounted front plates make the two variants look almost identical. A distinction can only be established on the basis of the somewhat larger dimensions. This makes it possible to have a standardised look throughout a building. These door control units can be equipped with a “backlight” LED display. The LEDs can signal different functions, such as door closed (red) or door open (green), as well as LEDs continuous (green) or alarm (red). TEC HN ICAL DATA TZ 320 BSN stainless steel, flush-mounted socket set EN 13637 TZ 320 BSN stainless steel, flush-mounted socket set EN 13637 TZ 320 BSN stainless steel, surface-mounted set EN 13637 Width 98 mm 98 mm 78 mm Height 260 mm 260 mm 240 mm Depth 11,5 mm 70 mm 70 mm Acoustic signal 75 db 75 db 75 db Number of outputs … pcs. … pcs. … pcs. Number of inputs … pcs. … pcs. … pcs. Illuminated no no no Operating voltage 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC Contact current capacity 30 V / … A 30 V / … A 30 V / … A With ribbon cable yes yes yes Type of installation flush-mounted flush-mounted surface-mounted Emergency push button yes yes yes Visual display yes yes yes Parameter setting ST 220 service terminal ST 220 service terminal ST 220 service terminal Sabotage contact yes yes yes IP rating IP30 IP30 IP30 Current consumption 130 mA 130 mA 130 mA Power supply for external devices (24 V DC) 950 mA 950 mA 950 mA Supply voltage 230 V 230 V 230 V Service temperature -10 - 55 °C -10 - 55 °C -10 - 55 °C Cylinder type Euro profile half cylinder Euro profile half cylinder Euro profile half cylinder Conform to EN 13637 yes yes yes POS ITION OF T H E D O O R C O N T R O L U N I T ACCO R DI N G TO EN … 3 637 90° … 1200 800 … 2 … 1 … 1 = emergency push button I … = direction of escape 600 15 16 GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | Door control units STAN DA R D D OOR C O N T R O L U N I T – SYST EM STRUCTURE 230 V AC 50 HZ 230 V AC 50 Hz V GEZE BUS … 2 TS 5000 … MA 500 MST 210 Powerturn Slimdrive EMD GEZE BUS TK FTV 320 BMA EMA BMA … 5 EMA … 4 ZuKo ZuKo TZ 320 SN IQ lock C … 8 TZ 320 SN IQ lock EL … = flashlight I … = signal horn I … = alarm message I … = key switch I … = sensor strip I … = movement detector I … = contact sensor I … = main switch I BMA = fire alarm system I FTV 320 = escape door lock I FS = latch lock I EMA = burglar alarm system I MA 500 = holding magnet I MST 210 = motor lock control I Powerturn / Slimdrive EMD = swing door drive I TK = door contact I TS 5000 = door closer I ZuKo = access control FU NCTION AL D ES CR I P T I O N In the direction of escape, the door is held closed by an additional electrical locking element which is controlled by the door control unit as the central system unit. Authorised passing of the secured door can be by means of external activation devices such as key switches, access control or an intercom. In the direction of escape, authorised passage is also possible by means of the integrated key switch of the door control unit. If someone wants to pass through the door from the outside, the panic lock must be mechanically unlocked as well. Time monitoring of the door If the door is not closed after the release time for authorised activation has expired, a pre-alarm is triggered to draw attention to the time limit being exceeded. If the pre-alarm time is also exceeded, a door alarm is triggered and has to be acknowledged by the key switch. Passing of the door in case of an emergency In case of an emergency, the door can be released at any time via the integrated emergency push button. Visual and acoustic signal transmitters integrated in the door control unit signal unauthorised passing of the door. Central control and visualisation Due to the integrated bus function of the TZ 320, central visualisation and control of the individual doors can take place via the TE 220 control panel or myGEZE Control. Bus functions Burglar alarm systems (EMA), fire detector systems (BMA) or timers (ZSU) can be connected to a door control unit in the bus system. The signals can be forwarded by the bus to all further door control units. Up to five groups are always possible. Note: Forwarding of the fire alarm system signal is not permitted for EN 13637 conforming control units. Other functions – Permanent unlocking – Locking – Acknowledging an alarm – Emergency unlocking via the fire alarm system Door control units | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS Design variants The variant with IQ lock C, a self-locking contact lock in place of the panic lock, offers increased ease of access from the outside by only one operating process. Mechanical unlocking of the lock and release of the emergency exit protection are carried out simultaneously. The lock is unlocked by the Euro profile cylinder via the integrated cylinder contact of the IQ lock C, and a short-term release is executed at the TZ 320 at the same time. The variant with IQ lock EL, the self-locking motor lock combined with swing door drive, offers increased ease of access due to the fully automatic opening of the door after authorised passage. In daytime operation the door control unit can be permanently unlocked so that passage via push button or radar sensor is possible by anyone. At night, the door control unit can be locked so that passage is only possible by authorised persons. In addition, the self-locking feature guarantees the doors are always locked in accordance with insurance requirements. Planning information The TZ 320 is very well equipped with two freely programmable outputs and three programmable inputs. If the requirements make more outputs or inputs necessary, the system TZ 320 Comfort or the the IO 420 extension module must be used. If, for example, alarm signals are needed in addition to a swing door drive, or if other signals have to be forwarded to a central building management system, more than two outputs are necessary. System components – TZ 320 SN AP/UP door control unit – FTV 320 escape door lock – Emergency exit electric strike with latch lock or holding magnet with installation set and door contact Options – Flashlight, signal horn – External key switch SCT 220, SCT 222, SCT 320 – NOT 320 external emergency push button – Uninterrupted power supply (UPS) – T 320 eerminal – ST 220 service terminal – IQ lock EL, EM, C, M – Slimdrive EMD, ECturn, Powerturn swing door drives – TE 220 control panel – Connection to BACnet IP via my GEZE Control 17 18 GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | Door control units O RDE R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. stainless steel TZ 320 BSN door control unit stainless steel, surface-mounted set, EN 13637 Consisting of: stainless steel front plate surface-mounted, standard, with recess for Euro profile cylinder, stainless steel housing surface-mounted, TZ 320 control unit flush-mounted with emergency, push button SCT 320 key switch, emergency exit sign pre-mounted, SCT design adhesive frame, 24 V DC power supply, output current max. 950 mA, 230 V AC power supply, operating voltage 24 V DC 193506 stainless steel TZ 320 BSN door control unit stainless steel, flush-mounted set, EN 13637 Consisting of: stainless steel front plate flush-mounted, standard, with recess for Euro profile cylinder, stainless steel housing flush-mounted, TZ 320 UP control unit with emergency, push button SCT 320 key switch, emergency exit sign pre-mounted, SCT design adhesive frame, 24 V DC power supply, output current max. 950 mA 230 V AC power supply, 24 V DC operating voltage 193507 TZ 320 BSN stainless steel door control unit, flush-mounted socket set, EN 13637 Consisting of: stainless steel front plate, flush-mounted standard with recess for Euro profile cylinder, white spacer frame, TZ 320 UP control unit with emergency push button, SCT 320 key switch, emergency exit sign pre-mounted, SCT design adhesive frame, 24 V DC power supply Not included: wall fixing screws Output current max. 950 mA, power supply 230 V AC Operating voltage 24 V DC stainless steel 193508 TZ 32x stainless steel housing surface-mounted flush-mounted 155016 155017 Stainless steel front plate, standard EN 13637 Incl. Makrolon panel with pre-mounted emergency exit sign surface-mounted flush-mounted 193550 193552 Stainless steel front plate RFID, EN 13637 With recess for RFID reader, incl. Makrolon panel with pre-mounted emergency exit sign surface-mounted flush-mounted 193551 193553 Door control unit configuration 199289 TZ 320 UP control unit Control unit with emergency push button impact cover made of transparent plastic 129586 ACCES SORIES Spacer frame for stainless steel housing surface-mounted For installation of the door control unit with surface-mounted stainless steel housing 158696 Spacer frame for stainless steel housing surface-mounted For installation of the door control unit with flush-mounted stainless steel front plate in standard flush-mounted sockets 155030 LED-Backlight, GN/RD For optical backlighting of the stainless steel front plate 155031 SCT design adhesive frame, rectangular/round For attachment around the Euro profile cylinder recess on the front plate. 155034 Accessories mains connection Strain relief of the cables, earthing of the V2A housing Connection of the power supply circuit through Wago connector 155035 Door control units | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS Products TZ 320 BSN door control unit stainless steel, surface-mounted set, EN 13637(193506) TZ 320 BSN door control unit stainless steel, flush-mounted set, EN 13637 (193507) TZ 320 BSN door control unit stainless steel, flush-mounted socket set, EN 13637 (ID 193508) TZ 32x stainless steel housing surface-mounted (155016) TZ 32x stainless steel housing flush-mounted (155017) Stainless steel front plate, standard, EN 13637 (193550) Stainless steel front plate RFID, surface-mounted EN 13637 (193551) TZ 320 UP control unit (129586) 19 20 GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | Terminal T 320 terminal Slave control unit for bi-directional escape routes with a TZ 320 or TZ 322 with integrated key switch ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Terminal functions as additional interface for a TZ 320 to trigger an indirect release of a bi-directional emergency exit Realisation of a bi-directional emergency exit Realisation of an escape balcony PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES Flat impact cover enables fast and safe activation of the illuminated emergency push button in panic situations Coloured connectors facilitate electrical connection Integrated key switch enables authorised passing through emergency exit Illuminated emergency exit sign improves visibility Terminal | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS TE R MIN AL FOR B I - D I R ECT I O N A L ESCA P E RO UTES - T 320 SER I ES Your escape route goes in both directions? No problem! Doors that are to secure the escape route in both directions are equipped with a TZ 320 on one side and a T 320 on the other. Thus, in case of danger, the door can be safely unlocked from both sides at any time via an emergency push button. The activation of the electric locking element can be controlled via the terminal as well as via the door control unit. This locking element keeps the doors locked and prevents unauthorised access. TEC HN ICAL DATA T 320 AP terminal T 320 UP control unit Acoustic signal 75 dB 75 dB Illuminated optional no Operating voltage 24 V DC 24 V DC Width 77 mm for installation in 55 mm grid Height 197 mm for installation in 55 mm grid Depth 88 mm in flush-mounted sockets 62 mm deep With ribbon cable yes yes Type of installation Surface-mounted Flush-mounted Emergency push button yes yes Visual display yes yes Sabotage contact yes yes IP rating IP30 IP30 Current consumption 100 mA 100 mA Temperature range -10 °C...+55 °C -10 °C...+55 °C Supply voltage 24 V DC 24 V DC Delayed emergency push button no no Supply voltage 230 V 230 V Delayed emergency push button no no Cylinder type Euro profile half cylinder - Conform to EN 13637 yes yes BI-D IR ECTION A L ESCA P E R O U T E – SYSTEM STRUCTURE GEZE BUS … 2 TS 5000 BMA … FTV 320 … ZuKo … TZ 320 SN T 320 … 230 V AC 50 HZ … = signal horn I … = alarm message I … = Toplock I … = key switch I … = panic lock I … = terminal / door control unit 21 22 GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | Terminal SYSTE M D ES C R IP T I O N Authorised passage in the 1st direction of escape Authorised passage through the secured door in the 1st direction of escape is by means of a key switch integrated in the door control unit. In addition, passage via external elements e.g. access control or a key switch is also possible. The door is released for authorised passage for a configurable amount of time (short-time release). Authorised passage in the 2nd direction of escape Authorised passage through the secured door in the 2nd direction of escape is by means of a key switch integrated in the terminal. In addition, passage via external elements e.g. access control or a key switch is also possible. The door is released for authorised passage for a configurable amount of time (short-time release). Time monitoring of the door If the door is not closed after the release time for authorised activation has expired, a pre-alarm is triggered to draw attention to the time limit being exceeded. If the pre-alarm time is also exceeded, a door alarm is triggered and has to be acknowledged by the key switch. The door is equipped with a door closer to ensure it closes automatically after passage. Passing the door in case of an emergency The door can be released at any time in case of an emergency via the emergency push button integrated on the door control unit and/or on the terminal. Visual and acoustic signal transmitters integrated in the door control unit and in the terminal signal unauthorised passing of the door. There is also the possibility of triggering external signal transmitters via an alarm contact or relaying a message to a building management system. O RDE R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. T 320 AP terminal, EN 13637 Consisting of: control unit with emergency push button, key switch with Euro profile half cylinder, non-illuminated emergency exit sign white aluminium green 193548 193547 T 320 UP control unit (No complete flush-mounted set available, assembled of individual components) 140999 Terminal | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS Products T 320 AP control unit (193547) T 320 AP control unit (193548) T 320 UP control unit (140999) 23 24 25 AC C ESS C O N T RO L A N D SA FE T Y Locking elements A hazardous situation can cause panic and represent a danger to life – which is why it’s even more important that electrically locked doors clear the escape route immediately. Locking elements such as the GEZE escape door locks, react immediately when they are released by authorised parties or someone presses the emergency push button. Other advantages: they save space, are easy to install and provide protection against manipulation and vandalism, due to clever devices. We are happy to help you choose the right locking elements for your emergency exit. 26 GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | Locking element FTV 320 Escape door lock for doors in rescue routes ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Single and double leaf doors Installation in the frame or the door leaf ensures a tidy appearance Can be used for numerous other safety solutions that require a fail-safe principle PR OD U CT FE AT U R ES Unique cross latch mechanism guarantees secure locking Integrated feedback contact ensures reliable monitoring of the door Integrated sabotage monitoring secures the locking mechanism against manipulation Variety of face plates and accessories offers a solution for almost every door situation Locking element | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS TEC HN ICAL DATA FTV 320 Height … mm Width 15 mm Depth 38 mm Operating voltage 24 V DC Current consumption in locked state 100 mA Service temperature -20 °C...+60 °C Latch preload 3,000 N Break-open resistance 5,000 N Clearance … +/- … mm DIN direction universal Feedback contact yes Fail-safe yes Conform to EN 13637 yes PR OD U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G S … 40 … 2 20 25 … 186 200 186 186 93 200 R1 … 200 … 24 2) .5(x n5 11 14 … = ID 158906 FTV 320 escape door lock face plate 20 x 200 x … mm, round for solid leaf doors (wood) I … = ID 158908 FTV 320 escape door lock Face plate 24 x 200 x … mm, rectangular, for tubular-framed door I … = ID 158913 FTV 320 escape door lock face plate 25 x 200 x … mm, rectangular, alternative version FTÖ 331 27 28 GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | Locking element PRO D U CT F E ATU R ES Planning reliability and simple consulting One escape door lock for many applications. The types of installation DIN right / DIN left, horizontal / vertical, in door leaf or door frame make the FTV 320 extremely versatile. Exchange with products from other manufacturers is no problem. The comprehensive range of accessories complies with the standard dimensions. Time-saving and failsafe Additional components such as relay boards are not necessary. The double assignment of terminals is not required, nor is the setting of cable bridges between two terminals. Space-saving The small dimensions and omission of the latch lock previously required, use of the FTV 320 avoids unnecessary recesses in the door or frame. Leaving more room for fireproof insulation on fire protection doors. Cables can be routed past the housing of the escape door lock. Simple to install Locking device and face plate are delivered pre-mounted. Two fixing screws are all that is required for safe attachment. The strike plate on the opposite side is also installed using only two screws. There is no need for a latch lock to be installed. Protection against vandalism and manipulation Unlike conventional latch locks, the cross latches of the FTV 320 are blocked in the locked state, which prevents them from being manipulated using a cheque card. The mechanism and integrated control circuit board are protected against manipulation attempts and report any attempts to a higher-order level. FT V 320 ES CA PE D O O R LO CK – O R D E R I N FO R M ATI O N Designation DIN door stop FTV 320 escape door lock Face plate 20 x 200 x … mm, round for solid leaf doors (wood) left/right Version 158906 ID no. FTV 320 escape door lock Face plate 24 x 200 x … mm, round for solid leaf doors (steel) left/right 158909 FTV 320 escape door lock Face plate 22 x 220 x … mm, rectangular for tubular-framed doors left/right 158907 FTV 320 escape door lock Face plate 24 x 200 x … mm, rectangular for tubular-framed doors left/right 158908 FTV 320 escape door lock Face plate 28 x 200 x … mm, rectangular for tubular-framed doors left/right 158910 FTV 320 escape door lock Face plate 30 x 200 x … mm, rectangular for tubular-framed doors left/right 158911 FTV 320 escape door lock Angled face plate 30 x 48 x 220 x … mm, rectangular Alternative version FTÖ 331 left/right 158912 FTV 320 escape door lock Face plate 25 x 200 x … mm, rectangular Alternative version FTÖ 331 left/right 158913 FTV 320 escape door lock Face plate with lock latch guide 35 x 200 x … mm, rectangular Alternative version FTÖ 331 left/right 158914 Locking element | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS FT V 320 ES CA P E D O O R LO C K – O R D E R I N FO RM ATI O N Designation DIN door stop Version ID no. Strike plate 20 x 110 x 3, round for solid leaf doors (wood) left/right stainless steel 159059 Strike plate 20 x 140 x 3, round for solid leaf doors (wood) left/right stainless steel 159050 Lipped strike plate, can be shortened 20 x 140 x … mm (core dimensions), round for solid leaf doors (wood) left/right stainless steel 159056 Adjustable lipped strike plate, can be shortened 20 x 140 x … mm (core dimensions), round for solid leaf doors left/right stainless steel 159063 Strike plate 24 x 110 x … mm, round for solid leaf doors left/right stainless steel 159061 Strike plate 24 x 140 x … mm, round for solid leaf doors (steel) left/right stainless steel 159053 Lipped strike plate, can be shortened 24 x 140 x … mm (core dimensions), round for solid leaf doors (steel) left/right stainless steel 159058 Adjustable lipped strike plate, can be shortened 24 x 140 x … mm (core dimensions), round for solid leaf doors left/right stainless steel 159064 Strike plate 20 x 110 x 3, rectangular for tubular-framed doors left/right stainless steel 163768 Strike plate 22 x 220 x … mm, rectangular for tubular-framed doors left/right stainless steel 159051 Strike plate 24 x 110 x 3, rectangular for tubular-framed doors left/right stainless steel 163769 Strike plate 24 x 130 x … mm, rectangular for tubular-framed doors left/right stainless steel 159060 Strike plate 24 x 140 x … mm (core dimensions), rectangular for tubular-framed doors left/right stainless steel 159052 Lipped strike plate, can be shortened 24 x 140 x … mm (core dimensions), rectangular for tubular-framed doors left/right stainless steel 159057 Adjustable lipped strike plate, can be shortened 24 x 140 x … mm (core dimensions), rectangular for tubular-framed doors left/right stainless steel 159065 Strike plate 28 x 130 x … mm, rectangular for tubular-framed doors left/right stainless steel 159062 Strike plate 28 x 140 x … mm, rectangular for tubular-framed doors left/right stainless steel 159054 Strike plate 30 x 140 x … mm, rectangular for tubular-framed doors left/right stainless steel 159055 Strike plate support 20 x 140 x … mm, rectangular left/right stainless steel 159066 Strike plate support 24 x 140 x … mm, rectangular left/right stainless steel 159067 Strike plate support 24 x 140 x … mm, rectangular left/right stainless steel 159068 Support FTV 320 24 x 200 x … mm, rectangular left/right stainless steel 159072 Support FTV 320 24 x 200 x … mm, rectangular left/right stainless steel 159071 Strike plate support 28 x 140 x … mm, rectangular left/right stainless steel 159069 Strike plate support 28 x 140 x … mm, rectangular left/right stainless steel 159070 29 30 GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | Locking element MA 500 holding magnet For magnetic locking of emergency exits in accordance with the fail-safe principle ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Doors along escape and rescue routes Emergency exits PR OD U CT FE AT U R ES Integrated monitoring controls the locking status Separate door contact enables door status message Different installation sets offer three different installation situations Locking element | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS TEC HN ICAL DATA MA 500 Width 265 mm Height 66 mm Depth 41 mm Type of installation with corresponding installation set (hinge side, opposite hinge side or reveal) Service temperature -10 – 50 °C IP rating IP30 Operating voltage 24 V DC Current consumption 250 mA Feedback contact yes Fail-safe yes Conform to EN 13637 yes PR OD U CT S CA LE D R AW I N G IN STA LLATION SE T M A … 0 0, H I N G E SI D E 75 75 95 … 115 … 6 24 115 95 M6x20 … 33 … 33 mm … 2 115 16 26 26 17 33 146 24 23 … 8 37 24 26 … RWS M6x20 … 9 10 115 270 330 … = drilling template hinge side I … = door edge lock side I … = door DIN right I … = door DIN left I … = magnet with counterplate I … = mounting plate I … = lock washer I … = adjusting path I … = installation bracket I 10 = mounting bracket 31 GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | Locking element INSTA LLATION S E T M A … 0 0, O P P O SI T E H I NG E SI DE 10 16 115 115 20 RWS 17 26 … 154 … 2 … 24 … 17 26 … M6x20 26 71 … 146 57 33 33 M6x20 … 26 … 33 mm 20 … 20 270 75 20 20 30 … 7 … = drilling template opposite hinge side I … = frame lock side I … = door DIN right I … = door DIN left I … = magnet with counterplate I … = retaining plate I … = lock washer I … = adjusting path I … = installation bracket I 10 = mounting bracket INSTA LLATION S E T M A … 0 0, M O U N T I N G W I THI N R EVEAL 270 … 33 … 3 … 6 72 … 7 155 … 20 20 … 4 … 26 … 30 29 20 20 … 10 26 … 3 26 M6x20 11 29 33 29 26 17 RWS M6x20 … 20 115 26 115 75 32 … 6 30 20 20 155 20 20 … = drilling template mounting within reveal I … = reveal lock side I … = door DIN right I … = door DIN left I … = magnet with counterplate I … = retaining plate on the door I … = retaining plate I … = lock washer I … = lintel I 10 = mounting bracket I 11 = mounting bracket on the reveal Locking element | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS O R D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. MA 500 holding magnet With counterplate silver-coloured 024740 Installation set MA 500, hinge side silver-coloured 024731 Installation set MA 500, opposite hinge side silver-coloured 024732 Installation set MA 500, mounting within reveal silver-coloured 025727 Surface-mounted magnetic contact Sensing distance 21 mm white 200386 Reed contact set white 106133 33 34 35 AC C ESS C O N T RO L A N D SA FE T Y System solutions We offer you complete solutions. From the initial consultation, the products and their installation through to the service following commissioning. Everything is tailored to your specific demands and needs. Our industry experts fully understand your concerns and will put together an individually tailored solution package. 36 GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | System solutions Emergency exit protection NURSE RY S C HOO L S O LU T I O N – F LE X I B LE AN D SAFE EN TRAN CE AN D EX I T CO N TR O L FO R N U R S E RY S CH O O LS With this emergency exit protection system for doors in nursery schools, the emergency exit is always locked and thus reliably protected against unauthorised passage. Unauthorised use of the emergency exit door by children can thus best be prevented by an approved system. The special feature of this system is the push button on the inside, which is positioned at a height of … m, inaccessible for children. In addition, the outside push button can be enabled or disabled via a switch for the parents during the arrival and pick-up periods. The activation of the emergency push-button – at a level children can reach – immediately releases the door and is signalled by both visual and acoustic alarms. This solution is also suitable for existing doors which are already fitted with an electric strike and a knob or pull handle on the outside. … 3 … 5 … 7 … 8 … 1 = panic lock with transmission function “E” on site I … = TS 4000/TS 5000 door closer I … = push button at … m height I … = switch to activate or deactivate the exterior push button I … = TZ 320 SN door control unit, surface-mounted/flush-mounted I … = FTV 320 escape door lock I … = A5000--B electric strike I … = key switch I … = push button outside System solutions | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS SYSTEM COMPONENTS TZ 320 SN door control unit, surface-mounted/flush-mounted ● FTV 320 escape door lock ● A5000--B electric strike ● RP 220 relay board ● Push button at … m height ● Push button outside ● Switch to enable or disable the outside push button ● TS 4000/TS 5000 door closer ● Panic lock with transmission function "E" on site ● OPTIONAL COMPONENTS Swing door drive as an alternative to the door closer for automatic door operation Holding magnet with installation set and door contact instead of escape door lock Flashlight Signal horn Uninterruptible power supply (UPS) Timer instead of the switch ● = yes SYSTE M D ES CR I P T I O N Passage by nursery school personnel Personnel triggers a short-time release on the door control unit by activating the outside key switch. The door can then be passed using the key on the panic lock. Pick up and drop off times The outside push button can be enabled or disabled via a switch in the office or on the door. This means that parents can trigger a short-time release when they are bringing or collecting their children, and open the door from the outside. Parents can leave the nursery school again by opening the door using the push button mounted at a height of … m. The installation height of … m means the push button is out of children's reach. Time monitoring of the door If the door is not closed after the release time has expired, a pre-alarm is triggered. This is to draw attention to the fact that the time has been exceeded. If the pre-alarm time is also exceeded, a door alarm is triggered and has to be acknowledged by the key switch. The door is equipped with a door closer to ensure it closes automatically after passage. Passing of the door in case of an emergency The door can be released at any time in an emergency by pressing the integrated emergency push button on the door control unit which is usually installed at a height of 850 mm and is thus also accessible for children. Visual and acoustic signal transmitters integrated in the door control unit signal passing of the door. There is also the possibility of triggering external signal transmitters via an alarm contact or relaying a message to a building management system. Burglary protection To lock the door in accordance with insurance requirements, nursery school staff must lock it manually using the panic lock. 37 38 GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | System solutions Emergency exit protection BI- D IR ECTION A L E M E R G E N CY E X I T P R OT ECTI O N FO R DO O R S W I TH EM ER G EN CY EX I T FUN CT ION IN BOTH D IR ECTIO N S. In the case of doors that serve as an escape route in both directions, a special system solution is necessary in order for them to make passage possible in both directions in emergency situations. With the GEZE system solution, doors along escape routes are generally held closed via an additional electrical locking element and thus reliably secured against unauthorised passage. Passage of the emergency exits is controlled by the TZ 320 door control unit. The T 320 terminal is fitted in the second direction of escape. In case of danger, the door can be safely unlocked from both sides at any time via an emergency push button. The door can be controlled and monitored via the T 320 terminal and via the TZ 320 door control unit. … 3 … 4 … = TS 4000/TS 5000 door closer I … = TZ 320 SN door control unit, surface-/flush-mounted I … = FTV 320 escape door lock I … = T 320 terminal surface- or flush-mounted System solutions | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS SYSTEM COMPONENTS TZ 320 SN door control unit, surface-mounted/flush-mounted ● T 320 terminal surface- or flush-mounted ● FTV 320 escape door lock ● TS 4000/TS 5000 door closer ● OPTIONAL COMPONENTS Holding magnet with installation set and door contact instead of escape door lock Flashlight Signal horn Uninterruptible power supply (UPS) Access control Connection to BACnet IP via myGEZE Control ● = yes SYSTE M D ES CR I P T I O N Authorised passage in the 1st direction of escape Authorised passage through the secured door in the 1st direction of escape is by means of a key switch integrated in the door control unit. In addition, passage via external elements e.g. access control or a key switch is also possible. The door is released for authorised passage for a configurable amount of time (short-time release). Authorised passage in the 2nd direction of escape Authorised passage through the secured door in the 2nd direction of escape is by means of a key switch integrated in the terminal. In addition, passage via external elements e.g. access control or a key switch is also possible. The door is released for authorised passage for a configurable amount of time (short-time release). Time monitoring of the door If the door is not closed after the release time has expired, a pre-alarm is triggered. This is to draw attention to the fact that the time has been exceeded. If the pre-alarm time is also exceeded, a door alarm is triggered and has to be acknowledged by the key switch. The door is equipped with a door closer to ensure it closes automatically after passage. Passing the door in case of an emergency The door can be released at any time in case of an emergency via the emergency push button integrated on the door control unit and/or on the terminal. Visual and acoustic signal transmitters integrated in the door control unit and in the terminal signal unauthorised passing of the door. There is also the possibility of triggering external signal transmitters via an alarm contact or relaying a message to a building management system. 39 40 GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | System solutions Central control FOR D OOR S IN IN T E R LO CK I N G D O O R SYSTEM S This system allows interlocking door systems (active or passive) in the course of escape routes, e.g. in operating wings, laboratory and quarantine wards, to be achieved. This is the case when several doors are released in succession and may only be passed once the respective previous door has been closed again. The doors in one group mutually lock each other. A door control unit can be assigned to several groups at the same time. The interlocking door system relations can be changed at any time through simple parameter setting. A maximum of 10 interlocking door groups with altogether up to 63 door control units each are possible per bus system. For both types of interlocking door system, immediate access can be gained by activating the emergency push button. The interlocking door system function can be switched on and off by means of key switches. … 3 … 2 … 2 … = TS 4000 / TS 5000 door closer I … = TZ 320 SN door control unit, surface-/flush-mounted, reader integrated I … = traffic light display red / green I … = FTV 320 escape door lock System solutions | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS SYSTEM COMPONENTS TZ 320 door control unit ● FTV 320 escape door lock ● Traffic light display red/green ● Push button ● Power supply ● TS 4000 / TS 5000 door closer ● OPTIONAL COMPONENTS Holding magnet with installation set and door contact instead of escape door lock Red indicator lamp instead of the traffic light display IQ lock EL motor lock IQ lock EM lever lock IQ lock C contact lock Slimdrive EMD / Powerturn swing door drive Timer (ZSU) Flashlight Signal horn Uninterruptible power supply (UPS) ● = yes SYSTE M D ES CR I P T I O N Active interlocking door system In the closed state, all the doors configured as part of an active interlocking door group are locked. If one of these doors is released short-term via respective activation devices, it transmits a signal to all the other doors in the group at the same time and prevents short-time unlocking. Passive interlocking door system In contrast to the active interlocking door system, all the doors configured as part of a passive interlocking door system are not generally locked when in a closed state. If one of these doors is opened, it transmits a signal to all other doors and locks these. Mixed interlocking door system (active and passive) Both interlocking door system types can be combined in one interlocking door group. Continued locking of interlocking door system doors for pressure compensation or air purification, e.g. in clean rooms A time can be set for the interlocking door system to remain locked after it has been passed through (locking all the doors of an interlocking door group). Different times can be set at all the door control units of an interlocking door system. It is possible, for example, to keep the door locked for … s following passage from a clean room to a grey room, and for 15 s following passage in the opposite direction (grey room > clean room), since more time is required to clean the air in this case. Authorised passage from the non-secured area into the interlocking door system Authorised passage from the non-secured area is by means of electric access control using a card reader or the integrated key switch of the door control unit. The door is released for authorised passage for a configurable amount of time (shorttime release). 41 42 GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | System solutions SYSTE M D ES C R IP T I O N – C O N T I N UAT I O N Authorised passage out of the interlocking door system In the interlocking door system, the doors are released via a push button without special authorisation. If a higher safety standard is required, an electric access control or mechanical key switch must be used here as well. Authorised passage out of the secured area into the interlocking door system In the secured area, the door is released via a push button without special authorisation. If a higher safety standard is required, an electric access control or mechanical key switch must be used here as well. Opening multiple doors in an interlocking door system for transportation purposes The "permanent unlocking" function on the door control units is used to disable the interlocking door system function. Several doors in one interlocking door group can then be opened at the same time. If deactivation of the interlocking door system is not possible for safety reasons, the "permanent unlocking" function can be suppressed on the door control units. Visual display of the interlocking door system status A locked interlocking door system is indicated by the integrated LEDs on the door control unit flashing red. In addition, the traffic light display is green when the interlocking door system can be entered and red when it is locked. As an option, the system can display only a red signal; this indicates that the interlocking door system is occupied. If no visual signal is displayed, the door can be passed. Time monitoring of the door If the door is not closed after the release time has expired, a pre-alarm is triggered. This is to draw attention to the fact that the time has been exceeded. If the pre-alarm time is also exceeded, a door alarm is triggered and has to be acknowledged by the key switch. The door is equipped with a door closer to ensure it closes automatically after passage. Automated interlocking door systems In the context of interlocking door system control it is also possible to activate swing door drives via the door control unit and thus to open and close doors in defined building sections. If a door is locked by the door control unit (basic state of active interlocking door system), the door drive is in the so-called night mode. If the short-time release is triggered, the drive is automatically activated and the door opens. After the hold-open time set on the drive has passed, the door closes and the door control unit locks the door. If a door is in an unlocked state (basic state of passive interlocking door system), the door drive is switched to automatic mode. The activation devices connected to the drive are active as long as the door is unlocked. If the door control unit locks, all the activation devices belonging to the automation are without function. Passing of the door in case of an emergency The door can be released in case of an emergency at any time via the integrated emergency push button. Visual and acoustic signal transmitters integrated in the door control unit signal unauthorised passing of the door. There is also the possibility of triggering external signal transmitters via an alarm contact or relaying a message to a building management system. Integrating doors without escape route function Other types of doors such as sliding doors, industrial doors etc. can be integrated in a simple interlocking door system relation by means of the door control units. In this case, the door control unit serves only as an interlocking door system control which interrupts or releases the activation devices of the other doors. Its standardisation means that this solution is more straightforward than an interlocking door system control via a programmable logic controller (PLC) which generally requires separate programming and a cable plan and wiring diagram. System solutions | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS 43 44 45 AC C ESS C ON T RO L A N D SA FE T Y Individual components and accessories 46 GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | Individual components Key switches SCT 320 U P K E Y SW I TC H Areas of application – Authorised control of operating statuses on various GEZE products – Approved for use with GEZE emergency exit system door control units – Designed for Euro profile half cylinder 30/10 – Dry internal applications – Flush-mounted installation makes almost flush integration possible with a low installation height Product features – Two-sided switching operation, with Euro profile half cylinder and three keys – With ribbon cable for convenient connection to the emergency exit system flush-mounted door control unit – With integrated sabotage contact – Designed for installation in 55-type flush-mounted ranges TECHN ICAL DATA SCT 320 UP IP rating IP20 Type of installation Flush-mounted Material Plastic Switching voltage 24 V DC Switching current 1A SCT … 20 U P K E Y SW I TC H Areas of application – Authorised control of operating statuses on various GEZE products – Approved for use with GEZE emergency exit system door control units – Designed for Euro profile half cylinder 30/10 – Dry internal applications – Flush-mounted installation makes almost flush integration possible with a low installation height Product features – With single frame – Two-sided switching operation, with Euro profile half cylinder and three keys TECHN ICAL DATA SCT 220 UP IP rating IP20 Type of installation Flush-mounted Material Stainless steel or plastic Switching current 10 A Switching voltage 250 V AC Individual components | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS SCT … 2 … K E Y S W I TCH W I T H LE D Areas of application – Authorised control of operating statuses on various GEZE products – Approved for use with GEZE emergency exit system door control units – Designed for Euro profile half cylinder 30/10 – Outer areas due to high IP rating Product features – With integrated LED display for status feedback – Right LED red/green and left LED yellow – High-quality aluminium front plate – Two-sided switching operation, with Euro profile half cylinder and three keys – Sabotage-proof design, can only be opened with key TEC HN ICAL DATA SCT 222 with LED IP rating IP54 Type of installation Surface or flush-mounted Material Aluminium Switching current 5A Switching voltage 230 V AC KE Y S WITC H STAY- P U T W I T H O U T E U R O PR O FI LE HALF CYLI N DER Areas of application – For authorised activation of automatic doors – For authorised changing of the mode of operation on automatic doors – Internal application, some outer areas Product features – IP rating IP54 – Stay-put on both sides – Cover can only be removed with the key – Light alloy housing TEC HN ICAL DATA SCT stainless steel IP rating IP54 Type of installation Flush-mounted installation Material Light alloy housing Switching current 5A Switching voltage 230 V AC 47 48 GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | Individual components EURO -P R OF ILE H A LF CY L I N D E R … 0 M M … 0 /1 … Areas of application – Lock cylinder for activation of one or both sides of the door – For key switches, manual locking devices, hook bolt locks Product features – Euro profile half cylinder 30/10 ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Type of installation Version ID no. Flush-mounted SCT 320 key switch Two-sided switching operation, with Euro profile half cylinder and three keys Flush-mounted Flush-mounted Frame available separately. alpine white pure white matt anthracite 131984 130370 132278 SCT 221 key switch Single-sided switching operation, without Euro profile half cylinder silver-coloured silver-coloured 054240 054532 SCT 220 key switch, Jung LS 990 Flush-mounted Two-sided switching operation, with Euro profile half cylinder and three keys stainless steel 094170 SCT 220 key switch, GIRA E2 Flush-mounted Two-sided switching operation, with Euro profile half cylinder and three keys pure white matt 094012 SCT 222 key switch with LEDs Surface-mounted Two-sided switching operation, with Euro profile half cylinder and three keys Flush-mounted silver-coloured silver-coloured 100065 100064 Key switch stay-put without Euro profile half cylinder silver-coloured 111357 Euro-profile half cylinder 40 mm 30/10 Flush-mounted Surface-mounted Flush-mounted 090176 Individual components | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS Emergency push buttons NOT 320 E ME R G E N CY P U S H B U T TO N Areas of application – Mains voltage can be switched off in the case of an emergency and during maintenance work – Indirect activation of GEZE emergency exit system door control units – Opening of automatic doors in case of an emergency Product features – LED lighting for better visibility, even in the dark – Re-usable cover that protects against dust and dirt – Contact system consists of one normally closed contact and one normally opened contact – Flat impact cover enables fast and safe activation of the illuminated emergency push button in panic situations TEC HN ICAL DATA NOT 320 emergency push button IP rating IP20 Type of installation Surface or flush-mounted Material of impact cover Transparent plastic Operating voltage 24 V DC Current consumption 30 mA Number of cores … Number of relays … Visual operating state display yes Sabotage contact yes Contact rating 30 V / … A Temperature range -10 °C ... +50 °C 49 50 GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | Individual components NOT … 20 A P E ME R G E N CY P U S H B U T TO N Areas of application – Mains voltage can be switched off in the case of an emergency and during maintenance work – Indirect activation of GEZE emergency exit system door control units – Opening of automatic doors in case of an emergency – Surface-mounted installation for simple installation without a lot of installation effort – Outer areas due to high IP rating Product features – LED lighting for better visibility, even in the dark – Contact system consists of one normally closed contact and one normally opened contact – A second normally closed contact is available as an accessory – Robust plastic housing protects the emergency push button reliably from mechanical effects TECHN ICAL DATA NOT 220 AP emergency push button Dimensions 94 x 94 x 122 mm IP rating IP65 Type of installation surface-mounted Operating voltage 24 V DC Current consumption 15 mA Number of outputs … Temperature range -25 °C ... +70 °C NOT … 20 U P E ME RG E N CY P U S H B U T TO N Areas of application – Mains voltage can be switched off in case of an emergency – Mains voltage can be switched off in case of maintenance work – Indirect activation of GEZE emergency exit system door control units – Opening of automatic doors in case of an emergency – Flush-mounted installation makes almost flush integration possible with a low installation height Product features – LED lighting for better visibility – Contact system consists of one normally closed contact and one normally opened contact – A second normally closed contact is available as an accessory TECHN ICAL DATA NOT 220 UP emergency push button IP rating … x … x 98 mm Type of installation IP20 Type of installation flush-mounted Operating voltage 24 V DC Current consumption 15 mA Number of outputs … Temperature range -25 °C ... +70 °C Individual components | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version ID no. NOT 320 UP emergency push button without frame surface-mounted 136571 NOT 320 AP emergency push button with surface mounted cap Jung AS 500 and … x frame flush-mounted 137967 NOT 220 AP emergency push button surface-mounted 210203 NOT 220 UP emergency push button flush-mounted 210204 51 52 GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | Individual components Emergency exit signs FWS 320 B E ME R G E N CY E X I T SI G N E N … 3 637 Areas of application – Doors along escape and rescue routes – Illumination of the emergency exit sign in an emergency exit system door control unit for better visibility Product features – Flat design for flush-mounted and surface-mounted installation – Energy-efficient LED technology – With ribbon cable for convenient connection to the emergency exit system door control unit – Designed for installation in 55-type flush-mounted ranges TECHN ICA L DATA FWS 320 B emergency exit sign EN 13637 Dimensions 55 x 10 x 55 mm Type of installation Flush-mounted installation Material Plastic Operating voltage 24 V DC Current consumption 10 mA EMER GE N CY P U S H B U T TO N N OT I C E SI G N EN … 3 637 Areas of application – Doors along escape and rescue routes Product features – Self-adhesive TECHN ICAL DATA Emergency push button notice sign EN 13637 Dimensions 94 x 94 mm Colour green (RAL 6032) ORD E R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. FWS 320 B emergency exit sign EN 13637 illuminated with ribbon cable for installation on TZ 320 / SCT 320 green 193554 Emergency push button notice sign EN 13637 self-adhesive, dimensions: 94 x 94 mm green 193993 Individual components | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS Power supply NT … A-2 … V U P P OW E R SU P P LY Areas of application – Flush-mounted installation of the power supply – For the supply of 24 V drives and control units Product features – Compact power supply TEC HN ICAL DATA NT … A-24 V UP power supply (151426) Dimensions (W x H x D) 54 x 54 x 32 mm Output voltage 24 V DC Output current (max.) … A POW E R S U P PLY … 4 V D C ( N T 1. … A-2 … V HS) Areas of application – For installation on top hat rails – For the supply of 24 V drives and control units Product features – Quick and easy installation – Powerful power supply with small dimensions TEC HN ICAL DATA NT … A-24 V HS (151425) Dimensions (W x H x D) 35 x 90 x 58 mm Output voltage 24 V DC Output current (max.) … A Division units … division units 53 54 GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | Individual components POW E R S U P PLY … 4 V D C ( N T … . … A-2 … V H S) Areas of application – For installation on top hat rails – For the supply of 24 V drives and control units Product features – Quick and easy installation – Powerful power supply with small dimensions T ECH N ICAL DATA NT … A-24 V HS (151424) Dimensions (W x H x D) 52 x 90 x 58 mm Output voltage 24 V DC Output current (max.) … A Division units … division units POWE R S U P PLY … 4 V D C ( N T 6. 25 A-2 … V HS) Areas of application – For installation on top hat rails – For the supply of 24 V drives and control units Product features – Quick and easy installation – Powerful power supply with small dimensions TECHN ICAL DATA NT … A-24 V HS (192113) Dimensions (W x H x D) 72 x 95 x … mm Output voltage 24 V DC Output current (max.) … A Division units … division units Individual components | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS ST E P-U PS U N I N T E R R U P T I B LE P OW E R SUPPLY Areas of application – For installation on top hat rails – Approved for use with GEZE emergency exit system door control units Product features – Lithium-ion technology ensures low battery maintenance and a long service life – Integrated battery module enables compact design and space-saving top hat rail – Battery module installed without tools for easy replacement – Automatic, cyclical battery quality testing guarantees reliable operation and promptly signals when a battery needs to be replaced – Deep discharge protection protects the battery against damage, even under high loads – Alarm status is displayed visually on the device and can be transmitted via contact – Charge status is displayed visually on the device and can be transmitted via contact – Battery status is displayed visually on the device and can be transmitted via contact – Adjustable buffer time allows for individual adjustment to fit any application TEC HN ICAL DATA Phoenix Contact UPS 24 V DC, 46 WH (193212) Dimensions (W x H x D) 108 x 90 x 71 mm Output voltage 24 V DC Output current (max.) 3A Division units … division units OR D E R IN FOR M AT I O N Designation Version ID no. NT … A-24 V UP power supply black 151426 NT 24- … A - 24 V DC power supply grey 078401 NT … A-24 V HS power supply black 151425 NT … A-24 V HS power supply black 151424 NT … A-24 V HS power supply grey 192113 STEP-UPS uninterruptible power supply grey 193212 55 56 GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | Individual components Indicator lamps and signal horns SLE … 20 U P IN D ICATO R L A M P, G R E E N Areas of application – Increases safety even in large rooms – Approved for use with GEZE emergency exit system door control units – Designed for installation in 55-type flush-mounted ranges Product features – Warning light for reinforcing an optical alarm signal TECHN ICAL DATA SLE 220 UP indicator lamp, green Reflector colour green Operating voltage 24 V DC Current consumption 18 mA Switch programme Jung AS 500, alpine white SLE … 20 U P IN D ICATO R L A M P, R E D Areas of application – Increases safety even in large rooms – Approved for use with GEZE emergency exit system door control units – Designed for installation in 55-type flush-mounted ranges Product features – Warning light for reinforcing an optical alarm signal TECHN ICAL DATA SLE 220 UP indicator lamp, red Reflector colour red Operating voltage 24 V DC Current consumption 18 mA Switch programme Jung AS 500, alpine white Individual components | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS SLE 220 IN D ICATO R L A M P SU R FACE- M O UN TED Areas of application – Increases safety even in large rooms – Approved for use with GEZE emergency exit system door control units Product features – Warning light for reinforcing an optical alarm signal – Surface-mounted installation for simple installation without a lot of installation effort TEC HN ICA L DATA SLE 220 indicator lamp surface-mounted Dimensions (W x H x D) 61 x 61 x 74 mm Reflector colour red Operating voltage 24 V DC Current consumption 85 mA / 24 V Switch programme Jung AS 500, alpine white IP rating IP20 FLAS HLIGHT Areas of application – Increases safety even in door situations that are poorly visible – Approved for use with GEZE emergency exit system door control units – In humid environments due to high IP rating Product features – Surface-mounted installation for simple installation without a lot of installation effort – Sturdy, maintenance-free and fail-safe design due to the reflector’s polycarbonate housing – Xenon tubes for high visibility performance TEC HN ICA L DATA Flashlight Dimensions (Ø x H) 93 x 72 mm Reflector colour red Flashing frequency … Hz, ± 20 % Operating voltage 20-30 VDC Current consumption 90 mA IP rating IP54 57 58 GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | Individual components SIGN AL HOR N Areas of application – Increases safety even in door situations that are poorly visible – Approved for use with GEZE emergency exit system door control units – In humid environments due to high IP rating – Surface-mounted installation for simple installation without a lot of installation effort Product features – Controllable volume to make every application situation possible – 26 settings for signal tone TECHN ICAL DATA Signal horn Dimensions (Ø x H) 111 x … mm Reflector colour red Signal sound 26 settings Volume adjustable between 74 and 94 dB Operating voltage 10-28 VDC Current consumption 16 mA IP rating IP54 MU LTIFU N CTION A L SI R E N Areas of application – Increases safety even in large rooms – Approved for use with GEZE emergency exit system door control units – In humid environments due to high IP rating – Designed for installation in 55-type flush-mounted ranges – Can be mounted in flush-mounted sockets … mm deep Product features – Controllable volume to make every application situation possible – 28 settings for signal tone TECHN ICAL DATA Multifunctional siren Volume 20 - 107 dB/A (in … m) Signal sound Choice of 28 tones Operating voltage 10 - 28 V DC Current consumption 10 mA IP rating IP54 Installation flush-mounted sockets … mm deep Switch programme Jung AS 500, alpine white O RDE R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation Version ID no. SLE 220 indicator lamp flush-mounted green red 115936 115934 SLE 220 indicator lamp surface-mounted red 020866 Flashlight red 199465 Signal horn white 199469 Multifunctional siren alpine white 199471 Individual components | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS Synchronising unit ST … 20 S E RV IC E T E R M I N A L Areas of application – Emergency exit system door control units – Motor locks – Building automation components – Automatic door drives – Automatic window drives Product features – IR interface for the wireless parameter setting of emergency exit system door control units – … AAA batteries for wireless operation – Wired parameter setting via RS 485 bus – Voltage supply via cable in the case of wired operation – Four-line display and slim user interface for simple operation TEC HN ICAL DATA ST 220 service terminal Dimensions 80 x 125 x 37 mm IP rating IP40 O R D E R IN FOR M AT I O N Designation ID no. 087261 ST 220 service terminal Parameter setting and diagnosis for TZ 320, automatic sliding and swing door systems from DCU software … and IQ windowdrive, battery operation with … x AA cells (not supplied by GEZE), plain text display on illuminated display, membrane keyboard for operation 59 60 61 AC C ESS C O N T RO L A N D SA FE T Y Operating elements Locked safely – and yet open in emergencies. Finally, emergency exit electric strikes must also be operated reliably, which is the purpose of the range of operating elements. If your building possesses several emergency exits, you can control and manage them. Another intelligent product is the GEZE Cockpit, our building automation system, which networks door and window technology – and increases safety even more. 62 GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | Operating elements myGEZE Control connectivity platform Controller system as maximum system expansion with GEZE CAN bus, I/O technology and KNX to connect all GEZE products and third-party products. SYSTE M C O N S I ST I N G O F Basic device 10x 8-channel digital input terminal Potential distribution terminals 24 V DC Power supply terminal 10x output terminals 2-channel-relay 10x output terminals 4-channel-relay 5x CAN-master terminal + CAN-connector E-bus coupler 2x terminal KNX/EIB Bus end terminal AR E AS OF A P P L I CAT I O N BACnet IP integration in building management systems Networking of GEZE products that can be connected with CAN bus technology Networking of non BUS capable components via digital input and output terminals Networking of KNX capable GEZE window drives in the building management system Products suitable for emergency exit systems: TZ 320, TZ 321 and TZ 322 Products suitable for automatic door drives: Slimdrive, Powerturn, TSA 325 NT and Revo.PRIME Products suitable for smoke and heat extraction systems: MBZ 300 in different versions Products suitable for window systems: Slimchain, Powerchain, F 1200+ and locking systems For products with I/O technology like GEZE hold-open systems and third-party products Operating elements | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS P R OD U CT F E AT U R ES System is also available without CAN master terminals and digital input and output terminals Maximum system expansion for one control unit, which allows for the connection of up to 200 product systems from the entire product portfolio Comprehensive, project-specific configuration according to user specifications possible (system designation, comment texts, status texts) Time function and grouped switching commands configurable via scene applications BACnet alarm concept integrated, can be adjusted to customer-specific requirements PRODUCT FEATURES myGEZE Control with GEZE CAN bus, I/O technology and KNX Controller system to connect GEZE CAN products and non bus-capable components as well as KNX/EIB components myGEZE Control with GEZE CAN bus and I/O technology k Controller system to connect GEZE CAN products and non bus-capable components to the GEZE building system myGEZE Control with GEZE CAN bus, Control unit system for smaller applications to connect the GEZE CAN products over multiple bus lines BASIC DEVICE myGEZE Control basic device Powerful embedded PC for top hat rail mounting with integrated BACnet communication TERMINALS myGEZE Control CAN master terminal Master in terminal system for integration of the GEZE CAN devices over multiple bus lines myGEZE Control 8-channel digital input terminal Digital input terminal with eight inputs to detect binary control signals from the process level myGEZE Control output terminal 2-channel relay Digital output terminal with two potential-free relay outputs and one change-over contact for each myGEZE Control output terminal 4-channel relay Digital output terminal with four potential-free relay outputs and one single contact for each myGEZE Control potential distribution terminal 24 V DC Potential distribution provides 16 terminal points with a 24 V DC potential myGEZE Control potential distribution terminal … V DC Potential distribution provides 16 terminal points with a … V DC potential myGEZE Control power supply terminal To refresh the E-bus via data exchange between the basic controller and terminals myGEZE Control terminal KNX/EIB EIB/KNX bus terminal for connection to the KNX/EIB network myGEZE Control bus end terminal For data exchange between the bus coupler and bus terminal COUPLERS myGEZE Control E-bus coupler Connects terminal system and serves to install detached coupling stations (distribution box) CONNECTORS myGEZE Control CAN connector Connector in the housing for use with the myGEZE Control CAN master terminal COVERS myGEZE Control bus end cover To cover the E-bus contacts 63 64 GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | Operating elements myGEZE Visu Building management software for visualisation, operation, control and monitoring of connected GEZE product systems AR E AS OF A P P L I CAT I O N Operation of a building management system for door, window and safety technology of GEZE product systems and competitors Visualisation, operation and monitoring of connected GEZE products Use of standardised workflows to release incidents Alarm concepts for forwarding incidents in modern facility management systems PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES Visualisation system with modular and flexible authorisation concept Visualisation, operation, and monitoring of connected GEZE product systems Location option for devices on a customer-specific building plan Pre-defined, adaptable alarm concept for multi-stage processing of alarms, faults and messages Application for using e-mail notification service Multi-station capable operating system Activation of further functions via license model Simple and intuitive interface set-up and configuration Optimised for connection to myGEZE Control systems Parallel operation with any building management system possible Operating elements | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS Accessories IO 420 E X TE N S I O N M O D U LE Area of application – Module to expand the digital inputs and outputs on the TZ 320 Product features – Plastic top-hat rail housing for installation in the control cabinet or suspended ceiling – Four integrated relays, each with a potential-free changeover contact for carrying out switching functions – Four integrated inputs for the release of switching functions and/or the placement of messages – Connection between the interface modules via RS 485 interface in line topology TEC HN ICA L DATA IO 420 extension module Dimensions 107 x 111 x 59 mm Service temperature -20 °C...+80 °C Operating voltage 24 V DC LEDs … (red), … (yellow), … (red), … (green), … (green), … (yellow), in (green), out (red) Interfaces GEZE bus … inputs … outputs DIP switch GEZE bus terminating resistor 120 Ohm Micro SD card FAT16/32 file format for setting parameters and changing settings via PC Reset button to reset factory settings 65 66 GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS | Operating elements BUS R E P E ATE R Areas of application – Networked GEZE emergency exit systems Product features – For extending the bus length by a further 900 m – For installation on standard carrier rails – Several repeaters and carrier rail connectors are needed for implementing star and tree structures TECHN ICA L DATA BUS repeater Dimensions … x 66 x … mm IP rating IP20 Type of installation Top hat rail mounting Supply voltage 10 - 32 V DC Current consumption 80 mA (at 24 V DC) O RDE R IN FOR MAT I O N Designation ID no. CAN interface galvanically isolated CAN extension module for automatic sliding door, revolving door and swing door drives 119952 BUS repeater 142499 Contents | GEZE EMERGENCY EXIT SYSTEMS 67 We are GEZE. For liveable buildings GEZE stands for innovation, high quality and comprehensive support of building technologies. From the initial idea, planning and operational implementation with standard products to customised system solutions and individual service and maintenance plans. We offer an extensive product range of door, window and safety technology products and are a major driving force behind the digital networking of building automation. GEZE GmbH Reinhold-Vöster-Strasse 21 – 29 71229 Leonberg Germany Phone: +49 7152 203 … Fax: +49 7152 203 310 E-Mail: info.de@geze.com www.geze.com 2024_09 ID no. 132408 EN Subject to change without notice

Download (.PDF | 2 MB)

Product brochure

SAFETY TECHNOLOGY Access control … GEZE ACCESS CONTROL GEZE ACCESS CONTROL … Contents Overview … AC C ES S C ON T R O L GCER 300 X8 Number code locks 14 … GEZE ACCESS CONTROL Installation situation, GCVR 800 Touch T, Germany (photo: GEZE GmbH) GEZE ACCESS CONTROL OV E RV IE W ACCESS CONTROL GCER 300 GCER 300 LIGHT Toplocks – – – AREAS OF APPLICATION Networked access control system Stand-alone operation ● ● ● Inside ● ● ● Outside ● – ● M ANAGEMENT POSSIBILITIES Online access points (readers) – – – Max. number of personal master records 200 200 … Max. doors for door control/monitoring … 1 … RFID ID card or personal PIN RFID ID card or personal PIN Personal PIN ACCESS AUTHORISATION PRODUCT FEATURES Online networking – – – No external control unit needed ● ● ● Easy authorisation release and management via master cards or PIN keypad on reader ● ● ● Temporary or permanent release function ● – – Authorisation and deletion of individual RFID ID cards or PINs via master cards ● ● – RFID entry level variants at attractive prices ● ● – Browser-based application with intuitive interface Easy and time-saving parameter setting Client management for buildings with several tenants Personal and ID card management ● = YES … 6 … SA F E T Y T EC HN O LO GY Access control Access control systems will enable you to ensure that only authorised people are allowed to enter your building. Only you get to determine who can enter your building – or certain areas within – how and when. Use our extensive and intelligent solutions to protect your building from unauthorised access. We offer you state-of-the-art, reliable identification methods and efficient control units – because it concerns the safety of people, valuables and data. … GEZE ACCESS CONTROL | GCER 300 GCER 300 Access control system as stand-alone solution for up to two doors Timer Reader GCVR 300 T Reader GCVR Touch 300 T ARE AS OF APP L I CAT I O N Door control and monitoring of up to two doors Interior and exterior areas (GCER 300 Light for interior areas only) PR OD U CT F E AT U R ES Up to 200 access authorisations via contactless readable transponder or personal PIN User-defined functions such as short-term release or permanent release (only for GCER 300 I/O box) Authorisation and deletion of individual transponders or PINs via master cards GCER 300 | GEZE ACCESS CONTROL … SYSTE M D ES CR I P T I O N The GCER 300 access control system offers simpleauthorisation assignment and management via the corresponding master cards and the PIN keyboard on the reader. Up to 200 users can be managed and in case of loss or defect of ID cards, they can be deleted individually from the system. Access authorisation is granted either via an ID card or alternatively via a … to 6-digit personal PIN. In addition to the short-term release, the toggle function is also possible. GCER 300 2-door access control system consists of the GCER 300 I/O box and a GCER 300 RFID reader, which can optionally be supplemented by an additional reader. The connected readers are provided with two inputs and two outputs each for door control and door monitoring, so that an additional release button can be connected for each door. Blocking inputs can be defined by means of DIPswitches. This makes it possible to implement the interlocking door system and dementia function (protection of persons with a tendency to run away). GCER 300 Light is ideal for controlling an interior door. The door can be activated directly from the reader via a relay on the reader, eliminating the need for an external control unit and making connection considerably easier. Hardware GC E R 30 … LIGH T Access control solution for monitoring and controlling one door Suitable for interior areas RFID reader with PIN keypad and integrated relay TEC HN ICAL DATA GCER 300 Light (ID 185710) Dimensions Flush-mounted 80 x 80 x 11 mm / surface-mounted 80 x 80 x 40 mm Type of installation flush-mounted (surface-mounted: frame no. 130024 necessary) Frequency … MHz, ISO 14443 A Operating voltage … to 30 V DC Connection type Clip connectors pluggable 1x relay output max. 30 V DC / … A 10 GEZE ACCESS CONTROL | GCER 300 GCER 30 … I/O B OX Access control solution for monitoring and controlling one or two door(s) Creation and management of up to 200 persons Access authorisations through ID card or 4-6 digit PIN code The system supports RFID identification media in the … MHz range (ISO14443A) Access authorisations can be created quickly and easily, and deleted as well TECHN ICAL DATA GCER 300 I/O Box (ID 185707) Function Door control and monitoring Installation Simple surface-mounted installation Connection type Screw/plug-in terminals Dimensions (W x H x D) 150 x 100 x 36 mm Operating voltage … to 30 V DC Maximum power consumption … VA Interfaces … x RS485 host not galvanically isolated … x RS485 slave (reader) not galvanically isolated Outputs … outputs (relay contact) Switching voltage: 30V/DC | Switching current: … A/DC Inputs … x inputs (only connect potential-free contacts) Sabotage contact Detects housing cover removal Tamper-proof contact Detects removal of entire device if housing cover is closed Service temperature -20 °C to +60 °C IP rating IP30 in housing (acc. to EN 60529) GCER 300 | GEZE ACCESS CONTROL GCV R … 0 … T R E A D E R RFID reader for GCER 300 access control Interior and exterior area (IP54) Non-secured exterior area Secured interior area Surface- or flush-mounted installation Read-out of access authorisations Encrypted data communication with the door control unit Optical and acoustic signalling TEC HN ICAL DATA GCVR 300 T reader flush mounting (ID 185708) RFID technologies MIFARE DESFire EV1 / MIFARE Classic Keypad Yes Signal elements … LEDs, green, yellow, red … Piezo buzzer Installation Simple flush/surface-mounted installation Connection type Pluggable … pole WAGO picoMAX eCOM clip connector Main dimensions (W x H x D) Flush-mounted 81 x 81 x 21 (11) mm Surface-mounted 81 x 81 x 40 mm Operating voltage … to 30 V DC (internal reverse polarity protection) Max. power consumption … VA Interfaces … x RS485 (2-wire), not galvanically isolated Set address via DIP switch (connectible terminating resistor) Outputs none Service temperature -20 °C to +60 °C IP rating At the front (in mounted state) IP54 The seal against the installation wall determines the maximum achievable IP rating IP54. GC E R A P S U R FACE- M O U N T E D F R A M E Surface-mounted frame for the optional surface-mounted installation of GCVR 800/800T and GCER 300 RFID reader For wall, façade and metal construction Straightforward installation of RFID readers Alternative to flush-mounted installation TEC HN ICAL DATA GCER AP surface-mounted frame (ID 130024) Housing dimensions (W x H x D) 80 x 80 x 30 mm Total depth with reader 40 mm 11 12 GEZE ACCESS CONTROL | GCER 300 WEATHE R PR OTECT I O N R O O F G CV R … 0 0, 800 (I D … 63 … 21 ) Weather protection for RFID readers Surface-mounted installation of RFID readers on wall, façade and metal structures Stainless steel material With protective flap GCV R 30 … TOU C H T FO R F LU S H - M O U N T E D I /O BOX AN D G CVR … 00 TO UCH T SU RFAC E MOU N TE D R E A D E R RFID reader for GCER 300 access control Interior and exterior area (IP54) Non-secured exterior area Secured interior area Surface- or flush-mounted installation Read-out of access authorisations Encrypted data communication with the door control unit Optical and acoustic signalling TECHN ICAL DATA GCVR 300 Touch T for flush-mounted I/O box UP GCVR 300 Touch T surface-mounted reader (ID 187108) (ID 187122) Dimensions Flush-mounted 101 x 88 x 35 (21) mm Surface mounted 101 x 88 x 41 mm Type of installation FM Flush mounting SM Surface mounting Frequency … MHz, ISO 14443 A+B Operating voltage … to 30 V DC Connection type … pole screw/plug-in terminal IP rating IP54 at the front (when mounted) Accessories RFID ID CAR D MIFA R E D ESF I R E E V … Authentication at access points RFID frequency … MHz Encrypted data communication TECHN ICAL DATA RFID ID card MIFARE DESFire EV2 (ID 185711) Chip card technology MIFARE DESFire EV2 Frequency … MHz GCER 300 | GEZE ACCESS CONTROL GC E R 30 … MAST E R SYST E M DATA RFID ID card for administration of access authorisations RFID frequency … MHz Encrypted data communication TEC HN ICAL DATA GCER 300 master system card (ID 185713) Chip card technology MIFARE Frequency … MHz RF ID K E Y FOB Authentication at access points RFID frequency … MHz Encrypted data communication TEC HN ICAL DATA RFID key fob (ID 185712) Chip card technology MIFARE DESFire EV2 Frequency … MHz OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation Version GCER 300 access control for … or … doors ID no. 185714 GCER 300 Light - … door access control grau 185710 GCER 300 I/O Box grau 185707 GCVR 300 T reader flush mounting grau 185708 GCER AP surface-mounted frame grau 130024 Weather protection roof GCVR 300, 800 163521 GCVR Touch 300 T for flush-mounted I/O Box 187108 GCVR 300 Touch T surface-mounted reader 187122 ACCESSORIES RFID ID card MIFARE DESFire EV2 185711 GCER 300 master system card 185713 RFID key fob 185712 13 14 GEZE ACCESS CONTROL | Number code locks Number code locks NU MB E R C OD E LO C K S W I T H CAST H O U S I NG AN D M ETAL KEYPADS AS VAN DALI SM PR OTECT ION The TOPLOCK number code locks are a simple access control option which needs neither keys nor passes. Doors can only be opened when the correct number code has been entered, making ‘lockout’ practically impossible. The CTI variants are particularly suitable for internal applications, since the activating relay is fitted directly to the reader. Installation and connection are made much easier since no control unit is needed. The CTS variants are ideal for external applications, since the external control unit makes them manipulation-proof and they also have a sturdy metal keypad. A master code is used to enter up to … code numbers, each a maximum of … digits, via the keypad. Once the data has been entered, it will remain stored even in the case of a power failure. Toplock CTI Toplock CTI B with lighting Toplock CTS V with metal keypad Toplock CTS BV with lighting Number code locks | GEZE ACCESS CONTROL 15 OV E RV IE W Operating voltage Output IP rating Dimensions Toplock CTI Toplock CTI B with lighting Toplock CTS V with metal keypad Toplock CTS BV with lighting 12/24 V DC / 12 V AC 12/24 V DC / 12 V AC 230 V AC 230 V AC potential-free relay output 250 V 5A potential-free relay output 250 V 5A potential-free potential-free normally opened contact normally opened contact 24 V DC 24 V DC 1A 1A IP65 IP65 IP65 (keypad), IP43 (evaluating unit) IP65 (keypad), IP43 (evaluating unit) 80 x 80 x 15 mm 60 x 126 x 22,5 mm 80 x 80 x 15 mm bzw. 110 x 188 x 40 mm 60 x 126 x 22,5 mm or 110 x 188 x 40 mm OR D E R IN FORM AT I O N Designation ID no. Toplock CTI, number code lock with integrated evaluating unit 090061 Toplock CTI B, illuminated number code lock with integrated evaluating unit 090063 Toplock CTS V, number code lock with external evaluating unit, metal keypad for increased protection against vandalism 090077 Toplock CTS V, illuminated number code lock with external evaluating unit, metal keypad for increased protection against vandalism 090079 We are GEZE. For liveable buildings GEZE stands for innovation, high quality and comprehensive support of building technologies. From the initial idea, planning and operational implementation with standard products to customised system solutions and individual service and maintenance plans. We offer an extensive product range of door, window and safety technology products and are a major driving force behind the digital networking of building automation. GEZE GmbH Reinhold-Vöster-Straße 21 – 29 71229 Leonberg Germany Telephone: +49 7152 203 … Fax: +49 7152 203 310 Email: info.de@geze.com www.geze.com 2022_06 ID no. 132158 EN Subject to change without notice

Download (.PDF | 458 KB)

Flyer/folder

P r o d u c t a d va n ta g e s Advantages for architects, planners and builders A u t o m at i c d o o r s y s t e m s GEZE develops, produces and sells system solutions for door, window and security technology and is one of the world’s best • Very quiet, electromechanical swing door drive • Meets the requirements made of barrier-free building • Large variety of applications – ECturn can be used for all types of installation: • Transom/leaf installation • Guide rail or link arm • Hinge- /opposite hinge side as a market, innovation and design leader. The GEZE in-house technology centre is continually pushing innovations and providing decisive impulses for pioneering standards in building services. • Safety sensors can be used as standard (additional boards or control units are not necessary). Advantages for users Quality of life and comfort thanks to unrestricted access • High access convenience • Automatic reversal when an obstacle is recognised • An optional battery still opens the door automatically in the event of a power failure Id.Nr. 139189 • Flexible operation (manual, automatic or “Push&Go” function) The swing door drive ECturn • The drive can also be controlled via radio Benefits for the processors For further information, please request our product brochure and • Ready to plug cabling elements. find out about the combination possibilities with GEZE control • Simple adjustment options • Fast and comfortable installation GEZE GmbH Reinhold-Vöster-Str. 21-29 D-71229 Leonberg Tel.: +49 / 7152 / 203- … Fax: +49 / 7152 / 203-310 vertrieb.services.de@geze.com www.geze.com B E W EGUNG MIT SYSTEM P r o d u c t f e at u r e s • •Automatic or manual opening and automatic closing • Barrier-free • Operation in low energy and automatic mode in accordance with DIN 18650 • Simple and easy connection of additional safety sensors for users requiring particular protection: • Interfaces available in the drive as standard Types of building and uses A c t u at i o n Barrier-free access convenience with automatic interior doors. An automatic swing door only achieves maximum barrier-freedom when combined with the right actuation device. This allows door Whether at work or at home; we regularly find ourselves stood before opening and closing to be adapted to individual user requirements. the same door, often weighed down with bags and with no free hand to open the door. How great would it be if we could walk through the The GEZE actuation devices control and secure all GEZE product doorway without any obstacles?! GE ZE makes this „little luxury“ a reality. solutions in line with international standards and guidelines. The At a favourable price and with little effort, the new swing door drive product range offers the optimum actuation device for every ECturn makes the automatic opening and closing of interior doors door situation, e.g. possible where conventional door drive solutions can not be used. • Movement and presence detectors • For additional operational convenience, it can be operated in conjunction with all control elements, for example, remote controls ECturn makes life easier and more convenient. It provides welcome • Combined detectors and sensor strips assistance for people with limited ability or children: • Non-contact proximity switches • Optional battery for maximum safeguarding in the event of a power failure • In the hotel and restaurant trade • Foot-contact switches • In hospitals, retirement homes and assisted housing • Rotary switch contacts and door handles • In schools and nursery schools • Radio remote controls • Pushbuttons and key switches • Ideal for people with limited mobility – the door opens and closes automatically. • Plug&Go solution: The drive can be plugged directly into the socket. • Simplified installation • Comfortable retrofitting even in existing buildings • In swimming baths, sports facilities and fitness centres • In public buildings and event locations • In private homes • Operating modes: “Automatic”, “Permanently open” and “Night” • Small drive dimensions: W x H x D : 60 x 60 x 480 mm ECturn meets all of the requirements made of barrier-free construction and living! • The optional accessories e.g. the receiver module or battery can be integrated in the drive. • Very flexible Barrier-free area of application Barrier-freedom means avoiding obstacles to the greatest possible • Low energy mode: extent when designing access entrances, and enabling these to be used without difficulty or help. GEZE also takes your individual requirements into account. The drive moves the swing door with reduced speeds. Securing by the sensor system is only necessary in individual cases. • Automatic mode: The door’s swing range must always be secured by safety sensors.

Download (.PDF | 197 KB)

Search filter

Filter

3611 results found

Productfinder

Information

Information

Information

Call us

Contact form

Downloads

Search filter

Filter

3611 results found

Revolving doors

Automatic door drives

Automatic sliding door

Door closer with guide rail

Installation options for overhead door closers

Sliding door fitting systems

Product brochure Apoll roller sliding fitting system

Emergency exit systems

Access control

Flyer Folder ECturn swing door drive

Productfinder

Information

Information

Information

Call us

Contact form

Downloads